Home
Oracle VM VirtualBox User Manual
Contents
1. 303 16 Third party materials and licenses 304 16 1 Maternal a AA DORE S 304 16 2 LEENSES oo a ar ai da 307 16 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL 307 16 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL 311 16 2 3 Mozilla Public License MPL 316 16 2 4 MIT License co csccccrr daa a 4458 322 162 5 X Consortium License XILI lt s caa wwe cs a 322 16 26 zib license 2s aa dra aaa daa S 322 16 27 OpenssL NES ao ew we wok TA e E EE 322 16 2 8 Slip ligne cco ee ede ee eee POS eae ee EEO ee HOSS 323 16 2 9 liblzf license s ou conma cara a a 324 16 2 10 libpng license cocoa Sew eee a D 324 16 2 11 lwiP license o o eee we a 324 162 12 libel cen arica a aA 325 160 2 13 libxsltlicenses cocoa EE a 325 16 2 14 gSOAP Public License Version 1 32 oo ooo 326 Contents 162 15 Chromium NGensee oo aaa a ee 8S EI ae a A 331 162 16 curl likeme conan a a ES 333 16217 Wie Tense oo a de oe eae a ee oe ot en ES 333 16 2 18 BSD license from Intel ic bi badd eee rr 334 16 219 per Lick es SEE iaa 334 16 2 20 x86 SIMD extension for IJG JPEG library license 335 16 2 21 FreeBSD license 335 162 22 NetBSD IKEE soso ciccin ea ad ERE EO OS 336 16 2 23 PCRE license 0c00 ke a a 336 162 24 bi CONSE lt a A ew eS 337 123 25 FITK license sss Soe ee a AES 338 16 226 Expat eens canas a ee EE we oe een BS 338 16 2 27 Fontenali
2. Features overview Here s a brief outline of VirtualBox s main features Portability VirtualBox runs on a large number of 32 bit and 64 bit host operating systems again see chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 15 for details VirtualBox is a so called hosted hypervisor sometimes referred to as a type 2 hypervi sor Whereas a bare metal or type 1 hypervisor would run directly on the hardware VirtualBox requires an existing operating system to be installed It can thus run alongside existing applications on that host To a very large degree VirtualBox is functionally identical on all of the host platforms and the same file and image formats are used This allows you to run virtual machines created on one host on another host with a different host operating system for example you can create a virtual machine on Windows and then run it under Linux In addition virtual machines can easily be imported and exported using the Open Virtual ization Format OVF see chapter 1 14 Importing and exporting virtual machines page 30 an industry standard created for this purpose You can even import OVFs that were created with a different virtualization software No hardware virtualization required For many scenarios VirtualBox does not require the processor features built into newer hardware like Intel VI x or AMD V As opposed to many other virtualization solutions you can therefore use VirtualBox e
3. In most cases the default settings will be fine VirtualBox will have picked sensible defaults depending on the operating system that you selected when you created the virtual machine In certain situations however you may want to change these preconfigured defaults Advanced users may be interested in technical details about software vs hardware virtualiza tion please see chapter 10 3 Hardware vs software virtualization page 193 If your host s CPU supports the nested paging AMD V or EPT Intel VT x features then you can expect a significant performance increase by enabling nested paging in addition to hardware virtualization For technical details see chapter 10 6 Nested paging and VPIDs page 197 3 5 Display settings Video memory size This sets the size of the memory provided by the virtual graphics card available to the guest in MB As with the main memory the specified amount will be allocated from the host s resident memory Based on the amount of video memory higher resolutions and color depths may be available The GUI will show a warning if the amount of video memory is too small to be able to switch the VM into full screen mode The minimum value depends on the number of virtual monitors the screen resolution and the color depth of the host display as well as of the activation of 3D acceleration and 2D video acceleration A rough estimate is color depth 8 x vertical pixels x horizontal pixels x number of screens
4. Solaris Mac OS X hosts machine CPU load metrics now report 100 when all cores are fully utilized used to be a single core Solaris 11 host installer wait for any services left over from a previous installation to be terminated to avoid confusing SMF Guest Additions don t block signals for processes executed via guest control Guest Additions fixed a small memory leak in VBoxService bug 10970 Windows Additions fixed shared folder issue with large reads writes on 64 bit Windows guests bug 11115 Linux Additions Linux 3 8 compile fixes bug 11036 X11 Additions fixed blocked SIGALRM in 3D desktop sessions bug 10987 X11 Additions fixed an unresolved reference in vboxvideo_drv for X org 6 8 guests and before e g RHEL4 4 2 0 regression X11 Additions fixed screen automatic resizing for guests with X org 1 3 or older 4 2 0 regression 15 8 Version 4 2 6 2012 12 19 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added e VMM don t inject stale VT x events to prevent crashes after VM reset bug 11256 e VMM workaround for buggy BIOSes which enable MONITOR only for certain CPUs bug 9460 e GUI fixed trimming of anti aliased text in details view element headers 4 2 0 regression 231 15 Change log GUI fixed create settings file alias functionality on Mac hosts 4 2 0 regression GUI fixed take guest screenshot functionality on Windows hosts bug 11095 GUI several m
5. Update Enables the user to specify various settings for Automatic Updates Language Enables the user to specify the GUI language Display Enables the user to specify the screen resolution and its width and height Network Enables the user to configure the details of Host Only Networks Extensions Enables the user to list and manage the installed extension packages o N Dd wo A 0O Proxy Enables the user to configure a HTTP Proxy Server 1 16 Alternative front ends As briefly mentioned in chapter 1 3 Features overview page 13 VirtualBox has a very flexible internal design that allows for using multiple interfaces to control the same virtual machines To illustrate you can for example start a virtual machine with the VirtualBox Manager window 32 1 First steps and then stop it from the command line With VirtualBox s support for the Remote Desktop Protocol RDP you can even run virtual machines remotely on a headless server and have all the graphical output redirected over the network In detail the following front ends are shipped in the standard VirtualBox package 1 VirtualBox is the VirtualBox Manager This graphical user interface uses the Qt toolkit most of this User Manual is dedicated to describing it While this is the easiest to use some of the more advanced VirtualBox features are kept away from it to keep it simple 2 VBoxManage is our command line interface for automated and very detailed control
6. biospxedebug on off boot lt 1 4 gt none floppy dvd disk net gt nic lt 1 N gt none null nat bridged intnet generic natnetwork nictype lt 1 N gt Am79C970A Am79C973 cableconnected lt 1 N gt on off nictrace lt 1 N gt on off nictracefile lt 1 N gt lt filename gt nicproperty lt 1 N gt name value nicspeed lt 1 N gt lt kbps gt nicbootprio lt 1 N gt lt priority gt nicpromisc lt 1 N gt deny allow vms allow all nicbandwidthgroup lt 1 N gt none lt name gt bridgeadapter lt 1 N gt none lt devicename gt intnet lt 1 N gt lt network name gt nat network lt 1 N gt lt network name gt nicgenericdrv lt 1 N gt lt driver gt natnet lt 1 N gt lt network gt default natsettings lt 1 N gt lt mtu gt lt socksnd gt 114 clonevm 8 VBoxManage lt sockrcv gt lt tcpsnd gt lt tcprcv gt natpf lt 1 N gt lt rulename gt tcp udp lt hostip gt lt hostport gt lt guestip gt lt guestport gt natpf lt 1 N gt delete lt rulename gt nattftpprefix lt 1 N gt lt prefix gt nattftpfile lt 1 N gt lt file gt nattftpserver lt 1 N gt lt ip gt natbindip lt 1 N gt lt ip gt natdnspassdomain lt 1 N gt on off natdnsproxy lt 1 N gt on off
7. 10 10 Maverick Meerkat 11 04 Natty Narwhal 11 10 Oneiric Oncelot 12 04 Precise Pangolin 12 10 Quantal Quetzal 13 04 Raring Ringtail Debian GNU Linux 6 0 squeeze and 7 0 wheezy Oracle Enterprise Linux 5 Oracle Linux 6 Redhat Enterprise Linux 5 and 6 Fedora Core 6 to 17 Gentoo Linux openSUSE 11 0 11 1 11 2 11 3 11 4 12 1 12 2 Mandriva 2010 and 2011 It should be possible to use VirtualBox on most systems based on Linux kernel 2 6 or 3 x using either the VirtualBox installer or by doing a manual installation see chapter 2 3 Installing on Linux hosts page 36 However the formally tested and supported Linux distributions are those for which we offer a dedicated package Note that starting with VirtualBox 2 1 Linux 2 4 based host operating systems are no longer supported e Solaris hosts 64 bit only are supported with the restrictions listed in chapter 14 Known limitations page 220 Solaris 11 including Solaris 11 Express Solaris 10 u8 and higher Note that the above list is informal Oracle support for customers who have a support contract is limited to a subset of the listed host operating systems Also any feature which is marked as experimental is not supported Feedback and suggestions about such features are welcome 1 5 Installing VirtualBox and extension packs VirtualBox comes in many different packages and installat
8. 16 2 15 3 COPYRIGHT REDHAT file This Chromium distribution contains information and code which is covered under the following notice Copyright 2001 2002 Red Hat Inc Durham North Carolina 332 16 Third party materials and licenses All Rights Reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restric tion including without limitation on the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice including the next paragraph shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND OR THEIR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABIL ITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 16 2 16 curl license COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION NOTICE Copyright c 1996 2009 Daniel Stenberg daniel haxx se All rights reserved
9. Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTH ERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name of a copyright holder shall not be used in advertis ing or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization of the copyright holder 16 2 17 libgd license Portions copyright 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 by Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Funded under Grant P41 RR02188 by the National Institutes of Health Portions copyright 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 by Boutell Com Inc Portions relating to GD2 format copyright 1999 2000 2001 2002 Philip Warner Portions relating to PNG copyright 1999 2000 2001 2002 Greg Roelofs Portions relating to gdttf c copyright 1999 2000 2001 2002 John Ellson ellson lucent com Portio
10. Where N can be one of 0 1 2 3 4 referring to the 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1280x1024 1440x900 screen resolution respectively To change the UGA resolution VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 UgaHorizontalResolution 1440 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 UgaVerticalResolution 900 The video mode for both GOP and UGA can only be changed when the VM is powered off and remains persistent until changed 58 4 Guest Additions The previous chapter covered getting started with VirtualBox and installing operating systems in a virtual machine For any serious and interactive use the VirtualBox Guest Additions will make your life much easier by providing closer integration between host and guest and improving the interactive performance of guest systems This chapter describes the Guest Additions in detail 4 1 Introduction As mentioned in chapter 1 2 Some terminology page 12 the Guest Additions are designed to be installed inside a virtual machine after the guest operating system has been installed They consist of device drivers and system applications that optimize the guest operating system for better performance and usability Please see chapter 3 1 Supported guest operating systems page 44 for details on what guest operating systems are fully supported with Guest Additions by VirtualBox The VirtualBox Guest Additions for all supported guest operating systems are provided as a single CD ROM image file which
11. largepages commands see chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 123 198 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces VirtualBox comes with comprehensive support for third party developers The so called Main APT of VirtualBox exposes the entire feature set of the virtualization engine It is completely documented and available to anyone who wishes to control VirtualBox programmatically The Main API is made available to C clients through COM on Windows hosts or XPCOM on other hosts Bridges also exist for SOAP Java and Python All programming information documentation reference information header and other in terface files as well as samples have been split out to a separate Software Development Kit SDK which is available for download from http www virtualbox org In particular the SDK comes with a Programming Guide and Reference in PDF format which contains among other things the information that was previously in this chapter of the User Manual 199 12 Troubleshooting This chapter provides answers to commonly asked questions In order to improve your user experience with VirtualBox it is recommended to read this section to learn more about common pitfalls and get recommendations on how to use the product 12 1 Procedures and tools 12 1 1 Categorizing and isolating problems More often than not a virtualized guest behaves like a physical system Any problems that a physical machine would encounter a vi
12. mtype Defines how this medium behaves with respect to snapshots and write operations See chapter 5 4 Special image write modes page 84 for details comment Any description that you want to have stored with this medium optional for exam ple for an iSCSI target Big storage server downstairs This is purely descriptive and not needed for the medium to function correctly setuuid setparentuuid Modifies the UUID or parent UUID of a medium before attach ing it to a VM This is an expert option Inappropriate use can make the medium unusable or lead to broken VM configurations if any other VM is referring to the same media already The most frequently used variant is setuuid which assigns a new random UUID to an image This is useful to resolve the duplicate UUID errors if one duplicated an image using file copy utilities passthrough For a virtual DVD drive only you can enable DVD writing support currently experimental see chapter 5 9 CD DVD support page 89 tempeject For a virtual DVD drive only you can configure the behavior for guest triggered medium eject If this is set to on the eject has only temporary effects If the VM is powered off and restarted the originally configured medium will be still in the drive nonrotational This switch allows to enable the non rotational flag for virtual hard disks Some guests i e Windows 7 treat such disks like SSDs and don t perform disk fragmen tatio
13. 3D support fixed GL_VERSION string for different locales bug 8916 Sources fixed USB 2 0 support using extension packs for non official builds Solaris Additions fixed automounting of shared folders bug 8014 15 24 Version 4 0 10 2011 06 22 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added GUI fixed disappearing settings widgets on KDE hosts bug 6809 Storage fixed hang under rare circumstances with flat VMDK images Storage a saved VM could not be restored under certain circumstances after the host kernel was updated bug 8983 Storage refuse to create a medium with an invalid variant for example Split2G with VDI bug 7227 iSCSI pause the VM if a request times out Snapshots none of the hard disk attachments must be attached to another VM in normal mode when creating a snapshot USB fixed occasional VM hangs with SMP guests bug 4580 USB proper device detection on RHEL OEL CentOS 5 guests partial fix for bug 8978 ACPI force the ACPI timer to return monotonic values for improve behavior with SMP Linux guests bug 8511 and others VRDP fixed screen corruption under rare circumstances bug 8977 rdesktop vrdp updated to version 1 7 0 OVF under rare circumstances some data at the end of a VMDK file was not written during export 249 15 Change log Mac OS X hosts Lion fixes Mac OS X hosts GNOME 3 fix Linux hosts fixed VT x detection on Linux 3 0 hosts bug 9071
14. 4 Guest Additions Normally to change the amount of memory allocated to a virtual machine one has to shut down the virtual machine entirely and modify its settings With memory ballooning memory that was allocated for a virtual machine can be given to another virtual machine without having to shut the machine down When memory ballooning is requested the VirtualBox Guest Additions which run inside the guest allocate physical memory from the guest operating system on the kernel level and lock this memory down in the guest This ensures that the guest will not use that memory any longer no guest applications can allocate it and the guest kernel will not use it either VirtualBox can then re use this memory and give it to another virtual machine The memory made available through the ballooning mechanism is only available for re use by VirtualBox It is not returned as free memory to the host Requesting balloon memory from a running guest will therefore not increase the amount of free unallocated memory on the host Effectively memory ballooning is therefore a memory overcommitment mechanism for multiple virtual machines while they are running This can be useful to temporarily start another machine or in more complicated environments for sophisticated memory management of many virtual machines that may be running in parallel depending on how memory is used by the guests At this time memory ballooning is only supported through VBoxManage U
15. Linux Additions re read a directory after a file was removed bug 5251 Linux Additions install the DRI driver in the right location on ArchLinux guests bug 6937 X11 Additions fixed spurious mouse movement events bug 4260 Solaris Additions fixed guest execution feature Windows Additions automatic logon on Windows Vista Windows 7 is now able to handle renamed and principal user accounts added various bugfixes Windows Additions improved command line parsing of the installer Windows Additions fixed driver verifier bugcheck in VBoxMouse bug 6453 3D support fixed OpenGL support for 32bit applications under 64bit Windows guests 15 34 Version 3 2 4 2010 06 07 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added GUI fixed superfluous resize event on powering on VM for X11 improvement for the 3 2 2 fix GUI fixed keyboard capturing bug under metacity bug 6727 Host only bridged networking fixed guest to guest communication over wireless 3 2 0 regression bug 6855 Storage fixed a potential guest disk corruption with growing images 3 2 0 regression Page Fusion fixed shared module detection for Win64 guests 3D support allow use of CR_SYSTEM_GL_PATH again bug 6864 3D support fixed a host assertion for some multi threaded guest applications bug 5236 3D support fixed host crashes with nVIDIA drivers on WDDM startup OVF fixed import of OVFs with a VM description annotation
16. Linux hosts added link state handling for TAP devices needed for proper operation with bridged networking on kernels 2 6 36 and above bug 7649 Linux hosts guests Linux 2 6 37 fixes Linux Additions properly compile the vboxvideo module if DKMS is not installed bug 7572 Linux Additions fixed a memory leak when accessing non existing files on a Shared Folders bug 7705 Windows Additions skip none mapped user accounts when enumerating user accounts for VM information 259 15 Change log 15 31 Version 3 2 10 2010 10 08 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM V8086 mode fix for legacy DOS Windows guests with EMM386 3 2 8 regression VMM stability fix bug 7342 VMM fixed a Guru meditation related to large pages bug 7300 VMM fixed support for large pages on Linux hosts VMM fixed a Guru meditation for large memory 64 bit guests on 32 bit hosts with nested paging bug 7544 VMM performance improvements for VMs with more than 2GB RAM bug 6928 GUI fixed host key handling if the host key is set to Left Alt Linux Solaris hosts only 3 2 0 regression bug 6758 GUI the VM can be minimized from the mini toolbar bug 4952 GUI handle Ctrl Break properly on X11 hosts 3 2 0 regression bug 6122 GUI fixed the case where the user aborted the media selector for selecting the boot hard disk from the VM wizard GUI added a check for Linux kernels 2 6 36 or late
17. Oracle VM VirtualBox User Manual Version 4 3 0 2004 2013 Oracle Corporation http www virtualbox org Contents 1 First steps 11 1 1 Why is virtualization useful o 12 A al AA 12 LS POSTUIESSDRCBIVICN ado A AAA ANA AR 13 1 4 Supported host operating systems gt ses o o e eee eee 15 1 5 Installing VirtualBox and extension packs o o 16 LG Starine VirtualBox lt s s ene ia aa o dd 17 1 7 Creating your first virtual machine coco 665 e008 ee eee ae ees 18 1 8 Running your virtual machine o e e 21 1 8 1 Starting anew VM forthe firsttime e ecs coce aon ss 21 1 8 2 Capturing and releasing keyboard and mouse 22 183 Typing special characters yoe dioe ee ew es 23 1 8 4 Changing removable media 0 00 eee eee eee 24 1 8 5 Resizing the machine s window o e 24 1 8 6 Saving the state of the machine o 24 LS US VM STOP oes eoe ea e A ae alow eh e 25 LAO Snapshot ocio ea a a e e eee 26 1 10 1 Taking restoring and deleting snapshots 26 1 10 2 Siapshetcontents 6 8 ce ed rinda EE e EES 28 1 11 Virtual machine configuration 29 1 12 Removing virtual machines s sss sarsa ba eee eek ee ee ee eS 29 1 13 Cloning virtual machines c o e 64 44644 459 484 0 2 6442488444 29 1 14 Importing and exporting virtual machin
18. This is equivalent to selecting the Close item in the Machine menu of the GUI or pressing the window s close button and then selecting Save the ma chine state in the dialog After this the VM s state will be Saved From there it can be started again see chapter 8 12 VBoxManage startvm page 132 VBoxManage controlvm VM name teleport hostname lt name gt port lt port gt passwordfile lt file gt password lt password gt makes the machine the source of a teleporting operation and initiates a teleport to the given target See chapter 7 2 Teleporting page 110 for an introduction If the optional password is specified it must match the password that was given to the modifyvm command for the target machine see chapter 8 8 5 Teleporting settings page 129 for details A few extra options are available with controlvm that do not directly affect the VM s running state The setlinkstate lt 1 N gt operation connects or disconnects virtual network cables from their network interfaces nic lt 1 N gt null nat bridged intnet hostonly generic With this you can set for each of the VM s virtual network cards what type of networking should be available They can be not connected to the host null use network address translation nat bridged networking bridged or communicate with other virtual machines using internal net working intnet or host only networking hostonly or access to rarely
19. and save the certificate file to a local path finish the wizard Close certificate dialog for Verisign Class 3 Code Signing 2010 CA Oracle Corporation In the Windows Explorer right click on VBoxWindowsAdditions lt Architecture gt exe click on Properties Go to tab Digital Signatures choose Oracle Corporation and click on Details In tab General click on View Certificate In tab Details click on Copy to File In the upcoming wizard choose DER encoded binary X 509 CER and save the certificate file to a local path finish the wizard Close certificate dialog for Oracle Corporation After exporting the two certificates above they can be imported into the certificate store using the certutil exe utility certutil addstore f Root lt Path to exported certificate file gt In order to allow for completely unattended guest installations you can specify a command line parameter to the install launcher VBoxWindowsAdditions exe S This automatically installs the right files and drivers for the corresponding platform 32 or 64 bit Note By default on an unattended installation on a Windows 7 or 8 guest there will be the XPDM graphics driver installed This graphics driver does not support Win dows Aero Direct3D on the guest instead the experimental WDDM graphics driver needs to be installed To select this driver by default add the command line
20. lt guestip gt lt guestport gt This option defines a NAT port forwarding rule please see chapter 6 3 1 Configuring port forwarding with NAT page 93 for details natpf lt 1 N gt delete lt name gt This option deletes a NAT port forwarding rule please see chapter 6 3 1 Configuring port forwarding with NAT page 93 for details nattftpprefix lt 1 N gt lt prefix gt This option defines a prefix for the built in TFTP server i e where the boot file is located please see chapter 6 3 2 PXE booting with NAT page 94 and chapter 9 11 2 Configuring the boot server next server of a NAT network interface page 171 for details nattftpfile lt 1 N gt lt bootfile gt This option defines the TFT boot file please see chap ter 9 11 2 Configuring the boot server next server of a NAT network interface page 171 for details nattftpserver lt 1 N gt lt tftpserver gt This option defines the TFTP server address to boot from please see chapter 9 11 2 Configuring the boot server next server of a NAT network interface page 171 for details natdnspassdomain lt 1 N gt on off This option specifies whether the built in DHCP server passes the domain name for network name resolution natdnsproxy lt 1 N gt on off This option makes the NAT engine proxy all guest DNS requests to the host s DNS servers please see chapter 9 11 5 Enabling DNS proxy in NAT mode page 171 for details natdnshostresolver lt 1 N gt
21. session name lt name or pattern gt all 224 15 Change log VBoxManage added support for terminating active guest processes via guestcontrol process kill close terminate session id lt ID gt session name lt name or pattern gt lt PID gt lt PID n gt or guestcontrol p s kill session id lt ID gt session name lt name or pattern gt lt PID gt lt PID n gt VBoxManage added support for watching guest sessions via guestcontrol watch VBoxManage added modifyvm triplefaultreset to make the VM reset on triple fault instead of triggering a Guru Meditation see chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 123 3D support several fixes 3D support several fixes for Mac OS X hosts OVF several fixes Extpack Installer make it work if the file is located in a folder with special characters Keyboard fix for reporting key sequences like Ctrl Alt Del for the USB keyboard emula tion Shared Clipboard X11 support for BMP format images contributed by Francois Revol Mac OS X hosts limited support for Mac OS X 10 9 Mavericks Mac OS X hosts use a launchd script instead of the deprecated Startupltem mechanism bug 8940 Windows hosts don t cause massive DPC latency only on certain hosts still needs improv ing bug 6242 Windows hosts consider symlinks when retrieving volume information bug 11962 Windows hosts fixed an issue with USB2 devices being inaccessible when plugged into USB 3 0 ports
22. t depend on a password for certain guest control operations bug 10030 3D Support fixed Windows XP hosts support 4 1 8 regression bugs 10071 and 10088 3D Support rendering fixes for Linux hosts with NVIDIA graphics 3D Support fixed saved state issues 4 1 8 regression bug 10126 3D Support WDDM driver fixed powershell ise crashes bug 10167 make WPF based apps work with Aero enabled fixed additional possible WinSAT crashes VRDP fixed remote clipboard compatibility issues with some clients Storage fixed a possible data corruption when compacting VDI or VHD images with snap shots 32 bit hosts only iSCSI fixed crash when using incorrect credentials when authenticating with a LIO target bug 10173 Serial don t abort in host mode under rare error conditions non Windows hosts only SDK actually ship current C bindings SDK fixed the Java glue code for JDK 1 7 0 bug 9848 SDK added Python example Metrics make metrics collection more robust regarding blocked VMs Web service added SSL TLS support 239 15 Change log VBoxShell fixed Guest Additions information lookup Solaris installer fixed dependency checking while installing VirtualBox in a zone Linux hosts guests Linux 3 3 rc1 compile fixes Solaris hosts fixed debug kernel panics while opening module CTF data bug 9651 Mac OS X hosts fixed Python support on Lion Linux Additions make 3D passthrough work on OL RHEL 6 2 bug 10010 Linux A
23. 15 Change log GUI fixed spurious LCtrl key events on some Windows hosts 4 0 6 regression bug 5908 VBoxManage fixed extpack install replace VRDP fixed a rare screen corruption E1000 fixed rare Windows 7 guest hangs either at boot time or when reconfiguring the network card in unusual setups bug 6223 Mouse support fixed an off by one pointer position error affecting Windows guests bugs 7566 9321 NAT changed TCP connection establishment according to Winsock API requirements Win dows hosts only bug 8919 VHD fixed reads crossing block boundaries bug 8532 VMDK fixed progress indicator when creating split VMDK images Floppy fixed medium size detection for physical mediums Windows hosts only VBoxSVC made the path comparison OS independent when images are registered bug 9303 Main return the correct RDP default port fixing settings warnings in the GUI if the remote display was enabled at runtime bug 9368 Main fix VM initialization if a shared folder does not exist bug 7941 Main fixed taking screen shots e g the preview window for headless VMs if the Guest Additions are active Main fixed possible deadlock between hard disk enumeration and the resetting of im mutable disks bug 9549 OVA fixed import of renamed OVA files bug 9033 Virtio net fixed the problem with UDP packets exceeding MTU bug 9370 Solaris hosts fixed starting EFI guests due to missing EFI ROM files bug 9535
24. 1OpenGL support for Windows guests was added with VirtualBox 2 1 support for Linux and Solaris followed with VirtualBox 2 2 With VirtualBox 3 0 Direct3D 8 9 support was added for Windows guests OpenGL 2 0 is now supported as well With VirtualBox 4 1 Windows Aero theme support is added for Windows Vista and Windows 7 guests experimental 72 4 Guest Additions Note Unlike the current basic Direct3D support the WDDM video driver installation does not require the Safe Mode The Aero theme is not enabled by default To enable it e In Windows Vista guest right click on the desktop in the context menu select Personal ize then select Windows Color and Appearance in the Personalization window in the Appearance Settings dialog select Windows Aero and press OK In Windows 7 guest right click on the desktop in the context menu select Personalize and select any Aero theme in the Personalization window Technically VirtualBox implements this by installing an additional hardware 3D driver inside your guest when the Guest Additions are installed This driver acts as a hardware 3D driver and reports to the guest operating system that the virtual hardware is capable of 3D hardware acceleration When an application in the guest then requests hardware acceleration through the OpenGL or Direct3D programming interfaces these are sent to the host through a special communication tunne
25. Grantor may publish revised and or new versions of the License from time to time Each version will be given a distinguishing version number 6 2 Effect of New Versions Once Covered Code has been published under a particular version of the License You may always continue to use it under the terms of that version You may also choose to use such Covered Code under the terms of any subsequent version of the License 6 3 Derivative Works If You create or use a modified version of this License which you may only do in order to apply it to code which is not already Covered Code governed by this License You must a rename Your license so that the phrase gSOAP or any confusingly similar phrase do not appear in your license except to note that your license differs from this License and b otherwise make it clear that Your version of the license contains terms which differ from the gSOAP Public License Filling in the name of the Initial Developer Original Code or Contributor in the notice described in Exhibit A shall not of themselves be deemed to be modifications of this License 7 DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY COVERED CODE IS PROVIDED UNDER THIS LICENSE ON AN AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WAR RANTY OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTIC ULAR PURPOSE NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND ANY WARRANTY THAT
26. Mac OS X hosts Page Fusion currently works only with Windows guests 2000 and later The more similar the VMs on a given host are the more efficiently Page Fusion can reduce the amount of host memory that is in use It therefore works best if all VMs on a host run identical operating systems e g Windows XP Service Pack 2 Instead of having a complete copy of each operating system in each VM Page Fusion identifies the identical memory pages in use by these operating systems and eliminates the duplicates sharing host memory between several machines deduplication If a VM tries to modify a page that has been shared with other VMs a new page is allocated again for that VM with a copy of the shared page copy on write All this is fully transparent to the virtual machine 77 4 Guest Additions You may be familiar with this kind of memory overcommitment from other hypervisor prod ucts which call this feature page sharing or same page merging However Page Fusion differs significantly from those other solutions whose approaches have several drawbacks 1 Traditional hypervisors scan all guest memory and compute checksums hashes for every single memory page Then they look for pages with identical hashes and compare the entire content of those pages if two pages produce the same hash it is very likely that the pages are identical in content This of course can take rather long especially if the syst
27. Machines folder and the default HardDisks folder resided under the VirtualBox configuration directory e g HOME VirtualBox Machines on 190 10 Technical background Linux If you are upgrading from a VirtualBox version before 4 0 files in these directories are not automatically moved in order not to break backwards compatibility 10 1 4 Summary of 4 0 configuration changes Before 4 0 4 0 or above Default machines folder HOME VirtualBox Machines HOME VirtualBox VMs Default disk image location HOME VirtualBox HardDisks In each machine s folder Machine settings file xml vbox extension Media registry Global VirtualBox xml file Each machine settings file Media registration Explicit open close required Automatic on attach 10 1 5 VirtualBox XML files VirtualBox uses XML for both the machine settings files and the global configuration file VirtualBox xml All VirtualBox XML files are versioned When a new settings file is created e g because a new virtual machine is created VirtualBox automatically uses the settings format of the current VirtualBox version These files may not be readable if you downgrade to an earlier version of VirtualBox However when VirtualBox encounters a settings file from an earlier version e g after upgrading VirtualBox it attempts to preserve the settings format as much as possible It will only silently upgrade the settings format if the cu
28. On this tab you can also set the CPU execution cap This setting limits the amount of time a host CPU spents to emulate a virtual CPU The default setting is 100 meaning that there is no limitation A setting of 50 implies a single virtual CPU can use up to 50 of a single host CPU Note that limiting the execution time of the virtual CPUs may induce guest timing problems In addition the Enable PAE NX setting determines whether the PAE and NX capabilities of the host CPU will be exposed to the virtual machine PAE stands for Physical Address Extension Normally if enabled and supported by the operating system then even a 32 bit x86 CPU can access more than 4 GB of RAM This is made possible by adding another 4 bits to memory addresses so that with 36 bits up to 64 GB can be addressed Some operating systems such as Ubuntu Server require PAE support from the CPU and cannot be run in a virtual machine without it With virtual machines running modern server operating systems VirtualBox also supports CPU hot plugging For details about this please refer to chapter 9 5 CPU hot plugging page 162 3 4 3 Acceleration tab On this page you can determine whether and how VirtualBox should use hardware virtualization extensions that your host CPU may support This is the case with most CPUs built after 2006 You can select for each virtual machine individually whether VirtualBox should use software or hardware virtualization
29. The priority is an integer in the O to 4 range Priority 1 is the highest priority 4 is low Priority 0 which is the default unless otherwise specified is the lowest Note that this option only has effect when the Intel PXE boot ROM is used boot lt 1 4 gt none floppy dvd disk net This specifies the boot order for the virtual machine There are four slots which the VM will try to access from 1 to 4 and for each of which you can set a device that the VM should attempt to boot from snapshotfolder default lt path gt This allows you to specify the folder in which snap shots will be kept for a virtual machine firmware efi bios Specifies which firmware is used to boot particular virtual ma chine EFI or BIOS Use EFI only if your fully understand what you re doing guestmemoryballoon lt size gt sets the default size of the guest memory balloon that is memory allocated by the VirtualBox Guest Additions from the guest operating system and returned to the hypervisor for re use by other virtual machines lt size gt must be specified in megabytes The default size is 0 megabytes For details see chapter 4 8 1 Memory ballooning page 76 lptmode lt 1 N gt lt Device gt Specifies the Device Name of the parallel port that the Parallel Port feature will be using Use this before lpt This feature is host operating system specific lpt lt 1 N gt lt I 0 base gt lt IRQ gt Specifies the I O address of the pa
30. USB Device Filters lt none gt Shared folders lt none gt Statistics update disabled 8 6 VBoxManage registervm unregistervm The registervm command allows you to import a virtual machine definition in an XML file into VirtualBox The machine must not conflict with one already registered in VirtualBox and it may not have any hard or removable disks attached It is advisable to place the definition file in the machines folder before registering it Note When creating a new virtual machine with VBoxManage createvm see below you can directly specify the register option to avoid having to register it separately The unregistervm command unregisters a virtual machine If delete is also specified the following files will automatically be deleted as well La all hard disk image files including differencing files which are used by the machine and not shared with other machines saved state files that the machine created if any one if the machine was in saved state and one for each online snapshot the machine XML file and its backups the machine log files if any the machine directory if it is empty after having deleted all the above 122 8 VBoxManage 8 7 VBoxManage createvm This command creates a new XML virtual machine definition file The name lt name gt parameter is required and must specify the name of the machine Since this name is used by default as the file name
31. VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 Config MAC 08 00 27 01 02 0f VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 Config IP 10 0 9 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 Config Netmask 255 255 255 0 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 LUN 0 Driver IntNet VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 LUN 0 Config Network MyIntNet VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 LUN 0 Config TrunkType 2 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 LUN 0 Config IsService 1 Finally the iSCSI disk must be attached with the intnet option to tell the iSCSI initiator to use internal networking VBoxManage storageattach medium iscsi server 10 0 9 30 target iqn 2008 12 com sun sampletarget intnet Compared to a regular iSCSI setup IP address of the target must be specified as a numeric IP address as there is no DNS resolver for internal networking The virtual machine with the iSCSI target should be started before the VM using it is powered on If a virtual machine using an iSCSI disk is started without having the iSCSI target powered up it can take up to 200 seconds to detect this situation The VM will fail to power up 169 9 Advanced topics 9 10 Legacy commands for using serial ports Starting with version 1 4 VirtualBox provided support for virtual serial ports which at the time was
32. VirtualBox or the guest operating system Who of these three receives keypresses depends on a number of factors including the key itself Host operating systems reserve certain key combinations for themselves For example it is impossible to enter the Ctrl Alt Delete combination if you want to reboot the guest operating system in your virtual machine because this key combination is usually hard wired into the host OS both Windows and Linux intercept this and pressing this key combination will therefore reboot your host Also on Linux and Solaris hosts which use the X Window System the key combination Ctrl Alt Backspace normally resets the X server to restart the entire graphical user interface in case it got stuck As the X server intercepts this combination pressing it will usually restart your host graphical user interface and kill all running programs including VirtualBox in the process Third on Linux hosts supporting virtual terminals the key combination Ctrl Alt Fx where Fx is one of the function keys from F1 to F12 normally allows to switch between virtual terminals As with Ctrl Alt Delete these combinations are intercepted by the host operating system and therefore always switch terminals on the host If instead you want to send these key combinations to the guest operating system in the virtual machine you will need to use one of the following methods Use the items in the Machine menu of the virtual
33. fixed VBoxService not running if no Shared Folders are installed Linux Additions implemented ftrunctate bug 4771 VRDP start VM even if configured VRDP port is in use Networking the PCnet network device stopped receiving under rare conditions bug 4870 VBoxManage implemented controlvm vrdpport command iSCSI fixed issue with NetApp targets bug 5072 SCSI add support for virtual disks larger than 2TB USB fixed potential crash when unplugging USB2 devices bug 5089 NAT IPSEC did not properly work with Linux guests bug 4801 15 45 Version 3 0 6 2009 09 09 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added e VMM fixed IO APIC overhead for 32 bits Windows NT 2000 XP and 2003 guests AMD V only bug 4392 e VMM fixed a Guru meditation under certain circumstances when enabling a disabled de vice bug 4510 e VMM fixed a Guru meditation when booting certain Arch Linux guests software virtual ization only bug 2149 280 15 Change log VMM fixed hangs with 64 bits Solaris amp OpenSolaris guests bug 2258 VMM fixed decreasing rdtsc values AMD V amp VEx only bug 2869 VMM small Solaris OpenSolaris performance improvements VT x only VMM cpuid change to correct reported virtual CPU ID in Linux VMM NetBSD 5 0 1 CD hangs during boot VEx only bug 3947 Solaris hosts worked around an issue that caused the host to hang bug 4486 Solaris hosts fixed a rar
34. fixed bug which prevents booting from VHD images bigger than 4GB bug 2085 VRDP fixed a repaint problem when the guest resolution was not equal to the client reso lution Clipboard don t crash when host service initialization takes longer than expected Linux hosts only bug 2001 Windows hosts VBoxSVC exe crash bug 2212 Windows hosts VBoxSVC exe memory leak due to a Windows WMI memory leak Vista only bug 2242 Windows hosts VBoxSVC exe delays GUI startup Linux hosts handle jiffies counter overflow VM stuck after 300 seconds of host uptime bug 2247 Solaris hosts fixed host or guest side networking going stale while using host interface networking bug 2474 300 15 Change log Solaris hosts added support for using unplumbed network interfaces and Crossbow Virtual Network Interfaces VNICs with host interface networking Solaris hosts reworked threading model improves performance for host interface network ing Windows Additions fixed crash when accessing deep directory structures in a shared folder Windows Additions improved shared folder name resolving bug 1728 Windows Additions fixed Windows 2000 shutdown crash bug 2254 Windows Additions fixed error code for MoveFile if the target exists bug 2350 Linux Additions fixed seek for files bigger than 2GB bug 2379 Linux Additions support Ubuntu 8 10 Linux Additions clipboard fixes bug 2015 Web services improved documentation
35. lt name gt passwordfile lt file gt password lt password gt verbose where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory file element s to check on guest Absolute path of directory directories to check on guest e g home foo a out The specified user must have appropriate rights to access the given file element s username lt name gt Name of the user the copy process should run under This user must exist on the guest OS passwordfile lt file gt Password of the user account specified to be read from the given file If not given an empty password is assumed password lt password gt Password of the user account specified with username If not given an empty password is assumed verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose e updateadditions which allows for updating an already installed Guest Additions version on the guest only already installed Guest Additions 4 0 and later VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt updateadditions source lt guest additions ISO file to use gt verbose wait start lt argument1 gt lt argumentN gt where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory source lt guest additions ISO file to use gt Full path to an alternative VirtualBox Guest Additions ISO file to use for the Guest Additions update verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose wait start Starts the re
36. natdnshostresolver lt 1 N gt on off nataliasmode lt 1 N gt default log proxyonly sameports macaddress lt 1 N gt auto lt mac gt mouse ps2 usb usbtablet usbmultitouch keyboard ps2 usb uart lt 1 N gt off lt I 0 base gt lt IRQ gt uartmode lt 1 N gt disconnected server lt pipe gt client lt pipe gt file lt file gt lt devicename gt lpt lt 1 N gt off lt I 0 base gt lt IRQ gt 1ptmode lt 1 N gt lt devicename gt guestmemoryballoon lt balloonsize in MB gt audio none null dsound solaudio oss oss coreaudio audiocontroller ac97 hda sb16 clipboard disabled hosttoguest guesttohost bidirectional draganddrop disabled hosttoguest vrde on off vrdeextpack default lt name gt vrdeproperty lt name value gt vrdeport lt hostport gt vrdeaddress lt hostip gt vrdeauthtype null external guest vrdeauthlibrary default lt name gt vrdemulticon on off vrdereusecon on off vrdevideochannel on off vrdevideochannelquality lt percent gt usb on off usbehci on off snapshotfolder default lt path gt teleporter on joff teleporterport lt port gt teleporteraddress lt address empty gt teleporterpassword lt password gt teleporterpasswordfile lt file gt stdin tracing enabled on off tracing config lt config string gt tracing allow vm access on off autostart enabled on off autostart delay lt seconds gt defaul
37. number of bytes Like said above there might be extra memory required for any activated display acceleration setting Prior to VirtualBox version 2 2 software virtualization was the default starting with version 2 2 VirtualBox will enable hardware virtualization by default for new virtual machines that you create Existing virtual machines are not automatically changed for compatibility reasons and the default can of course be changed for each virtual machine 50 3 Configuring virtual machines Monitor count With this setting VirtualBox can provide more than one virtual monitor to a virtual machine If a guest operating system such as Windows supports multiple attached monitors VirtualBox can pretend that multiple virtual monitors are present Up to 8 such virtual monitors are supported The output of the multiple monitors will be displayed on the host in multiple VM windows which are running side by side However in full screen and seamless mode they will use the available physical monitors attached to the host As a result for full screen and seamless modes to work with multiple monitors you will need at least as many physical monitors as you have virtual monitors configured or VirtualBox will report an error You can configure the relationship between guest and host monitors using the view menu by pressing Host key Home when you are in full screen or seamless mode Please see chapter 14 Known limitations page 220 als
38. show the full medium part on hovering the list of recently used ISO images GUI do not create additional folders when a new machine has a separator character in its name bug 6541 GUI don t crash on terminate if the settings dialog is still open bug 9973 GUI consider scaled DPI values when display fonts on Windows hosts bug 9864 GUI if a bridged network interface cannot be found don t refuse to start the VM but allow the user to change the setting immediately Snapshots fixed a crash when restoring an old snapshot when powering off a VM bugs 9364 9604 10491 Clipboard disable the clipboard by default for new VMs see chapter 13 3 2 3 Clipboard page 218 It can be enabled at any time using the VM menu Settings sanitise the name of VM folders and settings file bug 10549 Settings allow to store the iSCSI initiator secret encrypted NAT improvements for the built in TFTP server bugs 7385 10286 NAT fixed memory leak when disabling the NAT engine bug 10801 E1000 802 1q VLAN support bug 10429 Storage implemented burning of audio CDs in passthrough mode Storage fixed audio CD passthrough for certain media players Storage implemented support for discarding unused image blocks through TRIM for SATA and IDE and UNMAP for SCSI when using VDI images Storage added support for QED images Storage added support for QCOW full support for v1 and readonly support for v2 images Storage added readonly sup
39. showvminfo lt uuid vmname gt log lt idx gt registervm lt filename gt unregistervm lt uuid vmname gt delete 113 createvm modifyvm 8 VBoxManage name lt name gt groups lt group gt ostype lt ostype gt register basefolder lt path gt uuid lt uuid gt lt uuid vmname gt name lt name gt groups lt group gt ostype lt ostype gt iconfile lt filename gt memory lt memorysize in MB gt pagefusion on off vram lt vramsize in MB gt acpi onjoff ioapic on loff hpet on off triplefaultreset on off hwvirtex on off nestedpaging on off largepages onloff vtxvpid on off vtxux on off pae on off longmode on off synthcpu on off cpuidset lt leaf gt lt eax gt lt ebx gt lt ecx gt lt edx gt cpuidremove lt leaf gt cpuidremoveall hardwareuuid lt uuid gt cpus lt number gt cpuhotplug on off plugcpu lt id gt unplugcpu lt id gt cpuexecutioncap lt 1 100 gt rtcuseutc on loff graphicscontroller none vboxvga monitorcount lt number gt accelerate3d on off firmware bios efi efi32 efi64 chipset ich9 piix3 bioslogofadein on off bioslogofadeout on off bioslogodisplaytime lt msec gt bioslogoimagepath lt imagepath gt biosbootmenu disabled menuonly messageandmenu biossystemtimeoffset lt msec gt
40. some of them could be appropriate if the corresponding functionality is not required by any vir tual machine The Python language bindings are only required if the VirtualBox API is to be used 216 13 Security guide by external Python applications In particular USB support and support for the two networking modes require the installation of Windows kernel drivers on the host Therefore disabling those selected features can not only be used to restrict the user to certain functionality but also to minimize the surface provided to a potential attacker The general case is to install the complete VirtualBox package The installation must be done with system privileges All VirtualBox binaries should be executed as a regular user and never as a privileged user The Oracle VM VirtualBox extension pack provides additional features and must be down loaded and installed separately see chapter 1 5 Installing VirtualBox and extension packs page 16 As for the base package the SHA256 checksum of the extension pack should be verified As the installation requires system privileges VirtualBox will ask for the system password during the installation of the extension pack 13 2 2 Post Installation Configuration Normally there is no post installation configuration of VirtualBox components required How ever on Solaris and Linux hosts it is necessary to configure the proper permissions for users executing VMs and who should be able to access certain h
41. uname a An example would be 2 6 27 19 5 1 default which refers to the default kernel Then install the correct kernel development package In the above example this would be zypper install kernel syms kernel source Make sure that your running kernel uname a and the kernel packages you have installed rpm qa kernel have the exact same version number Proceed with the installation as described above Mandrake 1 2 3 4 Mandrake ships with the VirtualBox Guest Additions which will be replaced if you follow these steps In order to fully update your guest system open a terminal and run urpmi auto update as root Reboot your system in order to activate the updates Install DKMS using urpmi dkms and make sure to choose the correct kernel devel package when asked by the installer use uname a to compare 66 4 Guest Additions Oracle Linux Red Hat Enterprise Linux and CentOS 1 For versions prior to 6 add divider 10 to the kernel boot options in etc grub conf to reduce the idle CPU load In order to fully update your guest system open a terminal and run yum update as root Install the GNU C compiler and the kernel development packages using yum install gcc followed by yum install kernel devel For Oracle UEK kernels use yum install kernel uek devel to install the UEK kernel headers Reboot your guest system in order to activate the updates and then proceed
42. 10 00 GB 44 00 KB 25b1e635 3cfb 4995 9056 8d0a09145cf8 vdi 10 00 GB 40 50 KB c7aad9b8 7099 4d2b b6ff b28f394480dc vdi 10 00 GB 40 50 KB chromeos image 999 999 32309 211410 al vmdk 2 78 GB 935 88 MB v Location Users ahall Library VirtualBox VDI Windows XP vdi Type Format Normal VDI Attached to Not Attached C oK In all of these situations from the point of view of the virtual machine the virtual hard disk behaves like any other disk While the virtual machine is running there is a slight run time I O overhead because VirtualBox might need to look up sectors several times This is not noticeable however since the tables with sector information are always kept in memory and can be looked up quickly Differencing images are used in the following situations 1 Snapshots When you create a snapshot as explained in the previous section VirtualBox freezes the images attached to the virtual machine and creates differencing images for each of them to be precise one for each image that is not in write through mode From the point of view of the virtual machine the virtual disks continue to operate before but all write operations go into the differencing images Each time you create another snapshot for each hard disk attachment another differencing image is created and attached forming a Chain or tree 86 5 Virtual storage In the above screenshot you see that the original disk image is now attac
43. 15 36 Version 3 2 0 2010 05 18 o s escor iasasn to eaaa roa rans 267 15 37 Version 3 1 8 2010 05 10 gt sds saa iia Sese ae ek Se eee 8 269 15 38 Version 3 1 6 2010 03 25 sone ee mor aa Bawa ee a a S 270 15 39 Version 3 1 4 2010 02 12 s s s esc ras 272 15 40 Version 8 1 2 2009 12 17 ee ce ee a ca 274 15 41 Version 3 1 0 2009 11 30 o o s 275 15 42 Version 3 0 12 2009 11 10 occiso ere 277 15 43 Version 3 0 10 2009 10 29 278 15 44 Version 3 08 2009 10 02 o ciere eee a EEE EEE RRS 279 15 45 Version 3 0 6 2009 09 09 2 2 ee 280 15 46 Version 3 0 4 2009 08 00 283 15 47 Version 3 0 2 2009 07 00 snc oe iaa a aa 284 15 48 Version 3 0 0 2009 06 30 6 co cc eee ew eS 285 15 49 Version 2 2 4 2009 05 29 ee ee 287 15 50 Version 2 2 2 2009 04 27 289 15 51 Version 2 2 0 2009 04 08 ica a wae aa 8 290 15 52 Version 2 1 4 2009 02 16 292 15 53 Version 2 1 2 2009 01 20 ob eee mia e RS 294 15 54 Version 2 1 0 2008 12 17 2 ee es 297 15 55 Version 2 0 8 2009 03 10 oe neos ee ee a A Oe ee Sw a 298 15 56 Version 2 0 6 2008 11 21 gt oce e ecca sasa doon ee a ae ee 299 15 57 Version 2 0 4 2008 10 24 ni ee ee i 300 15 58 Version 2 0 2 2008 09 12 2 0 e e es 301 15 59 Version 2 0 0 2008 09 00
44. 2 Use Open inside to open WindowsXP KB936929 SP3 x86 exe as archive and browse i386 directory Extracting d3d8 and d3d9 dll from Vista Windows7 installation CD or Service Pack iso 208 12 Troubleshooting 1 Download and install the latest version of 7 Zip File Manager http www 7 zip org 2 Browse into installation CD for example E sources 3 Locate file install wim and double click it After 7 Zip utility opens the file you ll get a few numbered folders Each numeric subfolder represents a different version of Windows Starter Home Basic and so on 4 After entering into the one of the numeric folders browse into Windows System32 or C Windows SysWOW64 for 64 bit version directory locate d3d8 dll and d3d9 dll and extract 5 Copy extracted d3d8 dll and d3d9 dll to C Windows system32 or C Windows SysWOW64 files from system32 should go to system32 from SysWOW64 to SysWOW64 6 Reboot 12 4 Linux and X11 guests 12 4 1 Linux guests may cause a high CPU load Some Linux guests may cause a high CPU load even if the guest system appears to be idle This can be caused by a high timer frequency of the guest kernel Some Linux distributions for example Fedora ship a Linux kernel configured for a timer frequency of 1000Hz We recommend to recompile the guest kernel and to select a timer frequency of 100Hz Linux kernels shipped with Red Hat Enterprise Linux RHEL as of release 4 7 and 5 1 as well as kernels of related Linux
45. 2 3 4 3389 Note When connecting to localhost in order to test the connection the addresses localhost and 127 0 0 1 might not work using mstsc exe Instead the address 127 0 0 2 3389 has to be used On other systems you can use the standard open source rdesktop program This ships with most Linux distributions but VirtualBox also comes with a modified variant of rdesk top for remote USB support see chapter 7 1 4 Remote USB page 106 below With rdesktop use a command line such as the following rdesktop a 16 N 1 2 3 4 3389 As said for the Microsoft viewer above replace 1 2 3 4 with the host IP address and 3389 with a different port if necessary The a 16 option requests a color depth of 16 bits per pixel which we recommend For best performance after installation of the guest operating system you should set its display color depth to the same value The N option enables use of the NumPad keys If you run the KDE desktop you might prefer krdc the KDE RDP viewer The command line would look like this Krdc rdp 1 2 3 4 3389 Again replace 1 2 3 4 with the host IP address and 3389 with a different port if necessary The rdp bit is required with krdc to switch it into RDP mode With Sun Ray thin clients you can use uttsc which is part of the Sun Ray Windows Connector package See the corresponding documentation for details 7 1 2 VBoxHeadless the remote desktop server While any V
46. 2898 VMM fixed VERR_ADDRESS_TOO_BIG error on some Mac OS X systems when starting a VM VMM clear MSR_K6_EFER_SVME after probing for AMD V bug 3058 VMM fixed guru meditation during Windows 7 boot with more than 2 GB guest RAM VT x nested paging only VMM fixed hang during OS 2 MCP2 boot AMD V and VT x only VMM fixed loop during OpenBSD 4 0 boot VT x only VMM fixed random crashes related to FPU XMM with 64 bits guests on 32 bits hosts VMM fixed occasional XMM state corruption with 64 bits guests GUI raised the RAM limit for new VMs to 75 of the host memory 294 15 Change log GUI added Windows 7 as operating system type VBoxSDL fixed fixed fixedmode parameter bug 3067 Clipboard stability fixes Linux and Solaris hosts only bug 2675 and 3003 3D support fixed VM crashes for certain guest applications bugs 2781 2797 2972 3089 LsiLogic improved support for Windows guests still experimental VGA fixed a 2 1 0 regression where guest screen resize events were not properly handled bug 2783 VGA significant performance improvements when using VT x AMD V on Mac OS X hosts VGA better handling for VRAM offset changes fixes GRUB2 and Dos DOOM display issues VGA custom VESA modes with invalid widths are now rounded up to correct ones bug 2895 IDE fixed ATAPI passthrough support Linux hosts only bug 2795 Networking fixed kernel panics due to NULL pointer dereference in Linux kern
47. 3 2 2 regression bug 6914 VRDP fixed issues with secondary monitors bug 6759 265 15 Change log 15 35 Version 3 2 2 2010 06 02 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed rare invalid guest state guru meditation VEx only VMM fixed poor performance with nested paging and unrestricted guest execution VT x only bug 6716 VMM fixed occasional guru meditation during Windows 7 bootup bug 6728 GUI keep the status for remote control in sync with the actual state GUI don t exit after a successful refresh of an invalid VM configuration GUI fixed keyboard capturing bug under metacity bug 6727 GUI fixed crash during VM termination if a modal dialog is open GUI default controllers names of New VM Wizard are synchronized with VM settings GUI fixed superfluous resize event on powering on VM for X11 GUI fixed regression missed USB item s tool tip of USB devices menu GUI Activate VM window on mouse hovering for multi monitor VMs VBoxSDL Linux hosts automated keyboard type detection bug 5764 SATA fixed crash during VM suspend under rare circumstances SATA fixed crash during VM reset after a snapshot was taken Storage fixed sporadic hang of SMP guests using SATA or LSI Logic SCSI and asynchronous 1 O Virtio net fix for guests with more than about 4GB RAM bug 6784 Page Fusion fixed VBoxService crash with enabled Page Fusion on Win64 guests Pag
48. 327 16 Third party materials and licenses Code may be distributed only under the terms of this License or a future version of this License released under Section 6 1 and You must include a copy of this License with every copy of the Source Code You distribute You may not offer or impose any terms on any Source Code version that alters or restricts the applicable version of this License or the recipients rights hereunder However You may include an additional document offering the additional rights described in Section 3 5 3 2 Availability of Source Code Any Modification created by You will be provided to the Initial Developer in Source Code form and are subject to the terms of the License 3 3 Description of Modifications You must cause all Covered Code to which You contribute to contain a file documenting the changes You made to create that Covered Code and the date of any change You must include a prominent statement that the Modification is derived directly or indirectly from Original Code provided by the Initial Developer and including the name of the Initial Developer in a the Source Code and b in any notice in an Executable version or related documentation in which You describe the origin or ownership of the Covered Code 3 4 Intellectual Property Matters a Third Party Claims If Contributor has knowledge that a license under a third party s in tellectual property rights is required to exercise the rights granted by
49. 5 Display settings page 50 The driver will offer a range of standard modes at least up to the default guest resolution for all active guest monitors In X Org Server 1 3 and later the default mode can be changed by setting the output property VBOX_MODE to lt width gt x lt height gt for any guest monitor When VBoxClient and the kernel drivers are active this is done automatically when the host requests a mode change The driver for older versions can only receive new modes by querying the host for requests at regular intervals With pre 1 3 X Servers you can also add your own modes to the X server configuration file You simply need to add them to the Modes list in the Display subsection of the Screen section For example the section shown here has a custom 2048x800 resolution mode added Section Screen Identifier Default Screen Device VirtualBox graphics card Monitor Generic Monitor DefaultDepth 24 SubSection Display Depth 24 Modes 2048x800 800x600 640x480 EndSubSection EndSection 9 5 CPU hot plugging With virtual machines running modern server operating systems VirtualBox supports CPU hot plugging Whereas on a physical computer this would mean that a CPU can be added or re moved while the machine is running VirtualBox supports adding and removing virtual CPUs while a virtual machine is running CPU hot plugging works only with guest operating systems that support it So far this ap
50. 8 13 VBoxManage controlvm page 132 6 3 2 PXE booting with NAT PXE booting is now supported in NAT mode The NAT DHCP server provides a boot file name of the form vmname pxe if the directory TFTP exists in the directory where the user s VirtualBox xml file is kept It is the responsibility of the user to provide vmname pxe 6 3 3 NAT limitations There are four limitations of NAT mode which users should be aware of ICMP protocol limitations Some frequently used network debugging tools e g ping or tracerouting rely on the ICMP protocol for sending receiving messages While ICMP sup port has been improved with VirtualBox 2 1 ping should now work some other tools may not work reliably Receiving of UDP broadcasts is not reliable The guest does not reliably receive broadcasts since in order to save resources it only listens for a certain amount of time after the guest has sent UDP data on a particular port As a consequence NetBios name resolution based on broadcasts does not always work but WINS always works As a workaround you can use the numeric IP of the desired server in the server share notation Protocols such as GRE are unsupported Protocols other than TCP and UDP are not sup ported This means some VPN products e g PPTP from Microsoft cannot be used There are other VPN products which use simply TCP and UDP Forwarding host ports lt 1024 impossible On Unix based hosts e g Linux Solaris Mac OS X it is
51. AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE NO USE OF ANY COVERED CODE IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER 8 TERMINATION 8 1 This License and the rights granted hereunder will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with terms herein and fail to cure such breach within 30 days of becoming aware of the breach All sublicenses to the Covered Code which are properly granted shall survive any termination of this License Provisions which by their nature must remain in effect beyond the termination of this License shall survive 8 2 If You initiate litigation by asserting a patent infringement claim excluding declaratory judgment actions against Initial Developer or a Contributor the Initial Developer or Contributor against whom You file such action is referred to as Participant alleging that a such Participant s Contributor Version directly or indirectly infringes any patent then any and all rights granted by such Participant to You under Sections 2 1 and or 2 2 of this License shall upon 60 days notice from Participant terminate prospectively unless if within 60 days after receipt of notice You either i agree in writing to pay Participant a mutually agreeable reasonable royalty for Your past and future use of Modifications made by such Participant or ii withdraw Your litigation claim with respect to the Contributor Version against such Participant If within 60 days of notice a reasonable royalty and payment arr
52. ARGB textures under compiz iSCSI support iSCSI targets with more than 2TiB capacity VRDP fixed occasional VRDP server crash bug 5424 Network fixed the E1000 emulation for QNX and probably other guests bug 3206 NAT added host resolver DNS proxy see chapter 9 11 6 Using the host s resolver as a DNS proxy in NAT mode page 171 VMDK fixed incorrectly rejected big images split into 2G pieces bug 5523 2787 VMDK fixed compatibility issue with fixed or raw disk VMDK files bug 2723 VHD fixed incompatibility with Hyper V Support for Parallels version 2 disk image HDD files see chapter 5 2 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HDD page 81 OVF create manifest files on export and verify the content of an optional manifest file on import OVF fixed memory setting during import bug 4188 Mouse device now five buttons are passed to the guest bug 3773 VBoxHeadless fixed loss of saved state when VM fails to start 276 15 Change log VBoxSDL fixed crash during shutdown Windows hosts only X11 based hosts allow the user to specify their own scan code layout bug 2302 Mac OS X hosts don t auto show the menu and dock in full screen bug 4866 Mac OS X hosts 64 bit don t interpret mouse wheel events as left click bug 5049 Mac OS X hosts fixed a VM abort during shutdown under certain conditions Solaris hosts combined the kernel interface package into the VirtualBox main package Solaris hosts suppor
53. Bridged networking adapters missing If no bridged adapters show up in the Networking section of the VM settings this typically means that the bridged networking driver was not installed properly on your host This could be due to the following reasons e The maximum allowed filter count was reached on the host In this case the MSI log would mention the 0x8004a029 error code returned on NetFlt network component install VBoxNetCfgWinInstallComponent Install failed hr 0x8004a029 You can try to increase the maximum filter count in the Windows registry at the following key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentControlSet Control Network MaxNumFilters The maximum number allowed is 14 After a reboot try to re install VirtualBox The INF cache is corrupt In this case the install log swindir inf setupapi log on XP or windir inf setupapi dev log on Vista or later would typically men tion the failure to find a suitable driver package for either the sun_VBoxNetFlt or sun_VBoxNetFltmp components The solution then is to uninstall VirtualBox remove the INF cache windir inf INFCACHE 1 reboot and try to re install VirtualBox 12 6 6 Host only networking adapters cannot be created If host only adapter cannot be created either via the Manager or VBoxManage then the INF cache is probably corrupt In this case the install log swindir inf setupapi log on XP or Swindir inf setupapi dev log on Vista or later would typically m
54. Del inject Ctrl Alt Del TypeCABS Backspace inject Ctrl Alt Backspace Pause P Pause the VM Reset R hard reset the guest SaveState save the VM state and terminate the VM Shutdown H press the virtual ACPI power button PowerOff power the VM off without saving the state Close Q show the VM close dialog FullscreenMode F switch the VM into fullscreen SeamlessMode L switch the VM into seamless mode ScaleMode C switch the VM into scale mode GuestAutoResize G automatically resize the guest window WindowAdjust A immediately resize the guest window PopupMenu Home show popup menu in fullscreen seaml mode SettingsDialog S open the VM settings dialog InformationDialog N show the VM information window NetworkAdaptersDialog show the VM network adapters dialog SharedFoldersDialog show the VM shared folders dialog InstallGuestAdditions D mount the ISO containing the Guest Additions To disable the fullscreen mode as well as the seamless mode use the following command VBoxManage setextradata global GUI Input MachineShortcuts FullscreenMode None SeamlessMode None 181 9 Advanced topics 9 19 8 Action when terminating the VM You can disallow i e black list certain actions when terminating a VM To disallow specific actions type VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedCloseActions OPTION OPTION where OPTION is one of the following keywords SaveState Don t allow the user to save the VM state when terminating the V
55. Guest Additions installed VirtualBox can ensure that the guest s system time is better synchronized with that of the host For various reasons the time in the guest might run at a slightly different rate than the time on the host The host could be receiving updates via NTP and its own time might not run linearly A VM could also be paused which stops the flow of time in the guest for a shorter or longer period of time When the wall clock time between the guest and host only differs slightly the time synchronization service attempts to gradually and smoothly adjust the guest time in small increments to either catch up or lose time When the difference is too great e g a VM paused for hours or restored from saved state the guest time is changed immediately without a gradual adjustment The Guest Additions will re synchronize the time regularly See chapter 9 14 3 Tuning the Guest Additions time synchronization parameters page 175 for how to configure the parameters of the time synchronization mechanism Shared clipboard With the Guest Additions installed the clipboard of the guest operating sys tem can optionally be shared with your host operating system see chapter 3 3 General settings page 47 Automated logons credentials passing For details please see chapter 9 2 Automated guest logons page 156 Each version of VirtualBox even minor releases ship with their own version of the Guest Additions While the int
56. Linux hosts fixed Python 2 7 bindings in the universal Linux binaries Windows hosts fixed leak of thread and process handles Windows Additions fixed bug when determining the extended version of the Guest Addi tions 4 0 8 regression bug 8948 Solaris Additions fixed installation to 64 bit Solaris 10u9 guests 4 0 8 regression Linux Additions RHEL6 1 OL6 1 compile fix Linux Additions fixed a memory leak during VBoxManage guestcontrol execute bug 9068 15 25 Version 4 0 8 2011 05 16 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added Mac OS X hosts fixed incompatibility with recent Mac OS X versions in 64 bit mode bug 8474 Mac OS X hosts fixed incompatibility with hosts with more than 16 cores bug 8389 Mac OS X hosts fixed painting corruptions on a second monitor in 64 bit mode bug 7606 GUI restored functionality to set an empty host key to disallow any host key combination 4 0 6 regression bug 8793 GUI more expressive error messages for USB proxy permission problems mainly Linux hosts bug 8823 VBoxManage added controlvm screenshotpng subcommand for saving the screenshot of a running VM in PNG format VBoxHeadless fixed potential crash during shutdown Windows hosts only NAT built in services use the correct Ethernet addresses in Ethernet header and in ARP requests Host only networking fixed adapter reference counting E1000 fixed rare guest crashes with Linux S
57. Mac OS X hosts fix installation issues when installed as root bug 1578 Windows Additions fixed file truncation on a shared folder with some applications bugs 9276 9315 Linux Additions suppress an incorrect error message and allow a shared folder to be mounted in multiple places bug 9627 Linux Additions add support for X Org Server 1 11 bug 9519 Linux Additions fixed llseek for Linux kernels 2 6 37 and above Linux Additions start VBoxService correctly on openSUSE 12 1 bug 6229 Linux Additions properly finish the installation even if the compilation of the DRM module fails which is not fatal 248 15 Change log 15 23 Version 4 0 12 2011 07 15 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added Mac OS X hosts Lion fixes Solaris hosts fixed preemption issue with Solaris 11 hosts builds 166 and above VBoxManage more convenient configuration of storage controller attachments by auto matically determining the port or device parameter when a storage controller has only one port or device per port bug 9188 Storage fixed possible data corruption under certain circumstances with VHD and Parallels images bug 9150 Storage fixed access to CD DVD images beyond 4GB when using the SATA controller bug 8592 Floppy make it possible to unmount a host floppy disk bug 6651 Networking fixed the problem with segmentation offloading when several VMs were trans mitting at once
58. OR BUSINESS IN TERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CON TRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 16 2 12 libxml license Except where otherwise noted in the source code e g the files hash c list c and the trio files which are covered by a similar licence but with different Copyright notices all the files are Copyright C 1998 2003 Daniel Veillard All Rights Reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restric tion including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or sub stantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE DANIEL VEILLARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING
59. OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT IN CLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 16 2 23 PCRE license PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language Release 8 of PCRE is distributed under the terms of the BSD licence as specified below The documentation for PCRE supplied in the doc directory is distributed under the same terms as the software itself 336 16 Third party materials and licenses The basic library functions are written in C and are freestanding Also included in the distribu tion is a set of C wrapper functions and a just in time compiler that can be used to optimize pattern matching These are both optional features that can be omitted when the library is built THE BASIC LIBRARY FUNCTIONS Written by Philip Hazel Email local part ph10 Email domain cam ac uk University of Cambridge Computing Service Cambridge England Copyright c 1997 2012 University of Cambridge All rights reserved PCRE JUST IN TIME COMPILATION SUPPORT Written by Zoltan Herczeg Email local part hzmester Emain domain fr
60. PAM on Linux for RDP authentication In addition it includes an easy to use SDK which allows you to create arbitrary interfaces for other methods of authentication see chapter 7 1 5 RDP authentication page 106 for details USB over RDP Via RDP virtual channel support VirtualBox also allows you to connect arbitrary USB devices locally to a virtual machine which is running remotely on a VirtualBox RDP server see chapter 7 1 4 Remote USB page 106 for details 1 4 Supported host operating systems Currently VirtualBox runs on the following host operating systems e Windows hosts Windows XP all service packs 32 bit Windows Server 2003 32 bit Windows Vista 32 bit and 64 bit Windows Server 2008 32 bit and 64 bit Windows 7 32 bit and 64 bit Windows 8 32 bit and 64 bit Windows Server 2012 64 bit e Mac OS X hosts 10 6 Snow Leopard 32 bit and 64 bit 10 7 Lion 32 bit and 64 bit 10 8 Mountain Lion 64 bit Intel hardware is required please see chapter 14 Known limitations page 220 also e Linux hosts 32 bit and 64 bit Among others this includes Support for 64 bit Windows was added with VirtualBox 1 5 Preliminary Mac OS X support beta stage was added with VirtualBox 1 4 full support with 1 6 Mac OS X 10 4 Tiger support was removed with VirtualBox 3 1 3Support for 64 bit Linux was added with VirtualBox 1 4 15 1 First steps 10 04 Lucid Lynx
61. The VirtualBox kernel module VirtualBox uses a special kernel module called vboxdrv to perform physical memory allocation and to gain control of the processor for guest system execution Without this kernel module you can still use the VirtualBox manager to configure virtual machines but they will not start In addition there are the network kernel modules vboxnetf1t and vboxnetadp which are required for the more advanced networking features of VirtualBox The VirtualBox kernel module is automatically installed on your system when you install VirtualBox To maintain it with future kernel updates for those Linux distributions which provide it most current ones we recommend installing Dynamic Kernel Module Support DKMS This framework helps with building and upgrading kernel modules If DKMS is not already installed execute one of the following e On an Ubuntu system sudo apt get install dkms e On a Fedora system yum install dkms e On a Mandriva or Mageia system urpmi dkms If DKMS is available and installed the VirtualBox kernel module should always work automat ically and it will be automatically rebuilt if your host kernel is updated Otherwise there are only two situations in which you will need to worry about the kernel module 1 The original installation fails This probably means that your Linux system is not prepared for building external kernel modules Most Linux distributions can be set up simply b
62. VBoxManage the iSCSI initiator name was not stored in the settings file when doing storageattach bug 11212 VBoxManage metrics collect now properly handles CPU MHz and Net x LinkSpeed metrics VBoxManage changing the image UUID or parent UUID as part of storageattach works now in all safe cases VBoxManage introduced storageattach medium additions as a shortcut to mount the ad ditions image bug 11165 OVF fixed importing OVF files cerated by recent VMware products bug 10905 232 15 Change log Linux hosts Bridged Networking fixed the problem with leaking connections in conntrack bug 11178 Linux Additions added support for ConsoleKit sessions in the vminfo service of VBoxSer vice Linux Additions don t crash during remount under certain conditions bug 11291 Linux Solaris Additions fixed guest memory metrics collection Solaris hosts added a dependency to ensure that the user directories are reachable when starting VBox services Windows host installer integrated user contributed translations thanks to all contributors Windows Additions fixed auto logon installation for Windows 8 Windows Additions don t fail if the shared folders host service is not available Windows Additions fixed Guest Additions startup on Windows 2000 guests bug 11253 Windows Additions auto resize fixes for Windows 8 guests 15 9 Version 4 2 4 2012 10 26 This is a maintenance release The following items were fi
63. VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemSKU System SKU VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemFamily System Family VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemUuid 9852bf98 b83c 49db a8de 182c42c7226b 9 12 3 DMI board information type 2 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBoardVendor Board Vendor VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBoardProduct Board Product VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBoardVersion Board Version VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBoardSerial Board Serial VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBoardAssetTag Board Tag VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBoardLocInChass Board Location VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBoardBoardType 10 9 12 4 DMI system enclosure or chassis type 3 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiChassisVendor Chassis Vendor VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiChassisType 3 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiChassisVersion Chassis Version VBoxManage setextradata VM name V
64. Windows Additions fixed misbehavior with guest display power management WDDM driver only bug 11170 Windows Additions fixed memory leak caused by WTSQuerySessionInformation on Win dows 2000 guests bug 12072 Windows Additions ability to track guest user idle times through the newly introduced event IGuestUserStateChangedEvent Linux Additions fixed udev detection in the init script with Linux 3 x kernels 15 2 Version 4 2 18 2013 09 06 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM properly handle NMIs on Linux hosts with X2APIC enabled VMM fixed potential crashes with 64 bit guests on 32 bit hosts bug 11979 GUI seamless properly handle mouse wheel scroll events GUI VBoxManage when unregistering a VM also unregister the hard disk images which are used exclusively bug 10311 GUI prevent crashes under certain conditions on X11 hosts 225 15 Change log 3D multiscreen fixes incorrect mouse position flickets 3D Support several fixes for the Windows WDDM video driver multiscreen seamless Snapshots made live snapshots work again bug 9255 Teleportation made it work again bug 9455 VBoxManage on snapshot take pause is default and live is for doing live snapshots VBoxSVC don t crash on systems with many VLAN interfaces Solaris hosts only Network after the host resumes from suspend disconnect and reconnect the virtual net work cables to force renew
65. a grandchild of the original parent The first differencing image then becomes read only as well and write operations only go to the second level differencing image When reading from the virtual disk VirtualBox needs to look into the second differencing image first then into the first if the sector was not found and then into the original image There can be an unlimited number of differencing images and each image can have more than one child As a result the differencing images can form a complex tree with parents siblings and children depending on how complex your machine configuration is Write operations always go to the one active differencing image that is attached to the machine and for read operations VirtualBox may need to look up all the parents in the chain until the sector in question is found You can look at such a tree in the Virtual Media Manager a Virtual Media Manager S 9 Remove Release Refresh f Hard Disks CD DVD Images A Floppy Images Name A Virtual Size Actual Size Windows XP disk2 vmdk 10 00 GB 2 16 GB Windows XP vdi 10 00 GB 9 88 GB 16e8af30 acc2 4116 8460 3fe9c5a8e74e vdi 10 00 GB 9 00 GB 0c24e70c 114e 48b4 9b0e e23e94b96fcf vdi 10 00 GB 44 00 KB 886f82da 58bb 416c ae3e 34f80881d5e3 vdi 10 00 GB 1 04 MB 84d1cb28 0d43 4118 a0fb 5430477092e9 vdi 10 00 GB 94 04 MB f6be6815 eacb 4d2b bee5 90e32d9a5e68 vdi 10 00 GB 636 04 MB f9572ed4 57a3 4b35 b7a4 ca128136ca3d vdi
66. a base package and Extension Packs see chapter 1 5 Installing VirtualBox and extension packs page 16 e New settings disk file layout for VM portability see chapter 10 1 Where VirtualBox stores its files page 189 e Major rework of the GUI now called VirtualBox Manager Redesigned user interface with guest window preview also for screenshots New scale display mode with scaled guest display see chapter 1 8 5 Resizing the machine s window page 24 Support for creating and starting vbox desktop shortcuts bug 1889 The VM list is now sortable Machines can now be deleted easily without a trace including snapshots and saved states and optionally including attached disk images bug 5511 also VBoxManage unregistervm delete can do the same now 256 15 Change log Built in creation of desktop file shortcuts to start VMs on double click bug 2322 VMM support more than 1 5 2 GB guest RAM on 32 bit hosts New virtual hardware Intel ICH9 chipset with three PCI buses PCI Express and Message Signaled Interrupts MSI see chapter 3 4 1 Motherboard tab page 48 Intel HD Audio for better support of modern guest operating systems e g 64 bit Windows bug 2785 Improvements to OVF support see chapter 1 14 Importing and exporting virtual machines page 30 Open Virtualization Format Archive OVA support Significant performance improvements during export and im
67. a so called online snapshot As a result if the machine s current snapshot is such an online snapshot its immutable images behave exactly like the normal images described pre viously To re enable the automatic resetting of such images delete the current snap shot of the machine Again technically VirtualBox never writes to an immutable image directly at all All write operations from the machine will be directed to a differencing image the next time the VM is powered on the differencing image is reset so that every time the VM starts its im mutable images have exactly the same content The differencing image is only reset when the machine is powered on from within VirtualBox not when you reboot by requesting a reboot from within the machine This is also why immutable images behave as described above when snapshots are also present which use differencing images as well If the automatic discarding of the differencing image on VM startup does not fit your needs you can turn it off using the autoreset parameter of VBoxManage modifyhd see chapter 8 23 VBoxManage modifyhd page 139 for details 5 An image in multiattach mode can be attached to more than one virtual machine at the same time even if these machines are running simultaneously For each virtual machine to which such an image is attached a differencing image is created As a result data that is written to such a virtual disk by one machine is
68. all virtual machines currently registered with VirtualBox By default this displays a compact list with each VM s name and UUID if you also specify Long or 1 this will be a detailed list as with the showvminfo command see below e runningvms lists all currently running virtual machines by their unique identifiers UUIDs in the same format as with vms e ostypes lists all guest operating systems presently known to VirtualBox along with the identifiers used to refer to them with the modifyvm command e hostdvds hostfloppies respectively list DVD floppy bridged networking and host only networking interfaces on the host along with the name used to access them from within VirtualBox e bridgedifs hostonlyifs and dhcpservers respectively list bridged network interfaces host only network interfaces and DHCP servers currently available on the host Please see chapter 6 Virtual networking page 91 for details on these e hostinfo displays information about the host system such as CPUs memory size and operating system version 120 8 VBoxManage e hostcpuids dumps the CPUID parameters for the host CPUs This can be used for a more fine grained analyis of the host s virtualization capabilities e hddbackends lists all known virtual disk back ends of VirtualBox For each such format such as VDI VMDK or RAW this lists the back end s capabilities and configuration e hdds dvds and floppies all give you information about v
69. apply to any software derived from or based on the IJG code not just to the unmodified library If you use our work you ought to acknowledge us Permission is NOT granted for the use of any IJG author s name or company name in adver tising or publicity relating to this software or products derived from it This software may be referred to only as the Independent JPEG Group s software We specifically permit and encourage the use of this software as the basis of commercial prod ucts provided that all warranty or liability claims are assumed by the product vendor ansi2knr c is included in this distribution by permission of L Peter Deutsch sole proprietor of its copyright holder Aladdin Enterprises of Menlo Park CA ansi2knr c is NOT covered by the above copyright and conditions but instead by the usual distribution terms of the Free Software Foundation principally that you must include source code if you redistribute it See the file ansi2knr c for full details However since ansi2knr c is not needed as part of any program generated from the IJG code this does not limit you more than the foregoing paragraphs do The Unix configuration script configure was produced with GNU Autoconf It is copyright by the Free Software Foundation but is freely distributable The same holds for its supporting scripts config guess config sub ltmain sh Another support script install sh is copyright by X Consortium but is also freely distri
70. argumentN gt CSS where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory image lt path to program gt Absolute path and process name of process to execute in the guest e g C Windows System32 calc exe username lt name gt Name of the user the process should run under This user must exist on the guest OS passwordfile lt file gt Password of the user account specified to be read from the given file If not given an empty password is assumed password lt password gt Password of the user account specified with username If not given an empty password is assumed 144 8 VBoxManage dos2unix Converts output from DOS Windows guests to UNIX compatible line endings CR LF gt LF Not implemented yet environment lt NAME gt lt VALUE gt One or more environment variables to be set or un set By default the new process in the guest will be created with the standard environment of the guest OS This option allows for modifying that environment To set modify a variable a pair of NAME VALUE must be specified to unset a certain variable the name with no value must set e g NAME Arguments containing spaces must be enclosed in quotation marks More than one environment at a time can be specified to keep the command line tidy timeout lt msec gt Value in milliseconds that specifies the time how long the started process is allowed to run and how long VBoxManage waits
71. as described above In case Oracle Linux does not find the required packages you either have to install them from a different source e g DVD or use Oracle s public Yum server located at http public yum oracle com Debian 1 3 4 In order to fully update your guest system open a terminal and run apt get update as root followed by apt get upgrade Install the make tool and the GNU C compiler using apt get install make gcc Reboot your guest system in order to activate the updates Determine the exact version of your kernel using uname a and install the correct version of the linux headers package e g using apt get install linux headers 2 6 26 2 686 4 2 2 2 Graphics and mouse integration In Linux and Solaris guests VirtualBox graphics and mouse integration goes through the X Win dow System VirtualBox can use the X Org variant of the system or XFree86 version 4 3 which is identical to the first X Org release During the installation process the X Org display server will be set up to use the graphics and mouse drivers which come with the Guest Additions After installing the Guest Additions into a fresh installation of a supported Linux distribution or Solaris system many unsupported systems will work correctly too the guest s graphics mode will change to fit the size of the VirtualBox window on the host when it is resized You can also ask the guest system to switch to a particular resolution by s
72. audio in the guest or erratic guest clock behavior Some of the problems may be caused by firmware and or host operating system bugs There fore updating the firmware and applying operating systems fixes is recommended For optimal virtualization performance the C1E power state support in the system s BIOS should be disabled if such a setting is available not all systems support the C1E power state On Intel systems the Intel C State setting should be disabled Disabling other power management settings may also improve performance However a balance between performance and power consumption must always be considered 12 2 4 GUI 2D Video Acceleration option is grayed out To use 2D Video Acceleration within VirtualBox your host s video card should support certain OpenGL extensions On startup VirtualBox checks for those extensions and if the test fails this option is silently grayed out To find out why it has failed you can manually execute the following command VBoxTestOGL log log file_name test 2D It will list the required OpenGL extensions one by one and will show you which one failed the test This usually means that you are running an outdated or misconfigured OpenGL driver on your host It can also mean that your video chip is lacking required functionality 205 12 Troubleshooting 12 3 Windows guests 12 3 1 Windows bluescreens after changing VM configuration Changing certain virtual machine settings can
73. available from the virtual machine s menu bar This toolbar reduces itself to a small gray line unless you move the mouse over it With the toolbar you can return from full screen or seamless mode control machine execution or enable certain devices If you don t want to see the toolbar disable this setting 3Support for Drag n Drop was added with VirtualBox 4 2 47 3 Configuring virtual machines The second setting allows to show the toolbar at the top of the screen instead of showing it at the bottom 3 3 3 Description tab Here you can enter any description for your virtual machine if you want This has no effect on the functionality of the machine but you may find this space useful to note down things like the configuration of a virtual machine and the software that has been installed into it To insert a line break into the description text field press Shift Enter 3 4 System settings The System category groups various settings that are related to the basic hardware that is presented to the virtual machine Note As the activation mechanism of Microsoft Windows is sensitive to hardware changes if you are changing hardware settings for a Windows guest some of these changes may trigger a request for another activation with Microsoft 3 4 1 Motherboard tab On the Motherboard tab you can influence virtual hardware that would normally be on the motherboard of a real computer Ba
74. be created Without specifying parent the action would have failed mode lt mode gt Sets the permission mode of the specified directory Only octal modes e g 0755 are supported right now verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose createtemporary which allows copying files from the host to the guest only with in stalled Guest Additions 4 2 and later VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt createtemp orary mktemp lt template gt username lt name gt passwordfile lt file gt password lt password gt directory secure tmpdir lt directory gt domain lt domain gt mode lt mode gt verbose where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory template A file name without a path and with at least three consecutive X characters or ending in X username lt name gt Name of the user the copy process should run under This user must exist on the guest OS passwordfile lt file gt Password of the user account specified to be read from the given file If not given an empty password is assumed password lt password gt Password of the user account specified with username If not given an empty password is assumed directory Create a temporary directory instead of a file secure Secure creation The file mode is fixed to 0755 And the operation will fail if it cannot performed securely tmpdir lt directory gt Directory where
75. be created bug 8031 GUI several fixes for multimonitor X11 guests ExtPack don t make the installer helper application suid root Linux deb rpm packages only ExtPack improved user experience on Vista Windows 7 when installing an extension pack ExtPack fixed issue with non ascii characters in the path name during installing an exten sion pack bug 9717 ExtPack fixed SELinux issues on 32 bit Linux hosts VBoxManage Host only interface creation and removal is now supported for all platforms except Solaris bug 7741 VBoxManage fixed segmentation fault when removing non existent host only interface Storage fixed possible crashes with VMDK VHD images with snapshots and asynchronous I O 4 0 regression Storage don t eject the physical medium if a DVD CDROM floppy drive is detached from a VM bug 5825 Storage be more robust when a faulty guest sends ATA commands to an ATAPI device bug 6597 Parallels fixed deletion of the image during suspend pause or power off 4 0 regression Bridged networking fixed host kernel panic when bridging to devices with no TX queue 4 0 regression Linux hosts only bug 7908 NAT port forwarding rule registration respects protocol parameter bug 8094 E1000 fixed PXE boot issues with WDS bug 6330 255 15 Change log Virtio net fixed the issue with TX performance in some Linux guests ICH9 fixed VM crash software virtualization only bug 7885 VGA fix
76. been enabled for a virtual network card see the nic option above otherwise this setting has no effect use this option to specify the name of the internal network see chapter 6 6 Internal networking page 97 macaddress lt 1 N gt auto lt mac gt With this option you can set the MAC address of the virtual network card Normally each virtual network card is assigned a random address by VirtualBox at VM creation nicgenericdrv lt 1 N gt lt backend driver gt If generic networking has been enabled for a virtual network card see the nic option above otherwise this setting has no effect this mode allows you to access rarely used networking sub modes such as VDE network or UDP Tunnel nicproperty lt 1 N gt lt paramname gt paramvalue This option in combination with nicgenericdrv allows you to pass parameters to rarely used network backends Those parameters are backend engine specific and are different between UDP Tunnel and the VDE backend drivers For example please see chapter 6 8 UDP Tunnel networking page 99 126 8 VBoxManage 8 8 2 1 NAT Networking settings The following NAT networking settings are available through VBoxManage modifyvm With all these settings the decimal number directly following the option name 1 N in the list below specifies the virtual network adapter whose settings should be changed e natpf lt 1 N gt lt name gt tcp udp lt hostip gt lt hostport gt
77. between processors According to Microsoft this is due to a race condition in Windows A hotfix is available If this does not help please reduce the number of virtual processors to 1 12 3 3 Windows 2000 installation failures When installing Windows 2000 guests you might run into one of the following issues e Installation reboots usually during component registration e Installation fills the whole hard disk with empty log files e Installation complains about a failure installing msgina dll These problems are all caused by a bug in the hard disk driver of Windows 2000 After issuing a hard disk request there is a race condition in the Windows driver code which leads to corruption if the operation completes too fast i e the hardware interrupt from the IDE controller arrives too soon With physical hardware there is a guaranteed delay in most systems so the problem is usually hidden there however it should be possible to reproduce it on physical hardware as well In a virtual environment it is possible for the operation to be done immediately especially on very fast systems with multiple CPUs and the interrupt is signaled sooner than on a physical system The solution is to introduce an artificial delay before delivering such interrupts This delay can be configured for a VM using the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 Config IRQDelay 1 This sets the delay to one millisecond In
78. between VI x and AMD V is that AMD V provides a more complete virtualization environment VT x requires the VMX non root code to run with paging enabled which precludes hardware virtualization of real mode code and non paged protected mode soft ware This typically only includes firmware and OS loaders but nevertheless complicates VT x hypervisor implementation AMD V does not have this restriction Of course hardware virtualization is not perfect Compared to software virtualization the overhead of VM exits is relatively high This causes problems for devices whose emulation re quires high number of traps One example is the VGA device in 16 color modes where not only every I O port access but also every access to the framebuffer memory must be trapped 10 6 Nested paging and VPIDs In addition to plain hardware virtualization your processor may also support additional so phisticated techniques e A newer feature called nested paging implements some memory management in hard ware which can greatly accelerate hardware virtualization since these tasks no longer need to be performed by the virtualization software With nested paging the hardware provides another level of indirection when translating linear to physical addresses Page tables function as before but linear addresses are now translated to guest physical addresses first and not physical addresses directly A new set of paging registers now exists under the tra
79. bug 81 Added support for parallel port passthrough on Windows hosts Enhanced API for controlling the guest please see the SDK reference and API documenta tion for more information In addition the following items were fixed and or added Mac OS X hosts sign application and installer to avoid warnings on Mountain Lion VMM fixed a potential host crash triggered by shutting down a VM when another VM was running only affected 32 bit hosts and 64 bit OS X hosts 4 1 regression bug 9897 VMM fixed a potential host crash under a high guest memory pressure seen with Windows 8 guests VMM improved VM context switch performance for Intel CPUs using nested paging VMM added support for FlushByASID features of AMD CPUs Bulldozer and newer VMM fixed unreal mode handling on older CPUs with VT x gPXE Solaris 7 8 9 bug 9941 VMM fixed MP tables fixes for I O APIC interrupt routing relevant for ancient SMP guests e g old OS 2 releases VMM support recent VIA CPUs bug 10005 235 15 Change log VMM fixed handling of task gates if VI x AMD V is disabled VMM page fusion fixes GUI network operations manager GUI allow taking screenshots of the current VM window content bug 5561 GUI allow automatically sorting of the VM list GUI allow starting of headless VMs from the GUI GUI allow reset shutdown and poweroff from the Manager window GUI allow to globally limit the maximum screen resolution for guests GUI
80. bug 9922 VBoxSVC fixed crash under rare circumstances e g client crash VRDP fixed screen freeze bug 9620 OVF OVA fixed broken disk images on import under rare circumstances 240 15 Change log OVF OVA better error message when importing corrupted appliances VMDK VHD fixed a possible corruption with host cache disabled when using snapshots under rare circumstances bug 9749 3D Support fixed full screen mode issues for ATI graphics bug 9775 Windows Media Player rendering for XPDM based Direct3D support bug 8341 Multiple fixes to XPDM and WDDM based 3D support for Windows Guests and for 3D support in general Linux hosts fixes for Fedoras Linux 2 6 41 bug 9948 Linux hosts guests fixes for Linux 3 2 bug 9743 Solaris Additions various shared folder fixes bugs 9856 9862 9917 Windows Additions various fixes for Direct3D support un installation added detection of missing or wrong Direct3D system files 15 18 Version 4 1 6 2011 11 04 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VRDP fixed screen corruption NAT the interface stopped working after a lot of failed ICMP requests bug 9371 E1000 fixed rare Windows 7 guest hangs either at boot time or when reconfiguring the network card in unusual setups bug 6223 ATA fixed a possible crash during ATAPI passthrough with certain guests ATA improved compatibility with ancient Linux kernels Main fixed incor
81. by problems that might be introduced by others Finally software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program We wish to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a patent holder Therefore we insist that any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license Most GNU software including some libraries is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public License This license the GNU Lesser General Public License applies to certain designated li braries and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License We use this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non free programs When a program is linked with a library whether statically or using a shared library the combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work a derivative of the original library The ordinary General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination 311 16 Third party materials and licenses fits its criteria of freedom The Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with the library We call this license the Lesser General Public License because it does Less to protect the user s freedom than the ordinary General Public License It also provides other free software develope
82. can be either queried with VBoxManage showvminfo command or seen in the GUI on the Runtime tab of the Session Information Dialog which is accessible via the Machine menu of the VM window Support for IPv6 has been implemented in VirtualBox 4 3 If the host OS supports IPv6 the VRDP server will automatically listen for IPv6 connections in addition to IPv4 7 1 1 Common third party RDP viewers Since VRDP is backwards compatible to RDP you can use any standard RDP viewer to connect to such a remote virtual machine examples follow below For this to work you must specify 102 7 Remote virtual machines the IP address of your host system not of the virtual machine as the server address to connect to as well as the port number that the VRDP server is using Here follow examples for the most common RDP viewers On Windows you can use the Microsoft Terminal Services Connector mstsc exe that ships with Windows You can start it by bringing up the Run dialog press the Windows key and R and typing mstsc You can also find it under Start gt All Programs gt Accessories gt Remote Desktop Connection If you use the Run dialog you can type in options directly mstsc 1 2 3 4 3389 Replace 1 2 3 4 with the host IP address and 3389 with a different port if necessary Note IPv6 address must be enclosed in square brackets to specify a port For example mstsc fe80 1
83. cause Windows guests to fail during start up with a bluescreen This may happen if you change VM settings after installing Windows or if you copy a disk image with an already installed Windows to a newly created VM which has settings that differ from the original machine This applies in particular to the following settings e The ACPI and I O APIC settings should never be changed after installing Windows De pending on the presence of these hardware features the Windows installation program chooses special kernel and device driver versions and will fail to startup should these hard ware features be removed Enabling them for a Windows VM which was installed without them does not cause any harm However Windows will not use these features in this case Changing the storage controller hardware will cause bootup failures as well This might also apply to you if you copy a disk image from an older version of VirtualBox to a virtual machine created with a newer VirtualBox version the default subtype of IDE controller hardware was changed from PIIX3 to PIIX4 with VirtualBox 2 2 Make sure these settings are identical 12 3 2 Windows 0x101 bluescreens with SMP enabled IPI timeout If a VM is configured to have more than one processor symmetrical multiprocessing SMP some configurations of Windows guests crash with an 0x101 error message indicating a timeout for inter processor interrupts IPIs These interrupts synchronize memory management
84. certain limitations when using Windows file sharing see chapter 6 3 3 NAT limitations page 94 for details NAT Network The NAT network is a new NAT flavour introduced in VirtualBox 4 3 See chapter 6 4 Network Address Translation Service experimental page 95 for details Bridged networking This is for more advanced networking needs such as network simulations and running servers in a guest When enabled VirtualBox connects to one of your installed network cards and exchanges network packets directly circumventing your host operating system s network stack Internal networking This can be used to create a different kind of software based network which is visible to selected virtual machines but not to applications running on the host or to the outside world Host only networking This can be used to create a network containing the host and a set of virtual machines without the need for the host s physical network interface Instead a virtual network interface similar to a loopback interface is created on the host providing connectivity among virtual machines and the host Generic networking Rarely used modes share the same generic network interface by allowing the user to select a driver which can be included with VirtualBox or be distributed in an extension pack At the moment there are potentially two available sub modes UDP Tunnel This can be used to interconnect virtual machines running on different hosts directly ea
85. chapter 4 4 1 Hardware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 page 72 When teleporting a machine the data stream through which the machine s memory con tents are transferred from one host to another is not encrypted A third party with access to the network through which the data is transferred could therefore intercept that data An SSH tunnel could be used to secure the connection between the two hosts But when considering teleporting a VM over an untrusted network the first question to answer is how both VMs can securely access the same virtual disk image s with a reasonable perfor mance When using the VirtualBox web service to control a VirtualBox host remotely connections to the web service through which the API calls are transferred via SOAP XML are not encrypted but use plain HTTP by default This is a potential security risk For details about the web service please see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 199 The web services are not started by default Please refer to chapter 9 20 Starting the VirtualBox web service automatically page 182 to find out how to start this service and how to enable SSL TLS support It has to be started as a regular user and only the VMs of that user can be controlled By default the service binds to localhost preventing any remote connection Traffic sent over a UDP Tunnel network attachment is not encrypted You can either encrypt it on the host network level with IPsec
86. commands for VBoxManage modifyvm you can configure a machine to be a target for teleporting See chapter 7 2 Teleporting page 110 for an introduction teleporter on off With this setting you turn on or off whether a machine waits for a teleporting request to come in on the network when it is started If on when the machine is started it does not boot the virtual machine as it would normally instead it then waits for a teleporting request to come in on the port and address listed with the next two parameters teleporterport lt port gt teleporteraddress lt address gt these must be used with teleporter and tell the virtual machine on which port and address it should listen for a teleporting request from another virtual machine lt port gt can be any free TCP IP port number e g 6000 lt address gt can be any IP address or hostname and specifies the TCP IP socket to bind to The default is 0 0 0 0 which means any address teleporterpassword lt password gt if this optional argument is given then the tele porting request will only succeed if the source machine specifies the same password as the one given with this command teleporterpasswordfile lt password gt if this optional argument is given then the teleporting request will only succeed if the source machine specifies the same password as the one specified in the file give with this command Use stdin to read the password from stdin cpuid lt
87. comparisons against either the Original Code or another well known available Covered Code of the Contribu tor s choice The Source Code can be in a compressed or archival form provided the appropriate decompression or de archiving software is widely available for no charge 1 12 You or Your means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under and complying with all of the terms of this License or a future version of this License issued under Section 6 1 For legal entities You includes any entity which controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this definition control means a the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of such entity whether by contract or otherwise or b ownership of more than fifty percent 50 of the outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity 2 SOURCE CODE LICENSE 2 1 The Initial Developer Grant The Initial Developer hereby grants You a world wide royalty free non exclusive license sub ject to third party intellectual property claims a under intellectual property rights other than patent or trademark Licensable by Initial Developer to use reproduce modify display perform sublicense and distribute the Original Code or portions thereof with or without Modifications and or as part of a Larger Work and b under patents now or hereafter owned or controlled by Initial Developer to make hav
88. control the remote VM Even when the extension is installed the VRDP server is disabled by default It can easily be enabled on a per VM basis either in the VirtualBox Manager in the Display settings see chapter 3 5 Display settings page 50 or with VBoxManage VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrde on If you use VBoxHeadless described further below VRDP support will be automatically en abled since VBoxHeadless has no other means of output By default the VRDP server uses TCP port 3389 You will need to change the default port if you run more than one VRDP server since the port can only be used by one server at a time you might also need to change it on Windows hosts since the default port might already be used by the RDP server that is built into Windows itself Ports 5000 through 5050 are typically not used and might be a good choice The port can be changed either in the Display settings of the graphical user interface or with vrdeport option of the VBoxManage modifyvm command You can specify a comma separated list of ports or ranges of ports Use a dash between two port numbers to specify a range The VRDP server will bind to one of available ports from the specified list For example VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdeport 5000 5010 5012 will configure the server to bind to one of the ports 5000 5010 5011 or 5012 See chapter 8 8 4 Remote machine settings page 128 for details The actual port used by a running VM
89. cpumctx h and src VBox Runtime include internal ldrELFCommon h The VM core file can be inspected using el fdump and GNU readelf or other similar utilities 12 2 General 12 2 1 Guest shows IDE SATA errors for file based images on slow host file system Occasionally some host file systems provide very poor writing performance and as a consequence cause the guest to time out IDE SATA commands This is normal behavior and should normally cause no real problems as the guest should repeat commands that have timed out However some guests e g some Linux versions have severe problems if a write to an image file takes longer than about 15 seconds Some file systems however require more than a minute to com plete a single write if the host cache contains a large amount of data that needs to be written The symptom for this problem is that the guest can no longer access its files during large write or copying operations usually leading to an immediate hang of the guest In order to work around this problem the true fix is to use a faster file system that doesn t exhibit such unacceptable write performance it is possible to flush the image file after a cer tain amount of data has been written This interval is normally infinite but can be configured individually for each disk of a VM For IDE disks use the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 LUN x Config FlushInterval b For SATA disk
90. diff image when attaching a streamOptimized VMDK image toa VM ATA SATA fixed automounting of virtual CD DVD mediums with recent Linux distributions by correctly reporting the current profile as none if no medium is present Buslogic fixed emulation for certain guests e g jRockit VE Host Only Networking fixed interface creation failure on Windows hosts 4 0 4 regression bug 8362 Host Only amp Bridged amp Internal Networking fix for processing promiscuous mode requests by VMs defaulting to switch behaviour Host Only Networking fixed connectivity issue after resuming the host from sleep bug 3625 Bridged Networking support for interface bonding on Mac OS X hosts bug 8731 NAT fixed processing of ARP announcements for guests with static assigned IPs bug 8609 VRDP backward compatibility with VRDPAuth external authentication library bug 8063 Shared Folders don t fail to start a VM if a path is not absolute for example when import ing an OVF from a different host bug 7941 Audio fixed crash under certain conditions bug 8527 USB fixed a crash when plugging certain USB devices bug 8699 HPET fixed time jumps when reading the counter bug 8707 OVF OVA automatically adjust disk paths if the VM name is changed on import OVF OVA fix export to slow medias OVF OVA automatically repair inconsistent appliances with multiple disks bug 8253 rdesktop vrdp fixed an assertion triggered under cer
91. fixed OS 2 ACP2 boot floppy hang VT x only VMM small performance improvement for OpenSolaris guests AMD V only VMM fixed CentOS Xen reboot software virtualization only bug 4509 SATA fixed hangs BSOD during Windows XP installation bug 4342 SATA mark the ports as non hotpluggable bug 3920 3D support fix deadlocks and context window tracking for multithreaded applications bug 3922 3D support fix memory leaks when terminating OpenGL guest applications 3D support fix crash in Call of Duty NAT using two or more NAT adapters in one VM was broken 3 0 0 regression NAT fixed network communication corruptions bugs 4499 4540 4591 4604 NAT fixed passive ftp access to host server bug 4427 iSCSI fixed cloning to from iSCSI disks GUI fixed path separator handling for the OVF export on Windows bug 4354 GUI the mini toolbar was only shown on the first host display bug 4654 GUI added a VM option to display the mini toolbar on top GUI don t crash when adding plus configuring host only network interfaces Shared Folders fixed selection of a drive root directory as a shared folder host path in VirtualBox Windows host only USB fixed a bug that may have rendered USB device filter settings inactive 3 0 2 regres sion bug 4668 Guest Additions report the Guest Additions version to the guest properties bug 3415 Mac OS X hosts fix creation of VMDK files giving raw partition access bug 1461 Ma
92. for the virtual machine Fe dora5 and 2006 02 02 on the machine SUSE10 You could retrieve the information as follows 141 8 VBoxManage VBoxManage getextradata Fedora5 installdate which would return VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version 4 3 0 C 2005 2013 Oracle Corporation All rights reserved Value 2006 01 01 To remove a key the setextradata command must be run without specifying data only the key for example VBoxManage setextradata Fedora5 installdate 8 27 VBoxManage setproperty This command is used to change global settings which affect the entire VirtualBox installation Some of these correspond to the settings in the Global settings dialog in the graphical user interface The following properties are available machinefolder This specifies the default folder in which virtual machine definitions are kept see chapter 10 1 Where VirtualBox stores its files page 189 for details hwvirtexclusive This specifies whether VirtualBox will make exclusive use of the hardware virtualization extensions Intel VI x or AMD V of the host system s processor see chapter 10 3 Hardware vs software virtualization page 193 If you wish to share these extensions with other hypervisors running at the same time you must disable this setting Doing so has negative performance implications vrdeauthlibrary This specifies which library to use when external authentication has been selected for a p
93. gt target lt uuid vmname gt global add lt uuid vmname gt name lt name gt hostpath lt hostpath gt transient readonly automount remove lt uuid vmname gt name lt name gt transient lt uuid vmname gt dumpguestcore filename lt name gt info lt item gt args injectnmi log release debug lt settings gt logdest release debug lt settings gt logflags release debug lt settings gt osdetect osinfo getregisters cpu lt id gt lt reg gt all setregisters cpu lt id gt lt reg gt lt value gt show human readable sh export sh eval cmd set lt logdbg settings logrel settings gt opt what statistics reset pattern lt pattern gt descriptions list host lt vmname gt lt metric_list gt comma separated setup period lt seconds gt default 1 samples lt count gt default 1 list host lt vmname gt lt metric_list gt query host lt vmname gt lt metric_list gt enable list host lt vmname gt lt metric_list gt disable list host lt vmname gt lt metric_list gt collect period lt seconds gt default 1 samples lt count gt default 1 list detach host lt vmname gt lt metric_list gt add modify netname lt network_name gt ip lt ip_address gt netmask lt network_ma
94. guest operating systems are always supported regardless of settings so you can simply install a 64 bit operating system in the guest Warning On any host you should enable the I O APIC for virtual machines that you intend to use in 64 bit mode This is especially true for 64 bit Windows VMs See chapter 3 3 2 Advanced tab page 47 In addition for 64 bit Windows guests you should make sure that the VM uses the Intel networking device since there is no 64 bit driver support for the AMD PCNet card see chapter 6 1 Virtual networking hardware page 91 If 14 you use the Create VM wizard of the VirtualBox graphical user interface see chapter Creating your first virtual machine page 18 VirtualBox will automatically use the correct settings for each selected 64 bit operating system type 3 2 Emulated hardware VirtualBox virtualizes nearly all hardware of the host Depending on a VM s configuration the guest will see the following virtual hardware Input devices By default VirtualBox emulates a standard PS 2 keyboard and mouse These devices are supported by almost all past and present operating systems In addition VirtualBox can provide virtual USB input devices to avoid having to capture mouse and keyboard as described in chapter 1 8 2 Capturing and releasing keyboard and mouse page 22 Graphics The VirtualBox graphics device sometimes referred to as VGA device is unlike nearly all other
95. guest operating sys tems such as Mac OS X that old chipset is no longer well supported As a result VirtualBox 4 0 introduced an emulation of the more modern ICH9 chipset which supports PCI ex press three PCI buses PCI to PCI bridges and Message Signaled Interrupts MSI This allows modern operating systems to address more PCI devices and no longer requires IRQ sharing Note that the ICH9 support is experimental and not recommended for guest oper ating systems which do not require it 48 3 Configuring virtual machines Pointing Device The default virtual pointing devices for older guests is the traditional PS 2 mouse If set to USB tablet VirtualBox reports to the virtual machine that a USB tablet device is present and communicates mouse events to the virtual machine through this device The third setting is a USB Multi Touch Tablet which is suited for recent Windows guests Using the virtual USB tablet has the advantage that movements are reported in absolute coordinates instead of as relative position changes which allows VirtualBox to translate mouse events over the VM window into tablet events without having to capture the mouse in the guest as described in chapter 1 8 2 Capturing and releasing keyboard and mouse page 22 This makes using the VM less tedious even if Guest Additions are not installed Enable I O APIC Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controllers APICs are a newer x86 hard ware feature that have replaced
96. hard disks but was later extended to also support CD ROM drives and other types of removable media In physical PCs this standard uses flat ribbon parallel cables with 40 or 80 wires Each such cable can connect two devices to a controller which have traditionally been called master and slave Typical PCs had two connectors for such cables as a result support for up to four IDE devices was most common In VirtualBox each virtual machine may have one IDE contoller enabled which gives you up to four virtual storage devices that you can attach to the machine By default one of these four the secondary master is preconfigured to be the machine s virtual CD DVD drive but this can be changed So even if your guest operating system has no support for SCSI or SATA devices it should always be able to see an IDE controller You can also select which exact type of IDE controller hardware VirtualBox should present to the virtual machine PIIX3 PIIX4 or ICH6 This makes no difference in terms of per formance but if you import a virtual machine from another virtualization product the 1SATA support was added with VirtualBox 1 6 experimental SCSI support was added with 2 1 and fully implemented with 2 2 Generally storage attachments were made much more flexible with VirtualBox 3 1 see below Support for the LSI Logic SAS controller was added with VirtualBox 3 2 2The assignment of the machine s CD DVD drive to the secon
97. host this will be a name like COM1 on Linux or Solaris hosts it will be a device node like dev ttyS0 VirtualBox will then simply redirect all data received from and sent to the virtual serial port to the physical device 8Serial port support was added with VirtualBox 1 5 See for example http en wikipedia org wiki COM_ hardware_interface 54 3 Configuring virtual machines e You can tell VirtualBox to connect the virtual serial port to a software pipe on the host This depends on your host operating system On a Windows host data will be sent and received through a named pipe The pipe name must be in the format pipe lt name gt where lt name gt should iden tify the virtual machine but may be freely chosen For forwarding serial traffic you can use a helper program called VMware Serial Line Gateway available for download at http ww l4ka org 91 php This tool provides a fixed server mode named pipe at pipe vmwaredebug and connects incoming TCP connections on port 567 with the named pipe Ona Mac Linux or Solaris host a local domain socket is used instead The socket filename must be chosen such that the user running VirtualBox has sufficient privileges to create and write to it The tmp directory is often a good candidate On Linux there are various tools which can connect to a local domain socket or create one in server mode The most flexible tool is socat and is available as part of many distribut
98. implementation which is goverened by the licenses in chapter 16 2 15 Chromium licenses page 331 and Copyright C Stanford University The Regents of the University of California Red Hat and others 305 16 Third party materials and licenses VirtualBox contains libcurl which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 16 curl license page 333 and Copyright C 1996 2009 Daniel Stenberg VirtualBox contains dnsproxy which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 4 MIT Li cense page 322 and Copyright c 2003 2004 2005 Armin Wolfermann VirtualBox may contain iniparser which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 4 MIT License page 322 and Copyright c 2000 2008 by Nicolas Devillard VirtualBox contains some code from libgd which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 17 libgd license page 333 and Copyright 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 Pierre Alain Joye pierre libgd org VirtualBox contains code from the EFI Development Kit II which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 18 BSD license from Intel page 334 and Copyright c 2004 2008 Intel Corporation VirtualBox contains libjpeg which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 19 libjpeg License page 334 and Copyright C 1991 2010 Thomas G Lane Guido Vollbeding VirtualBox may contain x86 SIMD extension for IJG JPEG library which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 20 x86 SIMD extension for IJG JPEG library licens
99. in hardware This does not allow to use VLAN trunking be tween VM and the external network with pre 2 6 27 Linux kernels nor with host operating systems other than Linux e On Solaris hosts there is no support for using wireless interfaces Filtering guest traffic using IPFilter is also not completely supported due to technical restrictions of the Solaris networking subsystem These issues would be addressed in a future release of Solaris 11 Starting with VirtualBox 4 1 on Solaris 11 hosts build 159 and above it is possible to use Solaris Crossbow Virtual Network Interfaces VNICs directly with VirtualBox without any additional configuration other than each VNIC must be exclusive for every guest network interface Starting with VirtualBox 2 0 4 and up to VirtualBox 4 0 VNICs can be used but with the following caveats AVNIC cannot be shared between multiple guest network interfaces i e each guest network interface must have its own exclusive VNIC The VNIC and the guest network interface that uses the VNIC must be assigned iden tical MAC addresses When using VLAN interfaces with VirtualBox they must be named according to the PPA hack naming scheme e g e1000g513001 as otherwise the guest may receive packets in an unexpected format 6 6 Internal networking Internal Networking is similar to bridged networking in that the VM can directly communicate with the outside world However the outside world
100. intellectual property claims a under intellectual property rights other than patent or trademark Licensable by Initial Developer to use reproduce modify display perform sublicense and distribute the Original Code or portions thereof with or without Modifications and or as part of a Larger Work and b under Patents Claims infringed by the making using or selling of Original Code to make have made use practice sell and offer for sale and or otherwise dispose of the Original Code or portions thereof c the licenses granted in this Section 2 1 a and b are effective on the date Initial Developer first distributes Original Code under the terms of this License d Notwithstanding Section 2 1 b above no patent license is granted 1 for code that You delete from the Original Code 2 separate from the Original Code or 3 for infringements caused by i the modification of the Original Code or ii the combination of the Original Code with other software or devices 2 2 Contributor Grant Subject to third party intellectual property claims each Contributor hereby grants You a world wide royalty free non exclusive license a under intellectual property rights other than patent or trademark Licensable by Con tributor to use reproduce modify display perform sublicense and distribute the Modifications created by such Contributor or portions thereof either on an unmodified basis with other Modifications as Covered
101. leaf gt lt eax gt lt ebx gt lt ecx gt lt edx gt Advanced users can use this command be fore a teleporting operation to restrict the virtual CPU capabilities that VirtualBox presents to the guest operating system This must be run on both the source and the target machines involved in the teleporting and will then modify what the guest sees when it executes the CPUID machine instruction This might help with misbehaving applications that wrongly assume that certain CPU capabilities are present The meaning of the parameters is hard ware dependent please refer to the AMD or Intel processor manuals 129 8 VBoxManage 8 9 VBoxManage clonevm This command creates a full or linked copy of an existing virtual machine The clonevm subcommand takes at least the name of the virtual machine which should be cloned The following additional settings can be used to further configure the clone VM opera tion snapshot lt uuid gt lt name gt Select a specific snapshot where the clone operation should refer to Default is referring to the current state e mode machine machineandchildren all Selects the cloning mode of the operation If machine is selected the default the current state of the VM without any snapshots is cloned In the machineandchildren mode the snapshot provided by snapshot and all child snapshots are cloned If all is the selected mode all snapshots and the current state are cloned e options link keepallmacs
102. like the GDM file mentioned above There you also have to add the line auth requisite pam_vbox so If authentication against the shadow database using pam_unix so or pam_unix2 so is desired the argument try_first_pass for pam_unix so or use_first_pass for pam_unix2 so is needed in order to pass the credentials from the VirtualBox module to the shadow database authentication module For Ubuntu this needs to be added to etc pam d common auth to the end of the line referencing pam_unix so This argu ment tells the PAM module to use credentials already present in the stack i e the ones provided by the VirtualBox PAM module Warning An incorrectly configured PAM stack can effectively prevent you from logging into your guest system To make deployment easier you can pass the argument debug right after the pam_vbox so statement Debug log output will then be recorded using syslog Note By default pam_vbox will not wait for credentials to arrive from the host in other words When a login prompt is shown for example by GDM KDM or the text console and pam_vbox does not yet have credentials it does not wait until they arrive Instead the next module in the PAM stack depending on the PAM configuration will have the chance for authentication Starting with VirtualBox 4 1 4 pam_vbox supports various guest property parameters which all reside in VirtualBox GuestAdd PAM These parameters allow pam_vbox to wait for
103. limit the amount of CPU time spent for the execution of the guest see chapter 3 4 2 Processor tab page 50 GUI the VM description is editable during the runtime of a VM bug 1551 GUI added proxy settings bug 2870 GUI made the number of SATA ports configurable GUI decrease time before showing the VM configuration dialog VBoxManage more convenient configuration of storage controller attachments by auto matically determining the port or device parameter when a storage controller has only one port or device per port VBoxManage changed syntax of the guestcontrol command group fixed various bugs removed obsolete options VBoxBalloonCtrl new service for automatic dynamic adjustment of the balloon size for running VMs Settings machine names and snapshot names are not allowed to be a valid UUID Settings provide better diagnostics if a single medium is used twice in a VM configuration Settings provide better diagnostics for errors in medium create merge clone operations and fix memory leaks in error cases Storage ATA SATA drives can be marked as non rotational i e the guest OS will detect them as a SSD if supported which can improve performance Storage virtual CD DVD images will be detached if the guest ejects the medium unless the drive is marked to handle ejects only on a temporary basis Storage the medium UUID can be changed again when attaching a medium for the first time which allows using images which ar
104. machine window There you will find Insert Ctrl Alt Delete and Ctrl Alt Backspace the latter will only have an effect with Linux or Solaris guests however Press special key combinations with the Host key normally the right Control key which VirtualBox will then translate for the virtual machine x Host key Del to send Ctrl Alt Del to reboot the guest x Host key Backspace to send Ctrl Alt Backspace to restart the graphical user interface of a Linux or Solaris guest x Host key F1 or other function keys to simulate Ctrl Alt F1 or other func tion keys i e to switch between virtual terminals in a Linux guest For some other keyboard combinations such as Alt Tab to switch between open windows VirtualBox allows you to configure whether these combinations will affect the host or the guest if a virtual machine currently has the focus This is a global setting for all virtual machines and can be found under File gt Preferences gt Input gt Auto capture keyboard 23 1 First steps 1 8 4 Changing removable media While a virtual machine is running you can change removable media in the Devices menu of the VM s window Here you can select in detail what VirtualBox presents to your VM as a CD DVD or floppy The settings are the same as would be available for the VM in the Settings dialog of the VirtualBox main window but since that dialog is disabled while th
105. modifyvm synthcpu bug 6577 VBoxManage fixed hang when doing guestcontrol execute wait for exit and displaying process status on exit bug 8235 VBoxManage decreased CPU load during guestcontrol execute wait for exit stdout while waiting for the guest process to terminate bug 7872 VBoxManage fixed list hostdvds hostfloppies VBoxManage fixed storageattach for host DVD drives and host floppy drives Metrics introduced RAM VMM base metric Main improved sanity check when taking a VM screen shot bug 7966 Main fixed a crash under rare circumstances if a VM failed to start Main fixed attaching of immutable disk images bug 8105 Main fixed a crash at VM shutdown bug 6443 Main fixed incorrect handling of cross referenced medium attachments bug 8129 Settings fixed truncating of big integer values 4 0 regression Settings properly store the ICH9 chipset type bug 8123 Host Only amp Bridged Networking fixed VBox DHCP server startup issue for Windows hosts 4 0 regression bug 7905 Host Only Networking re create vboxnetX interfaces after vboxnetadp ko module reload on Linux and Darwin bugs 5934 6341 NAT fixed an mbuf leak under rare circumstances bug 7459 ACPI don t allow the guest to enter S4 by default and don t announce S1 and S4 in the ACPI tables if disabled bug 8008 Graphics card made re enabling disabled screens work correctly to prevent problems when X11 guests enter sc
106. not possible to bind to ports below 1024 from applications that are not run by root As a result if you try to configure such a port forwarding the VM will refuse to start These limitations normally don t affect standard network use But the presence of NAT has also subtle effects that may interfere with protocols that are normally working One example is NFS where the server is often configured to refuse connections from non privileged ports i e ports not below 1024 94 6 Virtual networking 6 4 Network Address Translation Service experimental The Network Address Translation NAT service works in a similar way to a home router group ing the systems using it into a network and preventing systems outside of this network from directly accessing systems inside it but letting systems inside communicate with each other and with systems outside using TCP and UDP over IPv4 and IPv6 A NAT service is attached to an internal network Virtual machines which are to make use of it should be attached to that internal network The name of internal network is chosen when the NAT service is created and the internal network will be created if it does not already exist An example command to create a NAT network is VBoxManage natnetwork add t nat int network n 192 168 15 0 24 e Here nat int network is the name of the internal network to be used and 192 168 15 0 24 is the network address and mask of the NAT service interface B
107. not specified To define the lower limit in MB a balloon can be the command line with balloon lower limit lt Size in MB gt can be used or using a global extradata value with VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2 Watchdog BalloonCtrl BalloonLowerLimitMB lt Size in MB gt is available Default lower limit is 128 if not specified 184 9 Advanced topics 9 21 2 Host isolation detection To detect whether a host is being isolated that is the host cannot reach the VirtualBox server instance anymore the host needs to set an alternating value to a global extradata value within a time period If this value is not set within that time period a timeout occurred and the so called host isolation response will be performed to the VMs handled Which VMs are handled can be controlled by defining VM groups and assigning VMs to those groups By default no groups are set meaning that all VMs on the server will be handled when no host response is received within 30 seconds To set the groups handled by the host isolation detection via command line apimon groups lt string stringN gt or using a global extradata value with VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2 Watchdog APIMonitor Groups lt string stringN gt To set the host isolation timeout via command line apimon is1n timeout lt ms gt or using a global extradata value with VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2 Watchdog APIMonitor IsolationTimeoutMS lt ms
108. of every aspect of VirtualBox It is described in chapter 8 VBoxManage page 112 3 VBoxSDL is an alternative simple graphical front end with an intentionally limited fea ture set designed to only display virtual machines that are controlled in detail with VBoxManage This is interesting for business environments where displaying all the bells and whistles of the full GUI is not feasible VBoxSDL is described in chapter 9 1 VBoxSDL the simplified VM displayer page 154 4 Finally VBoxHeadless is yet another front end that produces no visible output on the host at all but merely acts as a RDP server if the VirtualBox Remote Desktop Extension VRDE is installed As opposed to the other graphical interfaces the headless front end requires no graphics support This is useful for example if you want to host your virtual machines on a headless Linux server that has no X Window system installed For details see chapter 7 1 2 VBoxHeadless the remote desktop server page 103 If the above front ends still do not satisfy your particular needs it is possible to create yet another front end to the complex virtualization engine that is the core of VirtualBox as the VirtualBox core neatly exposes all of its features in a clean API please refer to chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 199 33 2 Installation details As installation of VirtualBox varies depending on your host operating system we provide instal lation instruc
109. of determining that name or UUID With the edit operation you can change the name or description of an existing snapshot With the showvminfo operation you can view the virtual machine settings that were stored with an existing snapshot 8 17 VBoxManage closemedium This commands removes a hard disk DVD or floppy image from a VirtualBox media registry Optionally you can request that the image be deleted You will get appropriate diagnostics that the deletion failed however the image will become unregistered in any case Before VirtualBox 4 0 it was necessary to call VBoxManage openmedium before a medium could be attached to a virtual machine that call registered the medium with the global VirtualBox media registry With VirtualBox 4 0 this is no longer necessary media are added to media registries automatically The closemedium call has been retained however to allow for explicitly removing a medium from a registry 134 8 VBoxManage 8 18 VBoxManage storageattach This command attaches modifies removes a storage medium connected to a storage controller that was previously added with the storagectl command see the previous section The syntax is as follows VBoxManage storageattach lt uuid vmname gt storagectl lt name gt port lt number gt device lt number gt type dvddrive hdd fdd medium none emptydrive lt uuid gt lt filename gt host lt drive gt iscsi mtype normal writethr
110. of the VM VBoxManage bandwidthctl VM name add Limit type disk limit 20M VBoxManage storageattach VM name controller SATA port O device O type hdd medium diskl vdi bandwidthgroup Limit VBoxManage storageattach VM name controller SATA port 1 device 0 type hdd medium disk2 vdi bandwidthgroup Limit All disks in a group share the bandwidth limit meaning that in the example above the band width of both images combined can never exceed 20 MB s However if one disk doesn t require bandwidth the other can use the remaining bandwidth of its group The limits for each group can be changed while the VM is running with changes being picked up immediately The example below changes the limit for the group created in the example above to 10 MB s VBoxManage bandwidthctl VM name set Limit limit 10M 5 9 CD DVD support The virtual CD DVD drive s by default support only reading The medium configuration is changeable at runtime You can select between three options to provide the medium data e Host Drive defines that the guest can read from the medium in the host drive e Image file typically an ISO file gives the guest read only access to the data in the image e Empty stands for a drive without an inserted medium Changing between the above or changing a medium in the host drive that is accessed by a machine or changing an image file will signal a medium change to the guest operating system which ca
111. of the emulated de vice and or VirtualBox VMM internals However when used properly the information provided can be invaluable 12 1 4 VM core format VirtualBox uses the 64 bit ELF format for its VM core files created by VBoxManage debugvm see chapter 8 32 VBoxManage debugvm page 150 The VM core file contain the memory and CPU dumps of the VM and can be useful for debugging your guest OS The 64 bit ELF object format specficiation can be obtained here http downloads openwatcom org ftp devel docs elf 64 gen pdf The overall layout of the VM core format is as follows ELF 64 Header Program Header type PT_NOTE gt offset to COREDESCRIPTOR Program Header type PT_LOAD one for each contiguous physical memory range gt Memory offset of range 203 12 Troubleshooting gt File offset Note Header type NT_VBOXCORE COREDESCRIPTOR gt Magic gt VM core file version gt VBox version gt Number of vCPUs etc Note Header type NT_VBOXCPU one for each vCPU vCPU 1 Note Header CPUMCTX vCPU 1 dump Additional Notes Data currently unused Memory dump The memory descriptors contain physical addresses relative to the guest and not virtual ad dresses Regions of memory such as MMIO regions are not included in the core file The relevant data structures and definitions can be found in the VirtualBox sources under the following header files include VBox dbgfcorefmt h include VBox
112. of the settings file with the extension xml and the machine folder a subfolder of the config VirtualBox Machines folder this folder name may vary depending on the operating system and the version of VirtualBox which you are using it must conform to your host operating system s requirements for file name specifications If the VM is later renamed the file and folder names will change automatically However if the basefolder lt path gt option is used the machine folder will be named lt path gt In this case the names of the file and the folder will not change if the virtual machine is renamed By default this command only creates the XML file without automatically registering the VM with your VirtualBox installation To register the VM instantly use the optional register option or run VBoxManage registervm separately afterwards 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm This command changes the properties of a registered virtual machine which is not running Most of the properties that this command makes available correspond to the VM settings that VirtualBox graphical user interface displays in each VM s Settings dialog these were described in chapter 3 Configuring virtual machines page 44 Some of the more advanced settings how ever are only available through the VBoxManage interface These commands require that the machine is powered off neither running nor in saved state Some machine settings can also be changed while
113. old style Programmable Interrupt Controllers PICs in recent years With an I O APIC operating systems can use more than 16 interrupt requests IRQs and therefore avoid IRQ sharing for improved reliability Note Enabling the I O APIC is required for 64 bit guest operating systems especially Windows Vista it is also required if you want to use more than one virtual CPU in a virtual machine However software support for I O APICs has been unreliable with some operating sys tems other than Windows Also the use of an I O APIC slightly increases the overhead of virtualization and therefore slows down the guest OS a little Warning All Windows operating systems starting with Windows 2000 install different kernels depending on whether an I O APIC is available As with ACPI the I O APIC therefore must not be turned off after installation of a Windows guest OS Turning it on after installation will have no effect however Enable EFI This enables Extensible Firmware Interface EFI which replaces the legacy BIOS and may be useful for certain advanced use cases Please refer to chapter 3 12 Alternative firmware EFI page 57 for details Hardware clock in UTC time If checked VirtualBox will report the system time in UTC format to the guest instead of local host time This affects how the virtual real time clock RTC operates and may be useful for Unix like guest operating systems which typically expect the hardwar
114. on a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute correspond ing source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 4 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublic
115. on off This option makes the NAT engine use the host s resolver mechanisms to handle DNS requests please see chapter 9 11 5 Enabling DNS proxy in NAT mode page 171 for details natnatsettings lt 1 N gt lt mtu gt lt socksnd gt lt sockrcv gt lt tcpsnd gt lt tcprcv gt This option controls several NAT settings please see chapter 9 11 3 Tuning TCP IP buffers for NAT page 171 for details e nataliasmode lt 1 N gt default log proxyonly sameports This option de fines behaviour of NAT engine core log enables logging proxyonly switches of aliasing mode makes NAT transparent sameports enforces NAT engine to send packets via the same port as they originated on default disable all mentioned modes above please see chap ter 9 11 7 Configuring aliasing of the NAT engine page 172 for details 8 8 3 Serial port audio clipboard and USB settings The following other hardware settings are available through VBoxManage modifyvm e uart lt 1 N gt off lt I 0 base gt lt IRQ gt With this option you can configure virtual serial ports for the VM see chapter 3 9 Serial ports page 54 for an introduction e uartmode lt 1 N gt lt arg gt This setting controls how VirtualBox connects a given virtual serial port previously configured with the uartX setting see above to the host on which the virtual machine is running As described in detail in chapter 3 9 Serial ports page 54 for each such
116. operating system the following limitations should be kept in mind e On Macintosh hosts functionality is limited when using AirPort the Mac s wireless net working for bridged networking Currently VirtualBox supports only IPv4 over AirPort For other protocols such as IPv6 and IPX you must choose a wired interface e On Linux hosts functionality is limited when using wireless interfaces for bridged net working Currently VirtualBox supports only IPv4 over wireless For other protocols such as IPv6 and IPX you must choose a wired interface Also setting the MTU to less than 1500 bytes on wired interfaces provided by the sky2 driver on the Marvell Yukon II EC Ultra Ethernet NIC is known to cause packet losses under certain conditions 2For Mac OS X and Solaris hosts net filter drivers were already added in VirtualBox 2 0 as initial support for Host Interface Networking on these platforms With VirtualBox 2 1 net filter drivers were also added for the Windows and Linux hosts replacing the mechanisms previously present in VirtualBox for those platforms especially on Linux the earlier method required creating TAP interfaces and bridges which was complex and varied from one distribution to the next None of this is necessary anymore Bridged network was formerly called Host Interface Networking and has been renamed with version 2 2 without any change in functionality 96 6 Virtual networking Some adapters strip VLAN tags
117. or use encrypted protocols in the guest network such as SSH The security properties are similar to bridged Ethernet 13 3 5 Encryption The following components of VirtualBox use encryption to protect sensitive data When using the VirtualBox extension pack provided by Oracle for VRDP remote desktop support RDP data can optionally be encrypted See chapter 7 1 6 RDP encryption page 107 for details Only the Enhanced RDP Security method RDP5 2 with TLS protocol provides a secure connection Standard RDP Security RDP4 and RDP5 1 is vulnerable to a man in the middle attack 219 14 Known limitations 14 1 Experimental Features Some VirtualBox features are labeled as experimental Such features are provided on an as is basis and are not formally supported However feedback and suggestions about such features are welcome A comprehensive list of experimental features follows e WDDM Direct3D video driver for Windows guests Hardware 3D acceleration support for Windows Linux and Solaris guests Hardware 2D video playback acceleration support for Windows guests PCI pass through Linux hosts only Mac OS X guests Mac hosts only ICH9 chipset emulation EFI firmware Host CD DVD drive pass through Support of iSCSI via internal networking Synthetic CPU reporting 14 2 Known Issues The following section describes known problems with VirtualBox 4 3 0 Unless marked other wise these issues are planned to be fi
118. page 57 EHCI Enhanced Host Controller Interface the interface that implements the USB 2 0 standard G GUI Graphical User Interface Commonly used as an antonym to a command line interface in the context of VirtualBox we sometimes refer to the main graphical VirtualBox program as the GUI to differentiate it from the VBoxManage interface GUID See UUID IDE Integrated Drive Electronics an industry standard for hard disk interfaces See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI SAS page 79 I O APIC See APIC SCSI Internet SCSI see chapter 5 10 iSCSI servers page 90 MAC Media Access Control a part of an Ethernet network card A MAC address is a 6 byte number which identifies a network card It is typically written in hexadecimal notation where the bytes are separated by colons such as 00 17 3A 5E CB 08 MSI Message Signaled Interrupts as supported by modern chipsets such as the ICH9 see chapter 3 4 1 Motherboard tab page 48 As opposed to traditional pin based interrupts with MSI a small amount of data can accompany the actual interrupt message This reduces the amount of hardware pins required allows for more interrupts and better performance 344 Glossary N NAT Network Address Translation A technique to share networking interfaces by which an interface modifies the source and or target IP addresses of network packets according to specific rules Commonly employed by route
119. parameter with_wddm when invoking the Windows Guest Additions installer Note For Windows Aero to run correctly on a guest the guests VRAM size needs to be configured to at least 128 MB For more options regarding unattended guest installations consult the command line help by using the command VBoxWindowsAdditions exe 63 4 Guest Additions 4 2 1 4 Manual file extraction If you would like to install the files and drivers manually you can extract the files from the Windows Guest Additions setup by typing VBoxWindowsAdditions exe extract To explicitly extract the Windows Guest Additions for another platform than the current run ning one e g 64 bit files on a 32 bit system you have to execute the appropriate platform installer VBoxWindowsAdditions x86 exe or VBoxWindowsAdditions amd64 exe with the extract parameter 4 2 2 Guest Additions for Linux Like the Windows Guest Additions the VirtualBox Guest Additions for Linux are a set of device drivers and system applications which may be installed in the guest operating system The following Linux distributions are officially supported e Oracle Linux as of version 5 including UEK kernels e Fedora as of Fedora Core 4 e Redhat Enterprise Linux as of version 3 e SUSE and openSUSE Linux as of version 9 e Ubuntu as of version 5 10 Many other distributions are known to work with the Guest Additions The version of the Linux kernel suppli
120. rather complicated to set up with a sequence of VBoxManage setextradata statements Since version 1 5 that way of setting up serial ports is no longer necessary and deprecated To set up virtual serial ports use the methods now described in chapter 3 9 Serial ports page 54 Note For backwards compatibility the old setextradata statements whose descrip tion is retained below from the old version of the manual take precedence over the new way of configuring serial ports As a result if configuring serial ports the new way doesn t work make sure the VM in question does not have old configuration data such as below still active The old sequence of configuring a serial port used the following 6 commands VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 Config IRQ 4 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 Config I0Base 0x3f8 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 LUN 0 Driver Char VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 LUN 0 AttachedDriver Driver NamedPipe VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 LUN 0 AttachedDriver Config Location pipe vboxC0M1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 LUN 0 AttachedDriver Config IsServer 1 This sets up a serial port in the guest with the default settings for COM1 IRQ 4 I O address 0x3f8 and the Location setting assumes that this confi
121. redistribute the Library or any work based on the Library the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License 11 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Library at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Library If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circum stance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this sectio
122. seamless desktop in X11 guests Guest desktop services in guests running the X11 window system Solaris Linux and others are provided by a guest service called VBoxClient which runs under the ID of the user who started the desktop session and is automatically started using the following command lines VBoxClient clipboard VBoxClient display VBoxClient seamless when your X11 user session is started if you are using a common desktop environment Gnome KDE and others If a particular desktop service is not working correctly it is worth checking whether the process which should provide it is running The VBoxClient processes create files in the user s home directory with names of the form vboxclient pid when they are running in order to prevent a given service from being started twice It can happen due to misconfiguration that these files are created owned by root and not deleted when the services are stopped which will prevent them from being started in future sessions If the services cannot be started you may wish to check whether these files still exist 12 5 Solaris guests 12 5 1 Older Solaris 10 releases hang in 64 bit mode Solaris 10 releases up to and including Solaris 10 8 07 S10U4 incorrectly detect newer Intel processors produced since 2007 This problem leads to the 64 bit Solaris kernel hanging or crashing almost immediately during startup in both virtualized and physical environments The recommended solu
123. service avoid unnecessary creation of idle threads Additions fixed bug in the guest execution feature when passing more than one environ ment variable Additions refresh all guest properties written by VBoxService after the VM was restored from a saved state Additions fixed a division by zero crash of VBoxService under certain circumstances Additions immediately resynchronize the guest time with the host time after the VM was restored from a saved state bug 4018 Additions Windows fixed LsaEnumerate error when enumerating logged in users 261 15 Change log Additions X Org support X Org Server 1 9 bug 7306 Additions X Org don t crash VBoxClient during reboot Solaris hosts fixed host DVD drive enumeration on Solaris 10 Solaris hosts added a custom core dumper to procure more data in the event of a VM crash Solaris guests fixed user idle detection Solaris guests fixed a possible panic in Shared Folders when using the wrong user or group IDs bug 7295 Solaris guests fixed Shared Folders from truncating files to 2GB on 32 bit guests bug 7324 Windows hosts fixed a BSOD under certain circumstances in VBoxNetFlt sys bug 7448 Linux hosts guests Linux 2 6 36 fixes Linux hosts guests DKMS fixes bug 5817 Mac OS X hosts fixed missing dock menu entries bug 7392 15 32 Version 3 2 8 2010 08 05 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM properly terminate the
124. set up such an image use VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk filename path to file vmdk rawdisk dev sda partitions 1 5 relative When used from a virtual machine the image will then refer not to the entire disk but only to the individual partitions in the example dev sdal and dev sda5 As a consequence read write access is only required for the affected partitions not for the entire disk During creation how ever read only access to the entire disk is required to obtain the partitioning information In some configurations it may be necessary to change the MBR code of the created image e g to replace the Linux boot loader that is used on the host by another boot loader This allows e g the guest to boot directly to Windows while the host boots Linux from the same disk For this purpose the mbr parameter is provided It specifies a file name from which to take the MBR code The partition table is not modified at all so a MBR file from a system with totally different partitioning can be used An example of this is VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk filename path to file vmdk rawdisk dev sda partitions 1 5 mbr winxp mbr The modified MBR will be stored inside the image not on the host disk The created image can be attached to a storage controller in a VM configuration as usual 9 9 2 Configuring the hard disk vendor product data VPD VirtualBox reports vendor product data for its virtual hard disks
125. sets the interval between taking two samples of metric data and the number of samples retained internally The retained data is available for displaying with the query subcommand The list option shows which metrics have been modified as the result of the command execution enable This subcommand resumes data collection after it has been stopped with disable subcommand Note that specifying submetrics as parameters will not enable underlying metrics Use list to find out if the command did what was expected disable This subcommand suspends data collection without affecting collection parameters or collected data Note that specifying submetrics as parameters will not disable underlying metrics Use list to find out if the command did what was expected query This subcommand retrieves and displays the currently retained metric data Note The query subcommand does not remove or flush retained data If you query often enough you will see how old samples are gradually being phased out by new samples collect This subcommand sets the interval between taking two samples of metric data and the number of samples retained internally The collected data is displayed periodically until Ctrl C is pressed unless the detach option is specified With the detach option this subcommand operates the same way as setup does The list option shows which metrics match the specified filter 8 34 VBoxManage hosto
126. such Contributor under Sections 2 1 or 2 2 Contributor must include a text file with the Source Code distribution titled LEGAL which describes the claim and the party making the claim in sufficient detail that a re cipient will know whom to contact If Contributor obtains such knowledge after the Modification is made available as described in Section 3 2 Contributor shall promptly modify the LEGAL file in all copies Contributor makes available thereafter and shall take other steps such as notifying appropriate mailing lists or newsgroups reasonably calculated to inform those who received the Covered Code that new knowledge has been obtained b Contributor APIs If Contributor s Modifications include an application programming in terface and Contributor has knowledge of patent licenses which are reasonably necessary to implement that API Contributor must also include this information in the LEGAL file c Representations Contributor represents that except as disclosed pursuant to Section 3 4 a above Contributor believes that Contributor s Modifications are Contributor s original creation s and or Contributor has sufficient rights to grant the rights conveyed by this License 3 5 Required Notices You must duplicate the notice in Exhibit A in each file of the Source Code If it is not possible to put such notice in a particular Source Code file due to its structure then You must include such notice in a location such as a releva
127. systems that differ significantly hpet on off This enables disables a High Precision Event Timer HPET which can replace the legacy system timers This is turned off by default Note that Windows supports a HPET only from Vista onwards hwvirtex on off This enables or disables the use of hardware virtualization exten sions Intel VEx or AMD V in the processor of your host system see chapter 10 3 Hard ware vs software virtualization page 193 triplefaultreset on off This setting allows to reset the guest instead of triggering a Guru Meditation Some guests raise a triple fault to reset the CPU so sometimes this is desired behavior Works only for non SMP guests nestedpaging onloff If hardware virtualization is enabled this additional setting enables or disables the use of the nested paging feature in the processor of your host system see chapter 10 3 Hardware vs software virtualization page 193 largepages on off If hardware virtualization and nested paging are enabled for Intel VT x only an additional performance improvement of up to 5 can be obtained by enabling this setting This causes the hypervisor to use large pages to reduce TLB use and overhead vtxvpid on off If hardware virtualization is enabled for Intel VT x only this addi tional setting enables or disables the use of the tagged TLB VPID feature in the processor of your host system see chapter 10 3 Hardware vs software virtualization page
128. template is created all VMs that need to be part of VLAN 23 over the physical interface nge0 can use the same VNIC template This makes managing VMs on VLANs simpler and efficient as the VLAN details are not stored as part of every VM s configuration but rather picked from the VNIC template which can be modified anytime using dladm Apart from the VLAN ID VNIC templates can be created with additional properties such as bandwidth limits CPU fanout etc Refer to your Solaris network documentation on how to accomplish this These additional properties if any are also applied to VMs which use the VNIC template 9 17 Configuring multiple host only network interfaces on Solaris hosts By default VirtualBox provides you with one host only network interface Adding more host only network interfaces on Solaris hosts requires manual configuration Here s how to add two more host only network interfaces You first need to stop all running VMs and unplumb all existing vboxnet interfaces Execute the following commands as root ifconfig vboxnet0 unplumb Once you make sure all vboxnet interfaces are unplumbed remove the driver using rem_drv vboxnet then edit the file platform i86pc kernel drv vboxnet conf and add a line for the new interfaces name vboxnet parent pseudo instance 1 name vboxnet parent pseudo instance 2 Add as many of these lines as required and make sure instance number is uniquely incre mented
129. that the following conditions are met e Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer e Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution e Neither the name of Stanford University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LI ABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL 331 16 Third party materials and licenses DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 16 2 15 2 COPYRIGHT LLNL file This Chromium distribution contains information and code which i
130. that this setting is similar to the DNS proxy mode however whereas the proxy mode just forwards DNS requests to the appropriate servers the resolver mode will interpret the DNS requests and use the host s DNS API to query the information and return it to the guest 171 9 Advanced topics 9 11 6 1 User defined host name resolving In some cases it might be useful to intercept the name resolving mechanism providing a user defined IP address on a particular DNS request The intercepting mechanism allows the user to map not only a single host but domains and even more complex namings conventions if required The following command sets a rule for mapping a name to a specified IP VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcnet e1000 0 LUN 0 Config HostResolverMappings lt uniq name of interception rule gt HostIP lt IPv4 gt VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcnet e1000 0 LUN 0 Config HostResolverMappings lt uniq name of interception rule gt HostName lt name of host gt The following command sets a rule for mapping a pattern name to a specified IP VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcnet e1000 0 LUN 0 Config HostResolverMappings lt uniq name of interception rule gt HostIP lt IPv4 gt VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcnet e1000 0 LUN 0 Config HostResolverMappings lt uniq name of interception rule gt HostNamePatter
131. the following manual steps required for installing these modules will be then done by the installer To manually install the VirtualBox GINA module extract the Guest Additions see chap ter 4 2 1 4 Manual file extraction page 64 and copy the file VBoxGINA d1ll to the Windows SYSTEM32 directory Then in the registry create the following key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE Microsoft Windows NT CurrentVersion Winlogon GinaDLL with a value of VBoxGINA dll Note The VirtualBox GINA module is implemented as a wrapper around the standard Windows GINA module MSGINA DLL As a result it will most likely not work correctly with 3rd party GINA modules To manually install the VirtualBox credential provider module extract the Guest Additions see chapter 4 2 1 4 Manual file extraction page 64 and copy the file VBoxCredProv dll to the Windows SYSTEM32 directory Then in the registry create the following keys HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE Microsoft Windows CurrentVersion Authentication Credential Providers 275D3BCC 22BB 4948 A7F6 3A3054EBA92B HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT CLSID 275D3BCC 22BB 4948 A7F6 3A3054EBA92B HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT CLSID 275D3BCC 22BB 4948 A7F6 3A3054EBA92B InprocServer32 with all default values the key named Default in each key set to VBoxCredProv After that a new string named HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT CLSID 275D3BCC 22BB 4948 A7F6 3A3054EBA92B InprocServer32 ThreadingModel with
132. the host can only read it READONLY a combination of the two the value cannot be changed at all e wait lt vm gt lt pattern gt timeout lt timeout gt This waits for a particular value de scribed by pattern to change or to be deleted or created The pattern rules are the same as for the enumerate subcommand above e delete lt vm gt lt property gt Deletes a formerly set guest property 8 31 VBoxManage guestcontrol The guestcontrol commands allow you to control certain things inside a guest from the host Please see chapter 4 7 Guest control page 76 for an introduction Generally the syntax is as follows VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt lt command gt The following subcommands are available where lt uuid vmname gt in each case can either be a VM name or a VM UUID as with the other VBoxManage commands e execute which allows for executing a program script process which already is installed and runnable on the guest This command only works while a VM is up and running and has the following syntax VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt exec ute image lt path to program gt username lt name gt passwordfile lt file gt password lt password gt environment lt NAME gt lt VALUE gt lt NAME gt lt VALUE gt verbose timeout lt msec gt wait exit wait stdout wait stderr dos2unix unix2dos lt argument1 gt lt
133. the name of the virtual machine on the source host the machine that is currently running lt targethost gt is the host or IP name of the target host on which the machine is waiting for the teleport request and lt port gt must be the same number as specified in the command on the target host For details see chapter 8 13 VBoxManage controlvm page 132 110 7 Remote virtual machines For testing you can also teleport machines on the same host in that case use localhost as the hostname on both the source and the target host Note In rare cases if the CPUs of the source and the target are very different tele porting can fail with an error message or the target may hang This may happen especially if the VM is running application software that is highly optimized to run on a particular CPU without correctly checking that certain CPU features are actually present VirtualBox filters what CPU capabilities are presented to the guest operating system Advanced users can attempt to restrict these virtual CPU capabilities with the VBoxManage modifyvm cpuid command see chapter 8 8 5 Teleporting settings page 129 111 8 VBoxManage 8 1 Introduction As briefly mentioned in chapter 1 16 Alternative front ends page 32 VBoxManage is the command line interface to VirtualBox With it you can completely control VirtualBox from the command line of your host operating system VBoxManage supports all the features tha
134. to restrict the possible actions when shutting down the VM from the GUI Main allow to start a VM even if a virtual DVD or floppy medium is not accessible Settings be more robust when saving the XML settings files Mac OS X rewrite of the CoreAudio driver and added support for audio input bug 5869 Mac OS X external VRDP authentication module support bug 3106 Mac OS X moved the realtime dock preview settings to the VM settings no global option anymore Use the dock menu to configure it Mac OS X added the VM menu to the dock menu 3D support fixed corrupted surface rendering bug 5695 3D support fixed VM crashes when using ARB_ IMAGING bug 6014 3D support fixed assertion when guest applications uses several windows with single OpenGL context bug 4598 3D support added GL_ARB pixel buffer object support 3D support added OpenGL 2 1 support 3D support fixed Final frame of Compiz animation not updated to the screen Mac OS X only bug 4653 3D support fixed blank screen after loading snapshot of VM with enabled Compiz 268 15 Change log Added support for Virtual Distributed Ethernet VDE Linux hosts only see chapter 6 2 Introduction to networking modes page 92 Added support for virtual high precision event timer HPET OVF fixed mapping between two IDE channels in OVF and the one IDE controller in VirtualBox OVF fix VMDK format string identifiers and sort XML elements from rasd namespace alphabeticall
135. used sub modes generic These options correspond to the modes which are described in detail in chapter 6 2 Introduction to networking modes page 92 usbattach and usbdettach make host USB devices visible to the virtual machine on the fly without the need for creating filters first The USB devices can be specified by UUID unique identifier or by address on the host system You can use VBoxManage list usbhost to locate this information vrde on off lets you enable or disable the VRDE server if it is installed vrdeport default lt ports gt changes the port or a range of ports that the VRDE server can bind to default or 0 means port 3389 the standard port for RDP For details see the description for the vrdeport option in chapter 8 8 3 Serial port audio clipboard and USB settings page 127 setvideomodehint requests that the guest system change to a particular video mode This requires that the Guest Additions be installed and will not work for all guest systems screenshotpng takes a screenshot of the guest display and saves it in PNG format The setcredentials operation is used for remote logons in Windows guests For details please refer to chapter 9 2 Automated guest logons page 156 The guestmemoryballoon operation changes the size of the guest memory balloon that is memory allocated by the VirtualBox Guest Additions from the guest operating system and returned to the hypervisor for re use by other virtu
136. vbox cfg 38 2 Installation details The installer must be executed as root with either install or uninstall as the first parame ter sudo VirtualBox run install Or if you do not have the sudo command available run the following as root instead VirtualBox run install After that you need to put every user which should be able to access USB devices from VirtualBox guests in the group vboxusers either through the GUI user management tools or by running the following command as root sudo usermod a G vboxusers username Note The usermod command of some older Linux distributions does not support the a option which adds the user to the given group without affecting membership of other groups In this case find out the current group memberships with the groups command and add all these groups in a comma separated list to the command line after the G option e g like this usermod G groupl group2 vboxusers username 2 3 3 3 Performing a manual installation If for any reason you cannot use the shell script installer described previously you can also perform a manual installation Invoke the installer like this VirtualBox run keep noexec This will unpack all the files needed for installation in the directory install under the current directory The VirtualBox application files are contained in VirtualBox tar bz2 which you can unpack to any directory on your system For example sudo mkdir opt V
137. virtual machine window 3 7 Audio settings The Audio section in a virtual machine s Settings window determines whether the VM will see a sound card connected and whether the audio output should be heard on the host system If audio is enabled for a guest you can choose between the emulation of an Intel AC 97 controller an Intel HD Audio controller or a SoundBlaster 16 card In any case you can select what audio driver VirtualBox will use on the host On a Linux host depending on your host configuration you can also select between the OSS ALSA or the PulseAudio subsystem On newer Linux distributions Fedora 8 and above Ubuntu 8 04 and above the PulseAudio subsystem should be preferred 3 8 Network settings The Network section in a virtual machine s Settings window allows you to configure how VirtualBox presents virtual network cards to your VM and how they operate 7Intel HD Audio support was added with VirtualBox 4 0 because Windows 7 32 bit and 64 bit versions as well as 64 bit Windows Vista do not support the Intel AC 97 controller 53 3 Configuring virtual machines When you first create a virtual machine VirtualBox by default enables one virtual network card and selects the Network Address Translation NAT mode for it This way the guest can connect to the outside world using the host s networking and the outside world can connect to services on the guest which you choose to make visible out
138. which consist of hard disk se rial number firmware revision and model number These can be changed using the following commands VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 Config Port0 SerialNumber serial VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 Config Port0 FirmwareRevision firmware VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 Config Port0 ModelNumber model 168 9 Advanced topics The serial number is a 20 byte alphanumeric string the firmware revision an 8 byte alphanu meric string and the model number a 40 byte alphanumeric string Instead of PortO referring to the first port specify the desired SATA hard disk port The above commands apply to virtual machines with an AHCI SATA controller The com mands for virtual machines with an IDE controller are VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 Config PrimaryMaster SerialNumber serial VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 Config PrimaryMaster FirmwareRevision firmware VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 Config PrimaryMaster ModelNumber model For hard disks it s also possible to mark the drive as having a non rotational medium with VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 Config Port0 NonRotational 1 Additional three parameters are needed for CD DVD drives to report the vendor pro
139. with the VBoxManage metrics query subcommand The data is available as long as the background VBoxSVC process is alive That process terminates shortly after all VMs and frontends have been closed By default no metrics are collected at all Metrics collection does not start until VBoxManage metrics setup is invoked with a proper sampling interval and the number of metrics to be re tained The interval is measured in seconds For example to enable collecting the host processor and memory usage metrics every second and keeping the 5 most current samples the following command can be used VBoxManage metrics setup period 1 samples 5 host CPU Load RAM Usage Metric collection can only be enabled for started VMs Collected data and collection settings for a particular VM will disappear as soon as it shuts down Use VBoxManage metrics list subcommand to see which metrics are currently available You can also use list option with any subcommand that modifies metric settings to find out which metrics were affected Note that the VBoxManage metrics setup subcommand discards all samples that may have been previously collected for the specified set of objects and metrics To enable or disable metrics collection without discarding the data VBoxManage metrics enable and VBoxManage metrics disable subcommands can be used Note that these sub commands expect metrics not submetrics like CPU Load or RAM Usage as parameters In other words enabling CPU Lo
140. xgreeters di rectory usually usr share xgreeters Please refer to your guest OS documentation for the correct LightDM greeter directory The vbox greeter module itself already was installed by the VirtualBox Guest Additions in staller and resides in usr sbin To enable vbox greeter as the standard greeter module the file etc lightdm lightdm conf needs to be edited SeatDefaults greeter session vbox greeter Note The LightDM server needs to be fully restarted in order to get vbox greeter used as the default greeter As root do a service lightdm full restart on Ubuntu or simply restart the guest Note vbox greeter is independent of the graphical session chosen by the user like Gnome KDE Unity etc However it requires FLTK 1 3 for representing its own user interface There are numerous guest properties which can be used to further customize the login experi ence For automatically logging in users the same guest properties apply as for pam_vbox see chapter 9 2 2 Automated Linux Unix guest logons page 157 In addition to the above mentioned guest properties vbox greeter allows further customization of its user interface These special guest properties all reside in VirtualBox GuestAdd Greeter 159 9 Advanced topics 1 HideRestart Set to 1 if vbox greeter should hide the button to restart the guest This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST 2 HideShutdown S
141. you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone under stands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someone else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION O This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a wo
142. your Apple hardware 3 The Mac OS X installer expects the harddisk to be partitioned so when it does not offer a selection you have to launch the Disk Utility from the Tools menu and partition the hard disk Then close the Disk Utility and proceed with the installation 4 In addition as Mac OS X support in VirtualBox is currently still experimental please refer also to chapter 14 Known limitations page 220 3 1 2 64 bit guests VirtualBox supports 64 bit guest operating systems even on 32 bit host operating systems pro vided that the following conditions are met 1 You need a 64 bit processor with hardware virtualization support see chapter 10 3 Hard ware vs software virtualization page 193 2 You must enable hardware virtualization for the particular VM for which you want 64 bit support software virtualization is not supported for 64 bit VMs See chapter 14 Known limitations page 220 264 bit guest support was added with VirtualBox 2 0 support for 64 bit guests on 32 bit hosts was added with VirtualBox 2 1 45 3 3 Configuring virtual machines If you want to use 64 bit guest support on a 32 bit host operating system you must also select a 64 bit operating system for the particular VM Since supporting 64 bits on 32 bit hosts incurs additional overhead VirtualBox only enables this support upon explicit request On 64 bit hosts which typically come with hardware virtualization support 64 bit
143. 0 00 GB 4 00 MB 2 00 TB GoBack Continue After having selected or created your image file again press Next to go to the next page 5 After clicking on Finish your new virtual machine will be created You will then see it in the list on the left side of the Manager window with the name you entered initially 20 1 First steps Note After becoming familiar with the use of wizards consider using the Expert Mode available in some wizards Where available this is selectable using a button and speeds up user processes using wizards 1 8 Running your virtual machine To start a virtual machine you have several options e Double click on its entry in the list within the Manager window or e select its entry in the list in the Manager window it and press the Start button at the top or e for virtual machines created with VirtualBox 4 0 or later navigate to the VirtualBox VMs folder in your system user s home directory find the subdirectory of the machine you want to start and double click on the machine settings file with a vbox file extension This opens up a new window and the virtual machine which you selected will boot up Every thing which would normally be seen on the virtual system s monitor is shown in the window as can be seen with the image in chapter 1 2 Some terminology page 12 In general you can use the virtual machine much like you would use a real computer There a
144. 000 kernel hangs with IO APIC enabled bug 4348 APIC fixed high idle load for certain Linux guests 3 0 regression BIOS properly handle Ctrl Alt Del in real mode iSCSI fixed configuration parsing bug 4236 OVF fix potential confusion when exporting networks OVF compatibility fix bug 4452 OVF accept ovf disk specifiers with a single slash in addition to ovf disk bug 4452 NAT fixed crashes under certain circumstances bug 4330 3D support fixed dynamic linking on Solaris OpenSolaris guests bug 4399 3D support fixed incorrect context window tracking for multithreaded apps Shared Folders fixed loading from saved state bug 1595 Shared Folders host file permissions set to 0400 with Windows guest bug 4381 X11 host and guest clipboard fixed a number of issues including bug 4380 and 4344 X11 Additions fixed some issues with seamless windows in X11 guests bug 3727 Windows Additions added VBoxServiceNT for NT4 guests for time synchronization and guest properties 284 15 Change log Windows Additions fixed version lookup Linux Installer support Pardus Linux Linux hosts workaround for buggy graphics drivers showing a black VM window on recent distributions bug 4335 Linux hosts fixed typo in kernel module startup script bug 4388 Solaris hosts several installer fixes Solaris hosts fixed a preemption issue causing VMs to never start on Solaris 10 bug 4328 Solaris guests fixed mo
145. 01 error during installation bug 1923 Windows Additions fixed Windows Explorer hang when browsing shared folders with 64 bit guests bug 2225 Windows Additions fixed guest screen distortions during a video mode change Windows Additions fixed the Network drive not connected message for mapped shared folders drives after the guest startup bug 3157 Linux Additions fixed occasional file corruption when writing files in O_ APPEND mode to a shared folder bug 2844 Linux Additions the mouse driver was not properly set up on X Org release candidates bug 3212 Linux Additions fixed installer to work with openSUSE 11 1 bug 3213 Linux Additions disable dynamic resizing if the X server is configured for fixed resolutions Linux Solaris Additions handle virtual resolutions properly which are larger than the ac tual guest resolution bug 3096 15 53 Version 2 1 2 2009 01 21 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added USB Linux host support fixes bug 3136 VMM fixed guru meditation for PAE guests on non PAE hosts AMD V VMM fixed guru meditation on Mac OS X hosts when using VT x VMM allow running up to 1023 VMs on 64 bit hosts used to be 127 VMM several FreeBSD guest related fixes bugs 2342 2341 2761 VMM fixed guru meditation when installing Suse Enterprise Server 10U2 VT x only bug 3039 VMM fixed guru meditation when booting Novell Netware 4 11 VT x only bug
146. 08 Core bug 2628 Main do not try to use older versions of D Bus Linux hosts only bug 3732 VMM fixed out of memory conditions on Windows hosts bug 3657 VMM fixed occasional hangs when attaching USB devices during VM startup 2 2 0 regres sion bugs 3787 VMM fixed guru meditation related to memory management software virtualization only Virtual disks fix possible data corruption when writing to diff images incorrect detection of redundant writes GUI reworked network settings dialog GUI properly show the detailed settings dialog of NAT networks bug 3702 GUI HostKey could not be changed 2 2 0 regression bug 3689 GUI fixed memory textfield size Windows hosts only bug 3679 GUI fixed crash when selecting a shared folder path Windows hosts only bugs 3694 3751 3756 VBoxManage modifyhd compact implemented again for VDI files and now supports relative paths bug 2180 2833 VBoxManage snapshot discard made it work again 2 1 0 regression bug 3714 NAT on some Windows hosts the guest didn t receive a DHCP lease bug 3655 NAT fixed release assertion during pollQ bug 3667 Networking fixed a deadlock caused by the PCnet network device emulation 2 2 0 regres sion bug 3676 289 15 Change log Clipboard fixed random crashes X11 hosts only bug 3723 Shared Folders fixed incorrect permissions for Solaris guests Shared Folders fixed wrong file sizes with Solaris guests CB
147. 1 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 199 10 3 Hardware vs software virtualization VirtualBox allows software in the virtual machine to run directly on the processor of the host but an array of complex techniques is employed to intercept operations that would interfere with your host Whenever the guest attempts to do something that could be harmful to your computer and its data VirtualBox steps in and takes action In particular for lots of hardware that the guest believes to be accessing VirtualBox simulates a certain virtual environment according to how you have configured a virtual machine For example when the guest attempts to access a hard disk VirtualBox redirects these requests to whatever you have configured to be the virtual machine s virtual hard disk normally an image file on your host Unfortunately the x86 platform was never designed to be virtualized Detecting situations in which VirtualBox needs to take control over the guest code that is executing as described above is difficult There are two ways in which to achieve this e Since 2006 Intel and AMD processors have had support for so called hardware virtu alization This means that these processors can help VirtualBox to intercept potentially dangerous operations that a guest operating system may be attempting and also makes it easier to present virtual hardware to a virtual machine 193 10 Technical background These hardware features d
148. 1 N gt onloff nictracefile lt 1 N gt lt filename gt nicproperty lt 1 N gt name value nicpromisc lt 1 N gt deny allow vms allow all natpf lt 1 N gt lt rulename gt tcp udp lt hostip gt lt hostport gt lt guestip gt lt guestport gt natpf lt 1 N gt delete lt rulename gt guestmemoryballoon lt balloonsize in MB gt usbattach lt uuid gt lt address gt usbdetach lt uuid gt lt address gt clipboard disabled hosttoguest guesttohost bidirectional draganddrop disabled hosttoguest vrde on off vrdeport lt port gt vrdeproperty lt name value gt vrdevideochannelquality lt percent gt setvideomodehint lt xres gt lt yres gt lt bpp gt lt display gt lt enabled yes no gt lt xorigin gt lt yorigin gt screenshotpng lt file gt display vcpenabled onloff vcpscreens all none lt screen gt lt screen gt setcredentials lt username gt passwordfile lt file gt lt password gt lt domain gt allowlocallogon lt yes no gt teleport host lt name gt port lt port gt maxdowntime lt msec gt passwordfile lt file gt password lt password gt plugcpu lt id gt unplugcpu lt id gt cpuexecutioncap lt 1 100 gt 116 discardstate adoptstate snapshot closemedium storageattach storagectl bandwidthctl 8 VBoxManage webcam lt attach path settings gt lt detach path gt lt list gt lt uui
149. 193 vtxux on off If hardware virtualization is enabled for Intel VT x only this setting enables or disables the use of the unrestricted guest mode feature for executing your guest accelerate3d on off This enables if the Guest Additions are installed whether hard ware 3D acceleration should be available see chapter 4 4 1 Hardware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 page 72 124 8 VBoxManage You can influence the BIOS logo that is displayed when a virtual machine starts up with a number of settings Per default a VirtualBox logo is displayed With bioslogofadein on off and bioslogofadeout on off you can determine whether the logo should fade in and out respectively With bioslogodisplaytime lt msec gt you can set how long the logo should be visible in milliseconds With bioslogoimagepath lt imagepath gt you can if you are so inclined replace the image that is shown with your own logo The image must be an uncompressed 256 color BMP file without color space information Windows 3 0 format The image must not be bigger than 640 x 480 biosbootmenu disabled menuonly messageandmenu This specifies whether the BIOS allows the user to select a temporary boot device menuonl y suppresses the message but the user can still press F12 to select a temporary boot device nicbootprio lt 1 N gt lt priority gt This specifies the order in which NICs are tried for booting over the network using PXE
150. 2 1 First steps officially support and optimize for a select few which however include the most common ones See chapter 3 1 Supported guest operating systems page 44 for details Virtual machine VM This is the special environment that VirtualBox creates for your guest operating system while it is running In other words you run your guest operating system in a VM Normally a VM will be shown as a window on your computer s desktop but depending on which of the various frontends of VirtualBox you use it can be displayed in full screen mode or remotely on another computer In a more abstract way internally VirtualBox thinks of a VM as a set of parameters that determine its behavior They include hardware settings how much memory the VM should have what hard disks VirtualBox should virtualize through which container files what CDs are mounted etc as well as state information whether the VM is currently running saved its snapshots etc These settings are mirrored in the VirtualBox Manager window as well as the VBoxManage command line program see chapter 8 VBoxManage page 112 In other words a VM is also what you can see in its settings dialog Guest Additions This refers to special software packages which are shipped with VirtualBox 1 3 but designed to be installed inside a VM to improve performance of the guest OS and to add extra features This is described in detail in chapter 4 Guest Additions page 59
151. 2 The Oracle Privacy Policies posted on http ww oracle com html privacy html apply to your personal data collected and used by Oracle The following privacy information describes in more detail which information is exchanged between the VirtualBox application and Oracle and which information is collected by the virtualbox org website 1 virtualbox org The virtualbox org website logs anonymous usage information such as your IP address geographical location browser type referral source length of visit and number of page views while you visit collectively anonymous data In addition but only if you choose to register the website s bug tracking and forum services store the data you choose to reveal upon registration such as your user name and contact information 2 Cookies The virtualbox org website the bug tracker and the forum services use cookies to identify and track the visiting web browser and if you have registered to facilitate login Most browsers allow you to refuse to accept cookies While you can still visit the website with cookies disabled logging into the bug tracker and forum services will most likely not work without them 3 VirtualBox registration process The VirtualBox application may ask that the user op tionally register with Oracle If you choose to register your name e mail address country and company will be submitted to Oracle and stored together with the IP address of the submitter as well
152. 2G Stream ESX uuid lt uuid gt VBoxManage convertfromraw stdin lt outputfile gt lt bytes gt format VDI VMDK VHD variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX uuid lt uuid gt where the parameters mean bytes The size of the image file in bytes provided through stdin format Select the disk image format to create Default is VDI variant Allow to choose a file format variant for the output file It is a comma separated list of variant flags Not all combinations are supported and specifying inconsistent flags will result in an error message uuid Allow to specifiy the UUID of the output file The second form forces VBoxManage to read the content for the disk image from standard input useful for using that command in a pipe Note For compatibility with earlier versions of VirtualBox the convertdd command is also supported and mapped internally to the convertfromraw command 8 26 VBoxManage getextradata setextradata These commands let you attach and retrieve string data to a virtual machine or to a VirtualBox configuration by specifying global instead of a virtual machine name You must specify a key as a text string to associate the data with which you can later use to retrieve it For example VBoxManage setextradata Fedora5 installdate 2006 01 01 VBoxManage setextradata SUSE10 installdate 2006 02 02 would associate the string 2006 01 01 with the key installdate
153. 3D support for Windows Linux and Solaris guests With this feature if an application inside your virtual machine uses 3D features through the OpenGL or Direct3D 8 9 programming interfaces instead of emulating them in software which would be slow VirtualBox will attempt to use your host s 3D hardware This works for all supported host platforms Windows Mac Linux Solaris provided that your host operating system can make use of your accelerated 3D hardware in the first place The 3D acceleration currently has the following preconditions 1 It is only available for certain Windows Linux and Solaris guests In particular e 3D acceleration with Windows guests requires Windows 2000 Windows XP Vista or Windows 7 Both OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 not with Windows 2000 are supported experimental e OpenGL on Linux requires kernel 2 6 27 and higher as well as X org server version 1 5 and higher Ubuntu 10 10 and Fedora 14 have been tested and confirmed as working e OpenGL on Solaris guests requires X org server version 1 5 and higher 2 The Guest Additions must be installed Note For the basic Direct3D acceleration to work in a Windows Guest VirtualBox needs to replace Windows system files in the virtual machine As a result the Guest Additions installation program offers Direct3D acceleration as an option that must be explicitly enabled Also you must install the Guest Additions in Safe Mode This does not apply to th
154. 5 Seamless windows With the seamless windows feature of VirtualBox you can have the windows that are displayed within a virtual machine appear side by side next to the windows of your host This feature is supported for the following guest operating systems provided that the Guest Additions are installed e Windows guests support added with VirtualBox 1 5 e Supported Linux or Solaris guests running the X Window System added with VirtualBox 1 6 73 4 Guest Additions After seamless windows are enabled see below VirtualBox suppresses the display of the Desktop background of your guest allowing you to run the windows of your guest operating system seamlessly next to the windows of your host DEl ler gt SD he ae r hT ULE a a Ss d E 6 Y 2 JE S 1 Sheett sheet Sheet fas To enable seamless mode after starting the virtual machine press the Host key normally the right control key together with L This will enlarge the size of the VM s display to the size of your host screen and mask out the guest operating system s background To go back to the normal VM display i e to disable seamless windows press the Host key and L again 4 6 Guest properties Starting with version 2 1 VirtualBox allows for requesting certain properties from a running guest provided that the VirtualBox Guest Additions are installed and the VM is run
155. 61 If in case the CD ROM drive on the guest doesn t get mounted observed on some versions of Solaris 10 execute as root svcadm restart volfs 2 Change to the directory where your CD ROM drive is mounted and execute as root pkgadd G d VBoxSolarisAdditions pkg 3 Choose 1 and confirm installation of the Guest Additions package After the installation is complete re login to X server on your guest to activate the X11 Guest Additions 4 2 3 2 Uninstalling the Solaris Guest Additions The Solaris Guest Additions can be safely removed by removing the package from the guest Open a root terminal session and execute pkgrm SUNWvboxguest 4 2 3 3 Updating the Solaris Guest Additions The Guest Additions should be updated by first uninstalling the existing Guest Additions and then installing the new ones Attempting to install new Guest Additions without removing the existing ones is not possible 4 2 4 Guest Additions for OS 2 VirtualBox also ships with a set of drivers that improve running OS 2 in a virtual machine Due to restrictions of OS 2 itself this variant of the Guest Additions has a limited feature set see chapter 14 Known limitations page 220 for details The OS 2 Guest Additions are provided on the same ISO CD ROM as those for the other platforms As a result mount the ISO in OS 2 as described previously The OS 2 Guest Additions are located in the directory 32bit 0S2 As we do not provide an automatic in
156. 74 3D support fixes for 64 bit Solaris guests Seamless disable seamless mode when guest changes screen resolution bug 5655 NAT fixed high CPU load under certain circumstances Windows hosts only bug 5787 NAT fixed handling of the broadcast flag in DHCP requests NAT fixed rare crash due to an assertion in the ICMP code bug 3217 Virtio net don t crash when ports accessed beyond the valid range bug 5923 LsiLogic fix for Windows 7 guests ATA fix for guru meditation when installing Solaris 8 guests bug 5972 VHD fixed an incompatibility with Virtual PC bug 5990 VHD update the footer backup after setting a new UUID bug 5004 Host DVD really fixed loading passthrough setting from configuration file bug 5681 Shared Folders fixed resolving of symlink target on Linux 3 1 2 regression VRDP fixed VERR_NET_ADDRESS_IN_USE error when restarting a VM 3 1 regression bug 5902 VRDP fixed crash on Mac OS X when 3D is enabled 3 1 regression PulseAudio fixed recording bug 4302 USB fixed a shutdown blue screen Windows hosts only bug 5885 BIOS fixed attribute during text scroll bug 3407 OVF fix strange error messages on disk import errors OVF do not require write access to the ovf file during import 3 1 regression bug 5762 iSCSI fix taking snapshots of a running VM bug 5849 Solaris hosts several USB fixes including support for Apple iPod bug 5873 Solaris installer fixed USB mo
157. 776 VBoxManage clonehd fixed garbled output image when creating VDI files bug 2813 VBoxManage guestproperty fixed property enumeration incorrect parameters exception VHD fixed error when attaching certain container files bug 2768 Solaris hosts added support for serial ports bug 1849 Solaris hosts fix for Japanese keyboards bug 2847 Solaris hosts 32 bit and 64 bit versions now available as a single unified package Linux hosts don t depend on libcap1 anymore bug 2859 Linux hosts kernel module compile fixes for 2 6 29 re1 Linux hosts don t drop any capability if the VM was started by root 2 1 0 regression Mac OS X hosts save the state of running or paused VMs when the host machine s battery reaches critical level Mac OS X hosts improved window resizing of the VM window Mac OS X hosts added GUI option to disable the dock icon realtime preview in the GUI to decrease the host CPU load when the guest is doing 3D Mac OS X hosts polished realtime preview dock icon Windows Additions fixed guest property and logging OS type detection for Windows 2008 and Windows 7 Beta Windows Additions added support for Windows 7 Beta bugs 2995 3015 Windows Additions fixed Windows 2000 guest freeze when accessing files on shared fold ers bug 2764 Windows Additions fixed CTRL ALT DEL handling when using VBoxGINA Windows Additions Installer added extract switch to only extract not install the files to a dire
158. 9 legacy mode with the legacy09 option 8 12 VBoxManage startvm This command starts a virtual machine that is currently in the Powered off or Saved states The optional type specifier determines whether the machine will be started in a window or whether the output should go through VBoxHeadless with VRDE enabled or not see chapter 7 1 2 VBoxHeadless the remote desktop server page 103 for more information The list of types is subject to change and it s not guaranteed that all types are accepted by any product variant The global or per VM default value for the VM frontend type will be taken if the type is not explicitly specified If none of these are set the GUI variant will be started The following values are allowed gui Starts a VM showing a GUI window This is the default headless Starts a VM without a window for remote display only sdl Starts a VM with a minimal GUI and limited features Note If you experience problems with starting virtual machines with particular fron tends and there is no conclusive error information consider starting virtual machines directly by running the respective front end as this can give additional error informa tion 8 13 VBoxManage controlvm The controlvm subcommand allows you to change the state of a virtual machine that is currently running The following can be specified VBoxManage controlvm lt vm gt pause temporarily puts a virtual machin
159. A AIN 8 2 Commands overview 2 o eee ERE eee eae 03 Gemera pune e cc kkk a oe eT ee a BA WRoxManagelist oso 0er ee eee Re aS 85 VBoxManageshoweminto 446 6065 aaa ciee Me bee ee ee es 8 6 VBoxManage registervm unregistervm o e e 87 Woxilanage TEME o e A e a 8 8 VBoxManage modifyym lt o ocu seresa ddad et reeeo e aaa S81 General setings oee a RE WOR ae AG 8 2 Networking settings 4 65565 066 54 5 ba ee ee eee ee nas 8 8 3 Serial port audio clipboard and USB settings 8 84 Remote machine settings o s o ro c 2 2 ee ee es B85 Teleporting settings gt s os cu 5 446850 4248 Pea oe 4448 a SS 89 VWEoxManage clomeviti lt ee cos 666058 2 ee ee ee ees 8 10 YVBoxManage MPa sssaaa renit hiama 2290 hb Edad aaa aS SLL VBoxManage export ek wee sa ww ee ee ee ee 9 Contents 3 12 VBOxManase startvill se sows 66542 4 Fe Pe ew EE De ee ee ees 132 8 13 VBoxManage controlvm 0 ecoo ones ee eae aa ae 132 8 14 VBoxManage discardstate 2 2 e e ee 134 8 15 VBoxManage adoptstate ee eee 134 8 16 VBoxManage snapshot lt 244445546 be ee we a ewe eS 134 8 17 VBoxManage closemedium erac 2 00 e eee ee ee 134 8 18 VBoxMatiage shorageatiach oo oc 6 rama a a G 135 8 19 VBoxsManate storagectl conoces POE Swe ee EE Oe ee eS 137 8 20 VBoxManage bandwidthictl oan bos 4k a a ee 137 8 21 VBoxManage showhdinfo 2 0 00 eee ee taadu 138 8 22 VEoxMatiag
160. ANY LIABILITY RESULTING FROM USE OF THE SOFTWARE IN ANY SUCH ON LINE EQUIPMENT IN HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTS AND ACCEPTS NO LIABILITY IN RE SPECT OF ANY ACTIONS OR CLAIMS BASED ON THE USE OF THE SOFTWARE IN ANY SUCH ON LINE EQUIPMENT IN HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTS BY YOU FOR PURPOSES OF THIS PARAGRAPH THE TERM LIFE CRITICAL APPLICATION MEANS AN APPLICATION IN WHICH THE FUNCTIONING OR MALFUNCTIONING OF THE SOFTWARE MAY RESULT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY IN PHYSICAL INJURY OR LOSS OF HUMAN LIFE THIS DISCLAIMER OF WAR RANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE NO USE OF ANY COVERED CODE IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER 8 TERMINATION 8 1 This License and the rights granted hereunder will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with terms herein and fail to cure such breach within 30 days of becoming aware of the breach All sublicenses to the Covered Code which are properly granted shall survive any termination of this License Provisions which by their nature must remain in effect beyond the termination of this License shall survive 8 2 8 3 If You assert a patent infringement claim against Participant alleging that such Participant s Contributor Version directly or indirectly infringes any patent where such claim is resolved such as by license or settlement prior to the initiation of patent infringement litigation then the reasonable value of the licenses granted by such Participant under Sections 2 1 or 2 2
161. Access iSCSI targets via Internal Network ing page 169 8 19 VBoxManage storagectl This command attaches modifies removes a storage controller After this virtual media can be attached to the controller with the storageattach command see the next section The syntax is as follows VBoxManage storagectl lt uuid vmname gt name lt name gt add lt ide sata scsi floppy gt controller lt LsiLogic LSILogicSAS BusLogic IntelAhci PIIX3 PIIX4 ICH6 182078 gt portcount lt 1 30 gt hostiocache on off bootable on off remove where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM Name Mandatory name Name of the storage controller Mandatory add Define the type of the system bus to which the storage controller must be connected controller Allows to choose the type of chipset being emulated for the given storage con troller portcount This determines how many ports the SATA controller should support hostiocache Configures the use of the host I O cache for all disk images attached to this storage controller For details please see chapter 5 7 Host I O caching page 88 bootable Selects whether this controller is bootable remove Removes the storage controller from the VM config 8 20 VBoxManage bandwidthctl This command creates deletes modifies shows bandwidth groups of the given virtual machine VBoxManage bandwidthctl lt uuid vmname gt add lt name gt t
162. B settings page 55 Hardware compatibility VirtualBox virtualizes a vast array of virtual devices among them many devices that are typically provided by other virtualization platforms That includes IDE SCSI and SATA hard disk controllers several virtual network cards and sound cards virtual serial and parallel ports and an Input Output Advanced Pro grammable Interrupt Controller I O APIC which is found in many modern PC sys tems This eases cloning of PC images from real machines and importing of third party virtual machines into VirtualBox Full ACPI support The Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI is fully supported by VirtualBox This eases cloning of PC images from real machines or third party virtual machines into VirtualBox With its unique ACPI power status support VirtualBox can even report to ACPI aware guest operating systems the power status of the host For mobile systems running on battery the guest can thus enable energy saving and notify the user of the remaining power e g in full screen modes Multiscreen resolutions VirtualBox virtual machines support screen resolutions many times that of a physical screen allowing them to be spread over a large number of screens attached to the host system Built in iSCSI support This unique feature allows you to connect a virtual machine directly to an iSCSI storage server without going through the host system The VM accesses the iSCSI target direc
163. BALLOON_INTERVAL VBOXWATCHDOG_LOGSIZE etc and for previously existing parameters the VBOXBALLOONCTRL_ INTERVAL etc parameters can still be used Parameter Description De fault USER The user as which the watchdog service runs ROTATE Number of log files O disables log rotation 10 LOGSIZE Maximum size of a log file in bytes to trigger rotation 1MB LOGINTERVAL Maximum time interval in seconds to trigger log rotation 1 day BALLOON_ INTERVAL Interval for checking the balloon size msec 30000 BALLOON_ INCREMENT Balloon size increment MByte 256 BALLOON_DECREMENT Balloon size decrement MByte 128 BALLOON_LOWERLIMIT Balloon size lower limit MByte 64 BALLOON_SAFETYMARGIN Free memory required for decreasing the balloon size 1024 MByte 9 21 5 Solaris starting the watchdog service via SMF On Solaris hosts the VirtualBox watchdog service daemon is integrated into the SMF framework You can change the parameters but don t have to if the defaults already match your needs svccfg s svc application virtualbox balloonctrl default setprop config balloon_interval 10000 svccfg s svc application virtualbox balloonctrl default setprop config balloon_safetymargin 134217728 The table in the previous section showing the parameter names and defaults also applies to Solaris The parameter names must be changed to lowercase and a prefix of config has to be added e g config user or config balloon_safety
164. BILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 16 2 19 libjpeg License The authors make NO WARRANTY or representation either express or implied with respect to this software its quality accuracy merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose This soft ware is provided AS IS and you its user assume the entire risk as to its quality and accuracy This software is copyright C 1991 2010 Thomas G Lane Guido Vollbeding All Rights Reserved except as specified below Permission is hereby granted to use copy modify and distribute this software or portions thereof for any purpose without fee subject to these conditions 1 If any part of the source code for this software is distributed then this README file must be included with this copyright and no warranty notice unaltered and any additions deletions or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation 2 If only executable code is distributed then the accompanying documentation must state that this software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group 334 16 Third party materials and licenses 3 Permission for use of this software is granted only if the user accepts full responsibility for any undesirable consequences the authors accept NO LIABILITY for damages of any kind These conditions
165. BoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiChassisSerial Chassis Serial VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiChassisAssetTag Chassis Tag 173 9 Advanced topics 9 12 5 DMI processor informatiion type 4 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiProcManufacturer Genuinelntel VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiProcVersion Pentium R III 9 12 6 DMI OEM strings type 11 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config Dmi0EMVBoxVer vboxVer_1 2 3 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config Dmi0EMVBoxRev vboxRev_12345 If a DMI string is not set the default value of VirtualBox is used To set an empty string use lt EMPTY gt Note that in the above list all quoted parameters DmiBIOSVendor DmiBIOSVersion but not DmiBIOSReleaseMajor are expected to be strings If such a string is a valid number the parameter is treated as number and the VM will most probably refuse to start with an VERR_CFGM_NOT_STRING error In that case use string lt value gt for instance VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemSerial string 1234 Changing this information can be necessary to provide the DMI information of the host to the guest to prevent Windows from asking for a new product key On Linux hosts the DMI BIOS information
166. BoxManage If the VirtualBox client application is started with the startvm argument it loads the VMM library which includes the actual hypervisor and then runs a virtual machine and provides the input and output for the guest Any VirtualBox front end client will communicate with the service process and can both control and reflect the current state For example either the VM selector or the VM window or VBoxManage can be used to pause the running VM and other components will always reflect the changed state The VirtualBox GUI application is only one of several available front ends clients The com plete list shipped with VirtualBox is 1 2 VirtualBox the Qt front end implementing the manager and running VMs VBoxManage a less user friendly but more powerful alternative described in chapter 8 VBoxManage page 112 VBoxSDL a simple graphical front end based on the SDL library see chapter 9 1 VBoxSDL the simplified VM displayer page 154 VBoxHeadless a VM front end which does not directly provide any video output and keyboard mouse input but allows redirection via VirtualBox Remote Desktop Extension see chapter 7 1 2 VBoxHeadless the remote desktop server page 103 vboxwebsrv the VirtualBox web service process which allows for controlling a VirtualBox host remotely This is described in detail in the VirtualBox Software Development Kit SDK reference please see chapter 11 VirtualBox programm
167. BoxManage modifyvm Fred groups 3 Multiple groups e g VBoxManage modifyvm Fred groups TestGroup TestGroup2 4 Nested groups hierarchy of groups e g VBoxManage modifyvm Fred groups TestGroup TestGroup2 5 Summary of group commands Start Pause Reset Close save state send shutdown signal poweroff Discard Saved State Show in File System Sort 1 10 Snapshots With snapshots you can save a particular state of a virtual machine for later use At any later time you can revert to that state even though you may have changed the VM considerably since then A snapshot of a virtual machine is thus similar to a machine in saved state as described above but there can be many of them and these saved states are preserved You can see the snapshots of a virtual machine by first selecting a machine in the VirtualBox Manager and then clicking on the Snapshots button at the top right Until you take a snapshot of the machine the list of snapshots will be empty except for the Current state item which represents the Now point in the lifetime of the virtual machine 1 10 1 Taking restoring and deleting snapshots There are three operations related to snapshots 1 You can take a snapshot This makes a copy of the machine s current state to which you can go back at any given time later 26 1 First steps e If your VM is currently running select Take snapshot from the Ma
168. C Michael Brown lt mbrown fensystems co uk gt and others VirtualBox contains code from Wine which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 311 and Copyright 1993 Bob Amstadt Copyright 1996 Albrecht Kleine Copyright 1997 David Faure Copyright 1998 Morten Welinder Copyright 1998 Ulrich Weigand Copyright 1999 Ove Koven VirtualBox contains code from lwIP which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 11 lwIP license page 324 and Copyright C 2001 2002 Swedish Institute of Computer Science VirtualBox contains libxml which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 12 libxml license page 325 and Copyright C 1998 2003 Daniel Veillard VirtualBox contains libxslt which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 13 libxslt li censes page 325 and Copyright C 2001 2002 Daniel Veillard and Copyright C 2001 2002 Thomas Broyer Charlie Bozeman and Daniel Veillard VirtualBox contains code from the gSOAP XML web services tools which are licensed under the license in chapter 16 2 14 gSOAP Public License Version 1 3a page 326 and Copyright C 2000 2007 Robert van Engelen Genivia Inc and others VirtualBox ships with the application tunctl shipped as VBoxTunctl from the User mode Linux suite which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL page 307 and Copyright C 2002 Jeff Dike VirtualBox contains code from Chromium an OpenGL
169. CUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Additional BSD Notice 1 This notice is required to be provided under our contract with the U S Department of Energy DOE This work was produced at the University of California Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory under Contract No W 7405 ENG 48 with the DOE 2 Neither the United States Government nor the University of California nor any of their employees makes any warranty express or implied or assumes any liability or responsibility for the accuracy completeness or usefulness of any information apparatus product or process disclosed or represents that its use would not infringe privately owned rights 3 Also reference herein to any specific commercial products process or services by trade name trademark manufacturer or otherwise does not necessarily constitute or imply its en dorsement recommendation or favoring by the United States Government or the University of California The views and opinions of authors expressed herein do not necessarily state or reflect those of the United States Government or the University of California and shall not be used for advertising or product endorsement purposes
170. Code and or as part of a Larger Work and b under Patent Claims infringed by the making using or selling of Modifications made by that Contributor either alone and or in combination with its Contributor Version or portions 317 16 Third party materials and licenses of such combination to make use sell offer for sale have made and or otherwise dispose of 1 Modifications made by that Contributor or portions thereof and 2 the combination of Modifications made by that Contributor with its Contributor Version or portions of such combination c the licenses granted in Sections 2 2 a and 2 2 b are effective on the date Contributor first makes Commercial Use of the Covered Code d Notwithstanding Section 2 2 b above no patent license is granted 1 for any code that Contributor has deleted from the Contributor Version 2 separate from the Contributor Version 3 for infringements caused by i third party modifications of Contributor Version or ii the combination of Modifications made by that Contributor with other software except as part of the Contributor Version or other devices or 4 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Code in the absence of Modifications made by that Contributor 3 Distribution Obligations 3 1 Application of License The Modifications which You create or to which You contribute are governed by the terms of this License including without limitation Section 2 2 The Source Code version of Cove
171. DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 16 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDIS TRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUD ING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS 16 2 3 Mozilla Public License MPL MOZILLA PUBLIC LICENSE Version 1 1 1 Definitions 1 0 1 Commercial Use means distribution or otherwise making the Covered Code available to a third party 1 1 Contributor means each entity that creates or contributes to the creation of Modifica tions 1 2 Contributor Version means the combination of the Original Code prior Modifications used by a Contributor and the Modifications made by that particular Contributor 1 3 Covered Code means the Original Code or Modifications or the combination of the Original Code and Modifications in each case including portions thereof 1 4 Electronic Distribution Mechanism means a mechanism generally accepted in the sof
172. ED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL DANNY GAS PAROVSKI OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPE 323 16 Third party materials and licenses CIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTH ERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 16 2 9 liblzf license Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MER CHANTABILITY AND FIT
173. EEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS 16 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 1 February 1999 Copyright C 1991 1999 Free Software Foundation Inc 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston MA 02111 1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL It also counts as the successor of the GNU Library Public License version 2 hence the version number 2 1 Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This license the Lesser General Public License applies to some specially designated software packages typically libraries of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it You can use it too but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to use in any particular case based on the explanations below When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom of use not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and
174. ENSED CODE Initial Developer may designate portions of the Covered Code as Multiple Licensed Multiple Licensed means that the Initial Developer permits you to utilize portions of the Covered Code under Your choice of the NPL or the alternative licenses if any specified by the Initial Developer in the file described in Exhibit A EXHIBIT A Mozilla Public License The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 1 1 the License you may not use this file except in compliance with the License You may obtain a copy of the License at http www mozilla org MPL Software distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS basis WITHOUT WAR RANTY OF ANY KIND either express or implied See the License for the specific language gov erning rights and limitations under the License The Original Code is The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Portions created by are Copyright C All Rights Reserved Contributor s Alternatively the contents of this file may be used under the terms of the license the ___ License in which case the provisions of License are applicable instead of those above If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only under the terms of the License and not to allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice and other prov
175. ESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY TO USE OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT 2 Redistribution This license grants a worldwide royalty free perpetual and irrevocable right and license to use execute perform compile display copy create derivative works of distribute and sublicense the FreeType Project in both source and object code forms and derivative works thereof for any purpose and to authorize others to exercise some or all of the rights granted herein subject to the following conditions e Redistribution of source code must retain this license file FTL TXT unaltered any addi tions deletions or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation The copyright notices of the unaltered original files must be preserved in all copies of source files e Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that states that the software is based in part of the work of the FreeType Team in the distribution documentation We also encourage you to put an URL to the FreeType web page in your documentation though this isn t mandatory These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the FreeType Project not just the unmodified files If you use our work you must acknowledge us However no fee need be paid to us 3 Advertising Neither the FreeType authors and contributors
176. FROM OUT OF OR IN CON NECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name of Daniel Veillard shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from him 16 2 13 libxslt licenses Licence for libxslt except libexslt Copyright C 2001 2002 Daniel Veillard All Rights Reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restric tion including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or sub stantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE 325 16 Third party materials and licenses DANIEL VEILLARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CON NECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
177. Groups eBusiness La System g El Preview Base Memory 1024 MB Boot Order Floppy CD DVD ROM Hard Disk Windows 7 x64 Acceleration VT x AMD V Nested Paging PAE NX LVS Powered Off Wi Windows xP OB Die Powered Off EI Windows 7 General CY li Saved Name Windows XP_1 ro 2012 cee System iia E la system amp Preview ITA Window 8 Server 0183 E Saved Base Memory 512 MB Boot Order Floppy CD DVD ROM Hard Disk Linux Acceleration VT x AMD V Nested Paging Ubuntu Powered Off JA fedora 17 E Saved 1 7 Creating your first virtual machine Click on the New button at the top of the VirtualBox Manager window A wizard will pop up to guide you through setting up a new virtual machine VM Create New Virtual Machine Welcome to the New Virtual Machine Wizard This wizard will guide you through the steps that are necessary to create a new virtual machine for VirtualBox Use the Continue button to go to the next page of the wizard and the Go Back button to return to the previous page You can also press Esc if you want to cancel the execution of this wizard On the following pages the wizard will ask you for the bare minimum of information that is needed to create a VM in particular 1 The VM name will later be shown in the VM list of the VirtualBox Manager window and it will be used for the VM s files on disk Even though any name could be used keep in mind that on
178. INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROF ITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTH ERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE The licence and distribution terms for any publicly available version or derivative of this code cannot be changed i e this code cannot simply be copied and put under another distribution licence including the GNU Public Licence 16 2 8 Slirp license Copyright c 1995 1996 Danny Gasparovski All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the fol lowing acknowledgment This product includes software developed by Danny Gasparovski THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES IN CLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLI
179. LEGAL file 3 5 Required Notices You must duplicate the notice in Exhibit A in each file of the Source Code If it is not possible to put such notice in a particular Source Code file due to its structure then You must include such notice in a location such as a relevant directory where a user would be likely to look for such a notice If You created one or more Modification s You may add your 318 16 Third party materials and licenses name as a Contributor to the notice described in Exhibit A You must also duplicate this License in any documentation for the Source Code where You describe recipients rights or ownership rights relating to Covered Code You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered Code However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on behalf of the Initial Developer or any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear than any such warranty support indemnity or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify the Initial Developer and every Contributor for any liability incurred by the Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You offer 3 6 Distribution of Executable Versions You may distribute Covered Code in Executable form only if the requirements of Section 3 1 3 5 have been met for that Covered Code and if You include a not
180. Linux Powered Off fj Windows XP Internet Powered Off Debian Web Server Powered Off Y El ad Snapshot 2 SA Ubuntu EE Saved ps Solaris 11 Powered Off Ubuntu using ICH9 i Powered Off SOPO One In this User Manual we ll begin simply with a quick introduction to virtualization and how to get your first virtual machine running with the easy to use VirtualBox graphical user interface Subsequent chapters will go into much more detail covering more powerful tools and features but fortunately it is not necessary to read the entire User Manual before you can use VirtualBox You can find a summary of VirtualBox s capabilities in chapter 1 3 Features overview page 13 For existing VirtualBox users who just want to see what s new in this release there is a detailed list in chapter 15 Change log page 223 11 1 First steps 1 1 Why is virtualization useful The techniques and features that VirtualBox provides are useful for several scenarios e Running multiple operating systems simultaneously VirtualBox allows you to run more than one operating system at a time This way you can run software written for one operating system on another for example Windows software on Linux or a Mac without having to reboot to use it Since you can configure what kinds of virtual hardware should be presented to each such operating system you can install an old operating system such as DOS or OS 2 even if your re
181. M Shutdown Don t allow the user to shutdown the VM by sending the ACPI power off event to the guest Power0ff Don t allow the user to power off the VM Restore Don t allow the user to return to the last snapshot when powering off the VM This is a per VM setting Any combination of the above is allowed If all options are specified the VM cannot be shut down at all 9 20 Starting the VirtualBox web service automatically The VirtualBox web service vboxwebsrv is used for controlling VirtualBox remotely It is doc umented in detail in the VirtualBox Software Development Kit SDK please see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 199 As the client base using this interface is growing we added start scripts for the various operation systems we support The following sections de scribe how to use them The VirtualBox web service is never started automatically as a result of a standard installation 9 20 1 Linux starting the webservice via init On Linux the web service can be automatically started during host boot by adding appropri ate parameters to the file etc default virtualbox There is one mandatory parameter VBOXWEB_USER which must be set to the user which will later start the VMs The parameters in the table below all start with VBOXWEB_ VBOXWEB_HOST VBOXWEB_PORT etc Parameter Description Default USER The user as which the web service runs HOS
182. M server issues o 12462 CD DVD changes not recognized so soe kk kw aw ee a 12 6 3 Sluggish response when using Microsoft RDP client 12 6 4 Running an iSCSI initiator and target on a single system 12 6 5 Bridged networking adapters missing 4 12 6 6 Host only networking adapters cannot be created Li DOSS coa Se Aw Ba ce BEE we wae De Pa Se A 189 189 189 190 190 191 191 191 193 194 196 197 199 200 200 200 201 201 203 204 204 205 205 205 206 206 206 206 207 207 207 207 207 Contents 12 7 1 Linux kernel module refuses to load o o 212 12 7 2 Linux host CD DVD drive not found c lt lt 0 212 12 7 3 Linux host CD DVD drive not found older distributions 212 12 7 4 Linux host floppy not found o o oo ooo o 213 12 7 5 Strange guest IDE error messages when writing toCD DVD 213 12 7 6 VBoxSVC IPCASSU S oi a A ee SS 213 127 7 DESBORDA o RRA a A E A E E 214 12 7 8 PAX erese kernels cocos ras a 214 12 7 9 Linux kernel vmalloc pool exhausted o o a 215 12 8 Solaris hosts ces oi e EES Oe eee aa ees 215 12 8 1 Cannot start VM not enough contiguous memory 215 12 8 2 VM aborts with out of memory errors on Solaris 10 hosts 215 13 Security guide 216 LAA RIVER osea e bP SO Mle bh Be oh SO AAA BOE 216 13 1 1 General Security Principles s soria ae a aa Ee e
183. M started from the VirtualBox Manager is capable of running virtual machines re motely it is not convenient to have to run the full fledged GUI if you never want to have VMs displayed locally in the first place In particular if you are running server hardware whose only purpose is to host VMs and all your VMs are supposed to run remotely over VRDP then it is pointless to have a graphical user interface on the server at all especially since on a Linux or Solaris host the VirtualBox manager comes with dependencies on the Qt and SDL libraries This is inconvenient if you would rather not have the X Window system on your server at all 103 7 Remote virtual machines VirtualBox therefore comes with yet another front end called VBoxHeadless which produces no visible output on the host at all but instead only delivers VRDP data This front end has no dependencies on the X Window system on Linux and Solaris hosts To start a virtual machine with VBoxHeadless you have three options e You can use VBoxManage startvm VM name type headless The extra type option causes VirtualBox to use VBoxHeadless as the front end to the internal virtualization engine instead of the Qt front end e One alternative is to use VBoxHeadless directly as follows VBoxHeadless startvm lt uuid name gt This way of starting the VM helps troubleshooting problems reported by VBoxManage startvm because you can see sometimes more detailed error mes
184. MAY ARISE BY REASON OF TRADE USAGE CUSTOM OR COURSE OF DEALING WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE SOFT WARE IS PROVIDED AS IS AND THAT THE AUTHORS DO NOT WARRANT THE SOFTWARE WILL RUN UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR FREE LIMITED LIABILITY THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO RESULTS AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE IS ASSUMED BY YOU UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT INCIDEN TAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT WARRANTY TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE SOFTWARE EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED ON THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE OR IF SUCH DAMAGE COULD HAVE BEEN REASONABLY FORESEEN AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY EXCLUSIVE REMEDY PROVIDED SUCH LIMI TATION ON DAMAGES INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOOD WILL LOST PROFITS LOSS OF DATA OR SOFTWARE WORK STOPPAGE COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION OR IMPAIRMENT OF OTHER GOODS IN NO EVENT WILL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR THE COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS SOFTWARE IS NOT DESIGNED FOR USE IN ON LINE EQUIP 329 16 Third party materials and licenses MENT IN HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTS SUCH AS OPERATION OF NUCLEAR FACILITIES AIR CRAFT NAVIGATION OR CONTROL OR LIFE CRITICAL APPLICATIONS THE AUTHORS EX PRESSLY DISCLAIM
185. MM re initizalize VT x and AMD V after host suspend or hibernate some BIOSes forget this Windows hosts only bug 5421 VMM fixed loading of saved state when RAM preallocation is enabled BIOS ignore unknown shutdown codes instead of causing a guru meditation bug 5389 GUI never start a VM on a single click into the selector window bug 2676 Serial reduce the probability of lost bytes if the host end is connected to a raw file VMDK fixed handling of split image variants and fix a 3 0 10 regression bug 5355 277 15 Change log VRDP fixed occasional VRDP server crash Network even if the virtual network cable was disconnected some guests were able to send receive packets E1000 bug 5366 Network even if the virtual network cable was disconnected the PCNet card received some spurious packets which might confuse the guest bug 4496 Shared Folders fixed changing case of file names bug 2520 Windows Additions fixed crash in seamless mode contributed by Huihong Luo Linux Additions fixed writing to files opened in O_ APPEND mode bug 3805 Solaris Additions fixed regression in Guest Additions driver which among other things caused lost guest property updates and periodic error messages being written to the system log 15 43 Version 3 0 10 2009 10 29 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM guest SMP stability fixes VMM fixed guru meditation with nested paging and
186. MP guests bug 8755 SATA fixed guest disk corruption under rare circumstances only relevant for guests with more than 2GB RAM bug 8826 Storage fixed data corruption after a snapshot was taken with asynchronous I O enabled bug 8498 Floppy several improvement HPET another fix for time jumps bug 8707 USB use correct permissions when creating dev vboxusb Linux hosts only 250 15 Change log USB removed assumption that string descriptors are null terminated Windows hosts only 3D support fixed a potential crash when resizing the guest window 3D support fixed GNOME 3 rendering under Ubuntu 11 04 and Fedora 15 Snapshots fixed another bug which could lose entries in the media registry when restoring a snapshot bug 8363 Shared Folders don t stop mounting the other valid folders if one host folder is inaccessible 4 0 6 regression Linux Additions check whether gcc and make are installed before building kernel modules bug 8795 Solaris Additions added support for X Org Server 1 10 Guest Additions fixed inappropriate Guest Additions update notification when using vendor specific version suffixes bug 8844 15 26 Version 4 0 6 2011 04 21 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed incorrect handling of ballooned pages when restoring a VMM from a saved state VMM don t crash on hosts with more than 64 cores hyperthreads implemented support for up
187. Manage setextradata VM name VRDP Feature Client DisableDisplay 7 2 Teleporting Starting with version 3 1 VirtualBox supports teleporting that is moving a virtual machine over a network from one VirtualBox host to another while the virtual machine is running This works regardless of the host operating system that is running on the hosts you can teleport virtual machines between Solaris and Mac hosts for example Teleporting requires that a machine be currently running on one host which is then called the source The host to which the virtual machine will be teleported will then be called the target the machine on the target is then configured to wait for the source to contact the target The machine s running state will then be transferred from the source to the target with minimal downtime Teleporting happens over any TCP IP network the source and the target only need to agree on a TCP IP port which is specified in the teleporting settings At this time there are a few prerequisites for this to work however 1 On the target host you must configure a virtual machine in VirtualBox with exactly the same hardware settings as the machine on the source that you want to teleport This does not apply to settings which are merely descriptive such as the VM name but obviously for teleporting to work the target machine must have the same amount of memory and other hardware settings Otherwise teleporting will fail w
188. N my host address Note that rdesktop vrdp can access USB devices only through proc bus usb Please refer to chapter 12 7 7 USB not working page 214 for further details on how to properly set up the permissions Furthermore it is advisable to disable automatic loading of any host driver on the remote host which might work on USB devices to ensure that the devices are accessible by the RDP client Ifthe setup was properly done on the remote host plug unplug events are visible on the VBox log file of the VM 7 1 5 RDP authentication For each virtual machine that is remotely accessible via RDP you can individually determine if and how client connections are authenticated For this use VBoxManage modifyvm command with the vrdeauthtype option see chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 123 for a gen eral introduction Three methods of authentication are available e The null method means that there is no authentication at all any client can connect to the VRDP server and thus the virtual machine This is of course very insecure and only to be recommended for private networks e The external method provides external authentication through a special authentication library VirtualBox ships with two such authentication libraries 1 The default authentication library VBoxAuth authenticates against user credentials of the hosts Depending on the host platform this means On Linux hosts VBoxAuth so authenticates users aga
189. NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEM PLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS IN TERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CON TRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 16 2 10 libpng license The PNG Reference Library is supplied AS IS The Contributing Authors and Group 42 Inc disclaim all warranties expressed or implied including without limitation the warranties of merchantability and of fitness for any purpose The Contributing Authors and Group 42 Inc assume no liability for direct indirect incidental special exemplary or consequential damages which may result from the use of the PNG Reference Library even if advised of the possibility of such damage Permission is hereby granted to use copy modify and distribute this source code or portions hereof for any purpose without fee subject to the following restrictions 1 The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented 2 Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original source 3 This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from any sou
190. NTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 16 2 24 libffi license Copyright c 1996 2012 Anthony Green Red Hat Inc and others See source files for details Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restric tion including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or sub stantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LI ABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WI
191. Next reload the vboxnet driver using add_drv vboxnet Now plumb all the interfaces using ifconfig vboxnetX plumb where X can be 0 1 or 2 in this case and once plumbed you can then configure the interface like any other network interface To make your newly added interfaces settings persistent across reboots you will need to edit the files etc netmasks and if you are using NWAM etc nwam 1lp and add the appropriate entries to set the netmask and static IP for each of those interfaces The VirtualBox installer only updates these configuration files for the one vboxnet0 interface it creates by default 177 9 Advanced topics 9 18 Configuring the VirtualBox CoreDumper on Solaris hosts VirtualBox is capable of producing its own core files for extensive debugging when things go wrong Currently this is only available on Solaris hosts The VirtualBox CoreDumper can be enabled using the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 CoreDumpEnabled 1 You can specify which directory to use for core dumps with this command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 CoreDumpDir lt path to directory gt Make sure the directory you specify is on a volume with sufficient free space and that the VirtualBox process has sufficient permissions to write files to this directory If you skip this command and don t specify any core dump directory the current directory of the VirtualBox exe cutable will be used w
192. O ox _ bl The known media are conveniently grouped in three tabs for the three possible formats These formats are e Hard disk images either in VirtualBox s own Virtual Disk Image VDD format or in the third party formats listed in the previous chapter e CD DVD images in standard ISO format e floppy images in standard RAW format As you can see in the screenshot above for each image the Virtual Media Manager shows you the full path of the image file and other information such as the virtual machine the image is currently attached to if any The Virtual Media Manager allows you to e remove an image from the registry and optionally delete the image file when doing so e release an image that is detach it from a virtual machine if it is currently attached to one as a virtual hard disk Starting with version 4 0 to create new disk images please use the Storage page in a virtual machine s settings dialog because disk images are now by default stored in each machine s own folder Hard disk image files can be copied onto other host systems and imported into virtual machines there although certain guest systems notably Windows 2000 and XP will require that the new virtual machine be set up in a similar way to the old one Note Do not simply make copies of virtual disk images If you import such a second copy into a virtual machine VirtualBox will complain with an error since VirtualBox assigns
193. OR OTHERWISE SHALL YOU THE INITIAL DEVELOPER ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF COVERED CODE OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER IN CLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL WORK STOPPAGE COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION OR ANY AND ALL OTHER COMMERCIAL DAM AGES OR LOSSES EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES THIS LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SHALL NOT APPLY TO LIABILITY FOR 320 16 Third party materials and licenses DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY RESULTING FROM SUCH PARTY S NEGLIGENCE TO THE EX TENT APPLICABLE LAW PROHIBITS SUCH LIMITATION SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT AL LOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THIS EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU 10 U S GOVERNMENT END USERS The Covered Code is a commercial item as that term is defined in 48 C F R 2 101 Oct 1995 consisting of commercial computer software and commercial computer software documentation as such terms are used in 48 C F R 12 212 Sept 1995 Consistent with 48 C F R 12 212 and 48 C F R 227 7202 1 through 227 7202 4 June 1995 all U S Government End Users acquire Covered Code with only those rights set forth herein 11 MISCELLANEOUS This License represents the complete agreement concerning subject matter hereof If any provision o
194. PCOM cross platform com ponent object model for inter and intra process communication IPC The process VBoxSVC serves as a communication hub between different VirtualBox processes and maintains the global configuration i e the XML database When starting a VirtualBox component the processes VBoxSVC and VirtualBoxXPCOMIPCD are started automatically They are only accessible from the user account they are running under VBoxSVC owns the VirtualBox configuration database which normally resides in config VirtualBox or the appropriate configuration directory 213 12 Troubleshooting for your operating system While it is running the configuration files are locked Communication between the various VirtualBox components and VBoxSVC is performed through a local domain socket residing in tmp vbox lt username gt ipc In case there are communication problems i e a VirtualBox application cannot communicate with VBoxSVC terminate the daemons and remove the local domain socket directory 12 7 7 USB not working If USB is not working on your Linux host make sure that the current user is a member of the vboxusers group On older hosts you need to make sure that the user has permission to access the USB filesystem usbfs which VirtualBox relies on to retrieve valid information about your host s USB devices The rest of this section only applies to those older systems As usbfs is a virtual filesystem a chmod on proc bus usb has no effec
195. RACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT IN CLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 16 2 22 NetBSD license Copyright c 1992 1993 The Regents of the University of California All rights reserved This software was developed by the Computer Systems Engineering group at Lawrence Berke ley Laboratory under DARPA contract BG 91 66 and contributed to Berkeley Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DIS CLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DI RECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY
196. SMP guests bug 5222 VMM changed VT x AMD V usage to detect other active hypervisors necessary for e g Windows 7 XP compatibility mode Windows amp Mac OS X hosts only bug 4239 VMM guru meditation during SCO OpenServer installation and reboot VT x only bug 5164 VMM fixed accessed bit handling in certain cases bug 5248 VMM fixed VPID flushing VT x only VMM fixed broken nested paging for 64 bits guests on 32 bits hosts AMD V only bug 5285 VMM fixed loading of old saved states snapshots bug 3984 Mac OS X hosts fixed memory leaks bug 5084 Mac OS X hosts Snow Leopard fixed redraw problem in a dual screen setup bug 4942 Windows hosts installer updates for Windows 7 Solaris hosts out of memory handled incorrectly bug 5241 Solaris hosts the previous fix for 5077 broke the DVD host support on Solaris 10 VBox 3 0 8 regression Linux hosts fixed module compilation against Linux 2 6 32rc4 and later Guest Additions fixed possible guest OS kernel memory exhaustion Guest Additions fixed stability issues with SMP guests Windows Additions fixed color depth issue with low resolution hosts netbooks etc bug 4935 278 15 Change log Windows Additions fixed NO_MORE_FILES error when saving to shared folders bug 4106 Windows Additions fixed subdirectory creation on shared folders bug 4299 Linux Additions sendfile returned EOVERFLOW when executed on a shared folder bug 2921 L
197. T The host to bind the web service to local host PORT The port to bind the web service to 18083 SSL_KEYFILE Server key and certificate file PEM format SSL_PASSWORDFILE File name for password to server key SSL_CACERT CA certificate file PEM format SSL_CAPATH CA certificate path SSL_DHFILE DH file name or DH key length in bits SSL_RANDFILE File containing seed for random number generator TIMEOUT Session timeout in seconds 0 disables timeouts 300 CHECK_INTERVAL Frequency of timeout checks in seconds 5 THREADS Maximum number of worker threads to run in parallel 100 KEEPALIVE Maximum number of requests before a socket will be 100 closed ROTATE Number of log files 0 disables log rotation 10 LOGSIZE Maximum size of a log file in bytes to trigger rotation 1MB LOGINTERVAL Maximum time interval in seconds to trigger log rotation 1 day Setting the parameter SSL_KEYFILE enables the SSL TLS support Using encryption is strongly encouraged as otherwise everything including passwords is transferred in clear text 182 9 Advanced topics 9 20 2 Solaris starting the web service via SMF On Solaris hosts the VirtualBox web service daemon is integrated into the SMF framework You can change the parameters but don t have to if the defaults below already match your needs svccfg s svc application virtualbox webservice default setprop config host localhost svccfg s svc application virtualbox webservice default setprop config p
198. TH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 337 16 Third party materials and licenses 16 2 25 FLTK license December 11 2001 The FLTK library and included programs are provided under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License LGPL with the following exceptions 1 Modifications to the FLTK configure script config header file and makefiles by themselves to support a specific platform do not constitute a modified or derivative work The authors do request that such modifications be contributed to the FLTK project send all contributions through the Software Trouble Report on the following page http www fltk org str php 2 Widgets that are subclassed from FLTK widgets do not constitute a derivative work 3 Static linking of applications and widgets to the FLTK library does not constitute a deriva tive work and does not require the author to provide source code for the application or widget use the shared FLTK libraries or link their applications or widgets against a user supplied version of FLTK If you link the application or widget to a modified version of FLTK then the changes to FLTK must be provided under the terms of the LGPL in sections 1 2 and 4 4 You do not have to provide a copy of the FLTK license with programs that are linked to the FLTK library nor do you have to identify the FLTK license in your program or documenta tion as required by section 6 of the LGPL However
199. THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 16 2 5 X Consortium License X11 Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction in cluding without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or sub stantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LI ABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 16 2 6 zlib license This software is provided as is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to alter it and redistribute i
200. TION OPTION where OPTION is one of the following keywords General Don t show the General settings pane Input Don t show the Input settings pane Update Don t show the Update settings pane Language Don t show the Language settings pane Display Don t show the Display settings pane Network Don t show the Network settings pane Extensions Don t show the Extensions settings pane Proxy Don t show the Proxy settings pane This is a global setting Any combination of the above is allowed To restore the default behavior use VBoxManage setextradata global GUI RestrictedGlobalSettingsPages 179 9 Advanced topics 9 19 4 Configure VM window menu entries You can disable i e black list certain menu actions in the VM window VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedRuntimeMenus OPTION OPTION where OPTION is one of the following keywords All Don t show any menu in the VM window Machine Don t show the Machine menu in the VM window View Don t show the View menu in the VM window Devices Don t show the Devices menu in the VM window Help Don t show the Help menu in the VM window Debug Don t show the Debug menu in the VM window The debug menu is only visible if the GUI was started with special command line parameters or environment variable settings This is a per VM setting Any combination of the above is allowed To restore the default behavior use VBoxManage setextradata VM
201. USB passthrough Passing USB devices to the guest provides the guest full access to these devices see chapter 3 10 1 USB settings page 55 For instance in addition to reading and writing the content of the partitions of an external USB disk the guest will be also able to read and write the partition table and hardware data of that disk 13 3 3 Configuring and Using Authentication The following components of VirtualBox can use passwords for authentication 218 13 Security guide When using remote iSCSI storage and the storage server requires authentication an initia tor secret can optionally be supplied with the VBoxManage storageattach command As long as no settings password is provided command line option settingspwfile this secret is stored unencrypted in the machine configuration and is therefore poten tially readable on the host See chapter 5 10 iSCSI servers page 90 and chapter 8 18 VBoxManage storageattach page 135 When using the VirtualBox web service to control a VirtualBox host remotely connections to the web service are authenticated in various ways This is described in detail in the VirtualBox Software Development Kit SDK reference please see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 199 13 3 4 Potentially insecure operations The following features of VirtualBox can present security problems Enabling 3D graphics via the Guest Additions exposes the host to additional security risks see
202. USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name of Daniel Veillard shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from him Licence for libexslt Copyright C 2001 2002 Thomas Broyer Charlie Bozeman and Daniel Veillard All Rights Reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restric tion including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or sub stantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNEC TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name of the authors shall not be used in ad
203. VM s virtual network cards accessible from other machines on your physical network Python Support This package contains Python scripting support for the VirtualBox API see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 199 For this to work an already working Windows Python installation on the system is required Depending on your Windows configuration you may see warnings about unsigned drivers or similar Please select Continue on these warnings as otherwise VirtualBox might not function correctly after installation 1See for example http www python org download windows 34 2 Installation details The installer will create a VirtualBox group in the Windows Start menu which allows you to launch the application and access its documentation With standard settings VirtualBox will be installed for all users on the local system In case this is not wanted you have to invoke the installer by first extracting it by using VirtualBox exe extract and then do as follows VirtualBox exe msiparams ALLUSERS 2 or msiexec i VirtualBox lt version gt MultiArch_ lt x86 amd64 gt msi ALLUSERS 2 on the extracted MSI files This will install VirtualBox only for the current user If you do not want to install all features of VirtualBox you can set the optional ADDLOCAL parameter to explicitly name the features to be installed The following features are available VBoxApplication Main binaries of Virt
204. VM with an error if the guest is trying to switch to the PAE mode but PAE is disabled in the VM settings GUI switch to native file dialogs Windows hosts only bug 5459 GUI don t use native file dialogs on KDE hosts Linux hosts only bug 6809 3D support fixed GL_EXT_texture_sRGB support PXE fixed ZENworks PXE boot regression OVF fixed slower export and larger images under certain circumstances 3 2 6 regression bug 7073 USB properly signal an interrupt if the port suspend status changes USB respect the remote only filter USB avoid VM hang when changing the configuration of certain devices Windows hosts only USB fix a crash with older Linux kernels and non ASCII characters in device strings Linux hosts only bug 6983 PageFusion fixed conflict with the guest execution feature PageFusion fixed stability issues with a large number of VMs PageFusion fixed host crashes with guest SMP and Win64 guests Memory ballooning fixed problems restoring VMs with pre allocation enabled Bridged networking fixed performance issue with GRO enabled on bridged device bug 7059 262 15 Change log Hostonly networking fixed performance issue 3 2 6 regression bug 7081 Hard disks fix auto reset of immutable disk at VM startup bug 6832 BusLogic several fixes for Windows NT 2000 and SCO OpenServer guests LsiLogic fixed I O errors under rare circumstances Sharing disks support for attaching one disk to several VM
205. VirtualBox to the opt VirtualBox directory and activate the ini tialization script using the right method for your distribution You should create VirtualBox s configuration file mkdir etc vbox echo INSTALL_DIR opt VirtualBox gt etc vbox vbox cfg and for convenience create the following symbolic links ln sf opt VirtualBox VBox sh usr bin VirtualBox ln sf opt VirtualBox VBox sh usr bin VBoxManage ln sf opt VirtualBox VBox sh usr bin VBoxHeadless ln sf opt VirtualBox VBox sh usr bin VBoxSDL 2 3 3 4 Updating and uninstalling VirtualBox Before updating or uninstalling VirtualBox you must terminate any virtual machines which are currently running and exit the VirtualBox or VBoxSVC applications To update VirtualBox simply run the installer of the updated version To uninstall VirtualBox invoke the installer like this sudo VirtualBox run uninstall or as root VirtualBox run uninstall Starting with version 2 2 2 you can uninstall the run package by invoking opt VirtualBox uninstall sh To manually uninstall VirtualBox simply undo the steps in the manual installation in reverse order 2 3 3 5 Automatic installation of Debian packages The Debian packages will request some user feedback when installed for the first time The debconf system is used to perform this task To prevent any user interaction during installation default values can be defined A file vboxconf can contain the following debconf se
206. a hard disk to more than one VM at a time API added methods to return network configuration information of the host system Shared Folders performance and stability fixes for Windows guests Microsoft Office Ap plications 15 55 Version 2 0 8 2009 03 10 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed guest hangs when restoring VI x or AMD V saved states snapshots VMM fixed memory allocation issues which can cause VM start failures with VERR_PGM_ MAPPING CONFLICT error VMM fixed host crashes hangs on certain 32 bits Windows systems when running Linux guests bugs 1606 2269 2763 XPCOM Main fixed synchronization bug caused by SYSV semaphore key collisions ATA fixed deadlock when pausing VM due to problems with the virtual disk e g disk full iSCSI target unavailable 298 15 Change log iSCSI fixed possible crash when pausing the VM iSCSI fix PDU validity checking and detect final PDU reliably VBoxHeadless really don t start X11 services clipboard service 3D acceleration Solaris Darwin hosts only bug 3199 Networking fixed issue where a VM could lose connectivity after a reboot Linux hosts fixed occasional kernel oopses bug 2556 Solaris hosts fixed high CPU load while running many guests in parallel Solaris hosts fixed inability to start more than 128 VMs Solaris Web services fixed SMF script to set home directory correctly Linux Additions fixed occas
207. a high and non standard video modes as well as accelerated video performance In addition with Windows Linux and Solaris guests you can resize the virtual machine s window if the Guest Additions are installed The video resolution in the guest will be au tomatically adjusted as if you had manually entered an arbitrary resolution in the guest s display settings Please see chapter 1 8 5 Resizing the machine s window page 24 also Finally if the Guest Additions are installed 3D graphics and 2D video for guest applications can be accelerated see chapter 4 4 Hardware accelerated graphics page 72 Seamless windows With this feature the individual windows that are displayed on the desktop of the virtual machine can be mapped on the host s desktop as if the underlying application was actually running on the host See chapter 4 5 Seamless windows page 73 for details 59 4 Guest Additions Generic host guest communication channels The Guest Additions enable you to control and monitor guest execution in ways other than those mentioned above The so called guest properties provide a generic string based mechanism to exchange data bits between a guest and a host some of which have special meanings for controlling and monitoring the guest see chapter 4 6 Guest properties page 74 for details Additionally applications can be started in a guest from the host see chapter 4 7 Guest control page 76 Time synchronization With the
208. a host device Solaris hosts fixed incompatibility between IPSEC and host interface networking 299 15 Change log Solaris hosts fixed a rare race condition while powering off VMs with host interface net working Solaris hosts fixed VBoxSDL on Solaris 10 by shipping the required SDL library bug 2475 Windows Additions fixed logged in users reporting via guest properties when using native RDP connections Windows Additions fixed Vista crashes when accessing shared folders under certain cir cumstances bug 2461 Windows Additions fixed shared folders access with MS Office bug 2591 Linux Additions fixed compilation of vboxvfs ko for 64 bit guests bug 2550 SDK added JAX WS port caching to speedup connections 15 57 Version 2 0 4 2008 10 24 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM better error reporting for VT x failures VMM don t overflow the release log with PATM messages bug 1775 VMM fixed save state restore in real mode software virtualization only GUI work around a Qt bug on Mac OS X bug 2321 GUI properly install the Qt4 accessible plugin bug 629 SATA error message when starting a VM with a VMDK connected to a SATA port bug 2182 SATA fixed Guru mediation when booting OpenSolaris 64 most likely applies to other guests as well bug 2292 Network don t crash when changing the adapter link state if no host driver is attached bug 2333 VHD
209. a machine is running those settings will then have a corresponding subcommand with the VBoxManage controlvm subcommand see chapter 8 13 VBoxManage controlvm page 132 8 8 1 General settings The following general settings are available through VBoxManage modifyvm e name lt name gt This changes the VM s name and possibly renames the internal virtual machine files as described with VBoxManage createvm above e ostype lt ostype gt This specifies what guest operating system is supposed to run in the VM To learn about the various identifiers that can be used here use VBoxManage list ostypes memory lt memorysize gt This sets the amount of RAM in MB that the virtual machine should allocate for itself from the host See the remarks in chapter 1 7 Creating your first virtual machine page 18 for more information e vram lt vramsize gt This sets the amount of RAM that the virtual graphics card should have See chapter 3 5 Display settings page 50 for details e acpi on off ioapic on off These two determine whether the VM should have ACPI and I O APIC support respectively see chapter 3 4 1 Motherboard tab page 48 for details e hardwareuuid lt uuid gt The UUID presented to the guest via memory tables DMI SMBIOS hardware and guest properties By default this is the same as the VM uuid Useful when cloning a VM Teleporting takes care of this automatically 123 8 VBoxManage cpus lt
210. a unique identifier UUID to each disk image to make sure it is only used once See chapter 5 6 Cloning disk images page 87 for instructions on this matter Also if you want to copy a virtual machine to another system VirtualBox has an import export facility that might be better suited for your needs see chapter 1 14 Importing and exporting virtual machines page 30 83 5 Virtual storage 5 4 Special image write modes For each virtual disk image supported by VirtualBox you can determine separately how it should be affected by write operations from a virtual machine and snapshot operations This applies to all of the aforementioned image formats VDI VMDK VHD or HDD and irrespective of whether an image is fixed size or dynamically allocated By default images are in normal mode To mark an existing image with one of the non standard modes listed below use VBoxManage modifyhd see chapter 8 23 VBoxManage modi fyhd page 139 Alternatively use VBoxManage to attach the image to a VM and use the mtype argument see chapter 8 18 VBoxManage storageattach page 135 1 With normal images the default setting there are no restrictions on how guests can read from and write to the disk When you take a snapshot of your virtual machine as described in chapter 1 10 Snapshots page 26 the state of such a normal hard disk will be recorded together with the snapshot and when reverting to the snapshot its state wi
211. a value of 0 needs to be set not recommended copyto which allows copying files from the host to the guest only with installed Guest Additions 4 0 and later VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt copyto cp lt guest source gt lt host dest gt username lt name gt passwordfile lt file gt password lt password gt dryrun follow recursive verbose where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory source on host Absolute path of source file s on host to copy over to the guest e g C Windows System32 calc exe This also can be a wildcard expression e g C Windows System32 dll destination on guest Absolute destination path on the guest e g C Temp username lt name gt Name of the user the copy process should run under This user must exist on the guest OS passwordfile lt file gt Password of the user account specified to be read from the given file If not given an empty password is assumed password lt password gt Password of the user account specified with username If not given an empty password is assumed dryrun Tells VBoxManage to only perform a dry run instead of really copying files to the guest follow Enables following symlinks on the host s source recursive Recursively copies files directories of the specified source verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose flags lt flags gt Additional flags to set This is not use
212. a value of Apartment has to be created To set credentials use the following command on a running VM VBoxManage controlvm Windows XP setcredentials John Doe secretpassword DOMTEST While the VM is running the credentials can be queried by the VirtualBox logon modules GINA or credential provider using the VirtualBox Guest Additions device driver When Win dows is in logged out mode the logon modules will constantly poll for credentials and if they 156 9 Advanced topics are present a logon will be attempted After retrieving the credentials the logon modules will erase them so that the above command will have to be repeated for subsequent logons For security reasons credentials are not stored in any persistent manner and will be lost when the VM is reset Also the credentials are write only i e there is no way to retrieve the credentials from the host side Credentials can be reset from the host side by setting empty values Depending on the particular variant of the Windows guest the following restrictions apply 1 For Windows XP guests the logon subsystem needs to be configured to use the classic logon dialog as the VirtualBox GINA module does not support the XP style welcome dialog 2 For Windows Vista Windows 7 and Windows 8 guests the logon subsystem does not support the so called Secure Attention Sequence CTRL ALT DEL As a result the guest s group policy settings need to be changed to not use
213. achine using a shared folder see see chapter 4 3 Shared folders page 69 12 3 6 Windows guests may cause a high CPU load Several background applications of Windows guests especially virus scanners are known to increases the CPU load notably even if the guest appears to be idle We recommend to deactivate virus scanners within virtualized guests if possible 12 3 7 Long delays when accessing shared folders The performance for accesses to shared folders from a Windows guest might be decreased due to delays during the resolution of the VirtualBox shared folders name service To fix these de lays add the following entries to the file windows system32 drivers etc lmhosts of the Windows guest 255 255 255 255 VBOXSVR PRE 255 255 255 255 VBOXSRV PRE After doing this change a reboot of the guest is required 12 3 8 USB tablet coordinates wrong in Windows 98 guests If a Windows 98 VM is configured to use the emulated USB tablet absolute pointing device the coordinate translation may be incorrect and the pointer is restricted to the upper left quarter of the guest s screen The USB HID Human Interface Device drivers in Windows 98 are very old and do not handle tablets the same way all more recent operating systems do Windows 2000 and later Mac OS X Solaris To work around the problem issue the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal USB HidMouse 0 Config CoordShift 0 To restore the default be
214. ackets through the default interface assigned by the host s TCP IP stack The technical reason for this is that the NAT engine uses sockets for communication If for some reason you want to change this behavior you can tell the NAT engine to bind to a particular IP address instead Use the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natbindip1 10 45 0 2 After this all outgoing traffic will be sent through the interface with the IP address 10 45 0 2 Please make sure that this interface is up and running prior to this assignment 9 11 5 Enabling DNS proxy in NAT mode The NAT engine by default offers the same DNS servers to the guest that are configured on the host In some scenarios it can be desirable to hide the DNS server IPs from the guest for example when this information can change on the host due to expiring DHCP leases In this case you can tell the NAT engine to act as DNS proxy using the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natdnsproxyl on 9 11 6 Using the host s resolver as a DNS proxy in NAT mode For resolving network names the DHCP server of the NAT engine offers a list of registered DNS servers of the host If for some reason you need to hide this DNS server list and use the host s resolver settings thereby forcing the VirtualBox NAT engine to intercept DNS requests and forward them to host s resolver use the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natdnshostresolverl on Note
215. ad first entry in the ps list For example when switching away to another VT and saving the virtual machine from this terminal the following sequence can be used to make sure the VM is not saved with stuck modifiers kill usrl lt pid gt VBoxManage controlvm Windows 2000 savestate 155 9 Advanced topics 9 2 Automated guest logons VirtualBox provides Guest Addition modules for Windows Linux and Solaris to enable automated logons on the guest When a guest operating system is running in a virtual machine it might be desirable to perform coordinated and automated logons using credentials from a master logon system With cre dentials we are referring to logon information consisting of user name password and domain name where each value might be empty 9 2 1 Automated Windows guest logons Since Windows NT Windows has provided a modular system logon subsystem Winlogon which can be customized and extended by means of so called GINA modules Graphical Iden tification and Authentication With Windows Vista and Windows 7 the GINA modules were replaced with a new mechanism called credential providers The VirtualBox Guest Additions for Windows come with both a GINA and a credential provider module and therefore enable any Windows guest to perform automated logons To activate the VirtualBox GINA or credential provider module install the Guest Additions with using the command line switch with_autologon All
216. ad User while disabling CPU Load Kernel is not supported The host and VMs have different sets of associated metrics Available metrics can be listed with VBoxManage metrics list subcommand A complete metric name may include an aggregate function The name has the following form Category Metric SubMetric aggregate For example RAM Usage Free min stands for the minimum amount of available memory over all retained data if applied to the host object Subcommands may apply to all objects and metrics or can be limited to one object or and a list of metrics If no objects or metrics are given in the parameters the subcommands will apply to all available metrics of all objects You may use an asterisk to explicitly specify that the command should be applied to all objects or metrics Use host as the object name to limit the scope of the command to host related metrics To limit the scope to a subset of metrics use a metric list with names separated by commas For example to query metric data on the CPU time spent in user and kernel modes by the virtual machine named test you can use the following command VBoxManage metrics query test CPU Load User CPU Load Kernel The following list summarizes the available subcommands 151 8 VBoxManage list This subcommand shows the parameters of the currently existing metrics Note that VM specific metrics are only available when a particular VM is running setup This subcommand
217. after acquired in cluding without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any patent Licensable by grantor 1 11 Source Code means the preferred form of the Covered Code for making modifications to it including all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files scripts used to control compilation and installation of an Executable or source code differential comparisons against either the Original Code or another well known available Covered Code of the Contribu tor s choice The Source Code can be in a compressed or archival form provided the appropriate decompression or de archiving software is widely available for no charge 1 12 You or Your means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under and complying with all of the terms of this License or a future version of this License issued under Section 6 1 For legal entities You includes any entity which controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this definition control means a the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of such entity whether by contract or otherwise or b ownership of more than fifty percent 50 of the outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity 2 Source Code License 2 1 The Initial Developer Grant The Initial Developer hereby grants You a world wide royalty free non exclusive license subject to third party
218. age storagectl and VBoxManage storageattach see chapter 8 19 VBoxManage storagectl page 137 and chapter 8 18 VBoxManage storageattach page 135 for details e To control VM operation use one of the following To start a VM that is currently powered off use VBoxManage startvm see chapter 8 12 VBoxManage startvm page 132 for details To pause or save a VM that is currently running or change some of its settings use VBoxManage controlvm see chapter 8 13 VBoxManage controlvm page 132 for de tails 8 2 Commands overview When running VBoxManage without parameters or when supplying an invalid command line the below syntax diagram will be shown Note that the output will be slightly different depending on the host platform when in doubt check the output of VBoxManage for the commands available on your particular host Usage VBoxManage lt general option gt lt command gt General Options v version print version number and exit q nologo suppress the logo settingspw lt pw gt provide the settings password settingspwfile lt file gt provide a file containing the settings password Commands list long 1 vms runningvms ostypes hostdvds hostfloppies intnets bridgedifs natnets dhcpservers hostinfo hostinfo hostcpuids hddbackends hdds dvds floppies usbhost usbfilters systemproperties extpacks groups webcams showvminfo lt uuid vmname gt details machinereadable
219. al computer s hardware is no longer supported by that Operating system e Easier software installations Software vendors can use virtual machines to ship entire software configurations For example installing a complete mail server solution on a real machine can be a tedious task With VirtualBox such a complex setup then often called an appliance can be packed into a virtual machine Installing and running a mail server becomes as easy as importing such an appliance into VirtualBox e Testing and disaster recovery Once installed a virtual machine and its virtual hard disks can be considered a container that can be arbitrarily frozen woken up copied backed up and transported between hosts On top of that with the use of another VirtualBox feature called snapshots one can save a particular state of a virtual machine and revert back to that state if necessary This way one can freely experiment with a computing environment If something goes wrong e g after installing misbehaving software or infecting the guest with a virus one can easily switch back to a previous snapshot and avoid the need of frequent backups and restores Any number of snapshots can be created allowing you to travel back and forward in virtual machine time You can delete snapshots while a VM is running to reclaim disk space e Infrastructure consolidation Virtualization can significantly reduce hardware and elec tricity costs Most of the t
220. al machine running the following chapter describes in detail how to configure virtual machines You have considerable latitude in deciding what virtual hardware will be provided to the guest The virtual hardware can be used for communicating with the host system or with other guests For instance if you provide VirtualBox with the image of a CD ROM in an ISO file VirtualBox can present this image to a guest system as if it were a physical CD ROM Similarly you can give a guest system access to the real network via its virtual network card and if you so choose give the host system other guests or computers on the Internet access to the guest system 3 1 Supported guest operating systems Since VirtualBox is designed to provide a generic virtualization environment for x86 systems it may run operating systems of any kind even those not listed here However the focus is to optimize VirtualBox for the following guest systems Windows NT 4 0 All versions editions and service packs are fully supported however there are some issues with older service packs We recommend to install service pack 6a Guest Additions are available with a limited feature set Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 Vista Server 2008 Windows 7 Windows 8 Server 2012 All versions editions and service packs are fully supported including 64 bit versions un der the preconditions listed below Guest Additions are available DOS Windows 3 x 95 98 ME Limit
221. al machines This must be specified in megabytes For details see chapter 4 8 1 Memory ballooning page 76 The cpuexecutioncap lt 1 100 gt This operation controls how much cpu time a virtual CPU can use A value of 50 implies a single virtual CPU can use up to 50 of a single host CPU 133 8 VBoxManage 8 14 VBoxManage discardstate This command discards the saved state of a virtual machine which is not currently running which will cause its operating system to restart next time you start it This is the equivalent of pulling out the power cable on a physical machine and should be avoided if possible 8 15 VBoxManage adoptstate If you have a saved state file sav that is separate from the VM configuration you can use this command to adopt the file This will change the VM to saved state and when you start it VirtualBox will attempt to restore it from the saved state file you indicated This command should only be used in special setups 8 16 VBoxManage snapshot This command is used to control snapshots from the command line A snapshot consists of a complete copy of the virtual machine settings copied at the time when the snapshot was taken and optionally a virtual machine saved state file if the snapshot was taken while the machine was running After a snapshot has been taken VirtualBox creates differencing hard disk for each normal hard disk associated with the machine so that when a snapshot is restored the conten
222. alBox s utility and import that instead Note that newer Linux distributions identify the boot hard disk from the ID of the drive The ID VirtualBox reports for a drive is determined from the UUID of the virtual disk image So if you clone a disk image and try to boot the copied image the guest might not be able to determine its own boot disk as the UUID changed In this case you have to adapt the disk ID in your boot loader script for example boot grub menu lst The disk ID looks like this scsi SATA_VBOX_HARDDISK_VB5cfdble2 c251e503 The ID for the copied image can be determined with hdparm i dev sda 87 5 Virtual storage 5 7 Host I O caching Starting with version 3 2 VirtualBox can optionally disable the I O caching that the host operat ing system would otherwise perform on disk image files Traditionally VirtualBox has opened disk image files as normal files which results in them being cached by the host operating system like any other file The main advantage of this is speed when the guest OS writes to disk and the host OS cache uses delayed writing the write operation can be reported as completed to the guest OS quickly while the host OS can perform the operation asynchronously Also when you start a VM a second time and have enough memory available for the OS to use for caching large parts of the virtual disk may be in system memory and the VM can access the data much faster Note that this applies only to image fil
223. alled in the virtual machine e monitorcount lt count gt This enables multi monitor support see chapter 3 5 Display settings page 50 e usb on off This option enables or disables the VM s virtual USB controller see chapter 3 10 1 USB settings page 55 for details e usbehci on off This option enables or disables the VM s virtual USB 2 0 controller see chapter 3 10 1 USB settings page 55 for details 8 8 4 Remote machine settings The following settings that affect remote machine behavior are available through VBoxManage modifyvm e vrde on off With the VirtualBox graphical user interface this enables or disables the VirtualBox remote desktop extension VRDE server Note that if you are using VBoxHeadless see chapter 7 1 2 VBoxHeadless the remote desktop server page 103 VRDE is enabled by default e vrdeport default lt ports gt A port or a range of ports the VRDE server can bind to default or O means port 3389 the standard port for RDP You can specify a comma separated list of ports or ranges of ports Use a dash between two port numbers to spec ify a range The VRDE server will bind to one of available ports from the specified list Only one machine can use a given port at a time For example the option vrdeport 5000 5010 5012 will tell the server to bind to one of following ports 5000 5010 5011 or 5012 vrdeaddress lt IP address gt The IP address of the host network interface t
224. and fixed example bug 1642 15 58 Version 2 0 2 2008 09 12 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed inability to run more than one VM in parallel AMD V on CPUs with erratum 170 only bug 2167 VMM VT x stability fixes bug 2179 and others VMM fixed Linux 2 6 26 kernel crashes used by Ubuntu 8 10 Alpha Fedora 10 Alpha bug 1875 VMM fixed 64 bits Linux 2 6 26 kernel crashes Debian VMM fixed Vista 32 bits guest crash during boot when PAE and NX are enabled applied to 64 bits hosts with VT x enabled only VMM fixed OS 2 guest crashes during boot AMD V bug 2132 GUI fixed crash when trying to release an inaccessible image in the virtual disk manager GUI fixed invalid error message for a changed snapshot path even if that path wasn t changed bug 2064 GUI fixed crash when creating a new hard disk image bug 2060 GUI fixed crash when adding a hard disk in the VM settings bug 2081 GUI fixed a bug where VirtualBox isn t working with the new QGtkStyle plugin bug 2066 GUI fixed VM close dialog in seamless mode Mac OS X hosts only bug 2067 GUI fixed standard menu entries for NLS versions Mac OS X hosts only GUI disable the VI x AMD V setting when it s not supported by the CPU or on Mac OS X hosts VBoxManage fixed crash during internalcommands createrawvmdk bug 2184 301 15 Change log VBoxManage fixed output of snapshot sho
225. and line per VM basis extradata if available global extradata 9 21 1 Memory ballooning control The memory ballooning control inflates and deflates the memory balloon of VMs based on the VMs free memory and the desired maximum balloon size To set up the memory ballooning control the maximum ballooning size a VM can reach needs to be set This can be specified via command line with balloon max lt Size in MB gt on a per VM basis extradata value with VBoxManage setextradata lt VM Name gt VBoxInternal2 Watchdog BalloonCtrl BalloonSizeMax lt Size in MB gt or using a global extradata value with VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2 Watchdog BalloonCtrl BalloonSizeMax lt Size in MB gt Note If no maximum ballooning size is specified by at least one of the parameters above no ballooning will be performed at all Setting the ballooning increment in MB can be either done via command line with balloon inc lt Size in MB gt or using a global extradata value with VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2 Watchdog BalloonCtrl BalloonIncrementMB lt Size in MB gt Default ballooning increment is 256 MB if not specified Same goes with the ballooning decrement Via command line with balloon dec lt Size in MB gt or using a global extradata value with VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2 Watchdog BalloonCtrl BalloonDecrementMB lt Size in MB gt Default ballooning decrement is 128 MB if
226. angement are not mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties or the litigation claim is not withdrawn the rights granted by Participant to You under Sections 2 1 and or 2 2 automatically terminate at the expiration of the 60 day notice period specified above b any software hardware or device other than such Participant s Contributor Version di rectly or indirectly infringes any patent then any rights granted to You by such Participant under Sections 2 1 b and 2 2 b are revoked effective as of the date You first made used sold dis tributed or had made Modifications made by that Participant 8 3 If You assert a patent infringement claim against Participant alleging that such Partici pant s Contributor Version directly or indirectly infringes any patent where such claim is resolved such as by license or settlement prior to the initiation of patent infringement litigation then the reasonable value of the licenses granted by such Participant under Sections 2 1 or 2 2 shall be taken into account in determining the amount or value of any payment or license 8 4 In the event of termination under Sections 8 1 or 8 2 above all end user license agree ments excluding distributors and resellers which have been validly granted by You or any distributor hereunder prior to termination shall survive termination 9 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THE ORY WHETHER TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE CONTRACT
227. annot be used to change existing media geometry Settings global and per VM default frontend configuration useful to select the use of alternative VM frontends Settings limit depth of snapshot tree to 250 levels as more will lead to decreased perfor mance and may trigger crashes Settings the per VM hwvirtextexcl setting has been replaced by a global hwvirtexclusive property Main new event queue implementation which does not use the host s native event queue for processing VirtualBox events anymore Main eliminate the use of SysV semaphores on all host OSes other than Windows namely Linux Solaris and Mac OS X with the consequence that no system reconfiguration is needed to run more than approximately 100 VMs Main use the XDG standard configuration folder instead of VirtualBox on systems where it is appropriate bug 5099 Main extension pack framework can now support loading HGCM modules contributed by Jeff Westphal VBoxManage list more information about hard disk DVD floppy media and support the Long option to show really all available details VBoxManage added support for optional command line parameters for the automatic Guest Additions update VBoxManage added support for listing active guest sessions guest processes and or guest files via guestcontrol list lt all sessions processes files gt VBoxManage added support for closing active guest sessions via guestcontrol session close session id lt ID gt
228. appear in gd the authors wish to thank David Koblas David Rowley and Hutchison Avenue Software Corporation for their prior contributions 16 2 18 BSD license from Intel All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met e Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer e Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution e Neither the name of the Intel Corporation nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LI ABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIA
229. apter 5 2 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HDD page 81 For virtual CD DVD drives the image files will typically be in the standard ISO format instead Most commonly you will select this option when installing an operating system from an ISO file that you have obtained from the Internet For example most Linux distributions are available in this way For virtual CD DVD drives the following additional options are available x If you select Host drive from the list then the physical device of the host computer is connected to the VM so that the guest operating system can read from and write to your physical device This is for instance useful if you want to install Windows from a real installation CD In this case select your host drive from the drop down list presented If you want to write burn CDs or DVDs using the host drive you need to also enable the Passthrough option see chapter 5 9 CD DVD support page 89 If you select Remove disk from virtual drive VirtualBox will present an empty CD DVD drive to the guest into which no media has been inserted e To remove an attachment select it and click on the remove icon at the bottom or right click on it and select the menu item Removable media CD DVDs and floppies can be changed while the guest is running Since the Settings dialog is not available at that time you can also access these settings from the Devices menu of your
230. apter 7 1 5 RDP authentication page 106 for details 13 3 2 3 Clipboard The shared clipboard allows users to share data between the host and the guest Enabling the clipboard in Bidirectional mode allows the guest to read and write the host clipboard The Host to guest mode and the Guest to host mode limit the access to one direction If the guest is able to access the host clipboard it can also potentially access sensitive data from the host which is shared over the clipboard If the guest is able to read from and or write to the host clipboard then a remote user con necting to the guest over the network will also gain this ability which may not be desirable As a consequence the shared clipboard is disabled for new machines 13 3 2 4 Shared folders If any host folder is shared with the guest then a remote user connected to the guest over the network can access these files too as the folder sharing mechanism cannot be selectively disabled for remote users 13 3 2 5 3D graphics acceleration Enabling 3D graphics via the Guest Additions exposes the host to additional security risks see chapter 4 4 1 Hardware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 page 72 13 3 2 6 CD DVD passthrough Enabling CD DVD passthrough allows the guest to perform advanced operations on the CD DVD drive see chapter 5 9 CD DVD support page 89 This could induce a security risk as a guest could overwrite data on a CD DVD medium 13 3 2 7
231. ard conforming iSCSI targets To use an iSCSI target with VirtualBox you must use the command line see chapter 8 18 VBoxManage storageattach page 135 90 6 Virtual networking As briefly mentioned in chapter 3 8 Network settings page 53 VirtualBox provides up to eight virtual PCI Ethernet cards for each virtual machine For each such card you can individually select 1 the hardware that will be virtualized as well as 2 the virtualization mode that the virtual card will be operating in with respect to your physical networking hardware on the host Four of the network cards can be configured in the Network section of the settings dialog in the graphical user interface of VirtualBox You can configure all eight network cards on the command line via VBoxManage modifyvm see chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 123 This chapter explains the various networking settings in more detail 6 1 Virtual networking hardware For each card you can individually select what kind of hardware will be presented to the virtual machine VirtualBox can virtualize the following six types of networking hardware e AMD PCNet PCI II Am79C970A e AMD PCNet FAST III Am79C973 the default e Intel PRO 1000 MT Desktop 82540EM e Intel PRO 1000 T Server 82543GC e Intel PRO 1000 MT Server 82545EM e Paravirtualized network adapter virtio net The PCNet FAST III is the default because it is supported by nearly all operating systems
232. are Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTH ERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IM PLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABIL ITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFEC TIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR RE DISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU 310 16 Third party materials and licenses OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PRO GRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS B
233. are often referred to as known media and come from two sources e all media currently attached to virtual machines e registered media for compatibility with VirtualBox versions older than version 4 0 For details about how media registration has changed with version 4 0 please refer to chapter 10 1 Where VirtualBox stores its files page 189 The known media can be viewed and changed in the Virtual Media Manager which you can access from the File menu in the VirtualBox main window Initial support for VMDK was added with VirtualBox 1 4 since version 2 1 VirtualBox supports VMDK fully meaning that you can create snapshots and use all the other advanced features described above for VDI images with VMDK also 5Support was added with VirtualBox 3 1 82 5 Virtual storage 666 3 Virtual Media Manager O e o e Remove Release Refresh f 8 Hard Disks CD DVD Images El Floppy Images Name A Virtual Size Actual Size ThirdDisk vdi 10 00 GB 60 04 MB Ubuntu using ICH9 vdi 8 00 GB 3 27 GB Ubuntu vdi 8 00 GB 3 42 GB Windows 7 x64 vdi 20 00 GB 14 73 GB Windows 7 vdi 20 00 GB 5 36 GB Windows XP OBl vdi 40 00 GB 17 82 GB Windows XP disk1 vmdk 10 00 GB 9 98 GB Windows XP disk2 vmdk 10 00 GB 2 16 GB __ Windows XP vdi chromeos image 999 999 32309 21 4 10 al vmdk disk3 vdi Location Users ahall Library VirtualBox VDI Windows XP vdi Type Format Normal VDI Attached to Not Attached
234. articular virtual machine see chapter 7 1 5 RDP authentication page 106 for details websrvauthlibrary This specifies which library the web service uses to authenticate users For details about the VirtualBox web service please refer to the separate VirtualBox SDK reference see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 199 vrdeextpack This specifies which library implements the VirtualBox Remote Desktop Extension loghistorycount This selects how many rotated old VM logs are kept autostartdbpath This selects the path to the autostart database See chapter 9 23 Starting virtual machines during system boot page 187 defaultfrontend This selects the global default VM frontend setting See chapter 8 12 VBox Manage startvm page 132 8 28 VBoxManage usbfilter add modify remove The usbfilter commands are used for working with USB filters in virtual machines or global filters which affect the whole VirtualBox setup Global filters are applied before machine specific filters and may be used to prevent devices from being captured by any virtual machine Global filters are always applied in a particular order and only the first filter which fits a device is ap plied So for example if the first global filter says to hold make available a particular Kingston memory stick device and the second to ignore all Kingston devices that memory stick will be available to any machine with an appropriate filter but no other Kingston dev
235. as product version and platform being used 4 Update notifications The VirtualBox application may contact Oracle to find out whether a new version of VirtualBox has been released and notify the user if that is the case In the process anonymous data such as your IP address and a non identifying counter together with the product version and the platform being used is sent so that the server can find out whether an update is available By default this check is performed once a day You change this interval or disable these checks altogether in the VirtualBox preferences 5 Usage of personal information Oracle may use anonymous and personal data collected by the means above for statistical purposes as well as to automatically inform you about new notices related to your posts on the bug tracker and forum services to administer the website and to contact you due to technical issues Oracle may also inform you about new product releases related to VirtualBox In no event will personal data without your express consent be provided to any third parties unless Oracle may be required to do so by law or in connection with legal proceedings 6 Updates Oracle may update the privacy policy at any time by posting a new version at http www oracle com html privacy html and the privacy information will be kept up to date in the documentation which comes with the VirtualBox application You should check these places occasionally to ensure you are happy wi
236. ashes to encrypt passwords The following command must be used VBoxManage setextradata lt vm gt VBoxAuthSimple users lt user gt lt hash gt Replace lt vm gt with the VM name or UUID lt user gt with the user name who should be allowed to log in and lt hash gt with the encrypted password As an example to obtain the hash value for the password secret you can use the following command VBoxManage internalcommands passwordhash secret This will print 2bb80d537b1da3e38bd30361aa855686bde0eacd7162fef6a25fe97bf527a25b You can then use VBoxManage setextradata to store this value in the machine s extradata section As example combined together to set the password for the user john and the machine My VM to secret use this command VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxAuthSimple users john 2bb80d537b1da3e38bd30361aa855686bde0eacd7162fef6a25fe97bf527a25b e Finally the guest authentication method performs authentication with a special compo nent that comes with the Guest Additions as a result authentication is not performed on the host but with the guest user accounts This method is currently still in testing and not yet supported In addition to the methods described above you can replace the default external authenti cation module with any other module For this VirtualBox provides a well defined interface that allows you to write your own authentication module This is descr
237. ation if guests with more than 2GB are booted with VT x AMD V disabled bug 5740 VMM fixed TR limit trashing VT x and 64 bit host only bug 7052 Page Fusion several bug fixes for SMP guests including bug 6964 Teleportation several fixes and improvements Mac OS X server guests compatibility fix 263 15 Change log EFI fixed memory detection for guests with 2GB or more RAM assigned GUI added a workaround for a Linux kernel bug which affecting asynchronous I O on ext4 xfs file systems Linux hosts only GUI added setting for multiple VRDP connections useful if multiple screens are enabled GUI another fix for the keyboard capturing bug under metacity bug 6727 GUI fixed quit dialog when used in seamless or full screen mode Mac OS X hosts only bug 6938 GUI handle the extra key on the Brazilian keyboard on X11 hosts again bug 7022 2D Video acceleration fixed crashes when leaving the full screen mode bug 6768 VBoxManage fixed storageattach error handling bug 6927 VBoxManage fixed dhcpserver add 3 2 0 regression bug 7031 Storage fixed hang with images located on filesystems which don t support asynchronous I O bug 6905 Storage fixed raw disks on Windows hosts 3 2 0 regression bug 6987 LsiLogic fixed hang with older Linux guests BusLogic fixed hang during I O SATA set initial number of ports to 1 as some guests can t handle 30 ports e g CentOS 4 and FreeBSD bug 6984 SATA p
238. ault and the default disk that is created with a new VM is attached to this controller Warning The entire SATA controller and the virtual disks attached to it including those in IDE compatibility mode will not be seen by operating systems that do not have device support for AHCI In particular there is no support for AHCI in Windows before Windows Vista so Windows XP even SP3 will not see such disks unless you install additional drivers It is possible to switch from IDE to SATA after installation by installing the SATA drivers and changing the controller type in the VM settings dialog VirtualBox recommends the Intel Matrix Storage drivers which can be downloaded from http downloadcenter intel com Product_Filter aspx ProductID 2101 To add a SATA controller to a machine for which it has not been enabled by default either because it was created by an earlier version of VirtualBox or because SATA is not sup ported by default by the selected guest operating system go to the Storage page of the machine s settings dialog click on the Add Controller button under the Storage Tree box and then select Add SATA Controller After this the additional controller will appear as a separate PCI device in the virtual machine and you can add virtual disks to it To change the IDE compatibility mode settings for the SATA controller please see chapter 8 19 VBoxManage storagectl page 137 SCSI is anot
239. b for example will no longer be seen by the host but will go to the guest instead After you press the host key to re enable the host keyboard all key presses will go through the host again so that sequences like Alt Tab will no longer reach the guest e Your mouse is owned by the VM only after you have clicked in the VM window The host mouse pointer will disappear and your mouse will drive the guest s pointer instead of your normal mouse pointer 22 1 First steps Note that mouse ownership is independent of that of the keyboard even after you have clicked on a titlebar to be able to type into the VM window your mouse is not necessarily owned by the VM yet To release ownership of your mouse by the VM also press the Host key As this behavior can be inconvenient VirtualBox provides a set of tools and device drivers for guest systems called the VirtualBox Guest Additions which make VM keyboard and mouse operation a lot more seamless Most importantly the Additions will get rid of the second guest mouse pointer and make your host mouse pointer work directly in the guest This will be described later in chapter 4 Guest Additions page 59 1 8 3 Typing special characters Operating systems expect certain key combinations to initiate certain procedures Some of these key combinations may be difficult to enter into a virtual machine as there are three candidates as to who receives keyboard input the host operating system
240. ble to present real storage to the guest as a virtual hard disk There are presently three methods in which to achieve this 1 Most commonly VirtualBox will use large image files on a real hard disk and present them to a guest as a virtual hard disk This is described in chapter 5 2 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HDD page 81 2 Alternatively if you have iSCSI storage servers you can attach such a server to VirtualBox as well this is described in chapter 5 10 iSCSI servers page 90 3 Finally as an advanced feature you can allow a virtual machine to access one of your host disks directly this advanced feature is described in chapter 9 9 1 Using a raw host hard disk from a guest page 166 Each such virtual storage device image file iSCSI target or physical hard disk will need to be connected to the virtual hard disk controller that VirtualBox presents to a virtual machine This is explained in the next section 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI SAS In a real PC hard disks and CD DVD drives are connected to a device called hard disk controller which drives hard disk operation and data transfers VirtualBox can emulate the four most common types of hard disk controllers typically found in today s PCs IDE SATA AHCI SCSI and SAS e IDE ATA controllers are a backwards compatible yet very advanced extension of the disk controller in the IBM PC AT 1984 Initially this interface worked only with
241. bug in Guest Additions uninstaller Note This does not apply to Guest Additions update i e installing a one version of Guest Additions on top of another works correctly To solve this problem one should uninstall the VirtualBox WDDM Video driver manu ally To do that open Device Manager and check whether the Display Adapter is named VirtualBox Graphics Adapter If no there is nothing to be done If yes right click the VirtualBox Graphics Adapter in Device Manager select Uninstall check Delete the driver software for this device and click OK Once uninstallation is done in Device Manager go to menu Action and select Scan for hardware changes to make the propper Windows default driver be picked up for the Graphics adapter Neither virtio nor Intel PRO 1000 drivers for Windows XP guests support segmentation offloading Therefore Windows XP guests have slower transmission rates comparing to other guest types Refer to MS Knowledge base article 842264 for additional information Guest Additions for OS 2 Shared folders are not yet supported with OS 2 guests In ad dition seamless windows and automatic guest resizing will probably never be implemented due to inherent limitations of the OS 2 graphics system 222 15 Change log This section summarizes the changes between VirtualBox versions Note that this change log is not exhaustive not all changes are listed VirtualBox version
242. butable The IJG distribution formerly included code to read and write GIF files To avoid entanglement with the Unisys LZW patent GIF reading support has been removed altogether and the GIF writer has been simplified to produce uncompressed GIFs This technique does not use the LZW algorithm the resulting GIF files are larger than usual but are readable by all standard GIF decoders We are required to state that The Graphics Interchange Format c is the Copyright property of CompuServe Incorporated GIF sm is a Service Mark property of CompuServe Incorporated 16 2 20 x86 SIMD extension for IJG JPEG library license Copyright 2009 Pierre Ossman lt ossman cendio se gt for Cendio AB Copyright 2010 D R Commander Based on x86 SIMD extension for IJG JPEG library version 1 02 Copyright C 1999 2006 MIYASAKA Masaru This software is provided as is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including commercial applications and to alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions 1 The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required 2 Alt
243. by VBoxManage list hdds see chapter 8 4 VBoxManage list page 120 for more information A filename must be specified as valid path either as an absolute path or as a relative path starting from the current directory The following options are available format Allow to choose a file format for the output file different from the file format of the input file variant Allow to choose a file format variant for the output file It is a comma separated list of variant flags Not all combinations are supported and specifying inconsistent flags will result in an error message 3Image resizing was added with VirtualBox 4 0 140 8 VBoxManage existing Perform the clone operation to an already existing destination medium Only the portion of the source medium which fits into the destination medium is copied This means if the destination medium is smaller than the source only a part of it is copied and if the destination medium is larger than the source the remaining part of the destination medium is unchanged Note For compatibility with earlier versions of VirtualBox the clonevdi command is also supported and mapped internally to the clonehd command 8 25 VBoxManage convertfromraw This command converts a raw disk image to a VirtualBox Disk Image VDD file The syntax is as follows VBoxManage convertfromraw lt filename gt lt outputfile gt format VDI VMDK VHD variant Standard Fixed Split
244. c OS X hosts improved support for Snow Leopard Linux hosts fixed problems leading to wrong colors or transparency in host windows with some graphics drivers bug 3095 Linux hosts hardware detection fallbacks if the hal service fails to find any DVD drives Linux and Solaris hosts Work around color handling problems in Qt bug 4353 283 15 Change log Solaris hosts fixed memory leaks in host only networking Solaris Installer fixed incorrect netmask for Host only interface bug 4590 Solaris Installer added package dependency for Python and Python devel bug 4570 X11 guests prevent windows from being skipped in seamless mode KDE guests bugs 1681 and 3574 X11 guests fixed screen corruption in X11 guests when large amounts of video RAM were allocated bug 4430 X11 guests some fixes when switching between host and guest drawn mouse pointers X11 guests fixed an issue which caused seamless mode to stop working as it should the main issue listed in bug 2238 15 47 Version 3 0 2 2009 07 10 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed network regressions guest hangs during network IO bug 4343 VMM guest SMP performance improvements VMM fixed hangs and poor performance with Kaspersky Internet Security VT x AMD V only bug 1778 VMM fixed crashes when executing certain Linux guests software virtualization only bugs 2696 amp 3868 ACPI fixed Windows 2
245. c OS X only bug 5771 GUI fix displaying of error message bug 4345 GUI fix inability to enter seamless mode bugs 6185 6188 3D support fixed assertion and flickering when guest application uses several windows with a single OpenGL context bug 4598 3D support fixed host crashes when using GL_EXT_compiled_vertex_array and array ele ment calls bug 6165 3D support fixed runtime linker errors with OpenGL guest libs bug 5297 3D support fixed OpenGL extension viewer crash on startup bug 4962 NAT fixed a 3 1 4 regression on Windows hosts where graceful connection termination was broken bug 6237 NAT alternative network setting was not stored persistent bug 6176 NAT fixed memory corruption during ICMP traffic under certain circumstances Network allow to switch the host interface or the internal network while a VM is running bug 5781 VHD fix for images with a block size different than 2MB USB fixed filtered device attach regression bug 6251 USB fixed crash in OHCI under rare circumstances bug 3571 VRDP fixed hang under rare circumstances when attaching USB devices ACPI prevent guest freezes when accessing proc acpi for determining the state of the host battery and the AC adapter Linux hosts only bug 2836 PulseAudio fixed guest freezes under certain conditions 3 1 4 regression bug 6224 BIOS increased space for DMI strings BIOS fixed interrupt routing problem for certain conf
246. cally reset on every VM startup again see chapter 5 4 Special image write modes page 84 The default is on 139 8 VBoxManage e With the compact option can be used to compact disk images i e remove blocks that only contains zeroes This will shrink a dynamically allocated image again it will reduce the physical size of the image without affecting the logical size of the virtual disk Com paction works both for base images and for diff images created as part of a snapshot For this operation to be effective it is required that free space in the guest system first be zeroed out using a suitable software tool For Windows guests you can use the sdelete tool provided by Microsoft Execute sdelete z in the guest to zero the free disk space before compressing the virtual disk image For Linux use the zerofree utility which supports ext2 ext3 filesystems For Mac OS X guests use the Erase Free Space feature of the built in Disk Utility Use Zero Out Data there Please note that compacting is currently only available for VDI images A similar effect can be achieved by zeroing out free blocks and then cloning the disk to any other dynamically allocated format You can use this workaround until compacting is also supported for disk formats other than VDI e The resize x option where x is the desired new total space in megabytes allows you to change the capacity of an existing image this adjusts the logical size of a virtual di
247. can be obtained with dmidecode t0 and the DMI system information can be obtained with dmidecode t1 9 13 Configuring the custom ACPI table VirtualBox can be configured to present an custom ACPI table to the guest Use the following command to configure this VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices acpi 0 Config CustomTable path to table bin Configuring a custom ACPI table can prevent Windows Vista and Windows 7 from ask ing for a new product key On Linux hosts one of the host tables can be read from sys firmware acpi tables 9 14 Fine tuning timers and time synchronization 9 14 1 Configuring the guest time stamp counter TSC to reflect guest execution By default VirtualBox keeps all sources of time visible to the guest synchronized to a single time source the monotonic host time This reflects the assumptions of many guest operating systems which expect all time sources to reflect wall clock time In special circumstances it may be useful however to make the TSC time stamp counter in the guest reflect the time actually spent executing the guest This special TSC handling mode can be enabled on a per VM basis and for best results must be used only in combination with hardware virtualization To enable this mode use the following command 174 9 Advanced topics VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal TM TSCTiedToExecution 1 To revert to the default TSC handling mode use VBo
248. case this doesn t help increase it to a value between 1 and 5 milliseconds Please note that this slows down disk performance After installation you should be able to remove the key or set it to 0 3See http support microsoft com kb 955076 206 12 Troubleshooting 12 3 4 How to record bluescreen information from Windows guests When Windows guests run into a kernel crash they display the infamous bluescreen Depending on how Windows is configured the information will remain on the screen until the machine is restarted or it will reboot automatically During installation Windows is usually configured to reboot automatically With automatic reboots there is no chance to record the bluescreen information which might be important for problem determination VirtualBox provides a method of halting a guest when it wants to perform a reset In order to enable this feature issue the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal PDM HaltOnReset 1 12 3 5 No networking in Windows Vista guests With Windows Vista Microsoft dropped support for the AMD PCNet card that VirtualBox used to provide as the default virtual network card before version 1 6 0 For Windows Vista guests VirtualBox now uses an Intel E1000 card by default If for some reason you still want to use the AMD card you need to download the PCNet driver from the AMD website available for 32 bit Windows only You can transfer it into the virtual m
249. cations on windows guests 3D support fixed various host crashes bugs 2954 5713 6443 15 36 Version 3 2 0 2010 05 18 This version is a major update The following major new features were added Following the acquisition of Sun Microsystems by Oracle Corporation the product is now called Oracle VM VirtualBox and all references were changed without impacting compat ibility Experimental support for Mac OS X Server guests see chapter 3 1 1 Mac OS X guests page 45 Memory ballooning to dynamically in or decrease the amount of RAM used by a VM 64 bit hosts only see chapter 4 8 1 Memory ballooning page 76 Page Fusion automatically de duplicates RAM when running similar VMs thereby increas ing capacity Currently supported for Windows guests on 64 bit hosts see chapter 4 8 2 Page Fusion page 77 CPU hot plugging for Linux hot add and hot remove and certain Windows guests hot add only see chapter 9 5 CPU hot plugging page 162 New Hypervisor features with both VI x AMD V on 64 bit hosts using large pages can improve performance see chapter 10 6 Nested paging and VPIDs page 197 also on VT x unrestricted guest execution is now supported if nested paging is enabled with VT x real mode and protected mode without paging code runs faster which mainly speeds up guest OS booting Support for deleting snapshots while the VM is running Support for multi monitor guest setups in the GUI for Windows guest
250. ce 9 11 2 Configuring the boot server next server of a NAT network interface 9 11 3 Tuning TCP IP butters for NAT lt lt e 9 11 4 Binding NAT sockets to a specific interface 9 11 5 Enabling DNS proxy in NAT mode o o o 9 11 6 Using the host s resolver as a DNS proxy in NAT mode 9 11 7 Configuring aliasing of the NAT engine Configuring the BIOS DMI information o 9 12 1 DMI BIOS information type 0 o ooo oo 9 12 2 DMI system information type 1 o o 9 12 3 DMI board information type 2 o ooo 9 12 4 DMI system enclosure or chassis type 3 9 12 5 DMI processor informatiion type 4 o 912 6 DMLOEM strings type ll 00 ee Re ee es Configuring the custom ACPI table o oo o Fine tuning timers and time synchronization o o 9 14 1 Configuring the guest time stamp counter TSC to reflect guest id feb ke ee a pe ee Ee Eee Ba OE ee eG 9 14 2 Accelerate or slow down the guest clock 9 14 3 Tuning the Guest Additions time synchronization parameters 9 14 4 Disabling the Guest Additions time synchronization Installing the alternate bridged networking driver on Solaris 11 hosts VirtualBox VNIC templates for VLANs on Solaris 11 hosts Configuring m
251. ce you have created a few VMs you will appreciate if you have given your VMs rather informative names My VM would thus be less useful than Windows XP SP2 with OpenOffice 2 For Operating System Type select the operating system that you want to install later The supported operating systems are grouped if you want to install something very un usual that is not listed select Other Depending on your selection VirtualBox will enable 18 1 First steps or disable certain VM settings that your guest operating system may require This is partic ularly important for 64 bit guests see chapter 3 1 2 64 bit guests page 45 It is therefore recommended to always set it to the correct value On the next page select the memory RAM that VirtualBox should allocate every time the virtual machine is started The amount of memory given here will be taken away from your host machine and presented to the guest operating system which will report this size as the virtual computers installed RAM Note Choose this setting carefully The memory you give to the VM will not be available to your host OS while the VM is running so do not specify more than you can spare For example if your host machine has 1 GB of RAM and you enter 512 MB as the amount of RAM for a particular virtual machine while that VM is running you will only have 512 MB left for all the other software on your host If you run two VMs at the same time
252. ch helps you create a new disk image file in the new virtual machine s folder VirtualBox supports two types of image files e A dynamically allocated file will only grow in size when the guest actually stores data on its virtual hard disk It will therefore initially be small on the host hard drive and only later grow to the size specified as it is filled with data e A fixed size file will immediately occupy the file specified even if only a fraction of the virtual hard disk space is actually in use While occupying much more space a fixed size file incurs less overhead and is therefore slightly faster than a dynamically allocated file For details about the differences please refer to chapter 5 2 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HDD page 81 To prevent your physical hard disk from running full VirtualBox limits the size of the image file Still it needs to be large enough to hold the contents of your operating system and the applications you want to install for a modern Windows or Linux guest you will probably need several gigabytes for any serious use Create New Virtual Disk Virtual Disk Location and Size Press the Select button to select the location of a file to store the hard disk data or type a file name in the entry field Location NewHardDisk1 vdi Select the size of the virtual hard disk in megabytes This size will be reported to the Guest OS as the maximum size of this hard disk Size Q 1
253. ch version is given a distinguishing version number If the Library specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Library does not specify a license version number you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 14 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 15 BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHER WISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PER FORMANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE
254. charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software and use pieces of it in new free programs and that you are informed that you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibili ties for you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of the library whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code If you link other code with the library you must provide complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling it And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with a two step method 1 we copyright the library and 2 we offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the library To protect each distributor we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free library Also if the library is modified by someone else and passed on the recipients should know that what they have is not the original version so that the original author s reputation will not be affected
255. chctl load Library LaunchDaemons org virtualbox vboxautostart plist For additional information on how launchd services could be configured see http developer apple com mac library documentation MacO0SX Conceptual BPSystemStartup BPSystemStartup html 9 24 VirtualBox expert storage management In case the snapshot model of VirtualBox is not sufficient it is possible to enable a special mode which makes it possible to reconfigure storage attachments while the VM is paused The user has to make sure that the disk data stays consistent to the guest because unlike with hotplugging the guest is not informed about detached or newly attached media The expert storage management mode can be enabled per VM executing VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 SilentReconfigureWhilePaused 1 Storage attachments can be reconfigured while the VM is paused afterwards using VBoxManage storageattach 188 10 Technical background The contents of this chapter are not required to use VirtualBox successfully The following is provided as additional information for readers who are more familiar with computer architecture and technology and wish to find out more about how VirtualBox works under the hood 10 1 Where VirtualBox stores its files In VirtualBox a virtual machine and its settings are described in a virtual machine settings file in XML format In addition most virtual machine have one or more virtual hard disks which are t
256. chine pull down menu of the VM window e If your VM is currently in either the saved or the powered off state as displayed next to the VM in the VirtualBox main window click on the Snapshots tab on the top right of the main window and then either on the small camera icon for Take snapshot or right click on the Current State item in the list and select Take snapshot from the menu In any case a window will pop up and ask you for a snapshot name This name is purely for reference purposes to help you remember the state of the snapshot For example a useful name would be Fresh installation from scratch no Guest Additions or Service Pack 3 just installed You can also add a longer text in the Description field if you want Your new snapshot will then appear in the snapshots list Underneath your new snapshot you will see an item called Current state signifying that the current state of your VM is a variation based on the snapshot you took earlier If you later take another snapshot you will see that they will be displayed in sequence and each subsequent snapshot is derived from an earlier one Oracle VM VirtualBox Manager gt Y E Details Settings Start Discard BS Allie Android Powered Off i Windows 7 x64 G XP Professional 08 11 2009 12 26 73 Saved SP2 10 11 2009 12 26 E S Internet Explorer 6 10 11 2010 15 10 A Gemo G Inte
257. claims and damages arising directly or indirectly out of its utilization of rights under this License and You agree to work with Initial Developer and Contributors to distribute such responsibility on an equitable basis Nothing herein is intended or shall be deemed to constitute any admission of liability EXHIBIT A The contents of this file are subject to the gSOAP Public License Version 1 3 the License you may not use this file except in compliance with the License You may obtain a copy of 330 16 Third party materials and licenses the License at http www cs fsu edu engelen soaplicense html Software distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS basis WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND either express or implied See the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the License The Original Code of the gSOAP Software is stdsoap h stdsoap2 h stdsoap c stdsoap2 c stdsoap cpp stdsoap2 cpp soapcpp2 h soapcpp2 c soapcpp2_lex l soapcpp2_yacc y error2 h error2 c symbol2 c init2 c soapdoc2 html and soapdoc2 pdf httpget h httpget c stl h stld eque h stllist h stlvector h stlset h The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Robert A van Engelen Portions created by Robert A van Engelen are Copyright C 2001 2004 Robert A van Engelen Genivia inc All Rights Reserved Contributor s Note The text of this Exhibit A may differ slightly form the text of
258. command can be used to make the symbol information available to the VM debugger Note that the kallsyms file contains the symbols for the currently loaded modules if the guest s configuration changes the symbols will change as well and must be updated For all guests a simple way to verify that the correct symbols are loaded is the k command The guest is normally idling and it should be clear from the symbolic information that the guest operating system s idle loop is being executed Another group of debugger commands is the set of info commands Running info help provides complete usage information The information commands provide ad hoc data pertinent to various emulated devices and aspects of the VMM There is no general guideline for using the info commands the right command to use depends entirely on the problem being investigated Some of the info commands are e cfgm print a branch of the configuration tree e cpuid display the guest CPUID leaves e ioport print registered I O port ranges e mmio print registered MMIO ranges e mode print the current paging mode e pit print the i8254 PIT state e pic print the i8259A PIC state e ohci ehci print a subset of the OHCI EHCI USB controller state e pcnet print the PCnet state e vgatext print the contents of the VGA framebuffer formatted as standard text mode e timers print all VM timers The output of the info commands generally requires in depth knowledge
259. command takes at least the path name of an OVF file as input and expects the disk images if needed in the same directory as the OVF file A lot of additional command line options are supported to control in detail what is being imported and modify the import parameters but the details depend on the content of the OVF file It is therefore recommended to first run the import subcommand with the dry run or n option This will then print a description of the appliance s contents to the screen how it would be imported into VirtualBox together with the optional command line options to influence the import behavior As an example here is the screen output with a sample appliance containing a Windows XP guest VBoxManage import WindowsXp ovf dry run Interpreting WindowsXp ovf OK 130 8 VBoxManage Virtual system 0 Suggested OS type WindowsXP change with vsys O ostype lt type gt use List ostypes to list all 1 Suggested VM name Windows XP Professional_1 change with vsys O vmname lt name gt 3 Number of CPUs 1 change with vsys O cpus lt n gt 4 Guest memory 956 MB change with vsys 0 memory lt MB gt 5 Sound card appliance expects ensoniq1371 can change on import disable with vsys O unit 5 ignore 6 USB controller disable with vsys O unit 6 ignore 7 Network adapter orig bridged config 2 extra type bridged 8 Floppy disable with vsys 0 un
260. correct rendering and possible crashes when switching to from full screen with enabled 2D acceleration 3D Support fixed compiz under ubuntu 9 10 Guest control miscellaneous small bugfixes Linux Solaris hosts don t use hard links in packages 4 1 2 regression bug 9441 Mac OS X hosts fix installation issues when installed as root bug 1578 242 15 Change log Mac OS X hosts fixed packet capture issues with vboxnetX host only interfaces bug 8076 Solaris hosts fixed incoming multicast packets for Crossbow based bridged networking bug 9532 Solaris hosts fixed starting EFI guests due to missing EFI ROM files bug 9535 Windows hosts installer fixed ADDLOCAL usage on command line 4 1 0 regression bug 9488 Windows hosts installer fixed dangling shortcut to the chm help file bug 9646 Windows hosts installer try to fix installation error 2869 which appeared under certain circumstances bug 9664 Windows hosts VBoxHeadless should never open a separate console window bug 3549 Guest Additions fixed hang while waiting for guest execution output 4 1 2 regression bug 9446 Linux Additions add support for X Org Server 1 11 bug 9519 Linux Additions suppress an incorrect error message and allow a shared folder to be mounted in multiple places bug 9627 Linux Additions start VBoxService correctly on openSUSE 12 1 bug 6229 Linux Additions properly finish the installation even if the compi
261. cpucount gt This sets the number of virtual CPUs for the virtual machine see chapter 3 4 2 Processor tab page 50 If CPU hot plugging is enabled see below this then sets the maximum number of virtual CPUs that can be plugged into the virtual ma chines rtcuseutc on off This option lets the real time clock RTC operate in UTC time see chapter 3 4 1 Motherboard tab page 48 cpuhotplug on off This enables CPU hot plugging When enabled virtual CPUs can be added to and removed from a virtual machine while it is running See chapter 9 5 CPU hot plugging page 162 for more information plugcpu unplugcpu lt id gt If CPU hot plugging is enabled see above this adds a virtual CPU to the virtual machines or removes one lt id gt specifies the index of the virtual CPU to be added or removed and must be a number from 0 to the maximum no of CPUs configured with the cpus option CPU 0 can never be removed cpuexecutioncap lt 1 100 gt This setting controls how much cpu time a virtual CPU can use A value of 50 implies a single virtual CPU can use up to 50 of a single host CPU pae on off This enables disables PAE see chapter 3 4 2 Processor tab page 50 longmode on off This enables disables long mode see chapter 3 4 2 Processor tab page 50 synthcpu on off This setting determines whether VirtualBox will expose a synthetic CPU to the guest to allow live migration between host
262. cre dentials to be provided by the host and optionally can show a message while waiting for those The following guest properties can be set 1 CredsWait Set to 1 if pam_vbox should start waiting until credentials arrive from the host Until then no other authentication methods such as manually logging in will be available If this property is empty or get deleted no waiting for credentials will be per formed and pam_vbox will act like before see paragraph above This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST CredsWaitAbort Aborts waiting for credentials when set to any value Can be set from host and the guest CredsWaitTimeout Timeout in seconds to let pam_vbox wait for credentials to arrive When no credentials arrive within this timeout authentication of pam_vbox will be set to failed and the next PAM module in chain will be asked If this property is not specified set to 0 or an invalid value an infinite timeout will be used This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST To customize pam_vbox further there are the following guest properties la CredsMsgWaiting Custom message showed while pam_vbox is waiting for credentials from the host This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST 158 9 Advanced topics 2 CredsMsgWaitTimeout Custom message showed when waiting for credentials by pam_vbox timed out e g did not arrive within time This pr
263. created under this License 6 3 Derivative Works If You create or use a modified version of this License which you may only do in order to apply it to code which is not already Covered Code governed by this Li cense You must a rename Your license so that the phrases Mozilla MOZILLAPL MOZPL Netscape MPL NPL or any confusingly similar phrase do not appear in your license ex cept to note that your license differs from this License and b otherwise make it clear that Your version of the license contains terms which differ from the Mozilla Public License and Netscape 319 16 Third party materials and licenses Public License Filling in the name of the Initial Developer Original Code or Contributor in the notice described in Exhibit A shall not of themselves be deemed to be modifications of this License 7 DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY COVERED CODE IS PROVIDED UNDER THIS LICENSE ON AN AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WAR RANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION WARRANTIES THAT THE COVERED CODE IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGING THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE COVERED CODE IS WITH YOU SHOULD ANY COVERED CODE PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT YOU NOT THE INITIAL DEVELOPER OR ANY OTHER CONTRIB UTOR ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES
264. crosoft Windows Vista all editions Microsoft Windows 7 all editions Microsoft Windows 8 all editions Microsoft Windows Server 2012 4 2 1 1 Installation In the Devices menu in the virtual machine s menu bar VirtualBox has a handy menu item named Install guest additions which mounts the Guest Additions ISO file inside your virtual machine A Windows guest should then automatically start the Guest Additions installer which installs the Guest Additions into your Windows guest Other guest operating systems or if automatic start of software on CD is disabled need manual start of the installer Note For the basic Direct3D acceleration to work in a Windows Guest you have to install the Guest Additions in Safe Mode This does not apply to the experimental WDDM Direct3D video driver available for Vista and Windows 7 guests see chapter 14 Known limitations page 220 for details The experimental WDDM driver was added with VirtualBox 4 1 If you prefer to mount the additions manually you can perform the following steps 1 Start the virtual machine in which you have installed Windows 2 Select Mount CD DVD ROM from the Devices menu in the virtual machine s menu bar and then CD DVD ROM image This brings up the Virtual Media Manager described in chapter 5 3 The Virtual Media Manager page 82 3 In the Virtual Media Manager press the Add button and browse your hos
265. ct all misconfigurations The necessary host and guest OS configuration is not specific for VirtualBox but a few frequent problems are listed here which occurred in connection with VirtualBox Special care must be taken to use the correct device The configured host CD DVD device file name in most cases dev cdrom must point to the device that allows writing to the CD DVD unit For CD DVD writer units connected to a SCSI controller or to a IDE controller that inter faces to the Linux SCSI subsystem common for some SATA controllers this must refer to the SCSI device node e g dev scd0 Even for IDE CD DVD writer units this must refer to the appropriate SCSI CD ROM device node e g dev scdO if the ide scsi kernel module is loaded This module is required for CD DVD writer support with all Linux 2 4 kernels and some early 2 6 kernels Many Linux distributions load this module whenever a CD DVD writer is detected in the system even if the kernel would support CD DVD writers without the module VirtualBox supports the use of IDE device files e g dev hdc provided the kernel supports this and the ide scsi module is not loaded Similar rules except that within the guest the CD DVD writer is always an IDE device apply to the guest configuration Since this setup is very common it is likely that the default configuration of the guest works as expected 12 7 6 VBoxSVC IPC issues On Linux VirtualBox makes use of a custom version of Mozilla X
266. ct the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circum stance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of pro tecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believ
267. ctory can be specified with D path Linux installer and Additions added support for the Linux From Scratch distribution bug 1587 and recent Gentoo versions bug 2938 Additions added experimental support for X Org Server 1 6 RC on Linux guests Linux Additions fixed bug which prevented to properly set fmode on mapped shared fold ers bug 1776 Linux Additions fixed appending of files on shared folders bug 1612 Linux Additions ignore noauto option when mounting a shared folder bug 2498 Linux Additions fixed a driver issue preventing X11 from compiling keymaps bug 2793 and 2905 X11 Additions workaround in the mouse driver for a server crash when the driver is loaded manually bug 2397 296 15 Change log 15 54 Version 2 1 0 2008 12 17 This version is a major update The following major new features were added Support for hardware virtualization VI x and AMD V on Mac OS X hosts Support for 64 bit guests on 32 bit host operating systems experimental see chapter 3 1 2 64 bit guests page 45 Added support for Intel Nehalem virtualization enhancements EPT and VPID see chapter 10 3 Hardware vs software virtualization page 193 Experimental 3D acceleration via OpenGL see chapter 4 4 1 Hardware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 page 72 Experimental LsiLogic and BusLogic SCSI controllers see chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCD SCSI SAS page 79 Full VMDK VHD sup
268. cus on entering fullscreen mode on Win host bug 11051 GUI disable proxy authentication for security reasons 3D Support DrawIndexedPrimitiveUP implementation fixes for the Windows WDDM video driver bug 10929 Storage fixed a release assertion in the AHCI emulation when requests where cancelled with asynchronous I O disabled Storage fixed a hang during VM reset under certain circumstances bug 10898 NAT fixed a crash under rare circumstances Windows hosts only bug 10128 NAT automatically use the host resolver if the host name server is set to some unusual loopback value bug 10864 E1000 fixed a VirtualBox crash during intensive network transfers 4 2 regression bugs 10936 10969 10980 ICH9 fixed PCI bridge initialization USB mouse ensure that the last mouse event doesn t get lost if no URBs are available BIOS certain legacy guests e g Windows 95 didn t find the boot device after a warm reboot BIOS don t trash the palette in text modes when setting the border color EFI fixed OS X guest autoboot 4 2 regression VBoxManage fixed output of showvminfo machinereadable bug 10973 VBoxManage fixed parsing of storageattach discard bug 11023 VBoxManage fixed wrong output of the HPET setting in showvminfo bug 11065 VBoxManage fixed closing the guest session after executing a guest process via guest control VBoxShell adaptions to interface name changes Guest Additions device fix
269. d vmname gt lt uuid vmname gt lt state_file gt lt uuid vmname gt take lt name gt description lt desc gt live delete lt uuid snapname gt restore lt uuid snapname gt restorecurrent edit lt uuid snapname gt current name lt name gt description lt desc gt list details machinereadable showvminfo lt uuid snapname gt disk dvd floppy lt uuid filename gt delete lt uuid vmname gt storagectl lt name gt port lt number gt device lt number gt type dvddrive hdd fdd medium none emptydrive additions lt uuid filename gt host lt drive gt iscsi mtype normal writethrough immutable shareable readonly multiattach comment lt text gt setuuid lt uuid gt setparentuuid lt uuid gt passthrough on off tempeject on off nonrotational on off discard on loff bandwidthgroup lt name gt forceunmount server lt name gt lt ip gt target lt target gt tport lt port gt lun lt lun gt encodedlun lt lun gt username lt username gt password lt password gt initiator lt initiator gt intnet lt uuid vmname gt name lt name gt add ide sata scsi floppy sas controller LSILogic LSILogicSAS BusLogic IntelAHCI PIIX3 PIIX4 ICH6 182078 portcount lt 1 30 gt hostiocache on off bootab
270. d allows appli cations to provide a modular programming interface VirtualBox makes use of XPCOM on Linux both internally and externally to provide a comprehensive API to third party devel opers 346
271. d at the moment copyfrom which allows copying files from the guest to the host only with installed Guest Additions 4 0 and later It has the same parameters as copyto above createdirectory which allows copying files from the host to the guest only with in stalled Guest Additions 4 0 and later VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt createdir ectory mkdir md lt guest directory gt username lt name gt passwordfile lt file gt password lt password gt parents mode lt mode gt verbose where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory 146 8 VBoxManage directory to create on guest Absolute path of directory directories to create on guest e g D Foo Bar Parent directories need to exist e g in this example D 1Foo when switch parents is omitted The specified user must have appropriate rights to create the specified directory username lt name gt Name of the user the copy process should run under This user must exist on the guest OS passwordfile lt file gt Password of the user account specified to be read from the given file If not given an empty password is assumed password lt password gt Password of the user account specified with username If not given an empty password is assumed parents Also creates not yet existing parent directories of the specified directory e g if the directory D Foo of D Foo Bar does not exist yet it will
272. d of parallel ones which simplifies physical device connections In some ways therefore SAS is to SCSI what SATA is to IDE it allows for more reliable and faster connections To support high end guests which require SAS controllers VirtualBox emulates a LSI Logic SAS controller which can be enabled much the same way as a SCSI controller At this time up to eight devices can be connected to the SAS controller Warning As with SATA the SAS controller will only be seen by operating systems with device support for it In particular there is no support for SAS in Windows before Windows Vista so Windows XP even SP3 will not see such disks unless you install additional drivers In summary VirtualBox gives you the following categories of virtual storage slots 1 four slots attached to the traditional IDE controller which are always present one of which typically is a virtual CD DVD drive 2 30 slots attached to the SATA controller if enabled and supported by the guest operating system 3 15 slots attached to the SCSI controller if enabled and supported by the guest operating system 4 eight slots attached to the SAS controller if enabled and supported by the guest operating system Given this large choice of storage controllers you may ask yourself which one to choose In general you should avoid IDE unless it is the only controller supported by your guest Whether you use SATA SCSI or SAS does not make any r
273. d to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change c You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License d If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that in the event an application does not supply such function or table the facility still operates and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful For example a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well defined independent of the application Therefore Subsection 2d requires that any application supplied function or table used by this function must be optional if the application does not supply it the square root function must still compute square roots These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole Ifidentifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Library the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this Licens
274. dary master was fixed before VirtualBox 3 1 it is now changeable and the drive can be at other slots of the IDE controller and there can be more than one such drive 79 5 Virtual storage operating system in that machine may expect a particular controller type and crash if it isn t found After you have created a new virtual machine with the New Virtual Machine wizard of the graphical user interface you will typically see one IDE controller in the machine s Storage settings where the virtual CD DVD drive will be attached to one of the four ports of this controller Serial ATA SATA is a newer standard introduced in 2003 Compared to IDE it supports both much higher speeds and more devices per controller Also with physical hardware devices can be added and removed while the system is running The standard interface for SATA controllers is called Advanced Host Controller Interface AHCD Like a real SATA controller VirtualBox s virtual SATA controller operates faster and also consumes fewer CPU resources than the virtual IDE controller Also this allows you to con nect up to 30 virtual hard disks to one machine instead of just three as with the VirtualBox IDE controller with the DVD drive already attached For this reason starting with version 3 2 and depending on the selected guest operating system VirtualBox uses SATA as the default for newly created virtual machines One virtual SATA controller is created by def
275. dditions fixed missing implementation when copying shared folder data through kernel high memory bug 9878 Linux Additions make sure all data is written when closing a memory mapped file on a shared folder Linux Additions added support for X Org Server 1 12 Solaris Additions fixed guest kernel driver to load properly on guest reboot 4 1 8 regres sion bug 10113 Solaris Additions fixed missing 64 bit OpenGL library VBoxOGL so bug 10151 Solaris Additions fixed VBoxService import and start for Solaris 11 guests Windows Additions some Windows 8 adaptions Windows Additions several fixes for shared folders bug 9753 Guest control miscellaneous bugfixes 15 17 Version 4 1 8 2011 12 19 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed VERR_MAP_ FAILED during savestate under certain circumstances bug 7929 GUI stop updating the VM status icons when the VM is paused bug 8368 VBoxManage fixed wrong return code after startvm bug 9642 BIOS fixed hang at launch of DOS applications generated by Clipper 5 3 note that hard ware virtualization may be required USB fixed OS 2 boot hang when using recent USB drivers NAT increase maximum number of parallel connections making connections with port forwarding more robust 8471 Metrics fixed potential problem with invalid access in guest metrics collection upon VM destruction Main don t crash if a medium is ejected twice
276. dditions the guest content was sometimes not properly updated bug 9887 Solaris Additions installer fix for X org Server 1 11 and 1 12 15 13 Version 4 1 16 2012 05 22 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed a Guru Meditation VERR_ACCESS_DENIED with certain guests bugs 7589 8247 VMM fixed a Guru Meditation VERR_PAGE_TABLE NOT_PRESENT with Ubuntu 32 bit guests with nested paging enabled on AMD CPUs bug 10183 VMM preserve segment limits and attributes when switching to unreal mode required for some legacy guests to work properly VT x without unrestricted guest execution only bug 9941 VMM fixed a VM hang after a resume from pause savestate with SMP guests in rare cases 3D Support several fixes for the Windows WDDM video driver crash NAT fixed a crash on attempt to process ICMP datagram under some circumstances bug 10527 Host only Networking lifted the maximal number of interfaces to 128 on Linux and Mac OS X hosts there is no such limitation for Solaris and Windows hosts 237 15 Change log EFI fixed wrong SEC PEI Core entry point calculation bug 10531 VRDP fixed a display update problem bug 10503 Main set the proper VM state if savestate failed for some reason bug 6189 Main more useful error message if a medium is inaccessible VBoxManage fixed controlvm savestate if the VM is already paused Mac OS X hosts addressed issues running on Moun
277. der Intel Celeron and AMD Opteron CPUs Warning Do not run other hypervisors open source or commercial virtualization products together with VirtualBox While several hypervisors can normally be installed in parallel do not attempt to run several virtual machines from competing hypervisors at the same time VirtualBox cannot track what another hypervisor is currently at tempting to do on the same host and especially if several products attempt to use hardware virtualization features such as VEx this can crash the entire host Also within VirtualBox you can mix software and hardware virtualization when running multiple VMs In certain cases a small performance penalty will be unavoidable when mixing VT x and software virtualization VMs We recommend not mixing virtualization modes if maximum performance and low overhead are essential This does not apply to AMD V 10 4 Details about software virtualization Implementing virtualization on x86 CPUs with no hardware virtualization support is an extraor dinarily complex task because the CPU architecture was not designed to be virtualized The problems can usually be solved but at the cost of reduced performance Thus there is a con stant clash between virtualization performance and accuracy The x86 instruction set was originally designed in the 1970s and underwent significant changes with the addition of protected mode in the 1980s with the 286 CPU architecture and then again wi
278. disk images bug 9617 3D seamless 3D fixes bug 11723 3D version 4 2 12 was not able to read saved states of older versions under certain condi tions bug 11718 Main Properties don t create a guest property for non running VMs if the property does not exist and is about to be removed bug 11765 Main Properties don t forget to make new guest properties persistent after the VM was terminated bug 11719 Main Display don t lose seamless regions during screen resize Main OVF don t crash during import if the client forgot to call Appliance interpretOQ bug 10845 Main OVF don t create invalid appliances by stripping the file name if the VM name is very long bug 11814 Main OVF don t fail if the appliance contains multiple file references bug 10689 Main Metrics fixed Solaris file descriptor leak 227 15 Change log Settings limit depth of snapshot tree to 250 levels as more will lead to decreased perfor mance and may trigger crashes VBoxManage fixed setting the parent UUID on diff images using sethdparentuuid Linux hosts work around for not crashing as a result of automatic NUMA balancing which was introduced in Linux 3 8 bug 11610 Windows installer force the installation of the public certificate in background i e com pletely prevent user interaction if the silent command line option is specified Windows Additions fixed problems with partial install in the unattended case Windo
279. distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following a Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above
280. distribution Whereas Windows 2000 and XP ship with Sysprep on the installation medium the tool also is available for download on the Microsoft web site In a standard installation of Windows Vista and 7 Sysprep is already included Sysprep mainly consists of an executable called sysprep exe which is invoked by the user to put the Windows installation into preparation mode Starting with VirtualBox 3 2 2 the Guest Additions offer a way to launch a system preparation on the guest operating system in an automated way controlled from the host system To achieve that see chapter 4 7 Guest control page 76 for using the feature with the special identifier sysprep as the program to execute along with the user name sysprep and password sysprep for the credentials Sysprep then gets launched with the required system rights Note Specifying the location of sysprep exe is not possible instead the following paths are used based on the operating system e C sysprep sysprep exe for Windows NT 4 0 2000 and XP e WINDIR System32 Sysprep sysprep exe for Windows Vista 2008 Server and 7 The Guest Additions will automatically use the appropriate path to execute the system preparation tool 160 9 Advanced topics 9 4 Advanced configuration for Linux and Solaris guests 9 4 1 Manual setup of selected guest services on Linux The VirtualBox Guest Additions contain several different drivers If for any reason you do not wish
281. distributions for instance CentOS and Oracle Linux support a kernel parameter divider N Hence such kernels support a lower timer frequency without recompilation We suggest to add the kernel parameter divider 10 to select a guest kernel timer frequency of 100Hz 12 4 2 AMD Barcelona CPUs Most Linux based guests will fail with AMD Phenoms or Barcelona level Opterons due to a bug in the Linux kernel Enable the I O APIC to work around the problem see chapter 3 4 System settings page 48 12 4 3 Buggy Linux 2 6 kernel versions The following bugs in Linux kernels prevent them from executing correctly in VirtualBox causing VM boot crashes e The Linux kernel version 2 6 18 and some 2 6 17 versions introduced a race condition that can cause boot crashes in VirtualBox Please use a kernel version 2 6 19 or later e With hardware virtualization and the I O APIC enabled kernels before 2 6 24 rc6 may panic on boot with the following message Kernel panic not syncing IO APIC timer doesn t work Boot with apic debug and send a report Then try booting with the noapic option If you see this message either disable hardware virtualization or the I O APIC see chapter 3 4 System settings page 48 or upgrade the guest to a newer kernel 4See http www mail archive com git commits head vger kernel org msg30813 html for details about the kernel fix 209 12 Troubleshooting 12 4 4 Shared clipboard auto resizing and
282. ditional paging mechanism and translates from guest physical addresses to host physical addresses which are used to access memory VirtualBox 2 0 added support for AMD s nested paging support for Intel s EPT and VPIDs was added with version 2 1 197 10 Technical background Nested paging eliminates the overhead caused by VM exits and page table accesses In essence with nested page tables the guest can handle paging without intervention from the hypervisor Nested paging thus significantly improves virtualization performance On AMD processors nested paging has been available starting with the Barcelona K10 architecture they call it now rapid virtualization indexing RVI Intel added support for nested paging which they call extended page tables EPT with their Core i7 Nehalem processors If nested paging is enabled the VirtualBox hypervisor can also use large pages to reduce TLB usage and overhead This can yield a performance improvement of up to 5 To enable this feature for a VM you need to use the VBoxManage modifyvm largepages command see chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 123 On Intel CPUs another hardware feature called Virtual Processor Identifiers VPIDs can greatly accelerate context switching by reducing the need for expensive flushing of the processor s Translation Lookaside Buffers TLBs To enable these features for a VM you need to use the VBoxManage modifyvm vtxvpid and
283. ditions improved auto run support bug 5509 Linux Additions fix mouse support on SUSE 11 SP 1 guests bug 7946 Solaris Additions added support for X Org Server 1 9 Guest Additions various bugfixes for guest control execution Web service use own log file with log rotation to limit size 15 27 Version 4 0 4 2011 02 17 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed recompiler crashes under certain conditions bugs 8255 8319 and further VMM fixed running 64 bit guests on 32 bit host with nested paging enabled on AMD CPUs 4 0 regression bug 7938 VMM fixed timing issues hangs for certain guests using the programmable interval timer bugs 8033 and 8062 VMM large page and monitoring fixes for live snapshots bugs 7910 8059 8125 GUI fixed error message when trying to exceed the maximum number of host network interfaces GUI fixed saving of changes to the metadata of an existing snapshot bug 8145 GUI fixed rare crash on X11 hosts bug 8131 GUI when selecting a shared folder start the file dialog in the users home directory bug 8017 ExtPack enforce the correct permissions which might be restricted by umask when creating directories non Windows hosts only bug 7878 253 15 Change log VBoxSDL fixed crash when starting by specifying the VM UUID 4 0 regression bug 8342 VBoxManage allow savestate even if the VM is already paused VBoxManage fixed
284. ditions for Solaris onc sse roi wwe EOE Se EES Guest Additions for OS 2 Shared folders co A Shee ee aie a 4 3 1 4 3 2 Mannal Mount coins a RES ewe wk e Automatic MOUNN c c rece e e e tee eea aa REEI Hardware accelerated graphics aooaa ee 4 4 1 44 2 Hardware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 Hardware 2D video acceleration for Windows guests Seamless WIndows sc e ok ee ara ee we ee Guest properes on baba eee Redd daa eS eee ee SEES CGHIEREROMEIOL e a aa Se a wa wR RR Bde fd Ph ee ee Memory overcommitment o ee eee ee 4 8 1 4 8 2 Memory ballooning ccc ee Re we e ae Pape FUSION se ewe eee ee po OSS ee EE EEE aS 5 Virtual storage Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI SAS 4 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HDD The Virtual Media Manager Special image write Modes gt s i s rio eee ee ee ew S L 5 2 5 3 5 4 Contents SS Differencing images o sro rs ww ww a we we s SRA ee a ee 5 6 Cloning disk images oa a cerk k eee 4 8559454 9 ee 444d aaa BY Hosti O michine ow eoe eee ee ee eee Ae eee eee mee 5 8 Limiting bandwidth for disk images o o De GDYTIND SHBBO o oo s e socata p a rs HS OM Se ce Le ee SLO iSCSI SEVERS 0 ah ee A OO Re ee ee ee Ge a a Virtual networking 6 1 Virtual networking hardware lt os c orias eee ee ee 62 In
285. dkms 3 Reboot your guest system in order to activate the updates and then proceed as described above Fedora 1 In order to fully update your guest system open a terminal and run yum update as root 2 Install DKMS and the GNU C compiler using yum install dkms followed by yum install gcc 3 Reboot your guest system in order to activate the updates and then proceed as described above 65 4 Guest Additions openSUSE 1 In order to fully update your guest system open a terminal and run zypper update as root Install the make tool and the GNU C compiler using zypper install make gcc 3 Reboot your guest system in order to activate the updates Find out which kernel you are running using uname a An example would be 2 6 31 12 0 2 default which refers to the default kernel Then install the correct kernel development package In the above example this would be zypper install kernel default devel Make sure that your running kernel uname a and the kernel packages you have installed rpm qa kernel x have the exact same version number Proceed with the installation as described above SuSE Linux Enterprise Desktop SLED 1 In order to fully update your guest system open a terminal and run zypper update as root Install the GNU C compiler using zypper install gcc 3 Reboot your guest system in order to activate the updates Find out which kernel you are running using
286. duct data VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 Config Port0 ATAPIVendorId vendor VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 Config PortO ATAPIProductId product VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 Config Port ATAPIRevision revision The vendor id is an 8 byte alphanumeric string the product id an 16 byte alphanumeric string and the revision a 4 byte alphanumeric string Instead of Port0 referring to the first port specify the desired SATA hard disk port 9 9 3 Access iSCSI targets via Internal Networking As an experimental feature VirtualBox allows for accessing an iSCSI target running in a virtual machine which is configured for using Internal Networking mode Please see chapter 5 10 SCSI servers page 90 chapter 6 6 Internal networking page 97 and chapter 8 18 VBoxManage storageattach page 135 for additional information The IP stack accessing Internal Networking must be configured in the virtual machine which accesses the iSCSI target A free static IP and a MAC address not used by other virtual machines must be chosen In the example below adapt the name of the virtual machine the MAC address the IP configuration and the Internal Networking name MyIntNet according to your needs The following eight commands must first be issued VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 Trusted 1 VBoxManage setextradata
287. dule removal and Solaris 10 id binary incompatibility Guest Additions fixed wrong guest time adjustment if the guest clock is ahead 3 1 regres sion non Windows guests only Linux Additions fixed shared folders for Linux 2 6 32 guests bug 5891 273 15 Change log Linux Additions make the mouse driver work on Debian 5 0 3 guests again 3 1 2 regres sion bug 5832 Windows Additions fixed malfunctioning VBoxService that broke time sync bug 5872 Windows Additions fixed uninstallation issues on 64 bit guests Windows Additions fixed some sysprep execution issues X Org Additions never reject the saved video mode as invalid bug 5731 XFree86 Additions accept video mode hints for the initial mode again 15 40 Version 3 1 2 2009 12 17 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed SMP stability regression USB fixed USB related host crashes on 64 bits Windows hosts bug 5237 Main wrong default HWVirtExExclusive value for new VMs bug 5664 Main DVD passthrough setting was lost bug 5681 VBoxManage iSCSI disks do not support adding a comment bug 4460 VBoxManage added missing cpus and memory options to OVF import GUI fixed VBox URL in update dialog for German and Dutch languages GUI NLS updates OVF fixed export of non standard storage controller names bug 5643 Solaris hosts several USB fixes including support for Apple iPhone Mac OS X hosts several f
288. e p s kill which terminates specific guest processes of a guest session based on either the session s ID or the session s name VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt process kill session id lt ID gt session name lt name or pattern gt verbose lt PID gt lt PID n gt where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory session id Specifies the guest session to use by its ID session name Specifies the guest session to use by its name Multiple sessions can be closed when specifying or wildcards verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose lt PID gt lt PID n gt List of process identifiers PIDs to terminate session close which closes specific guest sessions based on either the session s ID or the session s name VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt session close session id lt ID gt session name lt name or pattern gt all verbose where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory session id Close a guest session specified by its ID session name Close a guest session specified by its name Multiple sessions can be closed when specifying or wildcards all Close all guest sessions verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose 148 8 VBoxManage e stat which displays file or file system status on the guest VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt stat lt file gt username
289. e 291 15 Change log VBoxManage allow creation of all supported disk image variants VBoxManage showvminfo don t spam the release log if the Guest Additions don t support statistics information bug 3457 VBoxManage big command line processing cleanup the legacy single dash options are deprecated and will be removed in the next major release so switch to the new options now Hard disks improved immutable disk support to auto reset diff file at VM startup related to bug 2772 GUI enable the audio adapter by default for new VMs GUI warn if VI x AMD V is not operational when starting a 64 bit guest GUI deactivate 64 bit guest support when the host CPU does not support VT x AMD V GUI removed floppy icon from the status bar GUI show build revision in about dialog GUI fixed sticky status bar text GUI improved error dialogs GUI fail with an appropriate error message when trying to boot a read only disk image bug 1745 GUI Mac OS X fixed disabled close button GUI Windows re enabled support for copy and paste Windows hosts 2 0 regression bug 2065 3D support added OpenGL select feedback support bug 2920 3D support close OpenGL subsystem for terminated guest applications bug 3243 3D support fixed VM hangs when starting guests with 3D acceleration enabled bug 3437 PXE fixed boot hangs when hardware virtualization is used bug 2536 LsiLogic fixed problems with Solaris guests Mai
290. e 220 3 1 1 Mac OS X guests Starting with version 3 2 VirtualBox has experimental support for Mac OS X guests This allows you to install and execute unmodified versions of Mac OS X on supported host hardware Whereas competing solutions perform modifications to the Mac OS X install DVDs e g dif ferent boot loader and replaced files VirtualBox is the first product to provide the modern PC architecture expected by OS X without requiring any hacks You should be aware of a number of important issues before attempting to install a Mac OS X guest 1 Mac OS X is commercial licensed software and contains both license and technical re strictions that limit its use to certain hardware and usage scenarios It is important that you understand and obey these restrictions In particular for most versions of Mac OS X Apple prohibits installing them on non Apple hardware These license restrictions are also enforced on a technical level Mac OS X verifies whether it is running on Apple hardware and most DVDs that that come with Apple hardware even check for an exact model These restrictions are not circumvented by VirtualBox and continue to apply 2 Only CPUs known and tested by Apple are supported As a result if your Intel CPU is newer than the build of Mac OS X or if you have a non Intel CPU it will most likely panic during bootup with an Unsupported CPU exception It is generally best to use the Mac OS X DVD that came with
291. e format with custom sections see chapter 12 1 4 VM core format page 203 This corresponds to the writecore command in the debugger The info command is used to display info items relating to the VMM device emulations and associated drivers This command takes one or two arguments the name of the info item optionally followed by a string containing arguments specific to the info item The help info item provides a listning of the available items and hints about any optional arguments This corresponds to the info command in the debugger The injectnmi command causes a non maskable interrupt NMD in the guest which might be useful for certain debugging scenarios What happens exactly is dependent on the guest operating system but an NMI can crash the whole guest operating system Do not use unless you know what you re doing The osdetect command makes the VMM s debugger facility re detection the guest oper ation system This corresponds to the detect command in the debugger The osinfo command is used to display info about the operating system OS detected by the VMM s debugger facility The getregisters command is used to display CPU and device registers The command takes a list of registers each having one of the following forms register set register name sub field register set register name cpu register name sub field cpu register name all The all form will cause all registers to be shown no s
292. e made use and sell offer to sell and import the Original Code Modifications or portions thereof but solely to the extent that any such patent is reasonably necessary to enable You to utilize alone or in combination with other software the Original Code Modifications or any combination or portions thereof c d 2 2 Contributor Grant Subject to third party intellectual property claims each Contributor hereby grants You a world wide royalty free non exclusive license a under intellectual property rights other than patent or trademark Licensable by Con tributor to use reproduce modify display perform sublicense and distribute the Modifications created by such Contributor or portions thereof either on an unmodified basis with other Modifications as Covered Code and or as part of a Larger Work and b under patents now or hereafter owned or controlled by Contributor to make have made use and sell offer to sell and import the Contributor Version or portions thereof but solely to the extent that any such patent is reasonably necessary to enable You to utilize alone or in combination with other software the Contributor Version or portions thereof c d 3 DISTRIBUTION OBLIGATIONS 3 1 Application of License The Modifications which You create or to which You contribute are governed by the terms of this License including without limitation Section 2 2 The Source Code version of Covered
293. e networking bug 2183 Solaris hosts fixed inability to access NFS shares on the host when host interface network ing was enabled Solaris hosts installer now detects and reports when installing under the wrong architec ture Solaris hosts fixed security hardening that prevented starting VMs from non global zones even as root bug 1948 Solaris Additions combined the 32 bit and 64 bit Additions installer into a single package Mac OS X hosts experimental support for attaching a real serial port to the guest 302 15 Change log 15 59 Version 2 0 0 2008 09 04 This version is a major update The following major new features were added e 64 bits guest support 64 bits host only e New native Leopard user interface on Mac OS X hosts e The GUI was converted from Qt3 to Qt4 with many visual improvements e New version notifier e Guest property information interface e Host Interface Networking on Mac OS X hosts e New Host Interface Networking on Solaris hosts e Support for Nested Paging on modern AMD CPUs major performance gain e Framework for collecting performance and resource usage data metrics e Added SATA asynchronous IO NCQ Native Command Queuing when accessing raw disks partitions major performance gain e Clipboard integration for OS 2 Guests e Created separate SDK component featuring a new Python programming interface on Linux and Solaris hosts e Support for VHD disk images In addition the follow
294. e page 335 and Copyright 2009 Pierre Ossman lt ossman cendio se gt for Cendio AB Copyright 2010 D R Commander Copyright C 1999 2006 MIYASAKA Masaru VirtualBox may ship a copy of Qt which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 311 and Copyright C 2010 2011 Nokia Corporation and or its subsidiary ies VirtualBox contains parts of the FreeBSD kernel which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 21 FreeBSD license page 335 VirtualBox contains parts of the NetBSD kernel which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 22 NetBSD license page 336 VirtualBox contains portions of liblightdm gobject which is governed by the license in chap ter 16 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 311 and Copyright C 2010 2013 Canonical Ltd Copyright C 2010 2011 Robert Ancell VirtualBox contains portions of glib which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 311 and Copyright C 1995 2011 The Glib team VirtualBox contains portions of PCRE which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 23 PCRE license page 336 and Copyright c 1997 2012 University of Cambridge Copyright c 2009 2012 Zoltan Her czeg Copyright c 2007 2012 Google Inc 306 16 Third party materials and licenses VirtualBox contains portions of libffi which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 24 libffi license page 337 and Co
295. e see chapter 9 14 3 Tuning the Guest Additions time synchronization parameters page 175 9 14 3 Tuning the Guest Additions time synchronization parameters The VirtualBox Guest Additions ensure that the guest s system time is synchronized with the host time There are several parameters which can be tuned The parameters can be set for a specific VM using the following command VBoxManage guestproperty set VM name VirtualBox GuestAdd VBoxService PARAMETER VALUE where PARAMETER is one of the following timesync interval Specifies the interval at which to synchronize the time with the host The default is 10000 ms 10 seconds timesync min adjust The minimum absolute drift value measured in milliseconds to make adjustments for The default is 1000 ms on OS 2 and 100 ms elsewhere timesync latency factor The factor to multiply the time query latency with to calculate the dynamic minimum adjust time The default is 8 times that means in detail Measure the time it takes to determine the host time the guest has to contact the VM host service which may take some time multiply this value by 8 and do an adjustment only if the time difference between host and guest is bigger than this value Don t do any time adjustment otherwise timesync max latency The max host timer query latency to accept The default is 250 ms 175 9 Advanced topics timesync set threshold The absolute drift threshold given as milliseconds where
296. e whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Library In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library or with a work based on the Library on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library To do this you must alter all the notices that refer to this License so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License version 2 instead of to this License If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared then you can specify that version instead if you wish Do not make any other change in these notices Once this change is made in a given copy it is irreversible for that copy so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is not a library 4 You may copy and distribute the Library or a portion
297. e Fusion added kernel module sharing HGCM fixed memory leak which showed up if the Guest Additions were accessing a non existing HGCM service Teleportation several fixes Floppy don t disable the host I O cache by default USB fixed 3 1 regression with certain devices e g iPhone Windows host only Serial updated the guest device emulation to 16550A and reduced the probability for losing bytes during transmission bug 1548 NAT re fetch the name server parameters from the host on guest DHCP requests to handle host network switches more gracefully bug 3847 NAT fixed parsing of IPv4 addresses in CIDR notation bug 6797 NAT limit the number of name servers passed to the guest to four non Windows hosts only bug 4098 NAT fixed DNS transaction ID mismatch bug 6833 266 15 Change log VDE fixed changing the attachment during runtime Bridged networking fixed memory leak in the Bridged Networking driver for Windows hosts bug 6824 Windows Additions fix for NT4 guests bug 6748 Windows Additions re introduced system preparation feature Linux guests enable PAE for RedHat guests by default Linux guests fix support for disabling mouse integration bug 6714 Web service fixed a rare crash when calling IGuest methods from the web service OVF fixed wrong hard disk UUIDs on export bug 6802 OVF fixed 3 2 0 regression importing legacy OVF 0 9 files 3D support fixed OpenGL support for 64bit appli
298. e VM is in the running or saved state this extra menu saves you from having to shut down and restart the VM every time you want to change media Hence in the Devices menu VirtualBox allows you to attach the host drive to the guest or select a floppy or DVD image using the Disk Image Manager all as described in chapter 1 11 Virtual machine configuration page 29 1 8 5 Resizing the machine s window You can resize the virtual machine s window when it is running In that case one of three things will happen 1 If you have scale mode enabled then the virtual machine s screen will be scaled to the size of the window This can be useful if you have many machines running and want to have a look at one of them while it is running in the background Alternatively it might be useful to enlarge a window if the VM s output screen is very small for example because you are running an old operating system in it To enable scale mode press the host key C or select Scale mode from the Machine menu in the VM window To leave scale mode press the host key C again The aspect ratio of the guest screen is preserved when resizing the window To ignore the aspect ratio press Shift during the resize operation Please see chapter 14 Known limitations page 220 for additional remarks 2 If you have the Guest Additions installed and they support automatic resizing the Guest Additions will automatically adjust th
299. e clock to be set to UTC In addition you can turn off the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI which VirtualBox presents to the guest operating system by default ACPI is the current industry stan dard to allow operating systems to recognize hardware configure motherboards and other de vices and manage power As all modern PCs contain this feature and Windows and Linux have been supporting it for years it is also enabled by default in VirtualBox It can only be turned off on the command line see chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 123 Warning All Windows operating systems starting with Windows 2000 install different kernels depending on whether ACPI is available so ACPI must not be turned off after installation of a Windows guest OS Turning it on after installation will have no effect however 4The virtual USB tablet was added with VirtualBox 3 2 Depending on the guest operating system selected this is now enabled by default for new virtual machines 49 3 Configuring virtual machines 3 4 2 Processor tab On the Processor tab you can set how many virtual CPU cores the guest operating systems should see Starting with version 3 0 VirtualBox supports symmetrical multiprocessing SMP and can present up to 32 virtual CPU cores to each virtual machine You should not however configure virtual machines to use more CPU cores than you have available physically real cores no hyperthreads
300. e current kernel was found 2 3 4 The vboxusers group The Linux installers create the system user group vboxusers during installation Any system user who is going to use USB devices from VirtualBox guests must be a member of that group A user can be made a member of the group vboxusers through the GUI user group management or at the command line with sudo usermod a G vboxusers username 2 3 5 Starting VirtualBox on Linux The easiest way to start a VirtualBox program is by running the program of your choice VirtualBox VBoxManage VBoxSDL or VBoxHeadless from a terminal These are symbolic links to VBox sh that start the required program for you The following detailed instructions should only be of interest if you wish to execute VirtualBox without installing it first You should start by compiling the vboxdrv kernel module see above and inserting it into the Linux kernel VirtualBox consists of a service daemon VBoxSVC and several application programs The daemon is automatically started if necessary All VirtualBox applications will communicate with the daemon through Unix local domain sockets There can be multiple daemon instances under different user accounts and applications can only communicate with the daemon running under the user account as the application The local domain socket resides in a subdirectory of your system s directory for temporary files called vbox lt username gt ipc In case of communication problems or s
301. e e a 216 13 2 Secure Installation and Configuration e creces cress sses 216 13 21 Inatallation render co iaa A a wae a 216 13 2 2 Post Installation Configuration o 217 13 3 Security Features 022 oia ar a a RGA Ge 217 133 1 The Security Model os cia A Re ee ae 4 217 13 3 2 Secure Configuration of Virtual Machines 217 13 3 3 Configuring and Using Authentication 218 13 3 4 Potentially insecure operations o oo 219 133 5 EngyphON ss e e eug pee ee ee ee we em a eS 219 14 Known limitations 220 14 1 Experimental Features 2 0c sesser ee ee eee 220 14 2 ARO ISSUES i doce ee ele Sew SE We ak a e 220 15 Change log 223 15 1 Version 4 3 0 2013 1 15 ec ek we o ES a ee ee 223 15 2 Version 422 18 2013 09 06 gt e o o e e e Sa io a 225 15 3 Version 4 2 16 2013 07 04 226 15 4 Version 4 2 14 2013 06 21 cok ec ee eee e 227 15 5 Version 4 2 12 2013 04 12 oca se ee a a A 228 15 6 Version 4 2 10 2013 03 05 gt os ee ciee ee taaa 230 15 7 Version 42 8 2013 02 20 ooe acre we ee a A e e EE 230 158 Version 42 6 2002 12419 ee e u u aea e ee te a T we e 231 15 9 Version 4 2 4 2012 10 26 ettr e ee 233 15 10 Version 42 2 QUIZO Blair a e Made ae a A 233 15 11 Version 4 2 0 2002 09 13 locos aa a Baas 235 15 12 Version 4 1 18 2012 06 06 ooo occ reses a a 237 15 13 Version 4 1 16 2012 05 22 eee
302. e exact duplicates including the UUID Storage fixed possible data corruption under certain circumstances with VHD and Parallels images bug 9150 Storage fixed unnecessary expansion when cloning differential images in VDI format Storage fixed detection code to handle empty files for VDI and VMDK format Storage fixed access to CD DVD images beyond 4GB when using the SATA controller bug 8592 Floppy several bugs have been fixed Floppy make it possible to unmount a host floppy disk bug 6651 BIOS disk related structures are now checksummed correctly bug 8739 USB many fixes for the Windows USB host driver NAT reduced memory footprint 246 15 Change log Networking fixed the problem with segmentation offloading when several VMs are trans mitting in parallel Networking workaround for a bug in wireshark when operating directly on a capture file created by VirtualBox Serial announce the serial devices in the ACPI tables to make Windows guests find the virtual hardware bug 7411 VRDP support for TLS connections see chapter 7 1 6 RDP encryption page 107 VRDP support for multimonitor client configurations with MS RDP clients e VRDP fixed a rare screen corruption 3D support fixed GL_VERSION string for different locales bug 8916 Web service fixed timeout handling with HTTP 1 1 keepalive and be more robust when connections fail VBoxSVC fixed regression when several clients trigger autostart simul
303. e experimental WDDM Direct3D video driver available for Vista and Windows 7 guests see chapter 14 Known limitations page 220 for details 3 Because 3D support is still experimental at this time it is disabled by default and must be manually enabled in the VM settings see chapter 3 3 General settings page 47 Note Untrusted guest systems should not be allowed to use VirtualBox s 3D accelera tion features just as untrusted host software should not be allowed to use 3D acceler ation Drivers for 3D hardware are generally too complex to be made properly secure and any software which is allowed to access them may be able to compromise the oper ating system running them In addition enabling 3D acceleration gives the guest direct access to a large body of additional program code in the VirtualBox host process which it might conceivably be able to use to crash the virtual machine With VirtualBox 4 1 Windows Aero theme support is added for Windows Vista and Windows 7 guests To enable Aero theme support the experimental VirtualBox WDDM video driver must be installed which is available with the Guest Additions installation Since the WDDM video driver is still experimental at this time it is not installed by default and must be manually selected in the Guest Additions installer by answering No int the Would you like to install basic Direct3D support dialog displayed when the Direct3D feature is selected
304. e host system deadlock when using bridged networking Solaris hosts fixed a potential host system deadlock when CPUs were onlined or offlined Solaris hosts installer added missing dependency for UTF 8 package bug 4899 Linux hosts don t crash on Linux PAE kernels lt 2 6 11 in particular RHEL CentOS 4 disable VT x on Linux kernels lt 2 6 13 bug 1842 Linux Solaris hosts correctly detect keyboards with fewer keys than usual bug 4799 Mac OS X hosts prevent password dialogs in 32 bits Snow Leopard Python WS fixed issue with certain enumerations constants having wrong values in Python web services bindings Python API several threading and platform issues fixed Python shell added exportVM command Python shell various improvements and bugfixes Python shell corrected detection of home directory in remote case OVF fixed XML comment handling that could lead to parser errors Main fixed a rare parsing problem with port numbers of USB device filters in machine settings XML Main restrict guest RAM size to 1 5 GB 32 bits Windows hosts only Main fixed possible hang during guest reboot bug 3792 GUI fixed rare crash when removing the last disk from the media manager bug 4795 VBoxManage fixed guestproperty for Mac OS X hosts bug 3806 VBoxManage fixed setting guest properties with flags or flags Web service fixed a severe memory leak at least on platforms using XPCOM Serial fixed host mode Solaris Linu
305. e installed inside the guest no additional software needs to be installed on the host Additionally text mode output to stdout and stderr can be shown on the host for further processing along with options to specify user credentials and a timeout value in milliseconds to limit time the application is able to run This feature can be used to automate deployment of software within the guest Starting with version 4 0 the Guest Additions for Windows allow for automatic updating only already installed Guest Additions 4 0 or later Also copying files from host to the guest as well as remotely creating guest directories is available To use these features use the VirtualBox command line see chapter 8 31 VBoxManage guest control page 144 4 8 Memory overcommitment In server environments with many VMs the Guest Additions can be used to share physical host memory between several VMs reducing the total amount of memory in use by the VMs If memory usage is the limiting factor and CPU resources are still available this can help with packing more VMs on each host 4 8 1 Memory ballooning Starting with version 3 2 the Guest Additions of VirtualBox can change the amount of host memory that a VM uses while the machine is running Because of how this is implemented this feature is called memory ballooning Note VirtualBox supports memory ballooning only on 64 bit hosts and it is not sup ported on Mac OS X hosts 76
306. e mount command in etc init d mountkernfs sh Since that distribu tion has no group usb it is also the easiest solution to allow all members of the group vboxusers to access the USB subsystem Modify the line domount usbfs usbdevfs proc bus usb onoexec nosuid nodev so that it contains domount usbfs usbdevfs proc bus usb onoexec nosuid nodev devgid 85 devmode 664 As usual replace the 85 with the actual group number which should get access to USB devices Other distributions do similar operations in scripts stored in the etc init d directory 12 7 8 PAX grsec kernels Linux kernels including the grsec patch see http www grsecurity net and derivates have to disable PAX_MPROTECT for the VBox binaries to be able to start a VM The reason is that VBox has to create executable code on anonymous memory 214 12 Troubleshooting 12 7 9 Linux kernel vmalloc pool exhausted When running a large number of VMs with a lot of RAM on a Linux system say 20 VMs with 1GB of RAM each additional VMs might fail to start with a kernel error saying that the vmalloc pool is exhausted and should be extended The error message also tells you to specify vmalloc 256MB in your kernel parameter list If adding this parameter to your GRUB or LILO configuration makes the kernel fail to boot with a weird error message such as failed to mount the root partition then you have probably run into a memory conflict of your kernel and initial RAM disk Thi
307. e on hold without changing its state for good The VM window will be painted in gray to indicate that the VM is currently paused This is equivalent to selecting the Pause item in the Machine menu of the GUI Use VBoxManage controlvm lt vm gt resume to undo a previous pause command This is equivalent to selecting the Resume item in the Machine menu of the GUI VBoxManage controlvm lt vm gt reset has the same effect on a virtual machine as pressing the Reset button on a real computer a cold reboot of the virtual machine which will restart and boot the guest operating system again immediately The state of the VM is not saved beforehand and data may be lost This is equivalent to selecting the Reset item in the Machine menu of the GUI VBoxManage controlvm lt vm gt poweroff has the same effect on a virtual machine as pulling the power cable on a real computer Again the state of the VM is not saved be forehand and data may be lost This is equivalent to selecting the Close item in the Machine menu of the GUI or pressing the window s close button and then selecting Power off the machine in the dialog After this the VM s state will be Powered off From there it can be started again see chapter 8 12 VBoxManage startvm page 132 132 8 VBoxManage VBoxManage controlvm lt vm gt savestate will save the current state of the VM to disk and then stop the VM
308. e screen resolution of the guest operating system For example if you are running a Windows guest with a resolution of 1024x768 pixels and you then resize the VM window to make it 100 pixels wider the Guest Additions will change the Windows display resolution to 1124x768 Please see chapter 4 Guest Additions page 59 for more information about the Guest Addi tions 3 Otherwise if the window is bigger than the VM s screen the screen will be centered If it is smaller then scroll bars will be added to the machine window 1 8 6 Saving the state of the machine When you click on the Close button of your virtual machine window at the top right of the win y y p rg dow just like you would close any other window on your system VirtualBox asks you whether you want to save or power off the VM As a shortcut you can also press the Host key together with Q 24 1 First steps Ela You want to Save the machine state O Send the shutdown signal Y Power off the machine M Restore current snapshot Internet Explorer 9 preview f Cancel OK The difference between these three options is crucial They mean e Save the machine state With this option VirtualBox freezes the virtual machine by completely saving its state to your local disk When you start the VM again later you will find that the VM continues exactly where it was left off All your programs will still be op
309. e than one such drive chapter 5 Virtual storage page 79 The network attachment type can be changed while a VM is running Complete rewrite of experimental USB support for OpenSolaris hosts making use of the latest USB enhancements in Solaris Nevada 124 and higher 275 15 Change log Significant performance improvements for PAE and AMD64 guests VT x and AMD V only normal non nested paging Experimental support for EFI Extensible Firmware Interface see chapter 3 12 Alternative firmware EFI page 57 Support for paravirtualized network adapters virtio net see chapter 6 1 Virtual network ing hardware page 91 In addition the following items were fixed and or added VMM guest SMP fixes for certain rare cases GUI snapshots include a screenshot GUI locked storage media can be unmounted by force GUI the log window grabbed all key events from other GUI windows bug 5291 GUI allow to disable USB filters bug 5426 GUI improved memory slider in the VM settings 3D support major performance improvement in VBO processing 3D support added GL_EXT_framebuffer_object GL_EXT_compiled_vertex_array support 3D support fixed crashes in FarCry SecondLife Call of Duty Unreal Tournament Eve Online bugs 2801 2791 3D support fixed graphics corruption in World of Warcraft bug 2816 3D support fixed Final frame of Compiz animation not updated to the screen bug 4653 3D support fixed incorrect rendering of non
310. e to patch it in order to prevent it from causing more faults in the future This approach works well in practice and dramatically improves software virtualization performance 10 5 Details about hardware virtualization With Intel VT x there are two distinct modes of CPU operation VMX root mode and non root mode e In root mode the CPU operates much like older generations of processors without VT x support There are four privilege levels rings and the same instruction set is supported with the addition of several virtualization specific instruction Root mode is what a host operating system without virtualization uses and it is also used by a hypervisor when virtualization is active 196 10 Technical background e In non root mode CPU operation is significantly different There are still four privilege rings and the same instruction set but a new structure called VMCS Virtual Machine Con trol Structure now controls the CPU operation and determines how certain instructions behave Non root mode is where guest systems run Switching from root mode to non root mode is called VM entry the switch back is VM exit The VMCS includes a guest and host state area which is saved restored at VM entry and exit Most importantly the VMCS controls which guest operations will cause VM exits The VMCS provides fairly fine grained control over what the guests can and can t do For example a hypervisor can allow a guest to w
311. e work during execution displays copyright notices you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License Also you must do one of these things a Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine readable source code for the Library including whatever changes were used in the work which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above and if the work is an executable linked with the Library with the complete machine readable work that uses the Library as object code and or source code so that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing the modified Library It is understood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions b Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library A suitable mechanism is one that 1 uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user s computer system rather than copying library functions into the executable and 2 will operate properly with a modified version of the library if the user installs one as long as the modified version is interface compatible with the version that the work was made with c Accompany the work with a written offer valid for at least three years to give the same user the materials specified i
312. ead use domain username in the Username field for example 2 name name must be supplied and must be the name used to log in if the VRDP server is set up to require credentials If it is not you may use any text as the username 7 1 9 VRDP video redirection Starting with VirtualBox 3 2 the VRDP server can redirect video streams from the guest to the RDP client Video frames are compressed using the JPEG algorithm allowing a higher com pression ratio than standard RDP bitmap compression methods It is possible to increase the compression ratio by lowering the video quality The VRDP server automatically detects video streams in a guest as frequently updated rectan gular areas As a result this method works with any guest operating system without having to install additional software in the guest in particular the Guest Additions are not required On the client side however currently only the Windows 7 Remote Desktop Connection client supports this feature If a client does not support video redirection the VRDP server falls back to regular bitmap updates The following command enables video redirection VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdevideochannel on The quality of the video is defined as a value from 10 to 100 percent representing a JPEG compression level where lower numbers mean lower quality but higher compression The quality can be changed using the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdevideochanne
313. eal difference The variety of controllers is only supplied for VirtualBox for compatibility with existing hardware and other hypervisors 5 2 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HDD Disk image files reside on the host system and are seen by the guest systems as hard disks of a certain geometry When a guest operating system reads from or writes to a hard disk VirtualBox redirects the request to the image file Like a physical disk a virtual disk has a size capacity which must be specified when the image file is created As opposed to a physical disk however VirtualBox allows you to expand an image file after creation even if it has data already see chapter 8 23 VBoxManage modifyhd page 139 for details VirtualBox supports four variants of disk image files e Normally VirtualBox uses its own container format for guest hard disks Virtual Disk Image VDD files In particular this format will be used when you create a new virtual machine with a new disk 3Image resizing was added with VirtualBox 4 0 81 5 Virtual storage e VirtualBox also fully supports the popular and open VMDK container format that is used by many other virtualization products in particular by VMware e VirtualBox also fully supports the VHD format used by Microsoft e Image files of Parallels version 2 HDD format are also supported For lack of documen tation of the format newer formats 3 and 4 are not supported You can however convert
314. ecreatehd oc 2 4454 28 44 S55 See deter A 139 8 23 VBoxManage Modifyhd o e 139 8 24 VBoxManage clonehd o o e 140 825 VBoxManag convertiromraw eos 566 0 8 ee eee ee ee ee eS 141 8 26 VBoxManage getextradata setextradata o o o 141 8 27 VWBoxManag setproperty gt lt o sop ea csa moki esa 142 8 28 VBoxManage usbfilter add modify remove n saaa 142 8 29 VBoxManage sharedfolder add remove o o o oo ooo oo 143 8 30 VBozManage guesiproperty gt s ce eiere gS ee e He 143 8 31 VeoxMatiage guestcontr l ook ke a a a e e a 144 8 32 VBoxManagedebugid o coc Cice recs rin aa eS 150 Boo VEO VMANASEMET S Losa 24 24554444 bo ee A SSS 151 8 34 VBoxManage hostonlyif o cp csaa cercen 4 veses 152 8 35 VEoxManagedhepserver 2 4 5 4444448 55 004 Se be vasa aaa 152 8 36 VBoxManag ertpatk kk eR re aa 153 Advanced topics 154 9 1 VBoxSDL the simplified VM displayer o o o 154 FLI A a AA ol we a Rw ee a G 154 9 1 2 Secure labeling with VBoxSDL o o 154 9 1 3 Releasing modifiers with VBoxSDL on Linux 155 O2 Automated guestlogods so s sa sad aaa a Re eS 156 9 2 1 Automated Windows guest logons o o 156 9 2 2 Automated Linux Unix guest logons o 157 9 3 Advanced configuration for Windows guests o e 0000 160 9 3 1 Automated Windows system
315. ection Valid values are e Negotiate both Enhanced TLS and Standard RDP Security connections are al lowed The security method is negotiated with the client This is the default setting e RDP only Standard RDP Security is accepted e TLS only Enhanced RDP Security is accepted The client must support TLS For example the following command allows a client to use either Standard or Enhanced RDP Security connection vboxmanage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Security Method negotiate If the Security Method property is set to either Negotiate or TLS the TLS protocol will be automatically used by the server if the client supports TLS However in order to use TLS the server must possess the Server Certificate the Server Private Key and the Certificate Authority CA Certificate The following example shows how to generate a server certificate a Create a CA self signed certificate openssl req new x509 days 365 extensions v3_ca keyout ca_key private pem out ca_cert pem b Generate a server private key and a request for signing openssl genrsa out server_key private pem openssl req new key server_key_private pem out server_req pem c Generate the server certificate openssl x509 req days 365 in server_req pem CA ca_cert pem CAkey ca_key_private pem set_serial 01 out server_cert pem The server must be configured to access the required files vboxmanage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Security CAC
316. ed VESA screen issue 4 0 regression bug 7986 Shared Folders fixed parameter parsing when creating symbolic links fixes 32 bit 64 bit bitness issue bug 818 Main fixed crash under rare circumstances due to an invalid logging string 4 0 regression Main improve error information propagation for errors preventing a VM start Main fixed problems with snapshots and non ASCII characters in machine paths bug 8024 Web service now listens to localhost by default as documented bug 6067 Settings do not fail loading machine settings if removeable drive attachment host drive or image cannot be found with 4 0 this is much more likely when machines are moved from one host to another Settings fixed issue that changing a snapshot name or description was not saved to ma chine XML OVF OVA fixed import of files created by other OVF tools bug 7983 rdesktop vrdp fix a crash during USB device enumeration bug 7981 Linux hosts fixed a crash during USB device enumeration Linux hosts try a bit harder to allocate memory bug 8035 4 0 regression Guest Additions fixed parsing of parameters for guest control in VBoxService 4 0 regres sion bug 8010 Windows Guest Additions automatic logon on Windows Vista Windows 7 now supports unlocking previously locked workstations 15 29 Version 4 0 0 2010 12 22 This version is a major update The following major new features were added e Reorganization of VirtualBox into
317. ed a Guest Additions hang when a machine was reset after a crash Linux hosts guests Linux 3 7 rc1 fixes Linux Additions support X Org Server 1 13 Linux Additions fixed a hang when the X server was restarted with old guest kernels Linux Additions fixed a VBoxService crash during CPU hot remove bug 10964 234 15 Change log Windows Additions fixed automatic screen resize issue for NT4 guests OS 2 Additions fixed shutdown hang OS 2 Additions fixed mouse driver panic Solaris hosts fixed autostart service going into maintenance mode after all VMs started Solaris hosts fixed linking the host driver with the dtrace module 15 11 Version 4 2 0 2012 09 13 This is a major update The following major new features were added Improved Windows 8 support in particular many 3D related fixes GUI VM groups bug 288 GUI expert mode for wizards GUI allow to alter some settings during runtime Support for up to 36 network cards in combination with an ICH9 chipset configuration bug 8805 Resource control added support for limiting network IO bandwidth see chapter 6 10 Limiting bandwidth for network I O page 100 bug 3653 Added possibility to start VMs during system boot on Linux OS X and Solaris see chapter 9 23 Starting virtual machines during system boot page 187 bug 950 Added experimental support for Drag n drop from the host to Linux guests Support for more guests and for guest to host is planned
318. ed after a snapshot was created and the VM was running before VBoxManage introduced controlvm nicpromisc bug 11423 VBoxManage don t crash on controlvm guestmemoryballoon of the VM isn t running bug 11639 VBoxHeadless don t filter guest property events as this would affect all clients bug 11644 Guest control prevent double CR in the output generated by guest commands and do NLS conversion Linux hosts guests fixed build errors on Linux 3 5 and newer kernels if the CON FIG_UIDGID_STRICT_TYPE_CHECKS config option is enabled bug 11664 Linux Additions handle fall back to VESA driver on RedHat based guests if vboxvideo cannot be loaded Linux Additions RHEL OEL CentOS 6 4 compile fix bug 11586 Linux Additions Debian Linux kernel 3 2 0 4 3 2 39 compile fix bug 11634 Linux Additions added auto logon support for Linux guests using LightDM as the display manager Windows Additions Support for multimonitor Dynamic enable disable of secondary vir tual monitors Support for XPDM WDDM based guests bug 6118 X11 Additions support X Org Server 1 14 bug 11609 229 15 Change log 15 6 Version 4 2 10 2013 03 05 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added GUI fixed keyboard with XQuartz X server bug 10664 Main Display fixed a crash with multi monitors under certain conditions Mac OS X hosts only Main Properties fixed a crash under certain conditions fo
319. ed by other virtualization software For a list of known limitations please see chapter 14 Appliances in OVF format can appear in two variants 1 They can come in several files as one or several disk images typically in the widely used VMDK format see chapter 5 2 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HDD page 81 and a textual description file in an XML dialect with an ovf extension These files must then reside in the same directory for VirtualBox to be able to import them 2 Alternatively the above files can be packed together into a single archive file typically with an ova extension Such archive files use a variant of the TAR archive format and can therefore be unpacked outside of VirtualBox with any utility that can unpack standard TAR files To import an appliance in one of the above formats simply double click on the OVF OVA file Alternatively select File gt Import appliance from the Manager window In the file dialog that comes up navigate to the file with either the ovf or the ova file extension If VirtualBox can handle the file a dialog similar to the following will appear Appliance Import Wizard Appliance Import Settings These are the virtual machines contained in the appliance and the suggested settings of the imported VirtualBox machines You can change many of the properties shown by double clicking on the items and disable others using the check boxes below Description Vi
320. ed by default in SUSE and openSUSE 10 2 Ubuntu 6 10 all versions and Ubuntu 6 06 server edition contains a bug which can cause it to crash during startup when it is run in a virtual machine The Guest Additions work in those distributions Note that some Linux distributions already come with all or part of the VirtualBox Guest Additions You may choose to keep the distribution s version of the Guest Additions but these are often not up to date and limited in functionality so we recommend replacing them with the Guest Additions that come with VirtualBox The VirtualBox Linux Guest Additions installer tries to detect existing installation and replace them but depending on how the distribution integrates the Guest Additions this may require some manual interaction It is highly recommended to take a snapshot of the virtual machine before replacing pre installed Guest Additions 4 2 2 1 Installing the Linux Guest Additions The VirtualBox Guest Additions for Linux are provided on the same virtual CD ROM file as the Guest Additions for Windows described above They also come with an installation program guiding you through the setup process although due to the significant differences between Linux distributions installation may be slightly more complex Installation generally involves the following steps 1 Before installing the Guest Additions you will have to prepare your guest system for building external kernel modules This works similarl
321. ed if necessary 9 12 Configuring the BIOS DMI information The DMI data VirtualBox provides to guests can be changed for a specific VM Use the following commands to configure the DMI BIOS information 172 9 Advanced topics 9 12 1 DMI BIOS information type 0 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSVendor BIOS Vendor VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSVersion BIOS Version VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSReleaseDate BIOS Release Date VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSReleaseMajor 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSReleaseMinor 2 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSFirmwareMajor 3 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSFirmwareMinor 4 9 12 2 DMI system information type 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemVendor System Vendor VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemProduct System Product VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemVersion System Version VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemSerial System Serial VBoxManage setextradata
322. ed testing has been performed Use beyond legacy in stallation mechanisms not recommended No Guest Additions available Linux 2 4 Limited support Linux 2 6 All versions editions are fully supported 32 bits and 64 bits Guest Additions are available We strongly recommend using a Linux kernel version 2 6 13 or higher for better perfor mance Note Certain Linux kernel releases have bugs that prevent them from executing in a virtual environment please see chapter 12 4 3 Buggy Linux 2 6 kernel versions page 209 for details Linux 3 x All versions editions are fully supported 32 bits and 64 bits Guest Additions are available Solaris 10 u6 and higher Solaris 11 including Solaris 11 Express Fully supported 32 bits and 64 bits Guest Additions are available FreeBSD Requires hardware virtualization to be enabled Limited support Guest Additions are not available yet 44 3 Configuring virtual machines OpenBSD Requires hardware virtualization to be enabled Versions 3 7 and later are supported Guest Additions are not available yet OS 2 Warp 4 5 Requires hardware virtualization to be enabled We officially support MCP2 only other OS 2 versions may or may not work Guest Additions are available with a limited feature set Mac OS X VirtualBox 3 2 added experimental support for Mac OS X guests but this comes with restrictions Please see the following section as well as chapter 14 Known limitations pag
323. ed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 9 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version num ber of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 10 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copy righted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Softw
324. ee eh a a a A 237 15 14 Version 4 1 14 2012 04 13 ss se oo 238 15 15 Version4 1 12 2012 04 03 gt o cu ecese ca cde dewi e a aa 238 15 16 Version 4 1 10 2012 03 13 e aor ee ew dad aeie aa a a e EE e a e 239 15 17 Version 4 18 201 Ve ee oc eea Da a 240 15 18 Version 4 1 6 2011 11 04 saasaa aa aaa e 241 15 19 Version 4 4 2011 1008 e a ck ee eS be re eed ee eG 242 15 20 Version 4 1 2 2001 08 19 ooo a Pee ae a 243 1521 Version 4 LO ROLLO os e sonaa a a we a a E 245 15 22 Version 4 0 14 2011 10 13 o o eee 247 15 23 Version 4 012 2070107 15 dc ne d aa we we ed ee ee os ae ee 8 249 Contents 15 24 Version 4 0 TO 2011 06 22 ocurra e RI ee ee y 249 15 25 Version 4 0 8 2011 05 16 250 15 26 Version 4 0 6 2011 04 21 es ssa ee corr eee ees 251 15 27 Version 4 0 4 2011 03 17 23 0445 4 6 5 544ae404060 4 8 oo 44 SSeS 253 15 28 Version 4 02 2011 01 18 gt ass sasa Kee ee ee ee e Y 255 15 29 Version 4 0 0 2010 12 22 ss ge oe So ee we a Re 256 15 30 Version 3 2 12 2010 11 30 258 15 31 Version 3 2 10 2010 10 08 o e oe teer era BRE Oa EE Ee ES eS 260 15 32 Version 3 2 8 2010 08 05 2 0 0 0 0 ee ee ee ee 262 15 33 Version 3 2 6 2010 06 25 o ese se ee ca a A re 263 15 34 Version 3 2 4 2010 06 07 265 15 35 Version 3 42 2010 06 02 s s ta sacara ee ee eee EE 266
325. eemail hu Copyright c 2010 2012 Zoltan Herczeg All rights re served STACK LESS JUST IN TIME COMPILER Written by Zoltan Herczeg Email local part hzmester Emain domain freemail hu Copyright c 2009 2012 Zoltan Herczeg All rights re served THE C WRAPPER FUNCTIONS Contributed by Google Inc Copyright c 2007 2012 Google Inc All rights reserved THE BSD LICENCE Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met e Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer e Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution e Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the name of Google Inc nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LI ABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUE
326. eetype org All rights reserved Please replace lt year gt with the value from the FreeType version you actually use Legal Terms 0 Definitions Throughout this license the terms package FreeType Project and FreeType archive refer to the set of files originally distributed by the authors David Turner Robert Wil helm and Werner Lemberg as the FreeType Project be they named as alpha beta or final release 339 16 Third party materials and licenses You refers to the licensee or person using the project where using is a generic term including compiling the project s source code as well as linking it to form a program or executable This program is referred to as a program using the FreeType engine This license applies to all files distributed in the original FreeType Project including all source code binaries and documentation unless otherwise stated in the file in its original unmodified form as distributed in the original archive If you are unsure whether or not a particular file is covered by this license you must contact us to verify this The FreeType Project is copyright C 1996 2000 by David Turner Robert Wilhelm and Werner Lemberg All rights reserved except as specified below 1 No Warranty THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITN
327. eges Linux hosts fixed runtime assertion in semaphore implementation which was triggered under certain conditions bug 616 Linux hosts change the default USB access mode on certain distributions bugs 3394 and 4291 Linux hosts on hardened Gentoo the VBoxSVC daemon crashed by opening the VM net work settings bug 3732 279 15 Change log Linux hosts Solaris hosts pass the XAUTHORITY variable along the DISPLAY variable when starting a VM from VBoxManage or from the VM selector bug 5063 Linux hosts use sysfs to enumerate host drives if hal is not available Solaris hosts fixed a bug which would hang the host sporadically as interrupts were not re enabled every time Solaris hosts fixed a kernel panic with bridged and host only networking bug 4775 Solaris hosts fixed incorrectly persistent CD DVD ROMs when changing them bug 5077 X11 based hosts support additional function keys on Sun keyboards bug 4907 Mac OS X hosts Snow Leopard fixed problem starting headless VMs without a graphical session bug 5002 Mac OS X hosts fixed problem listing host only adapter names with trailing garbage at tached VMs won t start Windows Additions now work with Vista 64 bit Home editions bug 3865 Windows Additions fixed screen corruption with ZoomText Magnifier Windows Additions fixed NPGetUniversalName failure bug 4853 Windows Additions fixed Windows NT regression bug 4946 Windows Additions
328. eir property sections and appliance config uration with ISO images are not yet supported Remote files via HTTP or other mechanisms are not yet supported Neither scale mode nor seamless mode work correctly with guests using OpenGL 3D features such as with compiz enabled window managers The RDP server in the VirtualBox extension pack supports only audio streams in format 22 05kHz stereo 16 bit If the RDP client requests any other audio format there will be no audio Preserving the aspect ratio in scale mode works only on Windows hosts and on Mac OS X hosts On Mac OS X hosts the following features are not yet implemented Numlock emulation CPU frequency metric Memory ballooning Mac OS X guests Mac OS X guests can only run on a certain host hardware For details about license and host hardware limitations please see chapter 3 1 1 Mac OS X guests page 45 and check the Apple software license conditions VirtualBox does not provide Guest Additions for Mac OS X at this time 221 14 Known limitations The graphics resolution currently defaults to 1024x768 as Mac OS X falls back to the built in EFI display support See chapter 3 12 1 Video modes in EFI page 57 for more information on how to change EFI video modes Mac OS X guests only work with one CPU assigned to the VM Support for SMP will be provided in a future release Depending on your system and version of Mac OS X you might expe
329. el_iommu on boot option could be needed Search for DMAR and PCI DMA in kernel boot log Once you made sure that the host kernel supports the IOMMU the next step is to select the PCI card and attach it to the guest To figure out the list of available PCI devices use the lspci command The output will look like this 01 00 0 VGA compatible controller ATI Technologies Inc Cedar PRO Radeon HD 5450 01 00 1 Audio device ATI Technologies Inc Manhattan HDMI Audio Mobility Radeon HD 5000 Series 02 00 0 Ethernet controller Realtek Semiconductor Co Ltd RTL8111 8168B PCI Express Gigabit Ethernet controller rev 03 03 00 0 SATA controller JMicron Technology Corp JMB362 JMB363 Serial ATA Controller rev 03 03 00 1 IDE interface JMicron Technology Corp JMB362 JMB363 Serial ATA Controller rev 03 06 00 0 VGA compatible controller nVidia Corporation G86 GeForce 8500 GT rev al The first column is a PCI address in format bus device function This address could be used to identify the device for further operations For example to attach a PCI network controller on the system listed above to the second PCI bus in the guest as device 5 function 0 use the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name pciattach 02 00 0 01 05 0 To detach same device use VBoxManage modifyvm VM name pcidetach 02 00 0 Please note that both host and guest could freely assign a different PCI address to the card attached during runtime so t
330. els lt 2 6 20 Linux hosts only bug 2827 Networking fixed intermittent BSODs when using the new host interface Windows hosts only bugs 2832 2937 2929 Networking fixed several issues with displaying hostif NICs in the GUI Windows hosts only bugs 2814 2842 Networking fixed the issue with displaying hostif NICs without assigned IP addresses Linux hosts only bug 2780 Networking fixed the issue with sent packets coming back to internal network when using hostif Linux hosts only bug 3056 NAT fixed port forwarding Windows hosts only bug 2808 NAT fixed booting from the builtin TFTP server bug 1959 NAT fixed occasional crashes bug 2709 SATA vendor product data VPD is now configurable SATA raw disk partitions were not recognized 2 1 0 regression Windows host only bug 2778 SATA fixed timeouts in the guest when using raw VMDK files Linux host only bug 2796 SATA huge speed up during certain I O operations like formatting a drive SATA IDE fixed possible crash errors during VM shutdown VRDP fixed loading of Libpam so 1 from the host Solaris hosts only VRDP fixed RDP client disconnects VRDP fixed VRDP server misbehavior after a broken client connection VBoxManage showvminfo fixed assertion for running VMs bug 2773 295 15 Change log VBoxManage convertfromraw added parameter checking and made it default to creating VDI files fixed and documented format parameter bug 2
331. em is not idling As a result the additional memory only becomes available after a significant amount of time this can be hours or even days Even worse this kind of page sharing algorithm generally consumes significant CPU resources and increases the virtualization overhead by 10 20 Page Fusion in VirtualBox uses logic in the VirtualBox Guest Additions to quickly identify memory cells that are most likely identical across VMs It can therefore achieve most of the possible savings of page sharing almost immediately and with almost no overhead 2 Page Fusion is also much less likely to be confused by identical memory that it will eliminate just to learn seconds later that the memory will now change and having to perform a highly expensive and often service disrupting reallocation At this time Page Fusion can only be controlled with VBoxManage and only while a VM is shut down To enable Page Fusion for a VM use the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name pagefusion on You can observe Page Fusion operation using some metrics RAM VMM Shared shows the total amount of fused pages whereas the per VM metric Guest RAM Usage Shared will return the amount of fused memory for a given VM Please refer to chapter 8 33 VBoxManage metrics page 151 for information on how to query metrics 78 5 Virtual storage As the virtual machine will most probably expect to see a hard disk built into its virtual computer VirtualBox must be a
332. ems are attached The following options are available e To add another virtual hard disk or a CD DVD or floppy drive select the storage con troller to which it should be added IDE SATA SCSI SAS floppy controller and then click on the add disk button below the tree You can then either select Add CD DVD device or Add Hard Disk If you clicked on a floppy controller you can add a floppy drive instead Alternatively right click on the storage controller and select a menu item there On the right part of the window you can then set the following 1 You can then select to which device slot of the controller the virtual disk should be connected to IDE controllers have four slots which have traditionally been called 52 3 Configuring virtual machines e primary master primary slave secondary master and secondary slave By contrast SATA and SCSI controllers offer you up to 30 slots to which virtual devices can be attached 2 You can select which image file to use For virtual hard disks a button with a drop down list appears on the right offer ing you to either select a virtual hard disk file using a standard file dialog or to create a new hard disk image file which will bring up the Create new disk wizard which was described in chapter 1 7 Creating your first virtual machine page 18 For details on the image file types that are supported please see ch
333. emulated devices not based on any physical counterpart It is a simple synthetic device which provides compatibility with standard VGA and several extended registers used by the VESA BIOS Extensions VBE Storage VirtualBox currently emulates the standard ATA interface found on Intel PIIX3 PIIX4 chips the SATA AHCI interface and two SCSI adapters LSI Logic and Bus Logic see chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI SAS page 79 for details Whereas providing one of these would be enough for VirtualBox by itself this mul titude of storage adapters is required for compatibility with other hypervisors Windows is particularly picky about its boot devices and migrating VMs between hypervisors is very difficult or impossible if the storage controllers are different Networking See chapter 6 1 Virtual networking hardware page 91 USB VirtualBox emulates two USB host controllers EHCI and OHCI There is a need for two host controllers because OHCI only handles USB low and full speed devices both USB 1 x and 2 0 while EHCI only handles high speed devices USB 2 0 only The emulated USB controllers do not communicate directly with devices on the host but rather with a virtual USB layer which abstracts the USB protocol and allows the use of remote USB devices Audio See chapter 3 7 Audio settings page 53 46 3 Configuring virtual machines 3 3 General settings In the Settings window under General y
334. en and your computer resumes operation Saving the state of a virtual machine is thus in some ways similar to suspending a laptop computer e g by closing its lid e Send the shutdown signal This will send an ACPI shutdown signal to the virtual machine which has the same effect as if you had pressed the power button on a real computer So long as the VM is running a fairly modern operating system this should trigger a proper shutdown mechanism from within the VM e Power off the machine With this option VirtualBox also stops running the virtual ma chine but without saving its state Warning This is equivalent to pulling the power plug on a real computer without shutting it down properly If you start the machine again after powering it off your operating system will have to reboot completely and may begin a lengthy check of its virtual system disks As a result this should not normally be done since it can potentially cause data loss or an inconsistent state of the guest system on disk As an exception if your virtual machine has any snapshots see the next chapter you can use this option to quickly restore the current snapshot of the virtual machine In that case powering off the machine will not disrupt its state but any changes made since that snapshot was taken will be lost The Discard button in the VirtualBox Manager window discards a virtual machine s saved state This has the same effect as powering i
335. ending a video mode hint using the VBoxManage tool 67 4 Guest Additions Multiple guest monitors are supported in guests using the X Org server version 1 3 which is part of release 7 3 of the X Window System version 11 or a later version The layout of the guest screens can be adjusted as needed using the tools which come with the guest operating system If you want to understand more about the details of how the X Org drivers are set up in particular if you wish to use them in a setting which our installer doesn t handle correctly you should read chapter 9 4 2 Guest graphics and mouse driver setup in depth page 161 4 2 2 3 Updating the Linux Guest Additions The Guest Additions can simply be updated by going through the installation procedure again with an updated CD ROM image This will replace the drivers with updated versions You should reboot after updating the Guest Additions 4 2 2 4 Uninstalling the Linux Guest Additions If you have a version of the Guest Additions installed on your virtual machine and wish to remove it without installing new ones you can do so by inserting the Guest Additions CD image into the virtual CD ROM drive as described above and running the installer for the current Guest Additions with the uninstall parameter from the path that the CD image is mounted on in the guest sh VBoxLinuxAdditions run uninstall While this will normally work without issues you may need to do some manua
336. ense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it 6 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Pro gram subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License 7 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court 309 16 Third party materials and licenses order agreement or otherwise that contradi
337. ension packs that are currently installed please start the VirtualBox Man ager see the next section From the File menu please select Preferences In the window that shows up go to the Extensions category which shows you the extensions which are currently installed and allows you to remove a package or add a new one Alternatively you can use VBoxManage on the command line see chapter 8 36 VBoxMan age extpack page 153 for details 1 6 Starting VirtualBox After installation you can start VirtualBox as follows e On a Windows host in the standard Programs menu click on the item in the VirtualBox group On Vista or Windows 7 you can also type VirtualBox in the search box of the Start menu e On a Mac OS X host in the Finder double click on the VirtualBox item in the Applica tions folder You may want to drag this item onto your Dock e On a Linux or Solaris host depending on your desktop environment a VirtualBox item may have been placed in either the System or System Tools group of your Applications menu Alternatively you can type VirtualBox in a terminal When you start VirtualBox for the first time a window like the following should come up Oracle VM VirtualBox Manager D em Details Snapshots New Settings Start Discard Welcome to VirtualBox The left part of this window is a list of all virtual machines on your computer The list i
338. ention the failure to find a suitable driver package for the sun_VBoxNetAdp component Again as with the bridged networking problem described above the solution is to uninstall VirtualBox remove the INF cache windir inf INFCACHE 1 reboot and try to re install VirtualBox 12 7 Linux hosts 12 7 1 Linux kernel module refuses to load If the VirtualBox kernel module vboxdrv refuses to load i e you get an Error inserting vboxdrv Invalid argument check as root the output of the dmesg command to find out why the load failed Most probably the kernel disagrees with the version of the gcc used to compile the module Make sure that you use the same compiler as used to build the kernel 12 7 2 Linux host CD DVD drive not found If you have configured a virtual machine to use the host s CD DVD drive but this does not appear to work make sure that the current user has permission to access the corresponding Linux device file dev hdc or dev scd0 or dev cdrom or similar On most distributions the user must be added to a corresponding group usually called cdrom or cdrw 12 7 3 Linux host CD DVD drive not found older distributions On older Linux distributions if your CD DVD device has a different name VirtualBox may be unable to find it On older Linux hosts VirtualBox performs the following steps to locate your CD DVD drives 1 VirtualBox examines if the environment variable VBOX_CDROM is defined see below If so Vi
339. er if he uses an outdated extension pack and allow to download and upgrade in that case bug 8025 GUI fixed spurious LCtrl key events on some Windows hosts 4 0 6 regression bug 373 VBoxManage another fix for extpack install replace bug 9308 VBoxManage allow to specify the UUID of the target image in convertfromraw VRDP fixed a rare crash when two or more clients connect to the server bug 9503 VRDP fixed a case when a client was not resized correctly bug 9242 USB make device capturing work on Windows hosts with usbhub class filter drivers in stalled bug 9298 bugfixes for Windows host USB support VHD fixed reads crossing block boundaries bug 8532 VMDK fixed progress indicator when creating split VMDK images Floppy fixed medium size detection for physical mediums Windows hosts only Main fixed VM initialization if a shared folder does not exist bug 7941 Main fixed possible deadlock between hard disk enumeration and resetting of immutable disks bug 9549 Main fixed not detaching of virtual storage after a snapshot restore operation bug 8296 Main always reset modified state after restoring a snapshot bug 9387 Main fixed writing of changed VM settings to disk when using snapshots bug 8932 Main fixed taking screen shots e g the preview window for headless VMs if the Guest Additions are active Virtio net fixed the problem with UDP packets exceeding MTU bug 9370 3D Support fixed in
340. ered Code 4 Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the Covered Code due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must a comply with the terms of this License to the max imum extent possible and b describe the limitations and the code they affect Such description must be included in the LEGAL file described in Section 3 4 and must be included with all dis tributions of the Source Code Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it 5 Application of this License This License applies to code to which the Initial Developer has attached the notice in Exhibit A and to related Covered Code 6 Versions of the License 6 1 New Versions Netscape Communications Corporation Netscape may publish revised and or new versions of the License from time to time Each version will be given a distinguishing version number 6 2 Effect of New Versions Once Covered Code has been published under a particular version of the License You may always continue to use it under the terms of that version You may also choose to use such Covered Code under the terms of any subsequent version of the License published by Netscape No one other than Netscape has the right to modify the terms applicable to Covered Code
341. ered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original software 3 This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution 16 2 21 FreeBSD license The compilation of software known as FreeBSD is distributed under the following terms Copyright c 1992 2009 The FreeBSD Project All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 335 16 Third party materials and licenses 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DIS CLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DI RECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONT
342. erfaces through which the VirtualBox core communicates with the Guest Additions are kept stable so that Guest Additions already installed in a VM should continue to work when VirtualBox is upgraded on the host for best results it is recommended to keep the Guest Additions at the same version Starting with VirtualBox 3 1 the Windows and Linux Guest Additions therefore check auto matically whether they have to be updated If the host is running a newer VirtualBox version than the Guest Additions a notification with further instructions is displayed in the guest To disable this update check for the Guest Additions of a given virtual machine set the value of its VirtualBox GuestAdd CheckHostVersion guest property to 0 see chapter 4 6 Guest properties page 74 for details 4 2 Installing and Maintaining Guest Additions Guest Additions are available for virtual machines running Windows Linux Solaris or OS 2 The following sections describe the specifics of each variant in detail 4 2 1 Guest Additions for Windows The VirtualBox Windows Guest Additions are designed to be installed in a virtual machine run ning a Windows operating system The following versions of Windows guests are supported e Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 any service pack e Microsoft Windows 2000 any service pack 60 4 Guest Additions Microsoft Windows XP any service pack Microsoft Windows Server 2003 any service pack Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Mi
343. erformance improvement SCSI fixed error when using the full format option during Windows installation bug 5101 iSCSI fixed authentication bug 4031 Host only bridged networking fixed excessive host kernel warnings under certain circum stances Linux hosts only 3 2 0 regression bug 6872 NAT fixed potential memory leaks NAT increased the size of the memory pool for 16K Jumbo frames performance tweak NAT allow to link unlink the network cable even if the VM is currently paused E1000 disconnect cable was not properly handled if the NIC was not yet initialized by the guest OVF export performance optimization OVF upgraded OS type definitions to CIM 2 25 0 so that Windows 7 and other OSes are now tagged correctly on export Settings the setting for disabling the host I O cache was sometimes not properly saved Settings save machine state into XML correctly even when snapshot folder has been changed to a non default location bug 5656 USB allow the guest to disable an EHCI port 264 15 Change log USB find a valid language ID before querying strings bug 7034 POSIX hosts fixed several memory leaks 3 2 0 regression Solaris hosts fixed VDI access problem under certain circumstances IDE SATA 3 2 0 re gression Solaris hosts fixed VM fails to start on 32 bit hosts 3 2 0 regression bug 6899 Windows hosts 32 bit increase guest RAM limit if the host kernel allows for more virtual address space
344. erms of this License 1 8 License means this document 1 8 1 Licensable means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant or subsequently acquired any and all of the rights conveyed herein 1 9 Modifications means any addition to or deletion from the substance or structure of either the Original Code or any previous Modifications When Covered Code is released as a series of files a Modification is 326 16 Third party materials and licenses A Any addition to or deletion from the contents of a file containing Original Code or previous Modifications B Any new file that contains any part of the Original Code or previous Modifications 1 10 Original Code means Source Code of computer software code which is described in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A as Original Code and which at the time of its release under this License is not already Covered Code governed by this License 1 10 1 Patent Claims means any patent claim s now owned or hereafter acquired in cluding without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any patent Licensable by grantor 1 11 Source Code means the preferred form of the Covered Code for making modifications to it including all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files scripts used to control compilation and installation of an Executable or source code differential
345. ertificate path ca_cert pem vboxmanage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Security ServerCertificate path server_cert pem vboxmanage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Security ServerPrivateKey path server_key_private pem As the client that connects to the server determines what type of encryption will be used with rdesktop the Linux RDP viewer use the 4 or 5 options 7 1 7 Multiple connections to the VRDP server The VRDP server of VirtualBox supports multiple simultaneous connections to the same running VM from different clients All connected clients see the same screen output and share a mouse pointer and keyboard focus This is similar to several people using the same computer at the same time taking turns at the keyboard The following command enables multiple connection mode VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdemulticon on 108 7 Remote virtual machines 7 1 8 Multiple remote monitors To access two or more remote VM displays you have to enable the VRDP multiconnection mode see chapter 7 1 7 Multiple connections to the VRDP server page 108 The RDP client can select the virtual monitor number to connect to using the domain logon parameter d If the parameter ends with followed by a number VirtualBox interprets this number as the screen index The primary guest screen is selected with 1 the first secondary screen is 42 etc The Microsoft RDP6 client does not let you specify a separate domain name Inst
346. erver startup problems you may try to remove this directory All VirtualBox applications VirtualBox VBoxSDL VBoxManage and VBoxHeadless require the VirtualBox directory to be in the library path LD_LIBRARY_PATH VBoxManage showvminfo Windows XP 41 2 Installation details 2 4 Installing on Solaris hosts For the specific versions of Solaris that we support as host operating systems please refer to chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 15 If you have a previously installed instance of VirtualBox on your Solaris host please uninstall it first before installing a new instance Refer to chapter 2 4 4 Uninstallation page 43 for uninstall instructions 2 4 1 Performing the installation VirtualBox is available as a standard Solaris package Download the VirtualBox SunOS package which includes both the 32 bit and 64 bit versions of VirtualBox The installation must be per formed as root and from the global zone as the VirtualBox installer loads kernel drivers which cannot be done from non global zones To verify which zone you are currently in execute the zonename command Execute the following commands gunzip cd VirtualBox 4 3 0 Sun0S tar gz tar xvf Starting with VirtualBox 3 1 the VirtualBox kernel package is no longer a separate package and has been integrated into the main package Install the VirtualBox package using pkgadd d VirtualBox 4 3 0 Sun0S pkg Note If you are using Solaris Zones to
347. es o o 30 115 Global Settings coco macarra Getto e aaa 32 116 Alternative front end so e a e eR eR ee awe eS ae A 32 2 Installation details 34 2 1 Installing on Windows hosts o 34 2 LL CPES QMISIES 2 o a a ia 34 2 1 2 Performing the installation 4 08 04 6644 sees 34 2 15 Uninstalladorn lt seere 42404648 34 eu ee a 35 214 Unattended installation s ec ioa ge ace bao ee wes 35 2 2 Installing on Mac OS X hosts aasa aaa aa eras 36 22 1 Performing the installati n 66 soru maa o i s 36 2 2 2 U installation lt oen ce oee ia a i 36 2 2 93 Unattended instalation oi 5 556 a a a a EE ee e 36 2 3 Installing on Linux hosts cc ce 65 cecce ebb ewe ee EE te Kraai 36 Zol Prereguites ora A E ek e 36 2 3 2 The VirtualBox kernel module 2 oes ee oe ee ee eae ess 37 2 3 3 Performing the installation o o 38 29 4 CIDE WOORUBETS OU so s se ee ER a 41 2 3 5 Starting VirtualBox on Linux o e 41 24 Installing on Solaris hosts o oo ssc saa aaa eaaa ee ew ee es 42 2 4 1 Performing the installation o 42 DAD Thevborus r Groupe e p a a E E ee e 42 2 4 3 Starting VirtualBox on Solaris aaaea o 43 2 4 4 2 4 5 2 4 6 Contents Uninstallation ooo ai aa ee A a Unattended installation o ee ee Configuring a zone for running VirtualBox 3 C
348. es buffering never occurred for virtual disks residing on remote iSCSI storage which is the more common scenario in enterprise class setups see chapter 5 10 SCSI servers page 90 While buffering is a useful default setting for virtualizating a few machines on a desktop computer there are some disadvantages to this approach 1 Delayed writing through the host OS cache is less secure When the guest OS writes data it considers the data written even though it has not yet arrived on a physical disk If for some reason the write does not happen power failure host crash the likelihood of data loss increases 2 Disk image files tend to be very large Caching them can therefore quickly use up the entire host OS cache Depending on the efficiency of the host OS caching this may slow down the host immensely especially if several VMs run at the same time For example on Linux hosts host caching may result in Linux delaying all writes until the host cache is nearly full and then writing out all these changes at once possibly stalling VM execution for minutes This can result in I O errors in the guest as I O requests time out there 3 Physical memory is often wasted as guest operating systems typically have their own I O caches which may result in the data being cached twice in both the guest and the host caches for little effect If you decide to disable host I O caching for the above reasons VirtualBox uses its own small cache to bu
349. es bug 4080 VHD fixed crash when discarding snapshots of a VHD image VHD fixed access beyond the block bitmap which could lead to arbitrary crashes VBoxManage fixed incorrect partition table processing when creating VMDK files giving raw partition access bug 3510 VBoxManage support cloning to existing image file OVF several OVF 1 0 compatibility fixes OVF fixed exporting of disk images when multiple virtual machines are exported at once Virtual mouse device eliminated micro movements of the virtual mouse which were con fusing some applications bug 3782 Shared Folders sometimes a file was created using the wrong permissions 2 2 0 regres sion bug 3785 Shared Folders allow to change file attributes from Linux guests and use the correct file mode when creating files Shared Folders some content was incorrectly written under certain conditions bug 1187 286 15 Change log Shared Folders fixed incorrect file timestamps when using Windows guest on a Linux host bug 3404 X11 clipboard fix duplicate end of lines bug 4270 X11 guests a number of shared clipboard fixes Linux guests Guest Additions support for SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11 Linux guests new daemon vboxadd service to handle time synchronization and guest prop erty lookup Linux guests implemented guest properties OS info logged in users basic network infor mation Windows host installer VirtualBox Python API can now be installed a
350. es and as a live SVN repository 16 1 Materials VirtualBox contains portions of QEMU which is governed by the licenses in chapter 16 2 5 X Consortium License X11 page 322 and chapter 16 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 311 and C 2003 2005 Fabrice Bellard Copyright C 2004 2005 Vassili Karpov malc Copyright c 2004 Antony T Curtis Copyright C 2003 Jocelyn Mayer VirtualBox contains code which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 5 X Consortium License X11 page 322 and Copyright 2004 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology VirtualBox contains code of the BOCHS VGA BIOS which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 311 and Copyright C 2001 2002 the LGPL VGABios developers Team VirtualBox contains code of the BOCHS ROM BIOS which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 311 and Copyright C 2002 MandrakeSoft S A Copyright C 2004 Fabrice Bellard Copyright C 2005 Struan Bartlett VirtualBox contains the zlib library which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 6 zlib license page 322 and Copyright C 1995 2003 Jean loup Gailly and Mark Adler VirtualBox may contain OpenSSL which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 7 OpenSSL license page 322 and Copyright C 1995 1998 Eric Young eay cryptsoft com This product includes software written by Tim Hudson tjh cryptsof
351. es not automatically attach the newly created image to a virtual machine This can be done with e g VBoxManage storageattach WindowsXP storagectl IDE Controller port 0 device 0 type hdd medium path to file vmdk When this is done the selected virtual machine will boot from the specified physical disk 9 9 1 2 Access to individual physical hard disk partitions This raw partition support is quite similar to the full hard disk access described above How ever in this case any partitioning information will be stored inside the VMDK image so you can e g install a different boot loader in the virtual hard disk without affecting the host s partition ing information While the guest will be able to see all partitions that exist on the physical disk access will be filtered in that reading from partitions for which no access is allowed the partitions will only yield zeroes and all writes to them are ignored To create a special image for raw partition support which will contain a small amount of data as already mentioned on a Linux host use the command VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk filename path to file vmdk rawdisk dev sda partitions 1 5 167 9 Advanced topics As you can see the command is identical to the one for full hard disk access except for the additional partitions parameter This example would create the image path to file vmdk which again must be absolute and partitio
352. et to 1 if vbox greeter should hide the button to shutdown the guest This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST 3 BannerPath Path to a PNG file for using it as a banner on the top The image size must be 460 x 90 pixels any bit depth This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST 4 UseTheming Set to 1 for turning on the following theming options This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST 5 Theme BackgroundColor Hexadecimal RRGGBB color for the background This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST 6 Theme LogonDialog HeaderColor Hexadecimal RRGGBB foreground color for the header text This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST 7 Theme LogonDialog BackgroundColor Hexadecimal RRGGBB color for the logon dialog background This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST 8 Theme LogonDialog ButtonColor Hexadecimal RRGGBB background color for the lo gon dialog button This property must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST Note The same restrictions for the guest properties above apply as for the ones speci fied in the pam_vbox section 9 3 Advanced configuration for Windows guests 9 3 1 Automated Windows system preparation Beginning with Windows NT 4 0 Microsoft offers a system preparation tool in short Sysprep to prepare a Windows system for deployment or re
353. eue processing problems which led to hangs if the VM could not be started successfully VBoxManage don t crash if parameters with invalid characters are passed bug 7388 VBoxManage clonehd fixed a bug where the command aborted with an error message under rare circumstances VBoxManage metrics made it work for directly started VMs again 3 2 8 regression bug 7482 3D support report GLX_ARB get proc_address as supported extension 3D support guest application stack corruption when using glGetVertexAttrib ifd v bug 7395 3D support fixed broken 3D support when switching to full screen seamless modes bug 7314 3D support fixed 32bit OpenGL apps under 64bit Windows XP Vista bug 7066 OVF fixed bug when exporting a VM with multiple attached disks bug 7366 OVF fixed slow export for certain filesystems bug 3719 OVF disabled manifest mf file support manifests are no longer verified on import nor written on export Shared clipboard Windows improved the reliability of the shared clipboard on Windows hosts and guest partial fix to bug 5266 Shared Folders don t show an empty directory if filenames with an invalid encoding exist on the host bug 7349 Shared Folders return the proper error code when trying to list files for a non existing wildcard bug 7004 Audio fixed guest memory corruption when capturing from the NULL audio backend bug 6911 Audio improved playback quality less choppy Web
354. even more memory will be allocated for the second VM which may not even be able to start if that memory is not available On the other hand you should specify as much as your guest OS and your applications will require to run properly A Windows XP guest will require at least a few hundred MB RAM to run properly and Windows Vista will even refuse to install with less than 512 MB Of course if you want to run graphics intensive applications in your VM you may require even more RAM So as a rule of thumb if you have 1 GB of RAM or more in your host computer it is usually safe to allocate 512 MB to each VM But in any case make sure you always have at least 256 to 512 MB of RAM left on your host operating system Otherwise you may cause your host OS to excessively swap out memory to your hard disk effectively bringing your host system to a standstill As with the other settings you can change this setting later after you have created the VM Next you must specify a virtual hard disk for your VM There are many and potentially complicated ways in which VirtualBox can provide hard disk space to a VM see chapter 5 Virtual storage page 79 for details but the most common way is to use a large image file on your real hard disk whose contents VirtualBox presents to your VM as if it were a complete hard disk This file represents an entire hard disk then so you can even copy it to another host and use it with another Vi
355. f this License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it enforceable This License shall be governed by California law provisions except to the extent applicable law if any provides otherwise excluding its conflict of law provisions With respect to disputes in which at least one party is a citizen of or an entity chartered or registered to do business in the United States of America any litigation relating to this License shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Courts of the Northern District of California with venue lying in Santa Clara County California with the losing party responsible for costs including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys fees and expenses The application of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is expressly excluded Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not apply to this License 12 RESPONSIBILITY FOR CLAIMS As between Initial Developer and the Contributors each party is responsible for claims and damages arising directly or indirectly out of its utilization of rights under this License and You agree to work with Initial Developer and Contributors to dis tribute such responsibility on an equitable basis Nothing herein is intended or shall be deemed to constitute any admission of liability 13 MULTIPLE LIC
356. ffer writes but no read caching since this is typically already performed by the guest OS In addition VirtualBox fully supports asynchronous I O for its virtual SATA SCSI and SAS controllers through multiple I O threads Since asynchronous I O is not supported by IDE controllers for performance reasons you may want to leave host caching enabled for your VM s virtual IDE controllers For this reason VirtualBox allows you to configure whether the host I O cache is used for each T O controller separately Either uncheck the Use host I O cache box in the Storage settings for a given virtual storage controller or use the following VBoxManage command to disable the host I O cache for a virtual storage controller VBoxManage storagectl lt vm gt name lt controllername gt hostiocache off See chapter 8 19 VBoxManage storagectl page 137 for details For the above reasons also VirtualBox now uses SATA controllers by default for new virtual machines 5 8 Limiting bandwidth for disk images Starting with version 4 0 VirtualBox allows for limiting the maximum bandwidth used for asyn chronous I O Additionally it supports sharing limits through bandwidth groups for several im ages It is possible to have more than one such limit 88 5 Virtual storage Limits are configured through VBoxManage The example below creates a bandwidth group named Limit sets the limit to 20 MB s and assigns the group to the attached disks
357. fications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change b You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License c If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole Ifidentifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you 308 16 Third party materials and licenses distribute them as separate works But when you
358. fixed VM reset handling in e1000 VRDP fixed rare crash in multimonitor configuration Display fixed occasional guest resize crash Mouse don t send relative mouse events together with absolute mouse events 3 2 10 regression bug 7571 Keyboard fixes for the USB keyboard emulation fixes for Korean keyboards Serial don t hang if the host device would block during open bugs 5756 5380 Serial fixed modem status lines Linux hosts only bug 812 Graphics Horizontal resolutions are no longer restricted to a multiple of 8 pixels bug 2047 requires Guest Additions update USB fixed a crash with older Linux kernels and non ASCII characters in device strings Linux hosts only bug 6983 7158 7733 version 3 2 8 contained an incomplete fix USB fixed a crash under rare circumstances bug 7409 Windows hosts only iSCSI respond to NOP In requests from the target immediately to avoid being discon nected if the guest is idle 3D support fixed a crash under certain circumstances bug 7659 3D support fixed crashes for GLUT based apps bug 6848 3D support added missing GLX 1 3 functionality bugs 7652 7195 2D Video acceleration fixed potential deadlock when saving the VM state bug 4124 Windows hosts another fix for BSODs under certain circumstances in VBoxNetFlt sys bug 7601 Solaris hosts fixed host USB DVD drive detection Mac OS X hosts fixed swapped keys for certain ISO keyboard types bug 2996
359. for getting output from that process If no timeout is specified VBoxManage will wait forever until the started process ends or an error occured unix2dos Converts output from a UNIX Linux guests to DOS Windows compatible line endings LF gt CR LF Not implemented yet verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose wait exit Waits until the process ends and outputs its exit code along with the exit reason flags wait stdout Waits until the process ends and outputs its exit code along with the exit reason flags While waiting VBoxManage retrieves the process output collected from stdout wait stderr Waits until the process ends and outputs its exit code along with the exit reason flags While waiting VBoxManage retrieves the process output collected from stderr lt argumentis gt lt argumentNs gt One or more arguments to pass to the process being executed Arguments containing spaces must be enclosed in quotation marks Note On Windows there are certain limitations for graphical applications please see chapter 14 Known limitations page 220 for more information Examples VBoxManage nologo guestcontrol My VM execute image bin ls username foo passwordfile bar txt wait exit wait stdout l usr VBoxManage nologo guestcontrol My VM execute image c windows system32 ipconfig exe username foo passwordfile bar txt wait exit wait stdout Note that the do
360. fyvm VM name nic lt x gt hostonly see chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 123 for details For host only networking like with internal networking you may find the DHCP server useful that is built into VirtualBox This can be enabled to then manage the IP addresses in the host only network since otherwise you would need to configure all IP addresses statically e In the VirtualBox graphical user interface you can configure all these items in the global settings via File gt Settings gt Network which lists all host only networks which are presently in use Click on the network name and then on the Edit button to the right and you can modify the adapter and DHCP settings e Alternatively you can use VBoxManage dhcpserver on the command line please see chap ter 8 35 VBoxManage dhcpserver page 152 for details Note On Linux and Mac OS X hosts the number of host only interfaces is limited to 128 There is no such limit for Solaris and Windows hosts 98 6 Virtual networking 6 8 UDP Tunnel networking This networking mode allows to interconnect virtual machines running on different hosts Technically this is done by encapsulating Ethernet frames sent or received by the guest network card into UDP IP datagrams and sending them over any network available to the host UDP Tunnel mode has three parameters Source UDP port The port on which the host listens Datagrams arriving on this port f
361. fyvm VM name nicbandwidthgroup2 Limit All adapters in a group share the bandwidth limit meaning that in the example above the bandwidth of both adapters combined can never exceed 20 Mbit s However if one adapter doesn t require bandwidth the other can use the remaining bandwidth of its group The limits for each group can be changed while the VM is running with changes being picked up immediately The example below changes the limit for the group created in the example above to 100 Kbit s VBoxManage bandwidthctl VM name set Limit limit 100k To completely disable shaping for the first adapter of VM use the following command 4For Linux hosts the shared library libvdeplug so must be available in the search path for shared libraries Shttp wiki virtualsquare org wiki index php VDE_Basic_Networking 100 6 Virtual networking VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nicbandwidthgroupl none It is also possible to disable shaping for all adapters assigned to a bandwidth group while VM is running by specifying the zero limit for the group For example for the bandwidth group named Limit use VBoxManage bandwidthctl VM name set Limit limit 0 6 11 Improving network performance VirtualBox provides a variety of virtual network adapters that can be attached to the host s network in a number of ways Depending on which types of adapters and attachments are used the network performance will be different Performance wi
362. g license oso 2422444444446 4 2405454444 338 O o e A wh ele eee Be eee Ss 339 16 429 YPX LICENSE Lois ee Ree a De See eee aaa S 341 17 VirtualBox privacy information 342 Glossary 343 10 1 First steps Welcome to Oracle VM VirtualBox VirtualBox is a cross platform virtualization application What does that mean For one thing it installs on your existing Intel or AMD based computers whether they are running Windows Mac Linux or Solaris operating systems Secondly it extends the capabilities of your existing computer so that it can run multiple operating systems inside multiple virtual machines at the same time So for example you can run Windows and Linux on your Mac run Windows Server 2008 on your Linux server run Linux on your Windows PC and so on all alongside your existing applications You can install and run as many virtual machines as you like the only practical limits are disk space and memory VirtualBox is deceptively simple yet also very powerful It can run everywhere from small embedded systems or desktop class machines all the way up to datacenter deployments and even Cloud environments The following screenshot shows you how VirtualBox installed on a Mac computer is running Windows 7 in a virtual machine window Windows 7 Snapshot 2 Running Seo New Settings Stat Discard Z Android A Powered Off Chrome OS Powered Off x Mac OS X Server E Saved 9 Windows Media Center Oracle
363. ge guestproperty command set see chapter 8 30 VBoxManage guestproperty page 143 for details For example to have all the available guest properties for a given running VM listed with their respective values use this VBoxManage guestproperty enumerate Windows Vista III VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version 4 3 0 C 2005 2013 Oracle Corporation All rights reserved Name VirtualBox GuestInfo 0S Product value Windows Vista Business Edition timestamp 1229098278843087000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo 0S Release value 6 0 6001 timestamp 1229098278950553000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo 0S ServicePack value 1 timestamp 1229098279122627000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd InstallDir value C Program Files Oracle VirtualBox Guest Additions timestamp 1229098279269739000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Revision value 40720 timestamp 1229098279345664000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Version value 4 3 0 timestamp 1229098279479515000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxControl exe value 4 3 0r40720 timestamp 1229098279651731000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxHook dll value 4 3 0r40720 timestamp 1229098279804835000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxDisp dll value 4 3 0r40720 timestamp 1229098279880611000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxMRXNP dll value 4 3 0r40720 timestamp 1229098279882618000 fla
364. ger changes frequently and the help command is always up to date A brief summary of frequently used commands follows e stop stops the VM execution and enables single stepping e g continue VM execution e t single step an instruction rg rh r print the guest hypervisor current registers kg kh k print the guest hypervisor current call stack da db dw dd dq print memory contents as ASCII bytes words dwords qwords e u unassemble memory dg print the guest s GDT di print the guest s IDT dl print the guest s LDT dt print the guest s TSS e dpx print the guest s page table structures e bp br set a normal recompiler breakpoint e bl list breakpoints e bc clear a breakpoint e writecore writes a VM core file to disk refer chapter 12 1 4 VM core format page 203 202 12 Troubleshooting See the built in help for other available commands The VM debugger supports symbolic debugging although symbols for guest code are often not available For Solaris guests the detect command automatically determines the guest OS version and locates kernel symbols in guest s memory Symbolic debugging is then available For Linux guests the detect commands also determines the guest OS version but there are no symbols in the guest s memory Kernel symbols are available in the file proc kallsyms on Linux guests This file must be copied to the host for example using scp The loadmap debugger
365. global lt uuid vmname gt lt key gt lt value gt no value deletes key machinefolder default lt folder gt hwvirtexclusive onloff vrdeauthlibrary default lt library gt websrvauthlibrary default null lt library gt vrdeextpack null lt library gt autostartdbpath null lt folder gt loghistorycount lt value gt defaultfrontend default lt name gt add lt index 0 N gt target lt uuid vmname gt global name lt string gt action ignore hold global filters only active yes no yes vendorid lt XXXX gt null productid lt XXXX gt null revision lt IIFF gt null manufacturer lt string gt null product lt string gt null remote yes no null VM filters only serialnumber lt string gt null maskedinterfaces lt XXXXXXXX gt modify lt index 0 N gt target lt uuid vmname gt global name lt string gt action ignore hold global filters only active yes no vendorid lt XXXX gt 118 usbfilter sharedfolder sharedfolder debugvm metrics metrics metrics metrics metrics metrics dhcpserver 8 VBoxManage productid lt XXXX gt revision lt IIFF gt manufacturer lt string gt product lt string gt remote yes no null VM filters only serialnumber lt string gt maskedinterfaces lt XXXXXXXX gt remove lt index 0 N
366. gs Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxService exe value 4 3 0r40720 timestamp 1229098279883195000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxTray exe value 4 3 0r40720 timestamp 1229098279885027000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxGuest sys value 4 3 0r40720 timestamp 1229098279886838000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxMouse sys value 4 3 0r40720 timestamp 1229098279890600000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxSF sys value 4 3 0r40720 timestamp 1229098279893056000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxVideo sys value 4 3 0r40720 timestamp 1229098279895767000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo 0S LoggedInUsers value 1 timestamp 1229099826317660000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo 0S NoLoggedInUsers value false timestamp 1229098455580553000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo Net Count value 1 timestamp 1229099826299785000 flags Name VirtualBox HostInfo GUI LanguageID value C timestamp 1229098151272771000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo Net 0 V4 IP value 192 168 2 102 timestamp 1229099826300088000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo Net 0 V4 Broadcast value 255 255 255 255 timestamp 1229099826300220000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo Net 0 V4 Netmask value 255 255 255 0 timestamp 1229099826300350000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo Net 0 Status value Up timestamp 1229099826300524000 fla
367. gs Name VirtualBox GuestInfo 0S LoggedInUsersList value username timestamp 1229099826317386000 flags To query the value of a single property use the get subcommand like this VBoxManage guestproperty get Windows Vista III VirtualBox GuestInfo 0S Product 75 4 Guest Additions VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version 4 3 0 C 2005 2013 Oracle Corporation All rights reserved Value Windows Vista Business Edition To add or change guest properties from the guest use the tool VBoxControl This tool is included in the Guest Additions of VirtualBox 2 2 or later When started from a Linux guest this tool requires root privileges for security reasons sudo VBoxControl guestproperty enumerate VirtualBox Guest Additions Command Line Management Interface Version 4 3 0 C 2009 2013 Oracle Corporation All rights reserved Name VirtualBox GuestInfo 0S Release value 2 6 28 18 generic timestamp 1265813265835667000 flags lt NULL gt Name VirtualBox GuestInfo 0S Version value 59 Ubuntu SMP Thu Jan 28 01 23 03 UTC 2010 timestamp 1265813265836305000 flags lt NULL gt For more complex needs you can use the VirtualBox programming interfaces see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 199 4 7 Guest control Starting with version 3 2 the Guest Additions of VirtualBox allow starting applications inside a VM from the host system For this to work the application needs to b
368. gt To set the actual host isolation response via command line apimon is1n response lt cmd gt or using a global extradata value with VBoxManage setextradata global VBoxInternal2 Watchdog APIMonitor IsolationResponse lt cmd gt The following response commands are available e none which does nothing e pause which pauses the execution of a VM e poweroff which shuts down the VM by pressing the virtual power button The VM will not have the chance of saving any data or veto the shutdown process e save which saves the current machine state and powers off the VM afterwards If saving the machine state fails the VM will be paused e shutdown which shuts down the VM in a gentle way by sending an ACPI shutdown event to the VM s operating system The OS then has the chance of doing a clean shutdown 9 21 3 More information For more advanced options and parameters like verbose logging check the built in command line help accessible with help 185 9 Advanced topics 9 21 4 Linux starting the watchdog service via init On Linux the watchdog service can be automatically started during host boot by adding appro priate parameters to the file etc default virtualbox There is one mandatory parameter VBOXWATCHDOG_USER which must be set to the user which will later start the VMs For backward compatibility you can also specify VBOXBALLOONCTRL_USERThe parameters in the table below all start with VBOXWATCHDOG_ VBOXWATCHDOG_
369. guest operating system and before you install the Guest Additions we will explain this in a minute only one of the two your VM or the rest of your computer can own the keyboard and the mouse You will see a second mouse pointer which will always be confined to the limits of the VM window Basically you activate the VM by clicking inside it To return ownership of keyboard and mouse to your host operating system VirtualBox reserves a special key on your keyboard for itself the host key By default this is the right Control key on your keyboard on a Mac host the default host key is the left Command key You can change this default in the VirtualBox Global Settings see chapter 1 15 Global Settings page 32 In any case the current setting for the host key is always displayed at the bottom right of your VM window should you have forgotten about it Fh Milos e Your keyboard is owned by the VM if the VM window on your host desktop has the key board focus and then if you have many windows open in your guest operating system as well the window that has the focus in your VM This means that if you want to type within your VM click on the title bar of your VM window first 1400 GQ In detail all this translates into the following To release keyboard ownership press the Host key as explained above typically the right Control key Note that while the VM owns the keyboard some key sequences like Alt Ta
370. gular updating process and waits until the actual Guest Ad ditions update inside the guest was started This can be necessary due to needed interaction with the guest OS during the installation phase When omitting this flag VBoxManage will wait for the whole Guest Additions update to complete lt argumentis gt lt argumentNs gt Optional command line arguments to use for the Guest Additions installer Useful for retrofitting features which weren t installed before on the guest Arguments containing spaces must be enclosed in quotation marks e watch which prints current guest control activity VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt watch verbose where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose 149 8 VBoxManage 8 32 VBoxManage debugvm The debugvm commands are for experts who want to tinker with the exact details of virtual machine execution Like the VM debugger described in chapter 12 1 3 The built in VM debugger page 201 these commands are only useful if you are very familiar with the details of the PC architecture and how to debug software The subcommands of debugvm all operate on a running virtual machine The following are available With dumpguestcore filename lt name gt you can create a system dump of the running VM which will be written into the given file This file will have the standard ELF cor
371. guration is used on a Windows host because the Windows named pipe syntax is used Keep in mind that on Windows hosts a named pipe must always start with pipe On Linux the same configuration settings apply except that the path name for the Location can be chosen more freely Local domain sockets can be placed anywhere provided the user running VirtualBox has the permission to create a new file in the directory The final command above defines that VirtualBox acts as a server i e it creates the named pipe itself instead of connecting to an already existing one 9 11 Fine tuning the VirtualBox NAT engine 9 11 1 Configuring the address of a NAT network interface In NAT mode the guest network interface is assigned to the IPv4 range 10 0 x 0 24 by default where x corresponds to the instance of the NAT interface 2 So x is 2 when there is only one NAT instance active In that case the guest is assigned to the address 10 0 2 15 the gateway is set to 10 0 2 2 and the name server can be found at 10 0 2 3 If for any reason the NAT network needs to be changed this can be achieved with the follow ing command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natnetl 192 168 16 This command would reserve the network addresses from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 254 254 for the first NAT network instance of VM name The guest IP would be assigned to 192 168 0 15 and the default gateway could be found at 192 168 0 2 170 9 Advanced topics 9 11 2 Configu
372. h checkbox in the GUI dialog for configuring the media attached to a storage controller or you can use the passthrough option with VBoxManage storageattach see chapter 8 18 VBoxManage storageattach page 135 for details Even if pass through is enabled unsafe commands such as updating the drive firmware will be blocked Video CD formats are never supported not even in passthrough mode and cannot be played from a virtual machine On Solaris hosts pass through requires running VirtualBox with real root permissions due to security measures enforced by the host 5 10 SCSI servers iSCSI stands for Internet SCSI and is a standard that allows for using the SCSI protocol over Internet TCP IP connections Especially with the advent of Gigabit Ethernet it has become affordable to attach iSCSI storage servers simply as remote hard disks to a computer network In iSCSI terminology the server providing storage resources is called an iSCSI target while the client connecting to the server and accessing its resources is called iSCSI initiator VirtualBox can transparently present iSCSI remote storage to a virtual machine as a virtual hard disk The guest operating system will not see any difference between a virtual disk image VDI file and an iSCSI target To achieve this VirtualBox has an integrated iSCSI initiator VirtualBox s iSCSI support has been developed according to the iSCSI standard and should work with all stand
373. h software virtual ization bug 3245 GUI fixed dead key handling on Solaris hosts bug 3256 GUI in the shutdown dialog disable the action send the shutdown signal if the guest is currently not using ACPI GUI suppress additional key release events sent by X11 hosts when keys are auto repeated bug 1296 API restore case insensitive OS type name lookup bug 3087 VBoxHeadless really don t start X11 services clipboard service 3D acceleration Solaris amp Darwin hosts only bug 3199 NAT fixed occasional crashes when the guest is doing traceroute non Windows hosts bug 3200 NAT fixed crashes under high load bug 3110 NAT fixed truncated downloads Windows hosts only bug 3257 NAT don t intercept TFTP packages with a destination address different from the builtin TFTP server bug 3112 USB several fixes for USB passthrough on Linux hosts USB reduced host CPU utilization if EHCI is active VRDP fixed VRDP server black screen after a client reconnect bug 1989 VRDP modified rdesktop client rdesktop vrdp now uses NumLock state synchronization bug 3253 LsiLogic make FreeBSD guests work bug 3174 ATA fixed deadlock when pausing VM due to problems with the virtual disk e g disk full iSCSI target unavailable iSCSI fixed possible crash when pausing the VM 293 15 Change log 3D support added missing GL_ MAX TEXTURE_COORDS_ARB bug 3246 Windows Additions fixed ERROR e00001
374. hat VirtualBox listens to certain ports on the host and resends all packets which arrive there to the guest on the same or a different port To an application on the host or other physical or virtual machines on the network it looks as though the service being proxied is actually running on the host This also means that you cannot run the same service on the same ports on the host However you still gain the advantages of running the service in a virtual machine for example services on the host machine or on other virtual machines cannot be compromised or crashed by a vulnerability or a bug in the service and the service can run in a different operating system than the host system To configure Port Forwarding you can use the graphical Port Forwarding editor which can be found in the Network Settings dialog for Network Adaptors configured to use NAT Here you can map host ports to guest ports to allow network traffic to be routed to a specific port in the guest Alternatively command line tool VBoxManage could be used for details please refer to chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 123 You will need to know which ports on the guest the service uses and to decide which ports to use on the host often but not always you will want to use the same ports on the guest and on the host You can use any ports on the host which are not already in use by a service For example to set up incoming NAT connections to an ssh server in the guest use t
375. havior remove the key or set its value to 1 207 12 Troubleshooting 12 3 9 Windows guests are removed from an Active Directory domain after restoring a snapshot If a Windows guest is a member of an Active Directory domain and the snapshot feature of VirtualBox is used it could happen it loses this status after you restore an older snapshot The reason is the automatic machine password changing performed by Windows in regular intervals for security purposes You can disable this feature by following the instruction of this http support microsoft com kb 154501 article from Microsoft 12 3 10 Restoring d3d8 dll and d3d9 dll VirtualBox Guest Additions for Windows prior to 4 1 8 did not properly back up the original d3d8 dll and d3d9 dll system files when selecting and installing the experimental Direct3D sup port This process replaces both system files with files from the VirtualBox Guest Additions so that Direct3D calls can be handled correctly Although this issue was fixed with VirtualBox 4 1 8 there is no way the Windows Guest Additions installer can repair these files Corruption of these files has no implications in case 3D acceleration is enabled and basic Di rect3D support is installed that is without WDDM on Windows Vista or higher or on older Win dows systems like Windows XP With the basic Direct3D support all Direct3D 8 0 and Direct3D 9 0 applications will utilize VirtualBox Direct3D files directly and thus will run as ex
376. he VRDE server will bind to If specified the server will accept connections only on the specified host network interface The setting can be used to specify whether the VRDP server should accept either IPv4 or IPv6 or both connections 128 8 VBoxManage only IPv4 vrdeaddress 0 0 0 0 only IPv6 vrdeaddress both IPv6 and IPv4 default vrdeaddress vrdeauthtype null external guest This allows you to choose whether and how authorization will be performed see chapter 7 1 5 RDP authentication page 106 for de tails vrdemulticon on off This enables multiple connections to the same VRDE server if the server supports this feature see chapter 7 1 7 Multiple connections to the VRDP server page 108 vrdereusecon on off This specifies the VRDE server behavior when multiple con nections are disabled When this option is enabled the server will allow a new client to connect and will drop the existing connection When this option is disabled this is the de fault setting a new connection will not be accepted if there is already a client connected to the server vrdevideochannel on off This enables video redirection if it is supported by the VRDE server see chapter 7 1 9 VRDP video redirection page 109 vrdevideochannelquality lt percent gt Sets the image quality for video redirection see chapter 7 1 9 VRDP video redirection page 109 8 8 5 Teleporting settings With the following
377. he VirtualBox package touch etc vboxinst_vboxbow To check which driver is currently being used by VirtualBox execute modinfo grep vbox If the output contains vboxbow it indicates VirtualBox is using the Crossbow network filter driver while the name vboxflt indicates usage of the older STREAMS network filter 9 16 VirtualBox VNIC templates for VLANs on Solaris 11 hosts VirtualBox supports VNIC Virtual Network Interface templates for configuring VMs over VLANs A VirtualBox VNIC template is a VNIC whose name starts with vboxvnic_template case sensitive Here is an example of how to use a VNIC template to configure a VLAN for VMs Create a VirtualBox VNIC template by executing as root dladm create vnic t l nge0 v 23 vboxvnic_template0 3 Support for Crossbow based bridged networking was introduced with VirtualBox 4 1 and requires Solaris 11 build 159 or above 176 9 Advanced topics This will create a temporary VNIC over interface nge0 with the VLAN ID 23 To create VNIC templates that are persistent across host reboots skip the t parameter in the above command You may check the current state of links using dladm show link LINK CLASS MTU STATE BRIDGE OVER nge0 phys 1500 up ngel phys 1500 down vboxvnic_template0 vnic 1500 up nge0 dladm show vnic LINK OVER SPEED MACADDRESS MACADDRTYPE VID vboxvnic_template0 nge0 1000 2 8 20 25 12 75 random 23 Once the VNIC
378. he following command 93 6 Virtual networking VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natpfl guestssh tcp 2222 22 With the above example all TCP traffic arriving on port 2222 on any host interface will be forwarded to port 22 in the guest The protocol name tcp is a mandatory attribute defining which protocol should be used for forwarding udp could also be used The name guestssh is purely descriptive and will be auto generated if omitted The number after natpf denotes the network card like in other parts of VBoxManage To remove this forwarding rule again use the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natpfl delete guestssh If for some reason the guest uses a static assigned IP address not leased from the built in DHCP server it is required to specify the guest IP when registering the forwarding rule VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natpfl guestssh tcp 2222 10 0 2 19 22 This example is identical to the previous one except that the NAT engine is being told that the guest can be found at the 10 0 2 19 address To forward all incoming traffic from a specific host interface to the guest specify the IP of that host interface like this VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natpfl guestssh tcp 127 0 0 1 2222 22 This forwards all TCP traffic arriving on the localhost interface 127 0 0 1 via port 2222 to port 22 in the guest It is possible to configure incoming NAT connections while the VM is running see chapter
379. he height of the label For Windows guests and recent Solaris and Linux guests the VirtualBox Guest Additions automatically provide the reduced video modes Additionally the VESA BIOS has been adjusted to duplicate its standard mode table with adjusted resolutions The adjusted mode IDs can be calculated using the following formula reduced_modeid modeid 0x30 For example in order to start Linux with 1024 x 748 x 16 the standard mode 0x117 1024 x 768 x 16 is used as a base The Linux video mode kernel parameter can then be calculated using 0x200 0x117 0x30 839 The reason for duplicating the standard modes instead of only supplying the adjusted modes is that most guest operating systems require the standard VESA modes to be fixed and refuse to start with different modes When using the X org VESA driver custom modelines have to be calculated and added to the configuration usually in etc X11 xorg conf A handy tool to determine modeline entries can be found at http www tkk fi Misc Electronics faq vga2rgb calc html 9 1 3 Releasing modifiers with VBoxSDL on Linux When switching from a X virtual terminal VT to another VT using Ctrl Alt Fx while the VBoxSDL window has the input focus the guest will receive Ctrl and Alt keypress events without receiving the corresponding key release events This is an architectural limitation of Linux In order to reset the modifier keys it is possible to send SIGUSR1 to the VBoxSDL main thre
380. he problem that caused host freezes crashes when using bridged mode with host s interface having RX checksum offloading on bug 3926 and related Fixes problems with TX offloading as well bug 3870 PXE boot Added support for PRO 1000 MT Server adapter Python bindings fixed keyword conflict SCSI fixed occasional crashes on Win64 Serial allow to redirect the serial port to a raw file bug 1023 VRDP fixed a rare incorrect screen update VMDK fixed creating snapshots 288 15 Change log 15 50 Version 2 2 2 2009 04 27 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added Host and guest clipboard fixed a number of issues affecting hosts and guests running the X window system Guest Additions make sure the virtual mouse autodetection works on first reboot after installing the Additions on X Org server 1 5 and later Guest Additions properly report process identity number of running services Guest Additions clean up properly if the X Window server terminates Linux Additions fixed installation path for OpenGL libraries in some 64 bit guests bug 3693 Solaris Additions fixed installation to work when X Org is not installed on the guest Solaris Additions fixed a bug that could panic the guest when unmounting a busy shared folder Windows Additions fixed mouse pointer integration of some Windows guests 2 2 0 re gression bug 3734 Windows Additions fixed installation on Windows Server 20
381. he virtual machines cannot talk to the world outside the host since they are not connected to a physical networking interface Instead when host only networking is used VirtualBox creates a new software interface on the host which then appears next to your existing network interfaces In other words whereas with bridged networking an existing physical interface is used to attach virtual machines to with host only networking a new loopback interface is created on the host And whereas with internal networking the traffic between the virtual machines cannot be seen the traffic on the loopback interface on the host can be intercepted Host only networking is particularly useful for preconfigured virtual appliances where multi ple virtual machines are shipped together and designed to cooperate For example one virtual machine may contain a web server and a second one a database and since they are intended to talk to each other the appliance can instruct VirtualBox to set up a host only network for the two A second bridged network would then connect the web server to the outside world to serve data to but the outside world cannot connect to the database To change a virtual machine s virtual network interface to host only mode e either go to the Network page in the virtual machine s settings notebook in the graphical user interface and select Host only networking or e on the command line type VBoxManage modi
382. hed to a snapshot representing the state of the disk when the snapshot was taken If you now restore a snapshot that is if you want to go back to the exact machine state that was stored in the snapshot the following happens a VirtualBox copies the virtual machine settings that were copied into the snapshot back to the virtual machine As a result if you have made changes to the machine configuration since taking the snapshot they are undone b Y If the snapshot was taken while the machine was running it contains a saved machine state and that state is restored as well after restoring the snapshot the machine will then be in Saved state and resume execution from there when it is next started Otherwise the machine will be in Powered Off state and do a full boot E Y For each disk image attached to the machine the differencing image holding all the write operations since the current snapshot was taken is thrown away and the original parent image is made active again If you restored the root snapshot then this will be the root disk image for each attachment otherwise some other differencing image descended from it This effectively restores the old machine state If you later delete a snapshot in order to free disk space for each disk attachment one of the differencing images becomes obsolete In this case the differencing image of the disk attachment cannot simply be deleted Instead Virtua
383. her established industry standard standing for Small Computer System In terface SCSI was standardized as early as 1986 as a generic interface for data transfer between all kinds of devices including storage devices Today SCSI is still used for connect ing hard disks and tape devices but it has mostly been displaced in commodity hardware It is still in common use in high performance workstations and servers Primarily for compatibility with other virtualization software VirtualBox optionally sup ports LSI Logic and BusLogic SCSI controllers to each of which up to 15 virtual hard disks can be attached To enable a SCSI controller on the Storage page of a virtual machine s settings dialog click on the Add Controller button under the Storage Tree box and then select Add SCSI Controller After this the additional controller will appear as a separate PCI device in the virtual machine 80 5 Virtual storage Warning As with the other controller types a SCSI controller will only be seen by operating systems with device support for it Windows 2003 and later ships with drivers for the LSI Logic controller while Windows NT 4 0 and Windows 2000 ships with drivers for the BusLogic controller Windows XP ships with drivers for neither e Serial Attached SCSI SAS is another bus standard which uses the SCSI command set As opposed to SCSI however with physical devices serial cables are used instea
384. hich would most likely fail when writing cores as they are protected with root permissions It is recommended you explicitly set a core dump directory You must specify when the VirtualBox CoreDumper should be triggered This is done using the following commands VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 CoreDumpReplaceSystemDump 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 CoreDumpLive 1 At least one of the above two commands will have to be provided if you have enabled the VirtualBox CoreDumper Setting CoreDumpReplaceSystemDump sets up the VM to override the host s core dumping mechanism and in the event of any crash only the VirtualBox CoreDumper would produce the core file Setting CoreDumpLive sets up the VM to produce cores whenever the VM process receives a SIGUSR2 signal After producing the core file the VM will not be terminated and will continue to run You can thus take cores of the VM process using kill s SIGUSR2 lt VM process id gt Core files produced by the VirtualBox CoreDumper are of the form core vb lt ProcessName gt lt ProcessID gt for example core vb VBoxHeadless 11321 9 19 Locking down the VirtualBox manager GUI 9 19 1 Customizing the VM manager There are several advanced customization settings for locking down the VirtualBox manager that is removing some features that the user should not see VBoxManage setextradata global GUI Customizations OPTION OPTION where OPTION is one of the fol
385. hieve a performance that is very close to that of the local input devices and screen of the host on which the Virtual Machine is running Depending whether the setting should be changed for an individual user or for the system either HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Microsoft Terminal Server Client Min Send Interval or HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE Software Microsoft Terminal Server Client Min Send Interval can be set appropriately 12 6 4 Running an iSCSI initiator and target on a single system Deadlocks can occur on a Windows host when attempting to access an iSCSI target running in a guest virtual machine with an iSCSI initiator e g Microsoft iSCSI Initiator that is running on the host This is caused by a flaw in the Windows cache manager component and causes sluggish host system response for several minutes followed by a Delayed Write Failed error message in the system tray or in a separate message window The guest is blocked during that period and may show error messages or become unstable Setting the environment variable VBOX_DISABLE_HOST_DISK_CACHE to 1 will enable a workaround for this problem until Microsoft addresses the issue For example open a command prompt window and start VirtualBox like this set VBOX_DISABLE_HOST_DISK_CACHE 1 VirtualBox While this will decrease guest disk performance especially writes it does not affect the per formance of other applications running on the host 211 12 Troubleshooting 12 6 5
386. his case the wizard s drop down list contains a list of installation media that were previously used with VirtualBox If your medium is not in the list especially if you are using VirtualBox for the first time select the small folder icon next to the drop down list to bring up a standard file dialog with which you can pick the image file on your host disks In both cases after making the choices in the wizard you will be able to install your operating system 21 1 First steps 1 8 2 Capturing and releasing keyboard and mouse As of version 3 2 VirtualBox provides a virtual USB tablet device to new virtual machines through which mouse events are communicated to the guest operating system As a result if you are running a modern guest operating system that can handle such devices mouse support may work out of the box without the mouse being captured as described below see chapter 3 4 1 Motherboard tab page 48 for more information Otherwise if the virtual machine only sees standard PS 2 mouse and keyboard devices since the operating system in the virtual machine does not know that it is not running on a real computer it expects to have exclusive control over your keyboard and mouse This is however not the case since unless you are running the VM in full screen mode your VM needs to share keyboard and mouse with other applications and possibly other VMs on your host As a result initially after installing a
387. hose addresses only apply to the address of the card at the moment of attachment host and during BIOS PCI init guest If the virtual machine has a PCI device attached certain limitations apply 1 Only PCI cards with non shared interrupts such as using MSI on host are supported at the moment 2 No guest state can be reliably saved restored as the internal state of the PCI card could not be retrieved 3 Teleportation live migration doesn t work for the same reason 4 No lazy physical memory allocation The host will preallocate the whole RAM required for the VM on startup as we cannot catch physical hardware accesses to the physical memory 9 7 Webcam passthrough 9 7 1 Using a host webcam in the guest VirtualBox 4 3 includes an experimental feature which allows a guest to use a host webcam This complements the general USB passthrough support which was the typical way of using host webcams in ealier versions The webcam passthrough support can handle non USB video sources in theory but this is completely untested Note The webcam passthrough module is shipped as part of the Oracle VM VirtualBox extension pack which must be installed separately See chapter 1 5 Installing VirtualBox and extension packs page 16 for more information The VBoxManage command line tool must be used to enable webcam passthrough Currently some commands are not supported on all hosts please see the host specific sections bel
388. host only network s name you can see the names with VBoxManage list hostonlyifs see chapter 8 4 VBoxManage list page 120 above The following additional parameters are required when first adding a DHCP server e With ip specify the IP address of the DHCP server itself e With netmask specify the netmask of the network e With lowerip and upperip you can specify the lowest and highest IP address re spectively that the DHCP server will hand out to clients Finally you must specify enable or the DHCP server will be created in the disabled state doing nothing After this VirtualBox will automatically start the DHCP server for given internal or host only network as soon as the first virtual machine which uses that network is started Reversely use VBoxManage dhcpserver remove with the given netname lt network_name gt or ifname lt hostonly_if_name gt to remove the DHCP server again for the given internal or host only network To modify the settings of a DHCP server created earlier with VBoxManage dhcpserver add you can use VBoxManage dhcpserver modify for a given network or host only interface name 8 36 VBoxManage extpack The extpack command allows you to add or remove VirtualBox extension packs as described in chapter 1 5 Installing VirtualBox and extension packs page 16 e To add a new extension pack use VBoxManage extpack install lt vbox extpack gt This command will fail if an older version
389. ibed in detail in the VirtualBox Software Development Kit SDK reference please see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming in terfaces page 199 for details 7 1 6 RDP encryption RDP features data stream encryption which is based on the RC4 symmetric cipher with keys up to 128bit The RC4 keys are being replaced in regular intervals every 4096 packets RDP provides different authentication methods 1 Historically RDP4 authentication was used with which the RDP client does not perform any checks in order to verify the identity of the server it connects to Since user creden tials can be obtained using a man in the middle MITM attack RDP4 authentication is insecure and should generally not be used 107 7 Remote virtual machines 2 RDP5 1 authentication employs a server certificate for which the client possesses the public key This way it is guaranteed that the server possess the corresponding private key How ever as this hard coded private key became public some years ago RDP5 1 authentication is also insecure 3 RDP5 2 authentication uses the Enhanced RDP Security which means that an external security protocol is used to secure the connection RDP4 and RDP5 1 use Standard RDP Security The VRDP server supports Enhanced RDP Security with TLS protocol and as a part of TLS handshake sends the server certificate to the client The Security Method VRDE property sets the desired security method which is used for a conn
390. ical disk drives to the rest of the com puter Similarly VirtualBox presents virtual storage controllers to a virtual machine Under each controller the virtual devices hard disks CD DVD or floppy drives attached to the controller are shown Note This section can only give you a quick introduction to the VirtualBox storage settings Since VirtualBox gives you an enormous wealth of options in this area we have dedicated an entire chapter of this User Manual to explaining all the details please see chapter 5 Virtual storage page 79 If you have used the Create VM wizard to create a machine you will normally see something like the following 6Multiple monitor support was added with VirtualBox 3 2 51 3 Configuring virtual machines Ubuntu using ICH9 Storage Ba 3 9 2 a General System Display Storage Audio Network Ports Shared Folders Storage Tree Attributes IDE Controller Name SATA Controller VBoxGuestAdditions iso Type AHCI gt A SATA Controller ase 7 Use host 1 O cache Ubuntu using ICH9 vdi satal 2 vdi Cancel gt O Z ee Depending on the guest operating system type that you selected when you created the VM the typical layout of storage devices in a new VM is as follows e You will see an IDE controller to which a virtual CD DVD drive has been attached to the secondary master port of the IDE controller e You will also see a SATA contro
391. ice stating that the Source Code version of the Covered Code is available under the terms of this License including a description of how and where You have fulfilled the obligations of Section 3 2 The notice must be conspicuously included in any notice in an Executable version related documentation or collateral in which You describe recipients rights relating to the Covered Code You may distribute the Executable version of Covered Code or ownership rights under a license of Your choice which may contain terms different from this License provided that You are in compliance with the terms of this License and that the license for the Executable version does not attempt to limit or alter the recipient s rights in the Source Code version from the rights set forth in this License If You distribute the Executable version under a different license You must make it absolutely clear that any terms which differ from this License are offered by You alone not by the Initial Developer or any Contributor You hereby agree to indemnify the Initial Developer and every Contributor for any liability incurred by the Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of any such terms You offer 3 7 Larger Works You may create a Larger Work by combining Covered Code with other code not governed by the terms of this License and distribute the Larger Work as a single product In such a case You must make sure the requirements of this License are fulfilled for the Cov
392. ice will 142 8 VBoxManage When creating a USB filter using usbfilter add you must supply three or four mandatory parameters The index specifies the position in the list at which the filter should be placed If there is already a filter at that position then it and the following ones will be shifted back one place Otherwise the new filter will be added onto the end of the list The target parameter selects the virtual machine that the filter should be attached to or use global to apply it to all virtual machines name is a name for the new filter and for global filters action says whether to allow machines access to devices that fit the filter description hold or not to give them access ignore In addition you should specify parameters to filter by You can find the parameters for devices attached to your system using VBoxManage list usbhost Finally you can specify whether the filter should be active and for local filters whether they are for local devices remote over an RDP connection or either When you modify a USB filter using usbfilter modify you must specify the filter by in dex see the output of VBoxManage list usbfilters to find global filter indexes and that of VBoxManage showvminfo to find indexes for individual machines and by target which is ei ther a virtual machine or global The properties which can be changed are the same as for usbfilter add To remove a filter use usbfilter remove and s
393. icense document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it 307 16 Third party materials and licenses For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that
394. ide in each machine s folder by default The old layout had several severe disadvantages 1 It was very difficult to move a virtual machine from one host to another because the files involved did not reside in the same folder In addition the virtual media of all machines were registered with a global registry in the central VirtualBox settings file HOME VirtualBox VirtualBox xml To move a machine to another host it was therefore not enough to move the XML settings file and the disk images which were in different locations but the hard disk entries from the global media registry XML had to be meticulously copied as well which was close to impossible if the machine had snapshots and therefore differencing images 2 Storing virtual disk images which can grow very large under the hidden VirtualBox directory at least on Linux and Solaris hosts made many users wonder where their disk space had gone Whereas new VMs created with VirtualBox 4 0 or later will conform to the new layout for maximum compatibility old VMs are not converted to the new layout Otherwise machine set tings would be irrevocably broken if a user downgraded from 4 0 back to an older version of VirtualBox 10 1 3 Global configuration data In addition to the files of the virtual machines VirtualBox maintains global configura tion data On Linux and Solaris as of VirtualBox 4 3 this is in the hidden directory HOME config VirtualBox although HOME Virt
395. idual machines has to set the path to the autostart database directory with VBoxManage setproperty autostartdbpath lt Autostart directory gt 9 23 2 Solaris starting the autostart service via SMF On Solaris hosts the VirtualBox autostart daemon is integrated into the SMF framework To enable it you have to point the service to an existing configuration file which has the same format as on Linux see chapter 9 23 1 Linux starting the autostart service via init page 187 svccfg s svc application virtualbox autostart default setprop config config etc vbox autostart cfg When everything is configured correctly you can start the VirtualBox autostart service with the following command svcadm enable svc application virtualbox autostart default For more information about SMF please refer to the Solaris documentation 9 23 3 Mac OS X starting the autostart service via launchd On Mac OS X launchd is used to start the VirtualBox autostart service An example configuration file can be found in Applications VirtualBox app Contents MacOS org virtualbox vboxautostart plist To enable the service copy the file to Library LaunchDaemons and change the Disabled key from true to false Furthermore replace the second parameter to an existing configuration file which has the same format as on Linux see chapter 9 23 1 Linux starting the autostart service via init page 187 To manually start the service use the following command laun
396. iffer between Intel and AMD processors Intel named its tech nology VEx AMD calls theirs AMD V The Intel and AMD support for virtualization is very different in detail but not very different in principle Note On many systems the hardware virtualization features first need to be enabled in the BIOS before VirtualBox can use them e As opposed to other virtualization software for many usage scenarios VirtualBox does not require hardware virtualization features to be present Through sophisticated techniques VirtualBox virtualizes many guest operating systems entirely in software This means that you can run virtual machines even on older processors which do not support hardware virtualization Even though VirtualBox does not always require hardware virtualization enabling it is required in the following scenarios e Certain rare guest operating systems like OS 2 make use of very esoteric processor instruc tions that are not supported with our software virtualization For virtual machines that are configured to contain such an operating system hardware virtualization is enabled automatically e VirtualBox s 64 bit guest support added with version 2 0 and multiprocessing SMP added with version 3 0 both require hardware virtualization to be enabled This is not much of a limitation since the vast majority of today s 64 bit and multicore CPUs ship with hardware virtualization anyway the exceptions to this rule are e g ol
397. igurations I O APIC enabled ACPI not used bug 6098 iSCSI be more robust when handling the INQUIRY response iSCSI be more robust when handling sense data BusLogic fixed FreeBSD guests Web service vboxwebsrv is now multithreaded Web service fixed handling of structs and arrays in PHP bindings 271 15 Change log Solaris Installer fixed netmask to stay persistent across reboots for Host only interface bug 4590 Linux installer removed external dependency to libpng12 so bug 6243 Solaris Additions fixed superfluous kernel logging bug 6181 Linux Additions fixed hang when starting the X server in Fedoral2 guests and in guests with Linux 2 6 33 or later bug 6198 Linux Additions support Mandriva speedboot runlevel bug 5484 Linux Additions fixed SELinux security context of mount vboxsf bug 6362 Linux Additions support Ubuntu 10 04 bug 5737 Web service update PHP bindings to fix problems with enums and collections 15 39 Version 3 1 4 2010 02 12 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM SMP stability fixes VMM fixed guru meditation in certain rare cases bug 5968 VMM activate NXE for PAE enabled guests VI x and AMD V on 32 bits hosts only bug 3578 VMM added workaround for broken BIOSes that make VirtualBox think AMD V is in use for details see bug 5639 VMM fixed rare host reboot when restoring a saved state bug 3945 VMM fixed incompatibil
398. ime computers today only use a fraction of their potential power and run with low average system loads A lot of hardware resources as well as electricity is thereby wasted So instead of running many such physical computers that are only par tially used one can pack many virtual machines onto a few powerful hosts and balance the loads between them 1 2 Some terminology When dealing with virtualization and also for understanding the following chapters of this documentation it helps to acquaint oneself with a bit of crucial terminology especially the following terms Host operating system host OS This is the operating system of the physical computer on which VirtualBox was installed There are versions of VirtualBox for Windows Mac OS X Linux and Solaris hosts for details please see chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 15 Most of the time this User Manual discusses all VirtualBox versions together There may be platform specific differences which we will point out where appropriate Guest operating system guest OS This is the operating system that is running inside the virtual machine Theoretically VirtualBox can run any x86 operating system DOS Win dows OS 2 FreeBSD OpenBSD but to achieve near native performance of the guest code on your machine we had to go through a lot of optimizations that are specific to certain operating systems So while your favorite operating system may run as a guest we 1
399. implementation See chapter 7 1 Remote display VRDP support page 102 for details S SAS Serial Attached SCSI an industry standard for hard disk interfaces See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCD SCSI SAS page 79 SATA Serial ATA an industry standard for hard disk interfaces See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCD SCSI SAS page 79 SCSI Small Computer System Interface An industry standard for data transfer between devices especially for storage See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCD SCSI SAS page 79 345 Glossary SMP Symmetrical Multiprocessing meaning that the resources of a computer are shared be tween several processors These can either be several processor chips or as is more com mon with modern hardware multiple CPU cores in one processor SSD Solid state drive uses microchips for storing data in a computer system Compared to classical hard disks they are having no mechanical components like spinning disks T TAR A widely used file format for archiving Originally this stood for Tape ARchive and was already supported by very early Unix versions for backing up data on tape The file format is still widely used today for example with OVF archives with an ova file extension see chapter 1 14 Importing and exporting virtual machines page 30 U UUID A Universally Unique Identifier often also called GUID Globally Unique Identifier
400. indings fixed possible memory leak while releasing the IVirtualBox and ISession Objects Solaris hosts fixed host only network interface incompatibility with nwam dhcpagent bug 3754 Windows installer fixed several install and uninstall issues bugs 3659 3686 1730 3711 3373 3382 3701 3685 3710 Mac OS X hosts preliminary support for Snow Leopard 15 51 Version 2 2 0 2009 04 08 This version is a major update The following major new features were added e OVF Open Virtualization Format appliance import and export see chapter 1 14 Import ing and exporting virtual machines page 30 e Host only networking mode see chapter 6 7 Host only networking page 98 e Hypervisor optimizations with significant performance gains for high context switching rates e Raised the memory limit for VMs on 64 bit hosts to 16GB e VI x AMD V are enabled by default for newly created virtual machines e USB OHCI amp EHCI is enabled by default for newly created virtual machines Qt GUI only e Experimental USB support for OpenSolaris hosts e Shared Folders for Solaris and OpenSolaris guests e OpenGL 3D acceleration for Linux and Solaris guests see chapter 4 4 1 Hardware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 page 72 e Added C API in addition to C Java Python and Web Services In addition the following items were fixed and or added e VMM e VMM e VMM e VMM e VMM e VMM e VMM FreeBSD g
401. ing computers and certain system services later By default VirtualBox uses the BIOS firmware for virtual machines To use EFI for a given virtual machine you can enable EFI in the machine s Settings dialog see chapter 3 4 1 Moth erboard tab page 48 Alternatively use the VBoxManage command line interface like this VBoxManage modifyvm VM name firmware efi To switch back to using the BIOS use VBoxManage modifyvm VM name firmware bios One notable user of EFI is Apple s Mac OS X but recent Linuxes such as Fedora 11 and Windows starting with Vista offer special versions that can be booted using EFI as well Another possible use of EFI in VirtualBox is development and testing of EFI applications with out booting any OS Note that the VirtualBox EFI support is experimental and will be enhanced as EFI matures and becomes more widespread While Mac OS X and Linux guests are known to work fine Windows guests are currently unable to boot with the VirtualBox EFI implementation 3 12 1 Video modes in EFI EFI provides two distinct video interfaces GOP Graphics Output Protocol and UGA Universal Graphics Adapter Mac OS X uses GOP while Linux tends to use UGA VirtualBox provides a configuration option to control the framebuffer size for both interfaces To control GOP use the following VBoxManage command 57 3 Configuring virtual machines VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 EfiGopMode N
402. ing interfaces page 199 for details The VirtualBox Python shell a Python alternative to VBoxManage This is also described in the SDK reference Internally VirtualBox consists of many more or less separate components You may encounter these when analyzing VirtualBox internal error messages or log files These include IPRT a portable runtime library which abstracts file access threading string manipulation etc Whenever VirtualBox accesses host operating features it does so through this library for cross platform portability VMM Virtual Machine Monitor the heart of the hypervisor EM Execution Manager controls execution of guest code REM Recompiled Execution Monitor provides software emulation of CPU instructions TRPM Trap Manager intercepts and processes guest traps and exceptions HWACCM Hardware Acceleration Manager provides support for VI x and AMD V 192 10 Technical background PDM Pluggable Device Manager an abstract interface between the VMM and emulated devices which separates device implementations from VMM internals and makes it easy to add new emulated devices Through PDM third party developers can add new virtual devices to VirtualBox without having to change VirtualBox itself PGM Page Manager a component controlling guest paging PATM Patch Manager patches guest code to improve and speed up software virtualiza tion TM Time Manager handles timers and all aspects of time
403. ing items were fixed and or added e VMM VT x fixes e AHCI improved performance e GUI keyboard fixes e Linux installer properly uninstall the package even if unregistering the DKMS module fails e Linux Additions the guest screen resolution is properly restored e Network added support for jumbo frames gt 1536 bytes e Shared Folders fixed guest crash with Windows Media Player 11 e Mac OS X Ctrl Left mouse click doesn t simulate a right mouse click in the guest anymore Use Hostkey Left for a right mouse click emulation bug 1766 With VirtualBox 3 2 changelog information for versions before 2 0 was removed in order to save space To access this information please consult the User Manual of VirtualBox version 3 1 or earlier 303 16 Third party materials and licenses VirtualBox incorporates materials from several Open Source software projects Therefore the use of these materials by VirtualBox is governed by different Open Source licenses This document reproduces these licenses and provides a list of the materials used and their respective licensing conditions Section 1 contains a list of the materials used Section 2 reproduces the applicable Open Source licenses For each material a reference to its license is provided The source code for the materials listed below as well as the rest of the VirtualBox code which is released as open source are available at http www virtualbox org both as tarballs for particular releas
404. ing the DHCP leases for the guests So far only Mac OS X hosts and Windows hosts bug 10063 NAT on name server changes force a reconnect of the virtual network cable to notify the guest Mac OS X hosts only Mac OS X installer keep previously installed Extension Packs on VirtualBox upgrade Linux hosts guests Linux 3 11 fixes bug 12001 Solaris hosts fixed a potential kernel panic caused due to unexpected preemption due to logging Windows hosts fixed an issue with USB2 devices being inaccessible when plugged into USB3 ports Linux Additions added PCI device identifier to vboxvideo ko fixing DRI initialization under certain conditions bug 11957 Linux Additions fixed udev detection in the init script with Linux 3 x kernels 15 3 Version 4 2 16 2013 07 04 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added OVF OVA don t crash on import if no manifest is used 4 2 14 regression bug 11895 GUI do not restore the current snapshot if we power off after a Guru Mediation Storage fixed a crash when hotplugging an empty DVD drive to the VM Storage fixed a crash when a guest read from a DVD drive attached to the SATA controller under certain circumstances EFI don t fail with 64 bit guests on 32 bit hosts bug 11456 Autostart fixed VM startup on OS X Windows hosts native Windows 8 controls Windows hosts restore native style on Vista 32 Windows hosts guests Windows 8 1 adaptions b
405. inor fixes including palette fixes bug 11191 GUI fixed Windows 2012 OS type bug 11206 GUI allow to terminate the VM even if VBoxSVC crashed API fixed cancelling of snapshots previously this could lead to inconsistent VM configs bug 6877 API fixed identifying disk images by UUID bug 11209 3D Support several fixes VRDP fixed occasional crash with external authentication bug 11156 VGA fix for double scan text modes USB fixed invalid pending request count at the time of service of DEVICE POWER requests Windows hosts only bugs 10021 11056 USB keyboard Korean keyboard workaround bug 11150 Storage fixed hang with QCOW images and asynchronous I O enabled Storage fixed hang with newer VHD images bug 11279 Storage actually write the non rotational flag to the VM settings 4 2 0 regression Virtio net fixed the problem with network statistics counters in Session Information dialog GUI Metrics introduced network rate and disk usage metrics Metrics fixed a crash under certain conditions on Solaris hosts BIOS fix for El Torito Shared Folders if the host folder of a shared folder mapping does not exist keep it active but mark it as invalid to prevent inconsitent saved states bug 11147 VBoxManage fixed converting disks from raw images VBoxManage show snapshot description in the VM or snapshot information VBoxManage make implicit opening of media consistent in all places dealing with media
406. inside guests CFGM Configuration Manager provides a tree structure which holds configuration set tings for the VM and all emulated devices SSM Saved State Manager saves and loads VM state e VUSB Virtual USB a USB layer which separates emulated USB controllers from the con trollers on the host and from USB devices this also enables remote USB DBGF Debug Facility a built in VM debugger VirtualBox emulates a number of devices to provide the hardware environment that var ious guests need Most of these are standard devices found in many PC compatible ma chines and widely supported by guest operating systems For network and storage devices in particular there are several options for the emulated devices to access the underlying hardware These devices are managed by PDM Guest Additions for various guest operating systems This is code that is installed from within a virtual machine see chapter 4 Guest Additions page 59 e The Main component is special it ties all the above bits together and is the only public API that VirtualBox provides All the client processes listed above use only this API and never access the hypervisor components directly As a result third party applications that use the VirtualBox Main API can rely on the fact that it is always well tested and that all capabilities of VirtualBox are fully exposed It is this API that is described in the VirtualBox SDK mentioned above again see chapter 1
407. inst the host s PAM system On Windows hosts VBoxAuth dll authenticates users against the host s WinLo gon system On Mac OS X hosts VBoxAuth dylib authenticates users against the host s di rectory service In other words the external method per default performs authentication with the user accounts that exist on the host system Any user with valid authentication creden tials is accepted i e the username does not have to correspond to the user running the VM 2Support for Mac OS X was added in version 3 2 106 7 Remote virtual machines 2 An additional library called VBoxAuthSimple performs authentication against creden tials configured in the extradata section of a virtual machine s XML settings file This is probably the simplest way to get authentication that does not depend on a running and supported guest see below The following steps are required a Enable VBoxAuthSimple with the following command VBoxManage setproperty vrdeauthlibrary VBoxAuthSimple b To enable the library for a particular VM you must then switch authentication to external VBoxManage modifyvm lt vm gt vrdeauthtype external Replace lt vm gt with the VM name or UUID c You will then need to configure users and passwords by writing items into the machine s extradata Since the XML machine settings file into whose extradata section the password needs to be written is a plain text file VirtualBox uses h
408. install VirtualBox only into the current zone and not into any other zone use pkgadd G For more information refer to the pkgadd manual see also chapter 2 4 6 Configuring a zone for running VirtualBox page 43 The installer will then prompt you to enter the package you wish to install Choose 1 or all and proceed Next the installer will ask you if you want to allow the postinstall script to be executed Choose y and proceed as it is essential to execute this script which installs the VirtualBox kernel module Following this confirmation the installer will install VirtualBox and execute the postinstall setup script Once the postinstall script has been executed your installation is now complete You may now safely delete the uncompressed package and autoresponse files from your system VirtualBox would be installed in opt VirtualBox 2 4 2 The vboxuser group Starting with VirtualBox 4 1 the installer creates the system user group vboxuser during instal lation for Solaris hosts that support the USB features required by VirtualBox Any system user who is going to use USB devices from VirtualBox guests must be a member of this group A user can be made a member of this group through the GUI user group management or at the command line by executing as root usermod G vboxuser username Note that adding an active user to that group will require that user to log out and back in again This should be done manually afte
409. inux Additions fixed incorrect disk usage value non Windows hosts only Linux installer register the module sources at DKMS even if the package provides proper modules for the current running kernel 3D support removed invalid OpenGL assertion bug 5158 Network fixed the Am79C973 PCNet emulation for QNX and probably other guests bug 3206 VMDK fix handling of split image variants VHD do not delay updating the footer when expanding the image to prevent image incon sistency USB stability fix for some USB 2 0 devices GUI added a search index to the chm help file GUI Windows hosts fixed CapsLock handling on French keyboards bug 2025 Shared clipboard X11 hosts fixed a crash when clipboard initialisation failed bug 4987 15 44 Version 3 0 8 2009 10 02 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed 64 bits guest on 32 bits host regression in 3 0 6 VT x only bug 4947 VMM fixed a recompiler triple fault guru meditation VT x AMD only bug 5058 VMM fixed hang after guest state restore AMD V 32 bits Windows guest and IO APIC enabled only bug 5059 VMM fixed paging issue with OS 2 guests VMM fixed guru meditation in rare cases 2 0 regression software virtualization only VMM fixed release assertion during state restore when using the Sound Blaster 16 emula tion bug 5042 Security fixed vulnerability that allowed to execute commands with root privil
410. ion depends on your host operating system If you have installed software before installation should be straightforward on each host platform VirtualBox uses the installation method that is most common and easy to use If you run into trouble or have special requirements please refer to chapter 2 Installation details page 34 for details about the various installation methods Starting with version 4 0 VirtualBox is split into several components 1 The base package consists of all open source components and is licensed under the GNU General Public License V2 2 Additional extension packs can be downloaded which extend the functionality of the VirtualBox base package Currently Oracle provides the one extension pack which can be found at http www virtualbox org and provides the following added functional ity a The virtual USB 2 0 EHCI device see chapter 3 10 1 USB settings page 55 b VirtualBox Remote Desktop Protocol VRDP support see chapter 7 1 Remote display VRDP support page 102 c Intel PXE boot ROM with support for the E1000 network card d Experimental support for PCI passthrough on Linux hosts see chapter 9 6 PCI passthrough page 163 16 1 First steps VirtualBox extension packages have a vbox extpack file name extension To install an extension simply double click on the package file and a Network Operations Manager window will appear guiding you through the required steps To view the ext
411. ional file corruption when writing files in O_APPEND mode to a shared folder bug 2844 15 56 Version 2 0 6 2008 11 21 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed Guru meditation when running 64 bits Windows guests bug 2220 VMM fixed Solaris 10U6 boot hangs VT x and AMD V bug 2565 VMM fixed Solaris 10U6 reboot hangs AMD V only bug 2565 GUI the host key was sometimes not properly displayed Windows hosts only bug 1996 GUI the keyboard focus was lost after minimizing and restoring the VM window via the Windows taskbar bugs 784 VBoxManage properly show SATA disks when showing the VM information bug 2624 SATA fixed access if the buffer size is not sector aligned bug 2024 SATA improved performance SATA fixed snapshot function with ports gt 1 bug 2510 E1000 fixed crash under rare circumstances USB fixed support for iPhone and Nokia devices Linux host bugs 470 amp 491 Windows host installer added proper handling of open VirtualBox applications when up dating the installation Windows host installer fixed default installation directory on 64 bit on new installations bug 2501 Linux Solaris Darwin hosts verify permissions in tmp vbox USER ipc Linux hosts fixed assertion on high network load AMD64 hosts fix for Linux distributions with glibc 2 6 and newer bug 616 Linux hosts don t crash during shutdown with serial ports connected to
412. ions In this case you can configure whether VirtualBox should create the named pipe or on non Windows hosts the local domain socket itself or whether VirtualBox should assume that the pipe or socket exists already With the VBoxManage command line options this is referred to as server or client mode respectively For a direct connection between two virtual machines corresponding to a null modem cable simply configure one VM to create a pipe socket and another to attach to it e You can send the virtual serial port output to a file This option is very useful for capturing diagnostic output from a guest Any file may be used for this purpose as long as the user running VirtualBox has sufficient privileges to create and write to the file Up to two serial ports can be configured per virtual machine but you can pick any port numbers out of the above However serial ports cannot reliably share interrupts if both ports are to be used at the same time they must use different interrupt levels for example COM1 and COM2 but not COM1 and COM3 3 10 USB support 3 10 1 USB settings The USB section in a virtual machine s Settings window allows you to configure VirtualBox s sophisticated USB support VirtualBox can allow virtual machines to access the USB devices on your host directly To achieve this VirtualBox presents the guest operating system with a virtual USB controller As soon as the guest system starts u
413. ions ISO e Open a command line window on the guest and change to the cert folder on the VirtualBox Guest Additions CD e Do VBoxCertUtil add trusted publisher oracle vbox cer root oracle vbox cer This will install the certificates to the certificate store When installing the same certificate more than once an appropriate error will be displayed Prior to VirtualBox 4 2 the Oracle CA certificates need to be imported in more manual style using the certutil exe utility which is shipped since Windows Vista For Windows versions before Vista you need to download and install certutil exe manually Since the certificates are not accompanied on the VirtualBox Guest Additions CD ROM prior to 4 2 these need to get extracted from a signed VirtualBox executable first In the following example the needed certificates will be extracted from the VirtualBox Win dows Guest Additions installer on the CD ROM 62 4 Guest Additions VeriSign Code Signing CA In the Windows Explorer right click on VBoxWindowsAdditions lt Architecture gt exe click on Properties Go to tab Digital Signatures choose Oracle Corporation and click on Details In tab General click on View Certificate In tab Certification Path select VeriSign Class 3 Public Primary CA Click on View Certificate In tab Details click on Copy to File In the upcoming wizard choose DER encoded binary X 509 CER
414. irtual disk images currently in use by VirtualBox including all their settings the unique identifiers UUIDs associated with them by VirtualBox and all files associated with them This is the command line equivalent of the Virtual Media Manager see chapter 5 3 The Virtual Media Manager page 82 e usbhost supplies information about USB devices attached to the host notably information useful for constructing USB filters and whether they are currently in use by the host e usbfilters lists all global USB filters registered with VirtualBox that is filters for devices which are accessible to all virtual machines and displays the filter parameters e systemproperties displays some global VirtualBox settings such as minimum and maxi mum guest RAM and virtual hard disk size folder settings and the current authentication library in use e extpacks displays all VirtualBox extension packs currently installed see chapter 1 5 In stalling VirtualBox and extension packs page 16 and chapter 8 36 VBoxManage extpack page 153 for more information 8 5 VBoxManage showvminfo The showvminfo command shows information about a particular virtual machine This is the same information as VBoxManage list vms long would show for all virtual machines You will get information similar to the following VBoxManage showvminfo Windows XP VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version 4 3 0 C 2005 2013 Oracle Corporation All rights re
415. irtualBox sudo tar jxf install VirtualBox tar bz2 C opt VirtualBox or as root mkdir opt VirtualBox tar jxf install VirtualBox tar bz2 C opt VirtualBox The sources for VirtualBox s kernel module are provided in the src directory To build the module change to the directory and issue make If everything builds correctly issue the following command to install the module to the appro priate module directory sudo make install In case you do not have sudo switch the user account to root and perform make install 39 2 Installation details The VirtualBox kernel module needs a device node to operate The above make command will tell you how to create the device node depending on your Linux system The procedure is slightly different for a classical Linux setup with a dev directory a system with the now deprecated devfs and a modern Linux system with udev On certain Linux distributions you might experience difficulties building the module You will have to analyze the error messages from the build system to diagnose the cause of the problems In general make sure that the correct Linux kernel sources are used for the build process Note that the dev vboxdrv kernel module device node must be owned by root root and must be read writable only for the user Next you will have to install the system initialization script for the kernel module cp opt VirtualBox vboxdrv sh etc init d vboxdrv assuming you installed
416. is a string of numbers and letters which can be computed dynamically and is guaranteed to be unique Generally it is used as a global handle to identify entities VirtualBox makes use of UUIDs to identify VMs Virtual Disk Images VDI files and other entities V VM Virtual Machine a virtual computer that VirtualBox allows you to run on top of your actual hardware See chapter 1 2 Some terminology page 12 for details VMM Virtual Machine Manager the component of VirtualBox that controls VM execution See chapter 10 2 VirtualBox executables and components page 191 for a list of VirtualBox com ponents VRDE VirtualBox Remote Desktop Extension This interface is built into VirtualBox to allow VirtualBox extension packages to supply remote access to virtual machines A VirtualBox extension package by Oracle provides VRDP support see chapter 7 1 Remote display VRDP support page 102 for details VRDP See RDP VT x The hardware virtualization features built into modern Intel processors See chapter 10 3 Hardware vs software virtualization page 193 X XML The eXtensible Markup Language a metastandard for all kinds of textual information XML only specifies how data in the document is organized generally and does not prescribe how to semantically organize content XPCOM Mozilla Cross Platform Component Object Model a programming infrastructure devel oped by the Mozilla browser project which is similar to Microsoft COM an
417. is called VBoxGuestAdditions iso This image file is located in the installation directory of VirtualBox To install the Guest Additions for a particular VM you mount this ISO file in your VM as a virtual CD ROM and install from there The Guest Additions offer the following features Mouse pointer integration To overcome the limitations for mouse support that were described in chapter 1 8 2 Capturing and releasing keyboard and mouse page 22 this provides you with seamless mouse support You will only have one mouse pointer and pressing the Host key is no longer required to free the mouse from being captured by the guest OS To make this work a special mouse driver is installed in the guest that communicates with the real mouse driver on your host and moves the guest mouse pointer accordingly Shared folders These provide an easy way to exchange files between the host and the guest Much like ordinary Windows network shares you can tell VirtualBox to treat a certain host directory as a shared folder and VirtualBox will make it available to the guest operating system as a network share irrespective of whether guest actually has a network For details please refer to chapter 4 3 Shared folders page 69 Better video support While the virtual graphics card which VirtualBox emulates for any guest operating system provides all the basic features the custom video drivers that are installed with the Guest Additions provide you with extr
418. is limited to other VMs on the same host which connect to the same internal network Even though technically everything that can be done using internal networking can also be done using bridged networking there are security advantages with internal networking In bridged networking mode all traffic goes through a physical interface of the host system It is therefore possible to attach a packet sniffer such as Wireshark to the host interface and log all traffic that goes over it If for any reason you prefer two or more VMs on the same machine to communicate privately hiding their data from both the host system and the user bridged networking therefore is not an option Internal networks are created automatically as needed i e there is no central configuration Every internal network is identified simply by its name Once there is more than one active virtual network card with the same internal network ID the VirtualBox support driver will automatically wire the cards and act as a network switch The VirtualBox support driver implements a complete Ethernet switch and supports both broadcast multicast frames and promiscuous mode In order to attach a VM s network card to an internal network set its networking mode to internal networking There are two ways to accomplish this e You can use a VM s Settings dialog in the VirtualBox graphical user interface In the Networking category of the settings dialog select I
419. isions required by the __ License If you do not delete the provisions above a recipient may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the __ License NOTE The text of this Exhibit A may differ slightly from the text of the notices in the Source Code files of the Original Code You should use the text of this Exhibit A rather than the text found in the Original Code Source Code for Your Modifications 321 16 Third party materials and licenses 16 2 4 MIT License Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction in cluding without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or sub stantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LI ABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH
420. it In these situations it is recommended to use the Windows task manager to kill the process VBoxSVC exe 210 12 Troubleshooting 12 6 2 CD DVD changes not recognized In case you have assigned a physical CD DVD drive to a guest and the guest does not notice when the medium changes make sure that the Windows media change notification MCN feature is not turned off This is represented by the following key in the Windows registry HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE System CurrentControlSet Services Cdrom Autorun Certain applications may disable this key against Microsoft s advice If it is set to 0 change it to 1 and reboot your system VirtualBox relies on Windows notifying it of media changes 12 6 3 Sluggish response when using Microsoft RDP client If connecting to a Virtual Machine via the Microsoft RDP client called Remote Desktop Con nection there can be large delays between input moving the mouse over a menu is the most obvious situation and output This is because this RDP client collects input for a certain time before sending it to the RDP server The interval can be decreased by setting a Windows registry key to smaller values than the default of 100 The key does not exist initially and must be of type DWORD The unit for its values is milliseconds Values around 20 are suitable for low bandwidth connections between the RDP client and server Values around 4 can be used for a gigabit Ethernet connection Generally values below 10 ac
421. it 8 ignore 9 SCSI controller type BusLogic change with vsys 0 unit 9 scsitype BusLogic LsiLogic disable with vsys 0 unit 9 ignore 10 IDE controller type PIIX4 disable with vsys O unit 10 ignore 11 Hard disk image source image WindowsXp vmdk target path home user disks WindowsXp vmdk controller 9 channel 0 change controller with vsys O unit 11 controller lt id gt disable with vsys 0 unit 11 ignore As you can see the individual configuration items are numbered and depending on their type support different command line options The import subcommand can be directed to ignore many such items with a vsys X unit Y ignore option where X is the number of the virtual system zero unless there are several virtual system descriptions in the appliance and Y the item number as printed on the screen In the above example Item 1 specifies the name of the target machine in VirtualBox Items 9 and 10 specify hard disk controllers respectively Item 11 describes a hard disk image in this case the additional controller option indicates which item the disk image should be connected to with the default coming from the OVF file You can combine several items for the same virtual system behind the same vsys option For example to import a machine as described in the OVF but without the sound card and without the USB controller and with the disk image connected to the IDE contro
422. ith a supported host operating system The VirtualBox extension pack for the VRDP server must be installed see the previous section For the following example we will assume a Linux server 2 An ISO file accessible from the server containing the installation data for the guest operat ing system to install we will assume Windows XP in the following example 3 A terminal connection to that host through which you can access a command line e g via ssh 1Before VirtualBox 1 6 the headless server was called VBoxVRDP For the sake of backwards compatibility the VirtualBox installation still installs an executable with that name as well 104 7 Remote virtual machines 4 An RDP viewer on the remote client see chapter 7 1 1 Common third party RDP viewers page 102 above for examples Note again that on the server machine since we will only use the headless server neither Qt nor SDL nor the X Window system will be needed 1 On the headless server create a new virtual machine VBoxManage createvm name Windows XP ostype WindowsXP register Note that if you do not specify register you will have to manually use the registervm command later Note further that you do not need to specify ostype but doing so selects some sane default values for certain VM parameters for example the RAM size and the type of the virtual network device To get a complete list of supported operating systems you can use VBoxMa
423. ith an error message 2 The two virtual machines on the source and the target must share the same storage hard disks as well as floppy and CD DVD images This means that they either use the same iSCSI targets or that the storage resides somewhere on the network and both hosts have access to it via NFS or SMB CIES This also means that neither the source nor the target machine can have any snapshots Then perform the following steps 1 On the target host configure the virtual machine to wait for a teleport request to arrive when it is started instead of actually attempting to start the machine This is done with the following VBoxManage command VBoxManage modifyvm lt targetvmname gt teleporter on teleporterport lt port gt where lt targetvmname gt is the name of the virtual machine on the target host and lt port gt is a TCP IP port number to be used on both the source and the target hosts For example use 6000 For details see chapter 8 8 5 Teleporting settings page 129 2 Start the VM on the target host You will see that instead of actually running it will show a progress dialog indicating that it is waiting for a teleport request to arrive 3 Start the machine on the source host as usual When it is running and you want it to be teleported issue the following command on the source host VBoxManage controlvm lt sourcevmname gt teleport host lt targethost gt port lt port gt where lt sourcevmname gt is
424. ity with 2 6 32 Linux kernels software virtualization only bug 6100 VMM turn on nested paging by default for new VMs if available VI x and AMD V only VMM turn on VPID by default for new VMs if available VT x only VMM perform strict CPUID compatibility checks when teleporting to get the old behavior set VBoxInternal CPUM StrictCpuldChecks to 0 VMM fixed VM crash with certain 16 bits Windows applications software virtualization only bug 5399 Snapshots fixed a 3 1 regression that broke deletion of snapshots when a machine had immutable or writethrough storage attached bug 5727 Saved state fixed VERR_SSM_LOADED_TOO_MUCH error when loading DisplayScreen shot bug 6162 VBoxManage add restorecurrent operation to snapshots command VBoxManage fixed broken snapshot lookup by name bug 6070 GUI fixed the broken Reload button that reloads the machine XML when a machine is inaccessible GUI fixed guest full screen mode after reboot bug 5372 272 15 Change log GUI handle Ctrl Break properly on X11 hosts bug 6122 GUI fixed status LEDs for storage devices GUI workaround for disabling the seamless mode on KDE hosts KWin bug 3D support fixed SELinux warning saying VBoxOGL so requires text relocation bug 5690 3D support fixed Corrupted surface rendering bug 5695 3D support free textures on guest application termination bug 5206 3D support fixed ubigraph_server crashes bug 46
425. ixed Final frame of Compiz animation not updated to the screen Mac OS X only bug 4653 VRDP allow to bind to localhost only on Mac OS X bug 5227 Linux hosts add host USB support for Ubuntu 10 04 and other hosts without the hal daemon or usbfs bug 6343 Web service more structs and array fixes in PHP bindings Windows hosts make the bridged networking driver notify dll be correctly unregistred on uninstall bug 5780 15 38 Version 3 1 6 2010 03 25 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added Linux hosts fixed timing issue on hosts with Linux kernels 2 6 31 or later with certain CPUs asynchronous timer mode bug 6250 Linux hosts properly handle host suspend resume events on Linux kernels 2 6 30 or later bug 5562 Mac OS X hosts fixed VBoxSVC crash while enumerating the host network interfaces under certain circumstances Snapshots fixed image corruption after snapshot merge under certain circumstances bug 6023 Snapshots fixed crash with VBoxHeadless OSE VMM fixed reference counting guru meditation bug 4940 270 15 Change log VMM improved guest SMP stability VMM fixed VT x hardware debug issues bugs 477 amp 5792 VMM fixed PGMDynMapHCPage guru meditation Mac OS X VT x only bug 6095 VMM fixed pgmPoolTrackFlushGCPhysPTInt guru meditations Mac OS X VT x only bugs 6095 amp 6125 VMM fixed host crash when running PAE guests in VI X mode Ma
426. ixes for the 3D support Mac OS X hosts re enabled CMD Key combinations even if the Host Key isn t CMD bug 5684 Mac OS X hosts fixed to fast scrolling if the mouse wheel is used inside the guest bug 5672 Mac OS X hosts dock amp menubar don t disappear in full screen when the VM is not running on the primary display bug 1762 Mac OS X hosts added an option for enabling Auto show Dock amp Menubar in full screen bug 5636 Windows host installer fixed starting VBox with wrong privileges right after installation bug 4162 Host interface and host only networking prevent driver from unloading while a VM is still active Windows host only Host only networking fixed host only interface creation Windows host only bug 5708 Virtio net don t crash without an attached network Virtio net fixed the issue with intermittent network in VM with several virtual CPU cores 274 15 Change log NAT fixed port forwarding regressions bug 5666 NAT fixed crash under certain conditions bug 5427 NAT fixed resolving of names containing a slash or underscore when using the host resolver DNS proxy bug 5698 ATA fixed sporadic crash when resuming after a VM was forcefully paused e g due to iSCSI target being unavailable SATA fixed raw vmdk disks bug 5724 Linux guests increased the default memory for Redhat and Fedora guests Linux Additions fixed installation on RHEL 3 9 guests and on some 64bit gue
427. k notification after resuming a VM NAT fixed Ethernet address corruptions bug 4839 NAT fixed hangs dropped packets and retransmission problems bug 4343 Bridged networking fixed packet queue issue which might cause DRIVER_POWER_STATE_ FAILURE BSOD for Windows hosts bug 4821 Windows Additions fixed a bug in VBoxGINA which prevented selecting the right domain when logging in the first time Windows host installer should now also work on unicode systems like Korean bug 3707 Windows host installer check for sufficient disk space Shared clipboard do not send zero terminated text to X11 guests and hosts bug 4712 Shared clipboard use a less CPU intensive way of checking for new data on X11 guests and hosts bug 4092 Guest Additions do not hide the host mouse cursor when restoring a saved state bug 4700 Windows guests fixed issues with the display of the mouse cursor image bugs 2603 2660 and 4817 SUSE 11 guests fixed Guest Additions installation bug 4506 Guest Additions support Fedora 12 Alpha guests bugs 4731 4733 and 4734 282 15 Change log 15 46 Version 3 0 4 2009 08 04 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM 64 bits guest stability fixes AMD V only bugs 3923 amp 3666 VMM SMP stability fixes AMD V only VMM SMP performance improvement esp for Solaris guests VMM eliminated several bugs which could lead to a host reboot VMM
428. keepnatmacs keepdisknames Allows additional fine tuning of the clone operation The first option defines that a linked clone should be created which is only possible for a machine clone from a snapshot The next two options allow to define how the MAC addresses of every virtual network card should be handled They can either be reinitialized the default left unchanged keepallmacs or left unchanged when the network type is NAT keepnatmacs If you add keepdisknames all new disk images are called like the original once otherwise they are renamed e name lt name gt Select a new name for the new virtual machine Default is Original Name Clone basefolder lt basefolder gt Select the folder where the new virtual machine configu ration should be saved in e uuid lt uuid gt Select the UUID the new VM should have This id has to be unique in the VirtualBox instance this clone should be registered Default is creating a new UUID register Automatically register the new clone in this VirtualBox installation If you manually want register the new VM later see chapter 8 6 VBoxManage registervm unreg istervm page 122 for instructions how to do so 8 10 VBoxManage import This command imports a virtual appliance in OVF format by copying the virtual disk images and creating virtual machines in VirtualBox See chapter 1 14 Importing and exporting virtual machines page 30 for an introduction to appliances The import sub
429. king hardware VirtualBox presents to the guest see chapter 6 1 Virtual networking hardware page 91 cableconnected lt 1 N gt on off This allows you to temporarily disconnect a virtual network interface as if a network cable had been pulled from a real network card This might be useful for resetting certain software components in the VM With the nictrace options you can optionally trace network traffic by dumping it to a file for debugging purposes With nictrace lt 1 N gt on off you can enable network tracing for a particular virtual network card If enabled you must specify with nictracefile lt 1 N gt lt filename gt what file the trace should be logged to bridgeadapter lt 1 N gt none lt devicename gt If bridged networking has been enabled for a virtual network card see the nic option above otherwise this setting has no effect use this option to specify which host interface the given virtual network interface will use For details please see chapter 6 5 Bridged networking page 96 hostonlyadapter lt 1 N gt none lt devicename gt If host only networking has been en abled for a virtual network card see the nic option above otherwise this setting has no effect use this option to specify which host only networking interface the given virtual network interface will use For details please see chapter 6 7 Host only networking page 98 intnet lt 1 N gt network If internal networking has
430. l cleanup of the guest particularly of the XFree86Config or xorg conf file in some cases particularly if the Additions version installed or the guest operating system were very old or if you made your own changes to the Guest Additions setup after you installed them Starting with version 3 1 0 you can uninstall the Additions by invoking opt VBoxGuestAdditions 4 3 0 uninstall sh Please replace opt VBoxGuestAdditions 4 3 0 with the correct Guest Additions installation directory 4 2 3 Guest Additions for Solaris Like the Windows Guest Additions the VirtualBox Guest Additions for Solaris take the form of a set of device drivers and system applications which may be installed in the guest operating system The following Solaris distributions are officially supported e Solaris 11 including Solaris 11 Express e Solaris 10 u5 and higher Other distributions may work if they are based on comparable software releases 4 2 3 1 Installing the Solaris Guest Additions The VirtualBox Guest Additions for Solaris are provided on the same ISO CD ROM as the Ad ditions for Windows and Linux described above They also come with an installation program guiding you through the setup process Installation involves the following steps 68 4 Guest Additions 1 Mount the VBoxGuestAdditions iso file as your Solaris guest s virtual CD ROM drive exactly the same way as described for a Windows guest in chapter 4 2 1 1 Installation page
431. l implemented by VirtualBox and then the host performs the requested 3D operation via the host s programming interfaces 4 4 2 Hardware 2D video acceleration for Windows guests Starting with version 3 1 the VirtualBox Guest Additions contain experimental hardware 2D video acceleration support for Windows guests With this feature if an application e g a video player inside your Windows VM uses 2D video overlays to play a movie clip then VirtualBox will attempt to use your host s video acceler ation hardware instead of performing overlay stretching and color conversion in software which would be slow This currently works for Windows Linux and Mac host platforms provided that your host operating system can make use of 2D video acceleration in the first place The 2D video acceleration currently has the following preconditions 1 It is only available for Windows guests XP or later 2 The Guest Additions must be installed 3 Because 2D support is still experimental at this time it is disabled by default and must be manually enabled in the VM settings see chapter 3 3 General settings page 47 Technically VirtualBox implements this by exposing video overlay DirectDraw capabilities in the Guest Additions video driver The driver sends all overlay commands to the host through a special communication tunnel implemented by VirtualBox On the host side OpenGL is then used to implement color space transformation and scaling 4
432. lBox needs to look at each sector of the differencing image and needs to copy it back into its parent this is called merging images and can be a potentially lengthy process depending on how large the differencing image is It can also temporarily need a considerable amount of extra disk space before the differencing image obsoleted by the merge operation is deleted 2 Immutable images When an image is switched to immutable mode a differencing im age is created as well As with snapshots the parent image then becomes read only and the differencing image receives all the write operations Every time the virtual machine is started all the immutable images which are attached to it have their respective differenc ing image thrown away effectively resetting the virtual machine s virtual disk with every restart 5 6 Cloning disk images You can duplicate hard disk image files on the same host to quickly produce a second virtual machine with the same operating system setup However you should only make copies of virtual disk images using the utility supplied with VirtualBox see chapter 8 24 VBoxManage clonehd page 140 This is because VirtualBox assigns a unique identity number UUID to each disk image which is also stored inside the image and VirtualBox will refuse to work with two images that use the same number If you do accidentally try to reimport a disk image which you copied normally you can make a second copy using Virtu
433. lation of the DRM module fails which is not fatal Solaris Additions fixed memory leaks and panics while mounting from console and un mounting shared folders Windows Additions fixed swapped mouse cursor hotspot coordinates 4 1 0 regression bug 9447 Windows Additions fixed PAGE_FAULT_IN_NONPAGED_AREA BSOD in VBoxDisp dll when running SnippingTool bug 9508 Windows Additions make image viewer work correctly with Aero enabled Vista and Win dows 7 Windows Additions fixed incorrect window border blurs under Aero with ATI cards Vista and Windows 7 Windows Additions fixed incorrect rendering when moving 3D applications outside guest desktop and back under Aero Vista and Windows 7 Windows Additions fixed guest hangs when switching back from full screen text mode applications bug 9636 15 20 Version 4 1 2 2011 08 15 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added e VMM fixed 64 bit guests on AMD Fusion CPUs bug 8824 e VMM fixed handling of the sysenter sysexit machine instructions in 64 bit guests on Intel hosts 243 15 Change log GUI added linked clone support GUI fixed error check when changing the VM controller settings 4 1 0 regression bug 9246 GUI fixed the inclusion of additional information license vendor on OVF export GUI when taking a snapshot from the VM selector don t do a live snapshot GUI fixed immediate crash during start on certai
434. le on off remove lt uuid vmname gt add lt name gt type disk network limit lt megabytes per second gt k m g K M G set lt name gt limit lt megabytes per second gt k m g K M G remove lt name gt list machinereadable limit units k kilobit m megabit g gigabit K kilobyte M megabyte G gigabyte 117 showhdinfo createhd modifyhd clonehd convertfromraw convertfromraw getextradata setextradata setproperty usbfilter usbfilter 8 VBoxManage lt uuid filename gt filename lt filename gt size lt megabytes gt sizebyte lt bytes gt diffparent lt uuid gt lt filename gt format VDI VMDK VHD default VDI variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX lt uuid filename gt type normal writethrough immutable shareable readonly multiattach autoreset on off property lt name value gt compact resize lt megabytes gt resizebyte lt bytes gt lt uuid inputfile gt lt uuid outputfile gt format VDI VMDK VHD RAW lt other gt variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX existing lt filename gt lt outputfile gt format VDI VMDK VHD variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX uuid lt uuid gt stdin lt outputfile gt lt bytes gt format VDI VMDK VHD variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX uuid lt uuid gt global lt uuid vmname gt lt key gt enumerate
435. le with the VirtualBox command line interface see chapter 8 VBoxManage page 112 1 12 Removing virtual machines To remove a virtual machine which you no longer need right click on it in the Manager s VM list select Remove from the context menu that comes up A confirmation window will come up that allows you to select whether the machine should only be removed from the list of machines or whether the files associated with it should also be deleted The Remove menu item is disabled while a machine is running 1 13 Cloning virtual machines To experiment with a VM configuration test different guest OS levels or to simply backup a VM VirtualBox can create a full or a linked copy of an existing VM 5Cloning support was introduced with VirtualBox 4 1 29 1 First steps A wizard will guide you through the clone process Clone a virtual machine Welcome to the virtual machine clone wizard This wizard will help you to create a clone of your virtual machine Use the Continue button to go to the next page of the wizard and the Go Back button to return to the previous page You can also press Esc if you want to cancel the execution of this wizard Please choose a name for the new virtual machine Oracle Linux Clone _ Reinitialize the MAC address of all network cards Go Back Clone es This wizard can be invoked from the context menu of the Manager s VM list select Clone or the Snapsh
436. lected for active up interfaces only the state of an interface being evaluated when the associated metric is enabled via setupMetrics Snapshots reduce the time for merging snapshots under certain conditions Storage fixed data corruption after resizing a VDI image under certain circumstances bug 11344 Storage fixed non working online merging of snapshots 4 2 6 regression bug 11359 230 15 Change log Storage fixed crash when connecting to certain QNAP iSCSI targets Storage fixed incompatibility of VHD differencing images with Hyper V bug 5990 Bridged Networking fixed TCP pseudo header checksum computation for IPv6 bug 9380 3D support fix Battlefield 1942 game crashes bug 11369 Settings really sanitise the name of VM folders and settings file the code was disabled before bug 10549 Settings allow to change VRDE settings for saved VMs VBoxManage don t crash during screenshotpng if there is no display bug 11363 Linux hosts work around gcc bug 55940 which might lead to wrong kernel module code if gcc 4 7 is used to compile the 32 bit Linux host kernel bug 11035 Linux hosts fixed inconsistent lock state and deadlock warnings on module load and VM startup when CONFIG _PROVE_LOCKING is enabled bug 11318 Linux hosts made key work again on Japanese keyboards Mac OS X hosts don t crash the kernel during dtrace if the VBox kernel extensions are loaded 10 6 hosts only bug 11273
437. lemented via COM XPCOM lAs an example before VirtualBox 3 1 it was only possible to enable or disable a single DVD drive in a virtual machine If it was enabled then it would always be visible as the secondary master of the IDE controller With VirtualBox 3 1 DVD drives can be attached to arbitrary slots of arbitrary controllers so they could be the secondary slave of an IDE controller or in a SATA slot If you have a machine settings file from an earlier version and upgrade VirtualBox to 3 1 and then move the DVD drive from its default position this cannot be expressed in the old settings format the XML machine file would get written in the new format and a backup file of the old format would be kept 191 2 10 Technical background Note When we refer to clients here we mean the local clients of a particu lar VBoxSVC server process not clients in a network VirtualBox employs its own client server design to allow its processes to cooperate but all these processes run un der the same user account on the host operating system and this is totally transparent to the user The GUI process VirtualBox a client application based on the cross platform Qt li brary When started without the startvm option this application acts as the VirtualBox manager displaying the VMs and their settings It then communicates settings and state changes to VBoxSVC and also reflects changes effected through other means e g V
438. lemented IGuestFile support NAT experimental virtual router mode several VMs are attached to the same internal network and share one NAT service see chapter 6 4 Network Address Translation Service experimental page 95 In addition the following items were fixed and or added VMM significantly improved performance of NetWare 5 x 6 x guests on host systems with out nested paging support VMM fixed losing host NMIs while in VT x guest context VMM changed order of actions in emulated task switch bug 10532 223 15 Change log VMM allow to activate VI x while in SMX mode and provide more information if that is not possible GUI update check uses https GUI numerous minor internal cleanups and bug fixes GUI HID LEDs synchronization when switching between guest window s and host Mac OS X hosts only GUI VBoxManage when unregistering a VM also unregister the hard disk images which are used exclusively bug 10311 GUI use the number of physical presented processor cores instead of the number of logical processor cores to check if the users assigned too many virtual CPUs to the guest Snapshots made live snapshots work again bug 9255 Teleportation made it work again bug 9455 Storage implemented AHA 154x compatibility mode in the emulated BusLogic SCSI HBA Storage significantly improved performance of large ATAPI PIO transfers BeOS Minix 3 guests affected Storage added floppy formatting emulation NB c
439. license Copyright C 2001 2003 Keith Packard Permission to use copy modify distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting 338 16 Third party materials and licenses documentation and that the name of the author s not be used in advertising or publicity per taining to distribution of the software without specific written prior permission The authors make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose It is provided as is without express or implied warranty THE AUTHOR S DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE IN CLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR S BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAM AGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARIS ING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE 16 2 28 Freetype license 2006 Jan 27 Copyright 1996 2002 2006 by David Turner Robert Wilhelm and Werner Lemberg Introduction The FreeType Project is distributed in several archive packages some of them may contain in addition to the FreeType font engine various tools and contributions which re
440. limitation has been lifted with version 3 1 It is now possible to restore any snapshot going backward and forward in time 27 1 First steps Note Restoring a snapshot will affect the virtual hard drives that are connected to your VM as the entire state of the virtual hard drive will be reverted as well This means also that all files that have been created since the snapshot and all other file changes will be lost In order to prevent such data loss while still making use of the snapshot feature it is possible to add a second hard drive in write through mode using the VBoxManage interface and use it to store your data As write through hard drives are not included in snapshots they remain unaltered when a machine is reverted See chapter 5 4 Special image write modes page 84 for details To avoid losing the current state when restoring a snapshot you can create a new snapshot before the restore By restoring an earlier snapshot and taking more snapshots from there it is even possible to create a kind of alternate reality and to switch between these different histories of the virtual machine This can result in a whole tree of virtual machine snapshots as shown in the screenshot above You can also delete a snapshot which will not affect the state of the virtual machine but only release the files on disk that VirtualBox used to store the snapshot data thus freeing disk space To delete a snapshot right click o
441. ll be fully reset Technically strictly speaking the image file itself is not reset Instead when a snapshot is taken VirtualBox freezes the image file and no longer writes to it For the write oper ations from the VM a second differencing image file is created which receives only the changes to the original image see the next section for details While you can attach the same normal image to more than one virtual machine only one of these virtual machines attached to the same image file can be executed simultaneously as otherwise there would be conflicts if several machines write to the same image file 2 By contrast write through hard disks are completely unaffected by snapshots their state is not saved when a snapshot is taken and not restored when a snapshot is restored 3 Shareable hard disks are a variant of write through hard disks In principle they behave exactly the same i e their state is not saved when a snapshot is taken and not restored when a snapshot is restored The difference only shows if you attach such disks to several VMs Shareable disks may be attached to several VMs which may run concurrently This makes them suitable for use by cluster filesystems between VMs and similar applications which are explicitly prepared to access a disk concurrently Only fixed size images can be used in this way and dynamically allocated images are rejected Warning This is an expert feature and
442. ller which is a more modern type of storage controller for higher hard disk data throughput to which the virtual hard disks are attached Initially you will normally have one such virtual disk but as you can see in the above screenshot you can have more than one each represented by a disk image file VDI files in this case If you created your VM with an older version of VirtualBox the default storage layout may differ You might then only have an IDE controller to which both the CD DVD drive and the hard disks have been attached This might also apply if you selected an older operating system type when you created the VM Since older operating systems do not support SATA without additional drivers VirtualBox will make sure that no such devices are present initially Please see chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI SAS page 79 for additional information VirtualBox also provides a floppy controller which is special you cannot add devices other than floppy drives to it Virtual floppy drives like virtual CD DVD drives can be connected to either a host floppy drive if you have one or a disk image which in this case must be in RAW format You can modify these media attachments freely For example if you wish to copy some files from another virtual disk that you created you can connect that disk as a second hard disk as in the above screenshot You could also add a second virtual CD DVD drive or change where these it
443. ller instead of the SCSI controller use this VBoxManage import WindowsXp ovf vsys 0 unit 5 ignore unit 6 ignore unit 11 controller 10 8 11 VBoxManage export This command exports one or more virtual machines from VirtualBox into a virtual appliance in OVF format including copying their virtual disk images to compressed VMDK See chapter 1 14 Importing and exporting virtual machines page 30 for an introduction to appliances The export command is simple to use list the machine or the machines that you would like to export to the same OVF file and specify the target OVF file after an additional output or o option Note that the directory of the target OVF file will also receive the exported disk images in the compressed VMDK format regardless of the original format and should have enough disk space left for them Beside a simple export of a given virtual machine you can append several product information to the appliance file Use product producturl vendor vendorurl and version to specify this additional information For legal reasons you may add a license text or the content of a license file by using the eula and eulafile option respectively As with OVF import you must use the vsys X option to direct the previously mentioned options to the correct virtual machine 131 8 VBoxManage For virtualization products which aren t fully compatible with the OVF standard 1 0 you can enable a OVF 0
444. lowing keywords noSelector Don t allow to start the VirtualBox manager Trying to do so will show a window containing a proper error message noMenuBar VM windows will not contain a menu bar noStatusBar VM windows will not contain a status bar To disable any of these VM manager customizations do VBoxManage setextradata global GUI Customizations 178 9 Advanced topics 9 19 2 VM selector customization The following per machine VM extradata settings can be used to change the behavior of the VM selector window in respect of certain VMs VBoxManage setextradata VM name true where SETTING can be GUI HideDetails Don t show the VM configuration of a certain VM The details window will remain just empty if this VM is selected GUI PreventReconfiguration Don t allow the user to open the settings dialog for a certain VM GUI PreventSnapshotOperations Prevent snapshot operations for a VM from the GUI either at runtime or when the VM is powered off GUI HideFromManager Hide a certain VM in the VM selector window GUI PreventApplicationUpdate Disable the automatic update check and hide the corre sponding menu item Please note that these settings wouldn t prevent the user from reconfiguring the VM by VBoxManage modifyvm 9 19 3 Configure VM selector menu entries You can disable i e black list certain entries in the global settings page of the VM selector VBoxManage setextradata global GUI RestrictedGlobalSettingsPages OP
445. lquality 75 7 1 10 VRDP customization With VirtualBox 4 0 it is possible to disable display output mouse and keyboard input audio remote USB or clipboard individually in the VRDP server The following commands change corresponding server settings VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Client DisableDisplay 1 VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Client DisableInput 1 VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Client DisableUSB 1 VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Client DisableAudio 1 VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Client DisableClipboard 1 VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Client DisableUpstreamAudio 1 To reenable a feature use a similar command without the trailing 1 For example VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty Client DisableDisplay These properties were introduced with VirtualBox 3 2 10 However in the 3 2 x series it was necessary to use the following commands to alter these settings instead VBoxManage setextradata VM name VRDP Feature Client DisableDisplay 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VRDP Feature Client DisableInput 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VRDP Feature Client DisableUSB 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VRDP Feature Client DisableAudio 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VRDP Feature Client DisableClipboard 1 109 7 Remote virtual machines To reenable a feature use a similar command without the trailing 1 For example VBox
446. lume gt _ swap Swap no Alternatively you could grow the existing swap using zfs set volsize 8G rpool swap And reboot the system for the changes to take effect For UFS as root user mkfile 7g path to swapfile img swap a path to swapfile img To mount it after reboot add the following line to etc vfstab path to swap img swap no 215 13 Security guide 13 1 Overview 13 1 1 General Security Principles The following principles are fundamental to using any application securely Keep Software Up To Date One of the principles of good security practise is to keep all soft ware versions and patches up to date Activate the VirtualBox update notification to get notified when a new VirtualBox release is available When updating VirtualBox do not forget to update the Guest Additions Keep the host operating system as well as the guest operating system up to date Restrict Network Access to Critical Services Use proper means for instance a firewall to protect your computer and your guest s from accesses from the outside Choosing the proper networking mode for VMs helps to separate host networking from the guest and vice versa Follow the Principle of Least Privilege The principle of least privilege states that users should be given the least amount of privilege necessary to perform their jobs Always execute VirtualBox as a regular user We strongly discourage anyone from executing VirtualBox with system pri
447. ly limited to 22 or less with Windows guests With Linux guests auto mounted shared folders are mounted into the media directory along with the prefix sf_ For example the shared folder myfiles would be mounted to media sf_myfiles on Linux and mnt sf_myfiles on Solaris The guest property VirtualBox GuestAdd SharedFolders MountPrefix determines the prefix that is used Change that guest property to a value other than sf to change that prefix see chapter 4 6 Guest properties page 74 for details Note Access to auto mounted shared folders is only granted to the user group vboxsf which is created by the VirtualBox Guest Additions installer Hence guest users have to be member of that group to have read write access or to have read only access in case the folder is not mapped writable To change the mount directory to something other than media you can set the guest property VirtualBox GuestAdd SharedFolders MountDir Solaris guests behave like Linux guests except that mnt is used as the default mount directory instead of media To have any changes to auto mounted shared folders applied while a VM is running the guest OS needs to be rebooted This applies only to auto mounted shared folders not the ones which are mounted manually 71 4 Guest Additions 4 4 Hardware accelerated graphics 4 4 1 Hardware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 The VirtualBox Guest Additions contain experimental hardware
448. ly on or relate to the FreeType Project This license applies to all files found in such packages and which do not fall under their own explicit license The license affects thus the FreeType font engine the test programs documen tation and makefiles at the very least This license was inspired by the BSD Artistic and IJG Independent JPEG Group licenses which all encourage inclusion and use of free software in commercial and freeware products alike As a consequence its main points are that e We don t promise that this software works However we will be interested in any kind of bug reports as is distribution e You can use this software for whatever you want in parts or full form without having to pay us royalty free usage e You may not pretend that you wrote this software If you use it or only parts of it in a program you must acknowledge somewhere in your documentation that you have used the FreeType code credits We specifically permit and encourage the inclusion of this software with or without modifi cations in commercial products We disclaim all warranties covering The FreeType Project and assume no liability related to The FreeType Project Finally many people asked us for a preferred form for a credit disclaimer to use in compliance with this license We thus encourage you to use the following text Portions of this software are copyright C lt year gt The FreeType Project www fr
449. margin If you made any change don t forget to run the following command to put the changes into effect immediately svcadm refresh svc application virtualbox balloonctrl default If you forget the above command then the previous settings will be used when enabling the service Check the current property settings with svcprop p config svc application virtualbox balloonctrl default When everything is configured correctly you can start the VirtualBox watchdog service with the following command svcadm enable svc application virtualbox balloonctrl default For more information about SMF please refer to the Solaris documentation 9 22 Other extension packs Starting with VirtualBox 4 2 0 there is another extension pack VNC which is open source and replaces the previous integration of the VNC remote access protocol This is experimental code and will be initially available in the VirtualBox source code package only It is to a large portion code contributed by users and is not supported in any way by Oracle 186 9 Advanced topics The keyboard handling is severely limited and only the US keyboard layout works Other keyboard layouts will have at least some keys which produce the wrong results often quite surprising effects and for layouts which have significant differences to the US keyboard layout it is most likely unusable It is possible to install both the Oracle VM VirtualBox Extension Pack and VNC but only one VRDE mod
450. medium attachment medium Specifies what is to be attached The following values are supported e none Any existing device should be removed from the given slot e emptydrive For a virtual DVD or floppy drive only this makes the device slot be haves like a removeable drive into which no media has been inserted e additions For a virtual DVD drive only this attaches the VirtualBox Guest Additions image to the given device slot 135 8 VBoxManage e If a UUID is specified it must be the UUID of a storage medium that is already known to VirtualBox e g because it has been attached to another virtual machine See chapter 8 4 VBoxManage list page 120 for how to list known media This medium is then attached to the given device slot e Ifa filename is specified it must be the full path of an existing disk image ISO RAW VDI VMDK or other which is then attached to the given device slot e host lt drive gt For a virtual DVD or floppy drive only this connects the given device slot to the specified DVD or floppy drive on the host computer e iscsi For virtual hard disks only this allows for specifying an iSCSI target In this case more parameters must be given see below Some of the above changes in particular for removeable media floppies and CDs DVDs can be effected while a VM is running Others device changes or changes in hard disk device slots require the VM to be powered off
451. mic_Kernel_Module_Support for an introduction 37 2 Installation details 2 3 3 Performing the installation VirtualBox is available in a number of package formats native to various common Linux distribu tions see chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 15 for details In addition there is an alternative generic installer run which should work on most Linux distributions 2 3 3 1 Installing VirtualBox from a Debian Ubuntu package First download the appropriate package for your distribution The following examples assume that you are installing to a 32 bit Ubuntu Raring system Use dpkg to install the Debian package sudo dpkg i VirtualBox 3 2_4 3 0_Ubuntu_raring_i386 deb You will be asked to accept the VirtualBox Personal Use and Evaluation License Unless you answer yes here the installation will be aborted The installer will also search for a VirtualBox kernel module suitable for your kernel The pack age includes pre compiled modules for the most common kernel configurations If no suitable kernel module is found the installation script tries to build a module itself If the build process is not successful you will be shown a warning and the package will be left unconfigured Please have a look at var log vbox install log to find out why the compilation failed You may have to install the appropriate Linux kernel headers see chapter 2 3 2 The VirtualBox kernel module page 37 After correcting any problem
452. misuse can lead to data loss regular filesys tems are not prepared to handle simultaneous changes by several parties 4 Next immutable images only remember write accesses temporarily while the virtual ma chine is running all changes are lost when the virtual machine is powered on the next time As a result as opposed to normal images the same immutable image can be used with several virtual machines without restrictions Creating an immutable image makes little sense since it would be initially empty and lose its contents with every machine restart unless you really want to have a disk that is always unformatted when the machine starts up As a result normally you would first create a normal image and then when you deem its contents useful later mark it immutable If you take a snapshot of a machine with immutable images then on every machine power up those images are reset to the state of the last current snapshot instead of the state of the original immutable image This restriction is more lenient now than it was before VirtualBox 2 2 Previously each normal disk image could only be attached to one single machine Now it can be attached to more than one machine so long as only one of these machines is running 84 5 Virtual storage Note As a special exception immutable images are not reset if they are attached to a machine whose last snapshot was taken while the machine was running
453. modified at full speed as much as possible The number of faults will generally be low unless the guest allows port I O from ring 3 something we cannot do as we don t want the guest to be able to access real ports This is also referred to as raw mode as the guest ring 3 code runs unmodified e For guest code in ring 0 VirtualBox employs a nasty trick it actually reconfigures the guest so that its ring 0 code is run in ring 1 instead which is normally not used in x86 operating systems As a result when guest ring 0 code actually running in ring 1 such as a guest device driver attempts to write to an I O register or execute a privileged instruction the VirtualBox hypervisor in real ring O can take over e The hypervisor VMM can be active Every time a fault occurs VirtualBox looks at the offending instruction and can relegate it to a virtual device or the host OS or the guest OS or run it in the recompiler In particular the recompiler is used when guest code disables interrupts and VirtualBox cannot figure out when they will be switched back on in these situations VirtualBox actu ally analyzes the guest code using its own disassembler Also certain privileged instruc tions such as LIDT need to be handled specially Finally any real mode or protected mode code e g BIOS code a DOS guest or any operating system startup is run in the recom piler entirely Unfortunately this only works to a degree Among others
454. n lt hostpattern gt The host pattern may include and x This example demonstrates how to instruct the host resolver mechanism to resolve all domain and probably some mirrors of www blocked site info site with IP 127 0 0 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices e1000 0 LUN 0 Config HostResolverMappings all_blocked_site HostIP 127 0 0 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices e1000 0 LUN 0 Config HostResolverMappings all_blocked_site HostNamePattern blocked site fb org Note The host resolver mechanism should be enabled to use user defined mapping rules please see chapter 9 11 6 Using the host s resolver as a DNS proxy in NAT mode page 171 for more details 9 11 7 Configuring aliasing of the NAT engine By default the NAT core uses aliasing and uses random ports when generating an alias for a connection This works well for the most protocols like SSH FTP and so on Though some protocols might need a more transparent behavior or may depend on the real port number the packet was sent from It is possible to change the NAT mode via the VBoxManage frontend with the following commands VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nataliasmodel proxyonly and VBoxManage modifyvm Linux Guest nataliasmodel sameports The first example disables aliasing and switches NAT into transparent mode the second exam ple enforces preserving of port values These modes can be combin
455. n you can find a VirtualBox icon in the Applications folder in the Finder 2 2 2 Uninstallation To uninstall VirtualBox open the disk image dmg file again and double click on the uninstall icon contained therein 2 2 3 Unattended installation To perform a non interactive installation of VirtualBox you can use the command line version of the installer application Mount the disk image dmg file as described in the normal installation Then open a terminal session and execute sudo installer pkg Volumes VirtualBox VirtualBox mpkg target Volumes Macintosh HD 2 3 Installing on Linux hosts 2 3 1 Prerequisites For the various versions of Linux that we support as host operating systems please refer to chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 15 You will need to install the following packages on your Linux system before starting the instal lation some systems will do this for you automatically when you install VirtualBox e Qt 4 6 2 or higher e SDL 1 2 7 or higher this graphics library is typically called libsdl or similar Note To be precise these packages are only required if you want to run the VirtualBox graphical user interfaces In particular VirtualBox the graphical VirtualBox manager requires both Qt and SDL VBoxSDL our simplified GUI requires only SDL By contrast if you only want to run VBoxHead less neither Qt nor SDL are required 36 2 Installation details 2 3 2
456. n API close machine settings XML file when unregistering machine bug 3548 15 52 Version 2 1 4 2009 02 16 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added Windows hosts fixed host crashes hangs on certain 32 bits Windows systems when run ning Linux guests bugs 1606 2269 2763 Windows hosts fixed network component BSOD issue bugs 3168 2916 Windows hosts fixed installation issues bugs 2517 1730 3130 Linux hosts fixed occasional kernel oopses bug 2556 Linux hosts fixed module dependency for shipped modules bug 3115 292 15 Change log Linux hosts moved the udev rules for USB forward so that they don t override existing system rules bug 3143 Linux hosts fixed the issue with guest not being able to communicate with each other when attached via TAP interfaces bug 3215 Linux hosts give up probing for USB gracefully if DBus or hal are not available bug 3136 Linux hosts fixed warnings in installer when SELinux was disabled bug 3098 Linux hosts VirtualBox sometimes failed to start if it had been started using sudo previ ously bug 3270 Solaris hosts fixed high CPU load while running many guests in parallel Solaris hosts fixed inability to start more than 128 VMs VMM fixed performance regression for Windows guests bug 3172 VMM ignore CPU stepping when restoring a saved state snapshot REM fixed inability to use gdb to debug programs in Linux guests wit
457. n Subsection 6a above for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution d If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place offer equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place e Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy For an executable the required form of the work that uses the Library must include any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it However as a special exception the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable 314 16 Third party materials and licenses It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system Such a contradiction means you cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute 7 You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side by side in a single library together with other library facilities not covered by this License and distribute such a combined library provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Libra
458. n environments due to a library version conflict Guest control execution implemented copying single files from guest to the host directo ries and filters not supported yet Guest control execution limited to serve up to 5 guest processes at a time by default Main return the correct RDP default port fixing settings warnings in the GUI if the remote display was enabled at runtime bug 9368 VBoxSVC made the path comparison OS independent when images are registered bug 9303 VBoxSVC several fixes performance improvements for cloning of VMs Snapshots fixed Solid State drive flag survival on snapshot creation bug 9379 VBoxManage implemented copyfrom and stat guest control tools to copy files from guest to host and to check for existence of files on the guest VBoxManage fixed extpack install replace bug 9308 VBoxManage allow to start multiple VMs with startvm VBoxManage experimental support for SATA CD DVD hotplugging Mouse support fixed an off by one pointer position error affecting Windows guests bugs 7566 9321 VRDP fixed a case when the screen was not redrawn correctly bug 9242 NAT changed TCP connection establishment according to Winsock API requirements Win dows hosts only bug 8919 USB fixed device recognition issues bugs 9299 and fixed several device capturing issues Windows hosts bug 9299 USB fixed issues with remote filters being applied to local USB devices Guest Additio
459. n it in the snapshots tree and select Delete As of VirtualBox 3 2 snapshots can be deleted even while a machine is running Note Whereas taking and restoring snapshots are fairly quick operations deleting a snapshot can take a considerable amount of time since large amounts of data may need to be copied between several disk image files Temporary disk files may also need large amounts of disk space while the operation is in progress There are some situations which cannot be handled while a VM is running and you will get an appropriate message that you need to perform this snapshot deletion when the VM is shut down 1 10 2 Snapshot contents Think of a snapshot as a point in time that you have preserved More formally a snapshot consists of three things It contains a complete copy of the VM settings including the hardware configuration so that when you restore a snapshot the VM settings are restored as well For example if you changed the hard disk configuration or the VM s system settings that change is undone when you restore the snapshot The copy of the settings is stored in the machine configuration an XML text file and thus occupies very little space The complete state of all the virtual disks attached to the machine is preserved Going back to a snapshot means that all changes that had been made to the machine s disks file by file bit by bit will be undone as well Files that were since crea
460. n on such media bandwidthgroup Sets the bandwidth group to use for the given device see chapter 5 8 Lim iting bandwidth for disk images page 88 forceunmount For a virtual DVD or floppy drive only this forcibly unmounts the DVD CD Floppy or mounts a new DVD CD Floppy even if the previous one is locked down by the guest for reading Again see chapter 5 9 CD DVD support page 89 for details When iscsi is used with the medium parameter for iSCSI support see chapter 5 10 iSCSI servers page 90 additional parameters must or can be used server The host name or IP address of the iSCSI target required target Target name string This is determined by the iSCSI target and used to identify the storage resource required tport TCP IP port number of the iSCSI service on the target optional 136 8 VBoxManage lun Logical Unit Number of the target resource optional Often this value is zero username password Username and password initiator secret for target authentication if required optional Note Username and password are stored without encryption i e in clear text in the XML machine configuration file if no settings password is provided When a settings password was specified the first time the password is stored encrypted intnet If specified connect to the iSCSI target via Internal Networking This needs further configuration which is described in chapter 9 9 3
461. n then react to the change e g by starting an installation program Medium changes can be prevented by the guest and VirtualBox reflects that by locking the host drive if appropriate You can force a medium removal in such situations via the VirtualBox GUI or the VBoxManage command line tool Effectively this is the equivalent of the emergency eject which many CD DVD drives provide with all associated side effects the guest OS can issue error messages just like on real hardware and guest applications may misbehave Use this with caution Note The identification string of the drive provided to the guest which in the guest would be displayed by configuration tools such as the Windows Device Manager is always VBOX CD ROM irrespective of the current configuration of the virtual drive This is to prevent hardware detection from being triggered in the guest operating sys tem every time the configuration is changed The standard CD DVD emulation allows for reading standard data CD and DVD formats only As an experimental feature for additional capabilities it is possible to give the guest direct access to the CD DVD host drive by enabling passthrough mode Depending on the host hardware this may enable three things to work potentially e CD DVD writing from within the guest if the host DVD drive is a CD DVD writer e Playing audio CDs e playing encrypted DVDs 89 5 Virtual storage There is a Passthroug
462. n to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protect ing the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software dis tributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 12 If the distribution and or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries 315 16 Third party materials and licenses so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 13 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Ea
463. nage list ostypes Make sure the settings for this VM are appropriate for the guest operating system that we will install For example VBoxManage modifyvm Windows XP memory 256 acpi on boot1 dvd nicl nat Create a virtual hard disk for the VM in this case 10GB in size VBoxManage createhd filename WinXP vdi size 10000 Add an IDE Controller to the new VM VBoxManage storagectl Windows XP name IDE Controller add ide controller PIIX4 Set the VDI file created above as the first virtual hard disk of the new VM VBoxManage storageattach Windows XP storagectl IDE Controller port 0 device 0 type hdd medium WinXP vdi Attach the ISO file that contains the operating system installation that you want to install later to the virtual machine so the machine can boot from it VBoxManage storageattach Windows XP storagectl IDE Controller port 0 device 1 type dvddrive medium full path to iso iso Start the virtual machine using VBoxHeadless VBoxHeadless startvm Windows XP If everything worked you should see a copyright notice If instead you are returned to the command line then something went wrong On the client machine fire up the RDP viewer and try to connect to the server see chapter 7 1 1 Common third party RDP viewers page 102 above for how to use various common RDP viewers You should now be seeing the installation routine of your guest opera
464. name GUI RestrictedRuntimeMenus 9 19 5 Configure VM window status bar entries You can disable i e black list certain status bar items VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedStatusBarIndicators OPTION OPTION where OPTION is one of the following keywords HardDisks Don t show the hard disk icon in the VM window status bar By default the hard disk icon is only shown if the VM configuration contains one or more hard disks OpticalDisks Don t show the CD icon in the VM window status bar By default the CD icon is only shown if the VM configuration contains one or more CD drives FloppyDisks Don t show the floppy icon in the VM window status bar By default the floppy icon is only shown if the VM configuration contains one more more floppy drives Network Don t show the network icon in the VM window status bar By default the network icon is only shown if the VM configuration contains one or more active network adapters USB Don t show the USB icon in the status bar SharedFolders Don t show the shared folders icon in the status bar VideoCapture Don t show the video capture icon in the status bar Features Don t show the CPU features icon in the status bar Mouse Don t show the mouse icon in the status bar Keyboard Don t show the keyboard icon in the status bar This is a per VM setting Any combination of the above is allowed If all options are specified no icons are displayed in the status bar of
465. nce you start working with the VM additional files will show up you will find log files in a subfolder called Logs and once you have taken snapshots they will appear in a Snapshots subfolder For each VM you can change the location of its snapsnots folder in the VM settings You can change the default machine folder by selecting Preferences from the File menu in the VirtualBox main window Then in the window that pops up click on the General tab Alternatively use VBoxManage setproperty machinefolder see chapter 8 27 VBoxManage setproperty page 142 189 10 Technical background 10 1 2 Machines created by VirtualBox versions before 4 0 If you have upgraded to VirtualBox 4 0 from an earlier version of VirtualBox you probably have settings files and disks in the earlier file system layout Before version 4 0 VirtualBox separated the machine settings files from virtual disk images The machine settings files had an xml file extension and resided in a folder called Machines under the global VirtualBox configuration directory see the next section So for example on Linux this was the hidden HOME VirtualBox Machines directory The default hard disks folder was called HardDisks and resided in the VirtualBox folder as well Both locations could be changed by the user in the global preferences The concept of a default hard disk folder has been abandoned with VirtualBox 4 0 since disk images now res
466. nd 2 Serial number While vendor and product ID are already quite specific to identify USB devices if you have two identical devices of the same brand and product line you will also need their serial numbers to filter them out correctly 3 Remote This setting specifies whether the device will be local only or remote only over VRDP or either On a Windows host you will need to unplug and reconnect a USB device to use it after creating a filter for it As an example you could create a new USB filter and specify a vendor ID of 046d Logitech Inc a manufacturer index of 1 and not remote Then any USB devices on the host system produced by Logitech Inc with a manufacturer index of 1 will be visible to the guest system Several filters can select a single device for example a filter which selects all Logitech devices and one which selects a particular webcam You can deactivate filters without deleting them by clicking in the checkbox next to the filter name 56 3 Configuring virtual machines 3 10 2 Implementation notes for Windows and Linux hosts On Windows hosts a kernel mode device driver provides USB proxy support It implements both a USB monitor which allows VirtualBox to capture devices when they are plugged in and a USB device driver to claim USB devices for a particular virtual machine As opposed to VirtualBox versions before 1 4 0 system reboots are no longer necessary after installing the driver Als
467. nd binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met e Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer e Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution e Neither the name of Google nor the WebM Project nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LI ABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 341 17 VirtualBox privacy information Version 5 Dec 13 201
468. ned security risks the secure labeling feature has been developed Secure labeling is currently available only for VBoxSDL When enabled a portion of the display area is reserved for a label in which a user defined message is displayed The label height in set to 20 pixels in VBoxSDL The label font color and background color can be optionally set as hexadecimal RGB color values The following syntax is used to enable secure labeling VBoxSDL startvm VM name securelabel seclabelfnt fonts arial ttf seclabelsiz 14 seclabelfgcol 00FF00 seclabelbgcol OOFFFF In addition to enabling secure labeling a TrueType font has to be supplied To use another font size than 12 point use the parameter seclabelsiz The label text can be set with VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxSDL SecureLabel The Label Changing this label will take effect immediately Typically full screen resolutions are limited to certain standard geometries such as 1024 x 768 Increasing this by twenty lines is not usually feasible so in most cases VBoxSDL will chose the next higher resolution e g 1280 x 1024 and the guest s screen will not cover the whole display surface If VBoxSDL is unable to choose a higher resolution the secure label will be painted on top of the guest s screen surface In order to address the problem of the bottom part of the guest screen being hidden VBoxSDL can provide custom video modes to the guest that are reduced by t
469. network tmp switchl To connect to specific switch port lt n gt use VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nicproperty lt x gt network tmp switch1 lt n gt The latter option can be useful for VLANs 3 Optionally map between VDE switch port and VLAN from switch CLI vde vlan create lt VLAN gt vde port setvlan lt port gt lt VLAN gt VDE is available on Linux and FreeBSD hosts only It is only available if the VDE software and the VDE plugin library from the VirtualSquare project are installed on the host system For more information on setting up VDE networks please see the documentation accompanying the software 6 10 Limiting bandwidth for network I O Starting with version 4 2 VirtualBox allows for limiting the maximum bandwidth used for net work transmission Several network adapters of one VM may share limits through bandwidth groups It is possible to have more than one such limit Note VirtualBox shapes VM traffic only in the transmit direction delaying the packets being sent by virtual machines It does not limit the traffic being received by virtual machines Limits are configured through VBoxManage The example below creates a bandwidth group named Limit sets the limit to 20 Mbit s and assigns the group to the first and second adapters of the VM VBoxManage bandwidthctl VM name add Limit type network limit 20m VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nicbandwidthgroupl Limit VBoxManage modi
470. ng the hardware after the computer has been turned on and then booting an operating system VirtualBox ships with its own virtual BIOS that runs when a virtual machine is started C COM Microsoft Component Object Model a programming infrastructure for modular software COM allows applications to provide application programming interfaces which can be ac cessed from various other programming languages and applications VirtualBox makes use of COM both internally and externally to provide a comprehensive API to 3rd party developers 343 Glossary D DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol This allows a networking device in a network to acquire its IP address and other networking details automatically in order to avoid having to configure all devices in a network with fixed IP addresses VirtualBox has a built in DHCP server that delivers an IP addresses to a virtual machine when networking is configured to NAT see chapter 6 Virtual networking page 91 DKMS Dynamic Kernel Module Support A framework that simplifies installing and updating ex ternal kernel modules on Linux machines see chapter 2 3 2 The VirtualBox kernel module page 37 E EFI Extensible Firmware Interface a firmware built into computers which is designed to replace the aging BIOS Originally designed by Intel most modern operating systems can now boot on computers which have EFI instead of a BIOS built into them see chapter 3 12 Alternative firmware EFI
471. ning This is good for two things 1 A number of predefined VM characteristics are automatically maintained by VirtualBox and can be retrieved on the host e g to monitor VM performance and statistics 2 In addition arbitrary string data can be exchanged between guest and host This works in both directions To accomplish this VirtualBox establishes a private communication channel between the VirtualBox Guest Additions and the host and software on both sides can use this channel to exchange string data for arbitrary purposes Guest properties are simply string keys to which a value is attached They can be set written to by either the host and the guest and they can also be read from both sides In addition to establishing the general mechanism of reading and writing values a set of predefined guest properties is automatically maintained by the VirtualBox Guest Additions to allow for retrieving interesting guest data such as the guest s exact operating system and service pack level the installed version of the Guest Additions users that are currently logged into the guest OS network statistics and more These predefined properties are all prefixed with VirtualBox and organized into a hierarchical tree of keys 74 4 Guest Additions Some of this runtime information is shown when you select Session Information Dialog from a virtual machine s Machine menu A more flexible way to use this channel is via the VBoxMana
472. nlyif With hostonlyif you can change the IP configuration of a host only network interface For a description of host only networking please refer to chapter 6 7 Host only networking page 98 Each host only interface is identified by a name and can either use the internal DHCP server or a manual IP configuration both IP4 and IP6 8 35 VBoxManage dhcpserver The dhcpserver commands allow you to control the DHCP server that is built into VirtualBox You may find this useful when using internal or host only networking Theoretically you can enable it for a bridged network as well but that will likely cause conflicts with other DHCP servers in your physical network Use the following command line options e If you use internal networking for a virtual network adapter of a virtual machine use VBoxManage dhcpserver add netname lt network_name gt where lt network_name gt is the same network name you used with VBoxManage modifyvm lt vmname gt intnet lt X gt lt network_name gt e If you use host only networking for a virtual network adapter of a virtual machine use VBoxManage dhcpserver add ifname lt hostonly_if_name gt instead where lt hostonly_if_name gt is the same host only interface name you used with VBoxManage modifyvm lt vmname gt hostonlyadapter lt X gt lt hostonly_if_name gt 152 8 VBoxManage Alternatively you can also use the netname option as with internal networks if you know the
473. nor you shall use the name of the other for commercial advertising or promotional purposes without specific prior written permission We suggest but do not require that you use one or more of the following phrases to refer to this software in your documentation or advertising materials FreeType Project FreeType Engine FreeType library or FreeType Distribution As you have not signed this license you are not required to accept it However as the FreeType Project is copyrighted material only this license or another one contracted with the authors grants you the right to use distribute and modify it Therefore by using distributing or mod ifying the FreeType Project you indicate that you understand and accept all the terms of this license 4 Contacts There are two mailing lists related to FreeType e freetype nongnu org Discusses general use and applications of FreeType as well as future and wanted additions to the library and distribution If you are looking for support start in this list if you haven t found anything to help you in the documentation 340 16 Third party materials and licenses e freetype devel nongnu org Discusses bugs as well as engine internals design issues specific licenses porting etc Our home page can be found at http www freetype org 16 2 29 VPX License Copyright c 2010 The WebM Project authors All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source a
474. not seen by the other machines to which the image is attached each machine creates its own write history of the multiattach image Technically a multiattach image behaves identically to an immutable image except the differencing image is not reset every time the machine starts 6 Finally the read only image is used automatically for CD DVD images since CDs DVDs can never be written to To illustrate the differences between the various types with respect to snapshots Assume you have installed your guest operating system in your VM and you have taken a snapshot Imagine you have accidentally infected your VM with a virus and would like to go back to the snapshot With a normal hard disk image you simply restore the snapshot and the earlier state of your hard disk image will be restored as well and your virus infection will be undone With an immutable hard disk all it takes is to shut down and power on your VM and the virus infection will be discarded With a write through image however you cannot easily undo the virus infection by means of virtualization but will have to disinfect your virtual machine like a real computer Still you might find write through images useful if you want to preserve critical data irrespec tive of snapshots and since you can attach more than one image to a VM you may want to have one immutable for the operating system and one write through for your data files 5 5 Differencing images The p
475. not work The host webcam path such as dev video0 must be used in attach and detach commands When the webcam device is detached from the host the emulated webcam device remains attached to the guest and must be manually detached using the VBoxManage controlvm VM name webcam detach command 9 8 Advanced display configuration 9 8 1 Custom VESA resolutions Apart from the standard VESA resolutions the VirtualBox VESA BIOS allows you to add up to 16 custom video modes which will be reported to the guest operating system When using Windows guests with the VirtualBox Guest Additions a custom graphics driver will be used instead of the fallback VESA solution so this information does not apply 165 9 Advanced topics Additional video modes can be configured for each VM using the extra data facility The extra data key is called CustomVideoMode lt x gt with x being a number from 1 to 16 Please note that modes will be read from 1 until either the following number is not defined or 16 is reached The following example adds a video mode that corresponds to the native display resolution of many notebook computers VBoxManage setextradata VM name CustomVideoModel 1400x1050x16 The VESA mode IDs for custom video modes start at 0x160 In order to use the above defined custom video mode the following command line has be supplied to Linux vga vga 0x200 0x160 864 For guest operating systems with VirtualBox Guest Additions a c
476. ns keep logged in user count in out of memory situations and warn about it OVA fixed import of renamed OVA files bug 9033 Windows host fixed icon for VDI files bug 9393 Solaris hosts fixed a bug preventing parallel usage of multiple host NICs with Crossbow based bridged networking Linux hosts fixed random kernel panics on host suspend shutdown 4 1 0 regression bug 9305 Solaris Additions fixed shared folders due to missing symbols in the vboxfs module 4 0 12 4 1 0 regression bug 9264 244 15 Change log Windows Additions fixed file truncation on a shared folder with some applications bugs 9276 9315 Windows Additions fixed shared folder issues with antivirus software and 64 bit Windows guests bug 9318 Windows Vista and 7 guests WDDM driver fixes and performance enhancements fixed WinSAT crashes 9267 Linux Additions fixed llseek for Linux kernels 2 6 37 and above 15 21 Version 4 1 0 2011 07 19 This version is a major update The following major new features were added Support for cloning of VMs bug 5853 see chapter 1 13 Cloning virtual machines page 29 full clones can be created through the GUI and VBoxManage linked clones only through VBoxManage GUI enhanced wizard for creating new virtual disks GUI new wizard for copying virtual disks GUI keep the aspect ratio in scale mode Windows and OSX hosts only bug 7822 VMM raised the memory limit for 64 bit hosts to 1TB Expe
477. ns 1 and 5 of dev sda would be made accessible to the guest VirtualBox uses the same partition numbering as your Linux host As a result the numbers given in the above example would refer to the first primary partition and the first logical drive in the extended partition respectively On a Windows host instead of the above device specification use e g AM APhysicalDriveo0 On a Mac OS X host instead of the above device specification use e g dev disk1 Note that on OS X you can only use partitions which are not mounted eject the respective volume first Partition numbers are the same on Linux Windows and Mac OS X hosts The numbers for the list of partitions can be taken from the output of VBoxManage internalcommands listpartitions rawdisk dev sda The output lists the partition types and sizes to give the user enough information to identify the partitions necessary for the guest Images which give access to individual partitions are specific to a particular host disk setup You cannot transfer these images to another host also whenever the host partitioning changes the image must be recreated Creating the image requires read write access for the given device Read write access is also later needed when using the image from a virtual machine If this is not feasible there is a special variant for raw partition access currently only available on Linux hosts that avoids having to give the current user access to the entire disk To
478. ns relating to gdft c copyright 2001 2002 John Ellson ellson lucent com Portions copyright 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 Pierre Alain Joye pierre libgd org Portions relating to JPEG and to color quantization copyright 2000 2001 2002 Doug Becker and copyright C 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 Thomas G Lane This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group See the file README JPEG TXT for more information Portions relating to WBMP copyright 2000 2001 2002 Maurice Szmurlo and Johan Van den Brande 333 16 Third party materials and licenses Permission has been granted to copy distribute and modify gd in any context without fee including a commercial application provided that this notice is present in user accessible sup porting documentation This does not affect your ownership of the derived work itself and the intent is to assure proper credit for the authors of gd not to interfere with your productive use of gd If you have questions ask Derived works includes all programs that utilize the library Credit must be given in user accessible documentation This software is provided AS IS The copyright holders disclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose with respect to this code and accompanying documentation Although their code does not
479. nstallation open a root terminal session and execute pkgrm n a opt VirtualBox autoresponse SUNWvbox 2 4 6 Configuring a zone for running VirtualBox Starting with VirtualBox 1 6 it is possible to run VirtualBox from within Solaris zones For an introduction of Solaris zones please refer to http www sun com bigadmin features articles solaris_zones jsp Assuming that VirtualBox has already been installed into your zone you need to give the zone access to VirtualBox s device node This is done by performing the following steps Start a root terminal and execute zonecfg z vboxzone Inside the zonecfg prompt add the device resource and match properties to the zone Here s how it can be done zonecfg vboxzone gt add device zonecfg vboxzone device gt set match dev vboxdrv zonecfg vboxzone device gt end zonecfg vboxzone gt verify zonecfg vboxzone gt exit If you are running VirtualBox 2 2 0 or above on Solaris 11 or Nevada hosts you should add a device for dev vboxusbmon too similar to what was shown above This does not apply to Solaris 10 hosts due to lack of USB support Replace vboxzone with the name of the zone in which you intend to run VirtualBox Next reboot the zone using zoneadm and you should be able to run VirtualBox from within the config ured zone 43 3 Configuring virtual machines Whereas chapter 1 First steps page 11 gave you a quick introduction to VirtualBox and how to get your first virtu
480. nt Linux kernels with CONFIG_DEBUG_SET_MODULE_RONX set Guest Additions Shared Folders now can be marked as being auto mounted on Windows Linux and Solaris guests Linux Additions Shared Folders now support symbolic links bug 818 Linux Additions combined 32 bit and 64 bit additions into one file Windows Additions automatic logon on Windows Vista Windows 7 is now able to handle renamed user accounts added various bugfixes 15 30 Version 3 2 12 2010 11 30 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added e VMM fixed rare host crash when running 64 bit guests on 32 bit hosts bug 7577 e VMM fixed host reboots under rare circumstances due to NMIs triggered by active perfor mance counters Linux hosts in non VEx AMD V mode only bug 4529 e VMM fixed out of memory guru meditation for large memory guests bug 7586 e VMM fixed a guru meditation related to large pages 258 15 Change log VMM use new VT x feature to keep the guest from hogging the CPU Snapshots implemented deleting the last remaining snapshot while the VM is running GUI perform the checks for exceeding the size limit of the host file system and for broken asynchronous I O on older Linux kernels with ext4 xfs file systems not only when starting the VM from scratch but also when starting from a saved state NAT fixed memory leak 3 2 0 regression bugs 6918 7353 NAT fixed Linux NFS root issue bugs 7299 Networking
481. nt directory where a user would be likely to look for such a notice If You created one or more Modification s You may add your name as a Contributor to the notice described in Exhibit A You must also duplicate this License in any documentation for the Source Code where You describe recipients rights or ownership rights relating to Covered Code You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered Code However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on behalf of the Initial Developer or any Contributor 3 6 Distribution of Executable Versions You may distribute Covered Code in Executable form only if the requirements of Section 3 1 3 5 have been met for that Covered Code You may distribute the Executable version of Covered Code or ownership rights under a license of Your choice which may contain terms different from this License provided that You are in compliance with the terms of this License and that the license for the Executable version does not attempt to limit or alter the recipient s rights in the Source Code version from the rights set forth in this License If You distribute the Executable version under a different license You must make it absolutely clear that any terms which differ from this License are offered by You alone not by the Initial Developer or any Contributor If you distribute executable versions containing Covered Code as pa
482. nternal Networking from the drop down list of networking modes Now select the name of an existing internal network from the drop down below or enter a new name into the entry field e You can use VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nic lt x gt intnet Optionally you can specify a network name with the command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name intnet lt x gt network name 97 6 Virtual networking If you do not specify a network name the network card will be attached to the network intnet by default Unless you configure the virtual network cards in the guest operating systems that are partic ipating in the internal network to use static IP addresses you may want to use the DHCP server that is built into VirtualBox to manage IP addresses for the internal network Please see chapter 8 35 VBoxManage dhcpserver page 152 for details As a security measure the Linux implementation of internal networking only allows VMs running under the same user ID to establish an internal network 6 7 Host only networking Host only networking is another networking mode that was added with version 2 2 of VirtualBox It can be thought of as a hybrid between the bridged and internal networking modes as with bridged networking the virtual machines can talk to each other and the host as if they were connected through a physical Ethernet switch Similarly as with internal networking however a physical networking interface need not be present and t
483. numbers consist of three numbers separated by dots where the first and second number represent the major version and the 3rd number the minor version Minor version numbers of official releases are always even An odd minor version number represents an internal development or test build In addition each build contains a revision number 15 1 Version 4 3 0 2013 10 15 This is a major update The following major new features were added VMM major rewrite of the VT x code and the AMD V code including many bug fixes and performance improvements for example bug 9659 VMM introduced a lightweight instruction interpreter for situations not handled by hard ware Virtualization GUI extended messaging mechanism new non modal popup overlays used to show non critical warnings and provide user with additional information GUI keyboard shortcuts management input page of global preferences extended with possibility to edit general keyboard shortcuts for VirtualBox Manager and Virtual Machine GUI video capturing support bug 4766 Added USB touch device emulation Added experimental support for webcam passthrough complementing USB passthrough see chapter 9 7 1 Using a host webcam in the guest page 164 Added SCSI CD ROM emulation including boot support VRDP support for IPv6 Guest Control guest sessions now are running in dedicated impersonated session pro cesses needs at least Guest Additions 4 3 installed Guest Control imp
484. o Enable 3D acceleration If a virtual machine has Guest Additions installed you can select here whether the guest should support accelerated 3D graphics Please refer to chapter 4 4 1 Hardware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 page 72 for details Enable 2D video acceleration If a virtual machine with Microsoft Windows has Guest Addi tions installed you can select here whether the guest should support accelerated 2D video graphics Please refer to chapter 4 4 2 Hardware 2D video acceleration for Windows guests page 73 for details Remote display Under the Remote display tab if the VirtualBox Remote Display Extension VRDE is installed you can enable the VRDP server that is built into VirtualBox This allows you to connect to the console of the virtual machine remotely with any standard RDP viewer such as mstsc exe that comes with Microsoft Windows On Linux and Solaris systems you can use the standard open source rdesktop program These features are described in detail in chapter 7 1 Remote display VRDP support page 102 Video Capture Under the Video Capture tab you can enable video capturing for this VM Note that this feature can also be enabled disabled while the VM is executed 3 6 Storage settings The Storage category in the VM settings allows you to connect virtual hard disk CD DVD and floppy images and drives to your virtual machine In a real PC so called storage controllers connect phys
485. o you no longer need to replug devices for VirtualBox to claim them On newer Linux hosts VirtualBox accesses USB devices through special files in the file system When VirtualBox is installed these are made available to all users in the vboxusers system group In order to be able to access USB from guest systems make sure that you are a member of this group On older Linux hosts USB devices are accessed using the usbfs file system Therefore the user executing VirtualBox needs read and write permission to the USB file system Most distri butions provide a group e g usbusers which the VirtualBox user needs to be added to Also VirtualBox can only proxy to virtual machines USB devices which are not claimed by a Linux host USB driver The Driver entry in proc bus usb devices will show you which devices are currently claimed Please refer to chapter 12 7 7 USB not working page 214 also for details about usbfs 3 11 Shared folders Shared folders allow you to easily exchange data between a virtual machine and your host This feature requires that the VirtualBox Guest Additions be installed in a virtual machine and is described in detail in chapter 4 3 Shared folders page 69 3 12 Alternative firmware EFI Starting with release 3 1 VirtualBox includes experimental support for the Extensible Firmware Interface EFI which is a new industry standard intended to eventually replace the legacy BIOS as the primary interface for bootstrapp
486. of the same extension pack is already installed The optional replace parameter can be used to uninstall the old package before the new package is installed e To remove a previously installed extension pack use VBoxManage extpack uninstall lt name gt You can use VBoxManage list extpacks to show the names of the extension packs which are currently installed please see chapter 8 4 VBoxManage list page 120 also The optional force parameter can be used to override the refusal of an extension pack to be uninstalled e The VBoxManage extpack cleanup command can be used to remove temporary files and directories that may have been left behind if a previous install or uninstall command failed The following commands show examples how to list extension packs and remove one VBoxManage list extpacks Extension Packs 1 Pack no 0 Oracle VM VirtualBox Extension Pack Version 4 1 12 Revision 77218 Edition Description USB 2 0 Host Controller VirtualBox RDP PXE ROM with E1000 support VRDE Module VBoxVRDP Usable true Why unusable VBoxManage extpack uninstall Oracle VM VirtualBox Extension Pack 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Successfully uninstalled Oracle VM VirtualBox Extension Pack 153 9 Advanced topics 9 1 VBoxSDL the simplified VM displayer 9 1 1 Introduction VBoxSDL is a simple graphical user interface GUI that lacks the nice point and click support which Vi
487. omputer behind a router see chapter 6 3 Network Address Translation NAT page 93 The guest is part of a private subnet belonging to this VM and the guest IP is not visible from the outside This networking mode works without any additional setup and is sufficient for many purposes If bridged networking is used the VM acts like a computer inside the same network as the host see chapter 6 5 Bridged networking page 96 In this case the guest has the same network access as the host and a firewall might be necessary to protect other computers on the subnet from a potential malicious guest as well as to protect the guest from a direct access from other 217 13 Security guide computers In some cases it is worth considering using a forwarding rule for a specific port in NAT mode instead of using bridged networking Some setups do not require a VM to be connected to the public network at all Internal networking see chapter 6 6 Internal networking page 97 or host only networking see chapter 6 7 Host only networking page 98 are often sufficient to connect VMs among each other or to connect VMs only with the host but not with the public network 13 3 2 2 VRDP remote desktop authentication When using the VirtualBox extension pack provided by Oracle for VRDP remote desktop support you can optionally use various methods to configure RDP authentication The null method is very insecure and should be avoided in a public network See ch
488. onfiguring virtual machines Supported guest Operating systems o e 2 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 a7 3 8 3 9 3 10 aol iL 2 1 2 3 11 3 12 Mat OS X Suess opa a a E eee de G4 bit GUESS conocia a e aR Emulated hardware c0 0 lt eoo 2 4 css ss General SENEE e IEA A ee po ll 3 3 2 3 3 3 BA D e a o ae e wo es Sa Se ey ee a NS Advanced A Description tab gt lt a crisser aa ssr AA ao dl A ek a Se i ea a a G Baa a Bde E EA 34 1 3 4 2 343 MotherDoard tab p c core iie eaa p p e ee dr ele a o 8 Processor tab osorno a e ea ACCEIETON Tabo ci a oS Display SONICS ek ea a a aaa S Storate SEMEN 0 e a eR ol we PS ee Se a ea e Audio settings rsrs oraria ee a ea aaa Network settings ow we a a ee a a ti ERO oh a a wo Seral POMS sacca ee Ha GRR 482 eda Gea Pees a a USE SUppGIt ccoo a Pe Se SAG USB Stings sierra creer aaa 210 2 Implementation notes for Windows and Linux hosts Shared Tokers ns ROA Meee ee EET ED SESS ES EASE EO RES Alternative firmware EFI 312 1 Video modes in EFI 28 2 2 co da BO Oe ee OE ee a 4 Guest Additions Introduction cocoa e a VA wee a Installing and Maintaining Guest Additions 2 4 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 2 1 4 2 2 4 2 3 4 2 4 Guest Additions for Windows 0 000 ee eee eee Guest Additions for Linux coco ee ee a Guest Ad
489. operty must be set read only for the guest RDONLYGUEST Note If a pam_vbox guest property does not have set the right flags RDONLYGUEST this property will be ignored then and depending on the property a default value will be set This can result in pam_vbox not waiting for credentials Consult the appropriate syslog file for more information and use the debug option 9 2 2 1 VirtualBox Greeter for Ubuntu LightDM Starting with version 4 2 12 VirtualBox comes with an own greeter module named vbox greeter which can be used with LightDM 1 0 1 or later LightDM is the default display manager since Ubuntu 10 11 and therefore also can be used for automated guest logons vbox greeter does not need the pam_vbox module described above in order to function it comes with its own authentication mechanism provided by LightDM However to provide maximum of flexibility both modules can be used together on the same guest As for the pam_vbox module vbox greeter is shipped as part of the Guest Additions but it is not installed and or activated on the guest OS by default For installing vbox greeter automat ically upon Guest Additions installation use the with autologon switch when starting the VBoxLinuxAdditions run file VBoxLinuxAdditions run with autologon For manual or postponed installation the vbox greeter desktop file has to be copied from opt VBoxGuestAdditions lt version gt shared VBoxGuestAdditions to the
490. or derivative of it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 5 A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or linked with it is called a work that uses the Library 313 16 Third party materials and licenses Such a work in isolation is not a derivative work of the Library and therefore falls outside the scope of this License However linking a work that uses the Library with the Library creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library because it contains portions of the Library rather than a work that uses the library The executable is therefore covered by this License Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables When a work that uses the Library uses material from a header file that is part of the Library the object code for the wo
491. ort 18083 svccfg s svc application virtualbox webservice default setprop config user root The table in the previous section showing the parameter names and defaults also applies to Solaris The parameter names must be changed to lowercase and a prefix of config has to be added e g config user or config ssl_keyfile If you made any change don t forget to run the following command to put the changes into effect immediately svcadm refresh svc application virtualbox webservice default If you forget the above command then the previous settings will be used when enabling the service Check the current property settings with svcprop p config svc application virtualbox webservice default When everything is configured correctly you can start the VirtualBox web service with the following command svcadm enable svc application virtualbox webservice default For more information about SMF please refer to the Solaris documentation 9 20 3 Mac OS X starting the webservice via launchd On Mac OS X launchd is used to start the VirtualBox webservice An example configuration file can be found in HOME Library LaunchAgents org virtualbox vboxwebsrv plist It can be enabled by changing the Disabled key from true to false To manually start the service use the following command launchctl load Library LaunchAgents org virtualbox vboxwebsrv plist For additional information on how launchd services could be configured see http developer a
492. ost resources For instance Linux users must be member of the vboxusers group to be able to pass USB devices to a guest Ifa serial host interface should be accessed from a VM the proper permissions must be granted to the user to be able to access that device The same applies to other resources like raw partitions DVD CD drives and sound devices 13 3 Security Features This section outlines the specific security mechanisms offered by VirtualBox 13 3 1 The Security Model One property of virtual machine monitors VMMs like VirtualBox is to encapsulate a guest by executing it in a protected environment a virtual machine running as a user process on the host operating system The guest cannot communicate directly with the hardware or other computers but only through the VMM The VMM provides emulated physical resources and devices to the guest which are accessed by the guest operating system to perform the required tasks The VM settings control the resources provided to the guest for example the amount of guest memory or the number of guest processors see chapter 3 3 General settings page 47 and the enabled features for that guest for example remote control certain screen settings and others 13 3 2 Secure Configuration of Virtual Machines Several aspects of a virtual machine configuration are subject to security considerations 13 3 2 1 Networking The default networking mode for VMs is NAT which means that the VM acts like a c
493. ots view of the selected VM First choose a new name for the clone When you select Reinitialize the MAC address of all network cards every network card get a new MAC address assigned This is useful when both the source VM and the cloned VM have to operate on the same network If you leave this unchanged all network cards have the same MAC address like the one in the source VM Depending on how you invoke the wizard you have different choices for the cloning operation First you need to decide if the clone should be linked to the source VM or a fully independent clone should be created e Full clone In this mode all depending disk images are copied to the new VM folder The clone can fully operate without the source VM e Linked clone In this mode new differencing disk images are created where the parent disk images are the source disk images If you selected the current state of the source VM as clone point a new snapshot will be created implicitly After selecting the clone mode you need to decide about what exactly should be cloned You can always create a clone of the current state only or all When you select all the current state and in addition all snapshots are cloned Have you started from a snapshot which has additional children you can also clone the current state and all children This creates a clone starting with this snapshot and includes all child snaphots The clone operation itself can be a lengthy operation depending on
494. ou can configure the most fundamental aspects of the virtual machine such as memory and essential hardware There are three tabs Basic Advanced and Description 3 3 1 Basic tab Under the Basic tab of the General settings category you can find these settings Name The name under which the VM is shown in the list of VMs in the main window Under this name VirtualBox also saves the VM s configuration files By changing the name VirtualBox renames these files as well As a result you can only use characters which are allowed in your host operating system s file names Note that internally VirtualBox uses unique identifiers UUIDs to identify virtual ma chines You can display these with VBoxManage Operating system version The type of the guest operating system that is or will be installed in the VM This is the same setting that was specified in the New Virtual Machine wizard as described in chapter 1 7 Creating your first virtual machine page 18 Whereas the default settings of a newly created VM depend on the selected operating system type changing the type later has no effect on VM settings this value is then purely informational and decorative 3 3 2 Advanced tab Snapshot folder By default VirtualBox saves snapshot data together with your other VirtualBox configuration data see chapter 10 1 Where VirtualBox stores its files page 189 With this setting you can specify an
495. ough immutable shareable comment lt text gt setuuid lt uuid gt setparentuuid lt uuid gt passthrough on off tempeject on off nonrotational on off discard on off bandwidthgroup name none forceunmount server lt name gt lt ip gt target lt target gt tport lt port gt lun lt lun gt encodedlun lt lun gt username lt username gt password lt password gt initiator lt initiator gt intnet A number of parameters are commonly required the ones at the end of the list are required only for iSCSI targets see below The common parameters are uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM Name Mandatory storagectl Name of the storage controller Mandatory The list of the storage controllers currently attached to a VM can be obtained with VBoxManage showvminfo see chapter 8 5 VBoxManage showvminfo page 121 port The number of the storage controller s port which is to be modified Mandatory unless the storage controller has only a single port device The number of the port s device which is to be modified Mandatory unless the storage controller has only a single device per port type Define the type of the drive to which the medium is being attached detached modified This argument can only be omitted if the type of medium can be determined from either the medium given with the medium argument or from a previous
496. ount cd mount ls sharedfilel mp3 sharedfile2 txt Beyond the standard options supplied by the mount command the following are available iocharset CHARSET to set the character set used for I O operations Note that on Linux guests ifthe iocharset option is not specified then the Guest Additions driver will attempt to use the character set specified by the CONFIG_NLS_DEFAULT kernel option If this option is not set either then UTE8 will be used Also convertcp CHARSET is available in order to specify the character set used for the shared folder name utf8 by default The generic mount options documented in the mount manual page apply also Espe cially useful are the options uid gid and mode as they allow access by normal users in read write mode depending on the settings even if root has mounted the filesystem 4 3 2 Automatic mounting Starting with version 4 0 VirtualBox can mount shared folders automatically at your option If automatic mounting is enabled for a specific shared folder the Guest Additions will automatically mount that folder as soon as a user logs into the guest OS The details depend on the guest OS type With Windows guests any auto mounted shared folder will receive its own drive letter e g E depending on the free drive letters remaining in the guest If there no free drive letters left auto mounting will fail as a result the number of auto mounted shared folders is typical
497. ouse_drv_68 0 e X11R7 0 vboxvideo_drv_70 so and vboxmouse_drv_70 so e X11R7 1 vboxvideo_drv_71 so and vboxmouse_drv_71 so e X Org Server versions 1 3 and later vboxvideo_drv_13 so and vboxmouse_drv_13 so and so on By default these drivers can be found in the directory opt VBoxGuestAdditions lt version gt lib VBoxGuestAdditions and the correct versions for the X server are symbolically linked into the X Org driver directo ries For graphics integration to work correctly the X server must load the vboxvideo driver many recent X server versions look for it automatically if they see that they are running in VirtualBox and for an optimal user experience the guest kernel drivers must be loaded and the Guest Ad ditions tool VBoxClient must be running as a client in the X session For mouse integration to work correctly the guest kernel drivers must be loaded and in addition in X servers from X Org X11R6 8 to X11R7 1 and in XFree86 version 4 3 the right vboxmouse driver must be loaded 161 9 Advanced topics and associated with dev mouse or dev psaux in X Org server 1 3 or later a driver for a PS 2 mouse must be loaded and the right vboxmouse driver must be associated with dev vboxguest The VirtualBox guest graphics driver can use any graphics configuration for which the virtual resolution fits into the virtual video memory allocated to the virtual machine minus a small amount used by the guest driver as described in chapter 3
498. out of the box as well as the GNU GRUB boot manager As an exception the Intel PRO 1000 family adapters are chosen for some guest operating system types that no longer ship with drivers for the PCNet card such as Windows Vista The Intel PRO 1000 MT Desktop type works with Windows Vista and later versions The T Server variant of the Intel PRO 1000 card is recognized by Windows XP guests without additional driver installation The MT Server variant facilitates OVF imports from other platforms The Paravirtualized network adapter virtio net is special If you select this then VirtualBox does not virtualize common networking hardware that is supported by common guest operating systems out of the box Instead VirtualBox then expects a special software interface for virtualized environments to be provided by the guest thus avoiding the complexity of emulating networking hardware and improving network performance Starting with version 3 1 VirtualBox provides support for the industry standard virtio networking drivers which are part of the open source KVM project The virtio networking drivers are available for the following guest operating systems e Linux kernels version 2 6 25 or later can be configured to provide virtio support some distributions also back ported virtio to older kernels 91 6 Virtual networking e For Windows 2000 XP and Vista virtio drivers can be downloaded and installed from the KVM project web
499. ow for additional details The following commands are available 164 9 Advanced topics e Geta list of host webcams or other video input devices VBoxManage list webcams The output format alias user friendly name host path or identifier The alias can be used as a shortcut in other commands Alias 0 means default video input device on the host 1 2 etc mean first second etc video input device The device order is host specific e Attach a webcam to a running VM VBoxManage controlvm VM name webcam attach host_path alias This will attach a USB webcam device to the guest Detach a webcam from a running VM VBoxManage controlvm VM name webcam detach host_path alias List webcams attached to a running VM VBoxManage controlvm VM name webcam list The output contains path or alias which was used in webcam attach command for each attached webcam 9 7 2 Windows hosts All of VBoxManage commands are implemented When the webcam device is detached from the host the emulated webcam device is automat ically detached from the guest 9 7 3 Mac OS X hosts VBoxManage list webcams is not yet implemented When the webcam device is detached from the host the emulated webcam device remains attached to the guest and must be manually detached using the VBoxManage controlvm VM name webcam detach command 9 7 4 Linux hosts VBoxManage list webcams is not yet implemented Aliases do
500. page VirtualBox also has limited support for so called jumbo frames i e networking packets with more than 1500 bytes of data provided that you use the Intel card virtualization and bridged networking In other words jumbo frames are not supported with the AMD networking devices in those cases jumbo packets will silently be dropped for both the transmit and the receive direction Guest operating systems trying to use this feature will observe this as a packet loss which may lead to unexpected application behavior in the guest This does not cause problems with guest operating systems in their default configuration as jumbo frames need to be explicitly enabled 6 2 Introduction to networking modes Each of the eight networking adapters can be separately configured to operate in one of the following modes Not attached In this mode VirtualBox reports to the guest that a network card is present but that there is no connection as if no Ethernet cable was plugged into the card This way it is possible to pull the virtual Ethernet cable and disrupt the connection which can be useful to inform a guest operating system that no network connection is available and enforce a reconfiguration Network Address Translation NAT If all you want is to browse the Web download files and view e mail inside the guest then this default mode should be sufficient for you and you can safely skip the rest of this section Please note that there are
501. pecify the index and the tar get 8 29 VBoxManage sharedfolder add remove This command allows you to share folders on the host computer with guest operating systems For this the guest systems must have a version of the VirtualBox Guest Additions installed which supports this functionality Shared folders are described in detail in chapter 4 3 Shared folders page 69 8 30 VBoxManage guestproperty The guestproperty commands allow you to get or set properties of a running virtual machine Please see chapter 4 6 Guest properties page 74 for an introduction As explained there guest properties are arbitrary key value string pairs which can be written to and read from by either the guest or the host so they can be used as a low volume communication channel for strings provided that a guest is running and has the Guest Additions installed In addition a number of values whose keys begin with VirtualBox are automatically set and maintained by the Guest Additions The following subcommands are available where lt vm gt in each case can either be a VM name or a VM UUID as with the other VBoxManage commands e enumerate lt vm gt patterns lt pattern gt This lists all the guest properties that are available for the given VM including the value This list will be very limited if the guest s service process cannot be contacted e g because the VM is not running or the Guest Additions are not installed If pattern
502. pected For WDDM Direct3D support however the originally shipped d3d8 dll and d3d9 dll files are required in order to run Direct3D 8 0 and Direct3D 9 0 applications As a result of the above mentioned system files corruption these applications will not work anymore See below for a step by step guide for restoring the original d3d8 dll and d3d9 dll system files in case the VirtualBox Guest Additions installer warned about those incorrect files or when having trouble running Direct3D applications Note Starting at Windows 7 the 3D desktop aka Aero uses DirectX 10 for rendering so that corrupted d3d8 dll and d3d9 dll system files will have no effect on the actual rendering This is why such a detected file corruption is not considered as fatal for the basic Direct3D installation on all supported Windows guests and for WDDM Direct3D installation on Windows 7 and later guests Extracting d3d8 and d3d9 dll from a Windows XP installation CD 1 Download and install the latest version of 7 Zip File Manager http www 7 zip org Browse into installation CD for example E i386 or AMD64 for 64bit version Locate file d3d8 dl_ and d3d9 dl_ double click on it and Extract d3d8 dll and d3d9 dll 2 3 4 Reboot Windows in Safe mode 5 Copy extracted d3d8 dll and d3d9 dll to C Windows system32 and C Windows system32 dllcache 6 Reboot Extracting d3d8 and d3d9 dll from Windows XP Service pack 1 1 3 6 Same as installation CD
503. pend mode Windows amp Mac OS X hosts GUI resume previously paused VMs when the host machine resumes after suspend Win dows amp Mac OS X hosts 297 15 Change log GUI save the state of running or paused VMs when the host machine s battery reaches critical level Windows hosts GUI properly restore the position of the selector window when running on the compiz window manager GUI properly restore the VM in seamless mode 2 0 regression GUI warn user about non optimal memory settings GUI structure operating system list according to family and version for improved usability GUI predefined settings for QNX guests IDE improved ATAPI passthrough support Networking added support for up to 8 Ethernet adapters per VM Networking fixed issue where a VM could lose connectivity after a reboot iSCSI allow snapshot diff creation using local VDI file iSCSI improved interoperability with iSCSI targets Graphics fixed handling of a guest video memory which is not a power of two bug 2724 VBoxManage fixed bug which prevented setting up the serial port for direct device access VBoxManage added support for VMDK and VHD image creation VBoxManage added support for image conversion VDI VMDK VHD RAW Solaris hosts added IPv6 support between host and guest when using host interface net working Mac OS X hosts added ACPI host power status reporting API redesigned storage model with better generalization API allow attaching
504. physical hard disk While this variant is the simplest to set up you must be aware that this will give a guest operating system direct and full access to an entire physical disk If your host operating system is also booted from this disk please take special care to not access the partition from the guest at all On the positive side the physical disk can be repartitioned in arbitrary ways without having to recreate the image file that gives access to the raw disk To create an image that represents an entire physical hard disk which will not contain any actual data as this will all be stored on the physical disk on a Linux host use the command VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk filename path to file vmdk rawdisk dev sda This creates the image path to file vmdk must be absolute and all data will be read and written from dev sda On a Windows host instead of the above device specification use e g PhysicalDrived On a Mac OS X host instead of the above device specification use e g dev disk1 Note that on OS X you can only get access to an entire disk if no volume is mounted from it Creating the image requires read write access for the given device Read write access is also later needed when using the image from a virtual machine On some host platforms e g Win dows Vista and later raw disk access may be restricted and not permitted by the host OS in some situations Just like with regular disk images this do
505. plies only to Linux and Windows Server 2008 x64 Data Center Edition Windows supports only hot add while Linux supports hot add and hot remove but to use this feature with more than 8 CPUs a 64bit Linux guest is required At this time CPU hot plugging requires using the VBoxManage command line interface First hot plugging needs to be enabled for a virtual machine VBoxManage modifyvm VM name cpuhotplug on After that the cpus option specifies the maximum number of CPUs that the virtual machine can have VBoxManage modifyvm VM name cpus 8 When the VM is off you can then add and remove virtual CPUs with the modifyvm plugcpu and unplugcpu subcommands which take the number of the virtual CPU as a parameter like this VBoxManage modifyvm VM name plugcpu 3 VBoxManage modifyvm VM name unplugcpu 3 Note that CPU O can never be removed While the VM is running CPUs can be added with the controlvm plugcpu unplugcpu com mands instead Support for CPU hot plugging was introduced with VirtualBox 3 2 162 9 Advanced topics VBoxManage controlvm VM name plugcpu 3 VBoxManage controlvm VM name unplugcpu 3 See chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 123 and chapter 8 13 VBoxManage controlvm page 132 for details With Linux guests the following applies To prevent ejection while the CPU is still used it has to be ejected from within the guest before The Linux Guest Additions contain a service which receive
506. port Creation of the manifest file on export is optional now Imported disks can have formats other than VMDK Resource control added support for limiting a VM s CPU time and IO bandwidth see chapter 5 8 Limiting bandwidth for disk images page 88 Storage support asynchronous I O for iSCSI VMDK VHD and Parallels images Storage support for resizing VDI and VHD images see chapter 8 23 VBoxManage modi fyhd page 139 Guest Additions support for multiple virtual screens in Linux and Solaris guests using X Org server 1 3 and later Language bindings uniform Java bindings for both local COM XPCOM and remote SOAP invocation APIs In addition the following items were fixed and or added e VMM Enable large page support by default on 64 bit hosts applies to nested paging only e VMM fixed guru meditation when running Minix VT x only bug 6557 e VMM fixed crash under certain circumstances Linux hosts only non VI x AMD V mode only bugs 4529 and 7819 GUI add configuration dialog for port forwarding in NAT mode bug 1657 GUI show the guest window content on save and restore GUI certain GUI warnings don t stop the VM output anymore GUI fixed black full screen minitoolbar on KDE4 hosts Linux hosts only bug 5449 BIOS implemented multi sector reading to speed up booting of certain guests e g Solaris Bridged networking improved throughput by filtering out outgoing packets intended for the hos
507. port you can specify lt arg gt as one of the following options 127 8 VBoxManage disconnected Even though the serial port is shown to the guest it has no other end like a real COM port without a cable server lt pipename gt On a Windows host this tells VirtualBox to create a named pipe on the host named lt pipename gt and connect the virtual serial device to it Note that Windows requires that the name of a named pipe begin with pipe On a Linux host instead of a named pipe a local domain socket is used client lt pipename gt This operates just like server except that the pipe or local domain socket is not created by VirtualBox but assumed to exist already lt devicename gt If instead of the above the device name of a physical hardware serial port of the host is specified the virtual serial port is connected to that hardware port On a Windows host the device name will be a COM port such as COM1 on a Linux host the device name will look like dev ttyS0 This allows you to wire a real serial port to a virtual machine e audio none null oss With this option you can set whether the VM should have audio support e clipboard disabled hosttoguest guesttohost bidirectional With this set ting you can select whether the guest operating system s clipboard should be shared with the host see chapter 3 3 General settings page 47 This requires that the Guest Additions be inst
508. port for VHDX images USB don t crash if a USB device is plugged or unplugged when saving or loading the VM state SMP guests only Solaris additions added support for X org Server 1 11 and 1 12 Solaris additions switched to using an in kernel mouse driver 236 15 Change log Windows hosts no need to recreate host only adapters after a VirtualBox update Windows hosts updated toolchain make the source code compatible to VC 2010 and enable some security related compiler options Windows Additions fixed memory leak in VBoxTray bug 10808 15 12 Version 4 1 18 2012 06 06 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed VERR_REM_VIRTUAL_CPU_ERROR under rare conditions after the guest has been reset bug 5164 and others VMM fixed host freezes with 64 bit guests on 32 bit Linux hosts bug 10528 VRDP added a workaround for rdesktop clients not properly updating the screen size when minimized AHCI fixed a rare bug which can cause a guest memory corruption after the guest storage controler has been reset NAT another attempt to fix crashes under rare conditions Windows hosts only bug 10513 Mac OS X hosts addressed issues running Leopard Snow Leopard bug 10631 Linux hosts Bridged Networking fixed the problem with device driver unloading on kernels 3 2 18 and newer due to an invalid reference counter bug 10624 Linux hosts guests Linux 3 5 rc1 fixes Linux A
509. port including snapshots see chapter 5 2 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HDD page 81 New NAT engine with significantly better performance reliability and ICMP echo ping support bugs 1046 2438 2223 1247 New Host Interface Networking implementations for Windows and Linux hosts with easier setup replaces TUN TAP on Linux and manual bridging on Windows In addition the following items were fixed and or added VMM significant performance improvements for VT x real mode execution VMM support for hardware breakpoints VT x and AMD V only bug 477 VMM VGA performance improvements for VI x and AMD V VMM Solaris and OpenSolaris guest performance improvements for AMD V Barcelona family CPUs only VMM fixed guru meditation while running the Dr Web virus scanner software virtualiza tion only bug 1439 VMM deactivate VT x and AMD V when the host machine goes into suspend mode reacti vate when the host machine resumes Windows Mac OS X amp Linux hosts bug 1660 VMM fixed guest hangs when restoring VI x or AMD V saved states snapshots VMM fixed guru meditation when executing a one byte debug instruction VT x only bug 2617 VMM fixed guru meditation for PAE guests on non PAE hosts VT x VMM disallow mixing of software and hardware virtualization execution in general bug 2404 VMM fixed black screen when booting OS 2 1 x AMD V only GUI pause running VMs when the host machine goes into sus
510. pple com mac library documentation MacO0SX Conceptual BPSystemStartup BPSystemStartup html 9 21 VirtualBox Watchdog Starting with VirtualBox 4 2 the memory ballooning service formerly known as VBoxBalloonCtrl was renamed to VBoxWatchdog which now incorporates several host services that are meant to be run in a server environment These services are e Memory ballooning control which automatically takes care of a VM s configured memory balloon see chapter 4 8 1 Memory ballooning page 76 for an introduction to memory ballooning This especially is useful for server environments where VMs may dynamically require more or less memory during runtime The service periodically checks a VM s current memory balloon and its free guest RAM and automatically adjusts the current memory balloon by inflating or deflating it accordingly This handling only applies to running VMs having recent Guest Additions installed 183 9 Advanced topics e Host isolation detection which provides a way to detect whether the host cannot reach the specific VirtualBox server instance anymore and take appropriate actions such as shutting down saving the current state or even powering down certain VMs All configuration values can be either specified via command line or global extradata whereas command line values always have a higher priority when set Some of the configuration values also be be specified on a per VM basis So the overall lookup order is comm
511. pported USB fixed BSOD on the host with certain USB devices Windows hosts only bug 1654 E1000 properly handle cable disconnects bug 3421 VRDP fixed hangs when VRDP server is enabled or disabled in runtime Shared Folders respect umask settings on Linux OSX and Solaris hosts when creating files X11 guests prevented setting the locale in vboxmouse as this caused problems with Turk ish locales bug 3563 X11 guests show the guest mouse pointer at the right position if the virtual desktop is larger than the guest resolution bug 2306 Linux Additions fixed typo when detecting Xorg 1 6 bug 3555 Solaris guests added xpg4 xcu4 dependency to the Guest Additions installer bug 3524 Windows guests bind the VBoxMouse sys filter driver to the correct guest pointing device bug 1324 Windows hosts fixed BSOD when starting a VM with enabled host interface bug 3414 Linux hosts do proper reference counting to prevent unloading the vboxnetflt module as long as this code is in use bug 3104 Linux hosts do not leave zombies of VBoxSysInfo sh bug 3586 Linux installers fixes for Slackware Arch Linux and Linux from Scratch systems Windows installers combined installer executable which contains both 32 and 64 bit architectures VBoxManage less cryptic command line error messages VBoxManage list vms commands now default to compact format VBoxManage controlvm dvdattach did not work if the image was attached befor
512. preparation 160 9 4 Advanced configuration for Linux and Solaris guests 161 9 4 1 Manual setup of selected guest services on Linux 161 9 4 2 Guest graphics and mouse driver setup in depth 161 A A BN CINS ie e ea Rw Sok Sw ae Soe aed aoed alg a gee a 162 0 6 PCI passthrough ocre madd id 26 bo 2 dee eee ee ee Sa Sas 163 9 7 Webcam passthrough 252 4454 444 559 S445 44044444494 164 9 7 1 Using a host webcam in the guest o o 164 972 Windows hosts 223200202 165 Or MOSA Mt onda a owe lees eee Ge eS 165 97 Line hosts ea 53428 244 eee ae Saga eee ee eee aaa 165 98 Advanced display configuration s lt lt ee ee G 165 9 8 1 Custom VESA resolutions ee 165 9 8 2 Configuring the maximum resolution of guests when using the graphical frontend ooo a e RR 166 9 9 Advanced storage configuration lt lt e ee kwea 166 9 9 1 Using a raw host hard disk from a guest o oo 166 9 9 2 Configuring the hard disk vendor product data VPD 168 9 9 3 Access iSCSI targets via Internal Networking 169 9 10 9 11 9 12 9 13 9 14 9 15 9 16 9 17 9 18 9 19 9 20 921 9 22 9 43 9 24 Contents Legacy commands for using serial ports o Fine tuning the VirtualBox NAT engine 9 11 1 Configuring the address of a NAT network interfa
513. programs must still identify their use of FLTK The following example statement can be included in user documentation to satisfy this requirement program widget is based in part on the work of the FLTK project http www fltk org 16 2 26 Expat license Copyright c 1998 1999 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd and Clark Cooper Copyright c 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 Expat maintainers Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restric tion including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or sub stantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FIT NESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LI ABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 16 2 27 Fontconfig
514. pters are attached Network promiscuous mode support for e1000 and paravirtualized adapters bug 6519 NAT fixed ICMP latency non Windows hosts only bug 6427 SCSI fixed guest crashes under certain circumstances when booting from SCSI devices VBoxManage fixed several bugs in cloning of images one of them is bug 6408 269 15 Change log VBoxManage fixed modifyvm natnet default Solaris hosts fixed a kernel panic when bridged networking might fail to initialize Solaris hosts fixed priority tagged VLAN packets in bridged networking Shared Folders fixed issue with copying read only files Linux guests only bug 4890 Shared Folders renamed the guest kernel module from vboxvfs to vboxsf to make it load on demand by the Linux kernel Fixes mounting from etc fstab in Ubuntu 10 04 Shared Folders fixed setuid file permissions Solaris guests only Shared Folders fixed deleting directories recursively Solaris guests only bug 6513 Guest Additions support seamless and dynamic resizing on certain older X11 guests bug 5840 Solaris Additions fixed OpenGL library dependencies bug 6435 Keyboard Mouse emulation fixed handling of simultaneous mouse keyboard events under certain circumstances bug 5375 Mouse emulation never switch straight back from Explorer to IntelliMouse mode as it confuses the FreeBSD mouse driver bug 6488 SDK fixed memory leak in IDisplay takeScreenShotSlowQ bug 6549 3D support f
515. pyright c 1996 2012 Anthony Green Red Hat Inc and others See source files for details VirtualBox contains portions of FLTK which is governed by the licenses in chapter 16 2 25 FLTK license page 338 and chapter 16 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 311 and Copyright C 1991 2012 The FLTK team VirtualBox contains portions of Expat which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 26 Expat license page 338 and Copyright c 1998 1999 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd and Clark Cooper Copyright c 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 Expat maintainers VirtualBox contains portions of Fontconfig which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 27 Fontconfig license page 338 and Copyright C 2001 2003 Keith Packard VirtualBox contains portions of Freetype which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 28 Freetype license page 339 and Copyright 2012 The FreeType Project www freetype org All rights reserved VirtualBox may contain code from the WebM VP8 Codec SDK which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 29 VPX License page 341 and Copyright c 2010 The WebM Project authors All rights reserved 16 2 Licenses 16 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin St Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this l
516. r example after wakeup from host hibernate bug 11444 Settings don t lose the internal network settings if they are not currently active Storage another incompatibility fix for VHD differencing images with Hyper V bug 5990 VBoxManage don t read beyond the end of the file specified with export eulafile bug 11528 Linux hosts guests Linux 3 9 rc0 compile fixes Linux Additions fixed two warnings in the shared folders guest kernel module bug 11390 Linux Additions don t crash VBoxService if libdbus is not available bug 8638 Windows Additions fixed upgrading MultiMedia Redirection MMR support 15 7 Version 4 2 8 2013 02 20 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed a guest crash with a huge amount of guest RAM on VT x hosts bug 11306 GUI fixed a layout bug in the Mac OS X clone VM dialog bug 10982 GUI not all the translation tags were taken into account during the language switch bug 11342 GUI the take guest screenshot dialog sometimes had no keyboard input available on Win dows host Main Machine fix the generation of a spurious event for inaccessible VMs which triggered an endless event generation loop in cooperation with the GUI which became unresponsive 4 2 6 regression bug 11323 Main Display fix for an access violation under certain conditions in multi monitor config urations bug 10539 Main Metrics network metrics are now col
517. r successful installation of the package 42 2 Installation details 2 4 3 Starting VirtualBox on Solaris The easiest way to start a VirtualBox program is by running the program of your choice VirtualBox VBoxManage VBoxSDL or VBoxHeadless from a terminal These are symbolic links to VBox sh that start the required program for you Alternatively you can directly invoke the required programs from opt VirtualBox Using the links provided is easier as you do not have to type the full path You can configure some elements of the VirtualBox Qt GUI such as fonts and colours by executing VBoxQtconfig from the terminal 2 4 4 Uninstallation Uninstallation of VirtualBox on Solaris requires root permissions To perform the uninstallation start a root terminal session and execute pkgrm SUNWvbox After confirmation this will remove VirtualBox from your system If you are uninstalling VirtualBox version 3 0 or lower you need to remove the VirtualBox kernel interface package execute pkgrm SUNWvboxke rn 2 4 5 Unattended installation To perform a non interactive installation of VirtualBox we have provided a response file named autoresponse that the installer will use for responses to inputs rather than ask them from you Extract the tar gz package as described in the normal installation Then open a root terminal session and execute pkgadd d VirtualBox 4 3 0 Sun0S x86 n a autoresponse SUNWvbox To perform a non interactive uni
518. r the host can see the network traffic which it could not in the normal Internal network case Note On Unix based hosts e g Linux Solaris Mac OS X it is not possible to bind to ports below 1024 from applications that are not run by root As a result if you try to configure such a source UDP port the VM will refuse to start 6 9 VDE networking Virtual Distributed Ethernet VDE is a flexible virtual network infrastructure system spanning across multiple hosts in a secure way It allows for L2 L3 switching including spanning tree protocol VLANs and WAN emulation It is an optional part of VirtualBox which is only included in the source code The basic building blocks of the infrastructure are VDE switches VDE plugs and VDE wires which inter connect the switches The VirtualBox VDE driver has one parameter VDE network The name of the VDE network switch socket to which the VM will be connected The following basic example shows how to connect a virtual machine to a VDE switch 3VDE is a project developed by Renzo Davoli Associate Professor at the University of Bologna Italy 99 6 Virtual networking 1 Create a VDE switch vde_switch s tmp switchl 2 Configuration via command line VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nic lt x gt generic VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nicgenericdrv lt x gt VDE To connect to automatically allocated switch port use VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nicproperty lt x gt
519. r which are known to have the asyn chronous I O bug on ext4 xfs file systems fixed Linux hosts only OpenSolaris guests use SATA controller by default Storage fixed I O errors in the guest after compacting VDI images 3 2 6 regression bug 7294 Storage automatically repair base disk images with non zero parent UUID which made them inaccessible bug 7289 Storage fixed corrupted images if a merge operation was canceled IDE added ATAPI passthrough support for audio CDs SATA fixed a potential hang during boot of recent Solaris guests SATA handle out of disk space and similar conditions better iSCSI fixed sporadic hangs when closing the connection VGA fixed missing redraw with multiple screens under certain circumstances bug 7291 VGA serveral small fixes for legacy VGA graphics modes Bridged networking fixed occasional host freeze during VM shutdown Linux hosts only NAT don t check for the existence of the TFTP prefix when delivering a file via bootp bug 7384 NAT fixed resolving of names at the host resolver bug 7138 NAT under rare conditions the NAT engine consumed 100 CPU load non Windows hosts only VRDP fixed memory leak under certain circumstances bug 5966 260 15 Change log VRDP fixed missing redraws with Windows guests under certain circumstances USB properly discard blocking outstanding bulk URBs fixes some printers USB Blackberry fix bug 6465 VBoxHeadless fixed event qu
520. r will have little use for it There are two ways to access the debugger lhttp www virtualbox org wiki Core_dump 2http www virtualbox org wiki Network_tips 201 12 Troubleshooting e A debugger console window displayed alongside the VM e Via the telnet protocol at port 5000 The debugger can be enabled in three ways e Start the VM directly using VirtualBox startvm with an additional dbg debug or debug command line argument See the VirtualBox usage help for details e Set the VBOX_GUI_DBG_ENABLED or VBOX_GUI_DBG_AUTO_SHOW environment variable to true before launching the VirtualBox process Setting these variables only their presence is checked is effective even when the first VirtualBox process is the VM selector window VMs subsequently launched from the selector will have the debugger enabled e Set the GUI Dbg Enabled extra data item to true before launching the VM This can be set globally or on a per VM basis A new Debug menu entry will be added to the VirtualBox application This menu allows the user to open the debugger console The VM debugger command syntax is loosely modeled on Microsoft and IBM debuggers used on DOS OS 2 and Windows Users familiar with symdeb CodeView or the OS 2 kernel debug ger will find the VirtualBox VM debugger familiar The most important command is help This will print brief usage help for all debugger com mands The set of commands supported by the VM debug
521. rallel port and the IRQ number that the Parallel Port feature will be using Use this after Lptmod I O base address and IRQ are the values that guest sees i e the values avalable under guest Device Manager defaultfrontend default lt name gt This allows you to specify the default frontend which will be used when starting this VM see chapter 8 12 VBoxManage startvm page 132 for details 8 8 2 Networking settings The following networking settings are available through VBoxManage modifyvm With all these settings the decimal number directly following the option name 1 N in the list below specifies the virtual network adapter whose settings should be changed 125 8 VBoxManage nic lt 1 N gt none null nat bridged intnet hostonly generic With this you can set for each of the VM s virtual network cards what type of networking should be avail able They can be not present none not connected to the host null use network address translation nat bridged networking bridged or communicate with other vir tual machines using internal networking intnet host only networking hostonly or access rarely used sub modes generic These options correspond to the modes which are described in detail in chapter 6 2 Introduction to networking modes page 92 nictype lt 1 N gt Am79C970A Am79C973 82540EM 82543GC 82545EM virtio This al lows you for each of the VM s virtual network cards to specify which networ
522. rap and emulate the instruction even when it is not desirable 5 The CPU segment registers contain a hidden descriptor cache which is not software accessible The hypervisor cannot read save or restore this state but the guest OS may use it 6 Some resources must and can be trapped by the hypervisor but the access is so frequent that this creates a significant performance overhead An example is the TPR Task Priority register in 32 bit mode Accesses to this register must be trapped by the hypervisor but certain guest operating systems notably Windows and Solaris write this register very often which adversely affects virtualization performance To fix these performance and security issues VirtualBox contains a Code Scanning and Analysis Manager CSAM which disassembles guest code and the Patch Manager PATM which can replace it at runtime Before executing ring 0 code CSAM scans it recursively to discover problematic instructions PATM then performs in situ patching i e it replaces the instruction with a jump to hypervisor memory where an integrated code generator has placed a more suitable implementation In reality this is a very complex task as there are lots of odd situations to be discovered and handled correctly So with its current complexity one could argue that PATM is an advanced in situ recompiler In addition every time a fault occurs VirtualBox analyzes the offending code to determine if it is possibl
523. rce or altered source distribution The Contributing Authors and Group 42 Inc specifically permit without fee and encourage the use of this source code as a component to supporting the PNG file format in commercial products If you use this source code in a product acknowledgment is not required but would be appreciated 16 2 11 IwIP license Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 324 16 Third party materials and licenses 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MER CHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEM PLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS
524. re couple of points worth mentioning however 1 8 1 Starting a new VM for the first time When a VM gets started for the first time another wizard the First Start Wizard will pop up to help you select an installation medium Since the VM is created empty it would otherwise behave just like a real computer with no operating system installed it will do nothing and display an error message that no bootable operating system was found For this reason the wizard helps you select a medium to install an operating system from e If you have physical CD or DVD media from which you want to install your guest operating system e g in the case of a Windows installation CD or DVD put the media into your host s CD or DVD drive Then in the wizard s drop down list of installation media select Host drive with the correct drive letter or in the case of a Linux host device file This will allow your VM to access the media in your host drive and you can proceed to install from there If you have downloaded installation media from the Internet in the form of an ISO image file most probably in the case of a Linux distribution you would normally burn this file to an empty CD or DVD and proceed as just described With VirtualBox however you can skip this step and mount the ISO file directly VirtualBox will then present this file as a CD or DVD ROM drive to the virtual machine much like it does with virtual hard disk images For t
525. rect framebuffer information after leaving the full screen mode with X11 guests this lead to a scrambled preview window in the GUI for example Mac OS X hosts fixed the problem with duplicate packets when bridged to a wireless interface bug 9648 Linux hosts fix for 3D support on Fedora 15 bug 9799 Linux hosts don t call del_timer_sync from an interrupt context Fedora bug report 746331 Windows Vista and 7 guests more WDDM fixes Linux Additions fixed kernel module compilation failure on Redhat Enterprise Linux 4 bug 9709 Linux Additions install the DRI driver correctly on Ubuntu 11 10 guests Solaris Additions added read only mmap support for shared folders Solaris Additions added directory file mode and mask options for shared folders Windows Additions implemented faster detection of logged in guest users and stale ses sions X Org Additions fixed graphical corruption when switching to a virtual terminal bug 9490 241 15 Change log 15 19 Version 4 1 4 2011 10 03 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed PAE guests running on 32 bit hosts 4 0 regression bug 9458 VMM fixed INVALID PARAMETER guru meditation caused by insufficient memory condi tions 4 1 0 regression bug 9240 VMM fixed clobbered CPU registers during stos lods ins outs emulation under rare cir cumstances VMM another fix for 64 bit guests on recent AMD CPUs GUI warn the us
526. red Code may be distributed only under the terms of this License or a future version of this License released under Section 6 1 and You must include a copy of this License with every copy of the Source Code You distribute You may not offer or impose any terms on any Source Code version that alters or restricts the applicable version of this License or the recipients rights hereunder However You may include an additional document offering the additional rights described in Section 3 5 3 2 Availability of Source Code Any Modification which You create or to which You con tribute must be made available in Source Code form under the terms of this License either on the same media as an Executable version or via an accepted Electronic Distribution Mechanism to anyone to whom you made an Executable version available and if made available via Electronic Distribution Mechanism must remain available for at least twelve 12 months after the date it initially became available or at least six 6 months after a subsequent version of that partic ular Modification has been made available to such recipients You are responsible for ensuring that the Source Code version remains available even if the Electronic Distribution Mechanism is maintained by a third party 3 3 Description of Modifications You must cause all Covered Code to which You contribute to contain a file documenting the changes You made to create that Covered Code and the date of any change Yo
527. reen saving mode bug 8122 Storage fixed write errors with snapshots if the host cache is disabled 4 0 regression bug 8221 ATA SATA fixed reset handling after ACPI suspend resume BusLogic fixed hang with SMP VMs Serial another attempt to prevent lost characters during transmission bug 1548 Linux hosts guests Linux 2 6 38 rc1 compile fixes Mac OS X hosts fixed VBoxSVC crash when listing host interfaces without default gateway 64 bit hosts only bug 7955 Solaris Darwin hosts fixed VM CPU execution cap 254 15 Change log X Org guests fixed a crash on X server restart bug 8231 X Org guests support X Org Server 1 10 pre release and Ubuntu 11 04 Alpha X Org guests Add EDID emulation in the graphics driver to prevent GNOME settings dae mon changing the mode on login X Org guests never send graphics modes to the host that older VirtualBox versions can t handle Linux Additions fixed a memory leak in the shared folders code if a host link is not readable bug 8185 Windows Additions fixed handling of Security Attention Sequence SAS with VBoxGINA 15 28 Version 4 0 2 2011 01 18 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added GUI don t crash if a removable host drive referenced from the VM settings vanished GUI fixed a crash when using the KDE4 Oxygen theme and clicked on the settings button 4 0 regression bug 7875 GUI properly warn if the machine folder cannot
528. reen support seamless mode fixed a bug when empty seamless screens were represented by fullscreen windows 228 15 Change log GUI Multi screen support each machine window in multi screen configuration should have correct menu bar now Mac OS X hosts GUI Multi screen support machine window View menu should have correct content in seamless fullscreen mode now Mac OS X hosts GUI VM manager vertical scroll bars should be now updated on content window resize GUI VM settings fixed crash on machine state change event GUI don t show warnings about enabled or disabled mouse integration if the VM was restored from a saved state Virtio net properly announce that the guest has to handle partial TCP checksums bug 9380 Storage Fixed incorrect alignment of VDI images causing disk size changes when using snapshots bug 11597 Audio fixed broken ALSA amp PulseAudio on some Linux hosts due to invalid symbol reso lution bug 11615 PS 2 keyboard re apply keyboard repeat delay and rate after a VM was restored from a saved state bug 10933 BIOS updated DMI processor information table type 4 corrected L1 amp L2 cache table handles Timekeeping fix several issues which can lead to incorrect time Solaris guests sporadically showed time going briefly back to Jan 1 1970 Main Metrics disk metrics are collected properly when software RAID symbolic links or rootfs are used on Linux hosts VBoxManage don t stay paus
529. revious section hinted at differencing images and how they are used with snapshots im mutable images and multiple disk attachments For the inquisitive VirtualBox user this section describes in more detail how they work A differencing image is a special disk image that only holds the differences to another image A differencing image by itself is useless it must always refer to another image The differencing image is then typically referred to as a child which holds the differences to its parent 7This behavior also changed with VirtualBox 2 2 Previously the differencing images were discarded when the machine session ended now they are discarded every time the machine is powered on 85 5 Virtual storage When a differencing image is active it receives all write operations from the virtual machine instead of its parent The differencing image only contains the sectors of the virtual hard disk that have changed since the differencing image was created When the machine reads a sector from such a virtual hard disk it looks into the differencing image first If the sector is present it is returned from there if not VirtualBox looks into the parent In other words the parent becomes read only it is never written to again but it is read from if a sector has not changed Differencing images can be chained If another differencing image is created for a virtual disk that already has a differencing image then it becomes
530. rience guest hangs after some time This can be fixed by turning off energy saving set timeout to Never in the system preferences By default the VirtualBox EFI enables debug output of the Mac OS X kernel to help you diagnose boot problems Note that there is a lot of output and not all errors are fatal they would also show on your physical Mac You can turn off these messages by issuing this command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 EfiBootArgs To revert to the previous behavior use VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal2 EfiBootArgs Solaris hosts There is no support for USB devices connected to Solaris 10 hosts USB support on Solaris hosts requires Solaris 11 version snv_124 or higher Webcams and other isochronous devices are known to have poor performance No ACPI information battery status power source is reported to the guest No support for using wireless adapters with bridged networking Crossbow based bridged networking on Solaris 11 hosts does not work directly with aggregate links However you can manually create a VNIC using dladm over the aggregate link and use that with a VM This technical limitation will be addressed in a future Solaris 11 release Guest Additions of version 4 1 4 1 2 and 4 1 4 for Windows Thus VirtualBox WDDM Video driver may be installed and kept in guest system if Guest additions uninstallation is performed This is caused by a
531. rimental support for PCI passthrough for Linux hosts see chapter 9 6 PCI passthrough page 163 Windows guests Experimental WDDM graphics driver supporting Windows Aero bug 4607 and providing Direct3D support using a cleaner approach no need to install the guest drivers in Safe Mode anymore Guest Additions status of modules and features can now be queried separately by the frontends Networking new network attachment mode Generic Driver which offers an open plugin architecture for arbitrary and separately distributable virtual network implementations Host only Networking fixed host crash in kernels prior to 2 6 29 New Networking Mode UDP Tunnel allows to interconnect VMs running on different hosts easily and transparently see chapter 6 2 Introduction to networking modes page 92 Experimental support for SATA hard disk hotplugging available with VBoxManage Solaris hosts New Crossbow based bridged networking driver for Solaris 11 build 159 and above In addition the following items were fixed and or added VMM more SMP timer fixes VMM fixed sporadic recompiler crashes with SMP guests VMM many small fixes GUI when restoring a snapshot ask for taking a snapshot of the current state 245 15 Change log GUI added a View menu GUI added a setting for the promiscuous mode policy for internal networks bridged net works and host only networks GUI added slider for setting the CPU execution cap allowing to
532. ring the boot server next server of a NAT network interface For network booting in NAT mode by default VirtualBox uses a built in TFTP server at the IP address 10 0 2 4 This default behavior should work fine for typical remote booting scenarios However it is possible to change the boot server IP and the location of the boot image with the following commands VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nattftpserverl 10 0 2 2 VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nattftpfilel srv tftp boot MyPXEBoot pxe 9 11 3 Tuning TCP IP buffers for NAT The VirtualBox NAT stack performance is often determined by its interaction with the host s TCP IP stack and the size of several buffers SO_RCVBUF and SO_SNDBUF For certain setups users might want to adjust the buffer size for a better performance This can by achieved using the following commands values are in kilobytes and can range from 8 to 1024 VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natsettings1 16000 128 128 0 0 This example illustrates tuning the NAT settings The first parameter is the MTU then the size of the socket s send buffer and the size of the socket s receive buffer the initial size of the TCP send window and lastly the initial size of the TCP receive window Note that specifying zero means fallback to the default value Each of these buffers has a default size of 64KB and default MTU is 1500 9 11 4 Binding NAT sockets to a specific interface By default VirtualBox s NAT engine will route TCP IP p
533. rite certain bits in shadowed control registers but not others This enables efficient virtualization in cases where guests can be allowed to write control bits without disrupting the hypervisor while preventing them from altering control bits over which the hypervisor needs to retain full control The VMCS also provides control over interrupt delivery and exceptions Whenever an instruction or event causes a VM exit the VMCS contains information about the exit reason often with accompanying detail For example if a write to the CRO register causes an exit the offending instruction is recorded along with the fact that a write access to a control register caused the exit and information about source and destination register Thus the hypervisor can efficiently handle the condition without needing advanced techniques such as CSAM and PATM described above VT x inherently avoids several of the problems which software virtualization faces The guest has its own completely separate address space not shared with the hypervisor which eliminates potential clashes Additionally guest OS kernel code runs at privilege ring 0 in VMX non root mode obviating the problems by running ring 0 code at less privileged levels For example the SYSENTER instruction can transition to ring 0 without causing problems Naturally even at ring 0 in VMX non root mode any I O access by guest code still causes a VM exit allowing for device emulation The biggest difference
534. rk based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or trans lated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modi
535. rk may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library or if the work is itself a library The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law If such an object file uses only numerical parameters data structure layouts and accessors and small macros and small inline functions ten lines or less in length then the use of the object file is unrestricted regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6 Otherwise if the work is a derivative of the Library you may distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6 Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6 whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself 6 As an exception to the Sections above you may also combine or link a work that uses the Library with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library and distribute that work under terms of your choice provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer s own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License You must supply a copy of this License If th
536. rnet Explorer 7 30 days ago G Updates 17 days ago Mac OS X Server GJ SP3 28 days ago E Saved a gy Internet Explorer 7 26 days ago a Oracle Linux GH Updates 22 days ago J Powered Off G Internet Explorer 8 14 days ago e Updates 10 days ago _ Windows XP Internet Explorer 9 pre G Internet Explorer 9 preview 17 minutes ago B Current State changed 7 Debian Web Server Powered Off FT Windows 7 Snapshot 2 ye Saved 9 Ubuntu B Saved SOB Solaris 11 dee Powered Off Ubuntu using ICH9 A Powered Off gt VirtualBox imposes no limits on the number of snapshots you can take The only practical limitation is disk space on your host each snapshot stores the state of the virtual machine and thus occupies some disk space See the next section for details on what exactly is stored in a snapshot 2 You can restore a snapshot by right clicking on any snapshot you have taken in the list of snapshots By restoring a snapshot you go back or forward in time the current state of the machine is lost and the machine is restored to the exact state it was in when the snapshot was taken Both the terminology and the functionality of restoring snapshots has changed with VirtualBox 3 1 Before that version it was only possible to go back to the very last snapshot taken not earlier ones and the operation was called Discard current state instead of Restore last snapshot The
537. rom any source address will be forwarded to the receiving part of the guest network card Destination address IP address of the target host of the transmitted data Destination UDP port Port number to which the transmitted data is sent When interconnecting two virtual machines on two different hosts their IP addresses must be swapped On single host source and destination UDP ports must be swapped In the following example host 1 uses the IP address 10 0 0 1 and host 2 uses IP address 10 0 0 2 Configuration via command line VBoxManage modifyvm VM 01 on host 1 nic lt x gt generic VBoxManage modifyvm VM 01 on host 1 nicgenericdrv lt x gt UDPTunnel VBoxManage modifyvm VM 01 on host 1 nicproperty lt x gt dest 10 0 0 2 VBoxManage modifyvm VM 01 on host 1 nicproperty lt x gt sport 10001 VBoxManage modifyvm VM 01 on host 1 nicproperty lt x gt dport 10002 and VBoxManage modifyvm VM 02 on host 2 nic lt y gt generic VBoxManage modifyvm VM 02 on host 2 nicgenericdrv lt y gt UDPTunnel VBoxManage modifyvm VM 02 on host 2 nicproperty lt y gt dest 10 0 0 1 VBoxManage modifyvm VM 02 on host 2 nicproperty lt y gt sport 10002 VBoxManage modifyvm VM 02 on host 2 nicproperty lt y gt dport 10001 Of course you can always interconnect two virtual machines on the same host by setting the destination address parameter to 127 0 0 1 on both It will act similarly to Internal network in this case howeve
538. rrent settings cannot be expressed in the old format for example because you enabled a feature that was not present in an earlier version of VirtualBox In such cases VirtualBox backs up the old settings file in the virtual machine s configuration directory If you need to go back to the earlier version of VirtualBox then you will need to manually copy these backup files back We intentionally do not document the specifications of the VirtualBox XML files as we must reserve the right to modify them in the future We therefore strongly suggest that you do not edit these files manually VirtualBox provides complete access to its configuration data through its the VBoxManage command line tool see chapter 8 VBoxManage page 112 and its API see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 199 10 2 VirtualBox executables and components VirtualBox was designed to be modular and flexible When the VirtualBox graphical user inter face GUI is opened and a VM is started at least three processes are running 1 VBoxSVC the VirtualBox service process which always runs in the background This pro cess is started automatically by the first VirtualBox client process the GUI VBoxManage VBoxHeadless the web service or others and exits a short time after the last client exits The service is responsible for bookkeeping maintaining the state of all VMs and for provid ing communication between VirtualBox components This communication is imp
539. rs Less of an advantage over competing non free programs These disadvantages are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries However the Lesser license provides advantages in certain special circumstances For example on rare occasions there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible use of a certain library so that it becomes a de facto standard To achieve this non free programs must be allowed to use the library A more frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non free libraries In this case there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free software only so we use the Lesser General Public License In other cases permission to use a particular library in non free programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of free software For example permission to use the GNU C Library in non free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating system as well as its variant the GNU Linux operating system Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users freedom it does ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the where withal to run that program using a modified version of the Library The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow Pay close attention to the difference between a work based on the library and a work tha
540. rs and firewalls to shield an internal network from the Internet VirtualBox can use NAT to easily share a host s physical networking hardware with its virtual machines See chapter 6 3 Network Address Translation NAT page 93 O OVF Open Virtualization Format a cross platform industry standard to exchange virtual appli ances between virtualization products see chapter 1 14 Importing and exporting virtual machines page 30 P PAE Physical Address Extension This allows accessing more than 4 GB of RAM even in 32 bit environments see chapter 3 3 2 Advanced tab page 47 PIC See APIC PXE Preboot Execution Environment an industry standard for booting PC systems from remote network locations It includes DHCP for IP configuration and TFTP for file transfer Using UNDI a hardware independent driver stack for accessing the network card from bootstrap code is available R RDP Remote Desktop Protocol a protocol developed by Microsoft as an extension to the ITU T 128 and T 124 video conferencing protocol With RDP a PC system can be controlled from a remote location using a network connection over which data is transferred in both directions Typically graphics updates and audio are sent from the remote machine and keyboard and mouse input events are sent from the client A VirtualBox extension package by Oracle provides VRDP an enhanced implementation of the relevant standards which is largely compatible with Microsoft s RDP
541. rt of a product you must reproduce the notice in Exhibit B in the documentation and or other materials provided with the product 3 7 Larger Works You may create a Larger Work by combining Covered Code with other code not governed by the terms of this License and distribute the Larger Work as a single product In 328 16 Third party materials and licenses such a case You must make sure the requirements of this License are fulfilled for the Covered Code 3 8 Restrictions You may not remove any product identification copyright proprietary no tices or labels from gSOAP 4 INABILITY TO COMPLY DUE TO STATUTE OR REGULATION If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the Covered Code due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must a comply with the terms of this License to the maximum extent possible and b describe the limitations and the code they affect Such description must be included in the LEGAL file described in Section 3 4 and must be included with all distributions of the Source Code Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it 5 APPLICATION OF THIS LICENSE This License applies to code to which the Initial Developer has attached the notice in Exhibit A and to related Covered Code 6 VERSIONS OF THE LICENSE 6 1 New Versions
542. rtual System 1 JE Name 3 Guest OS Type 3 cpu T RAM El Floppy DVD USB Controller P Sound Card Network Adapter Hard Disk Controller IDE Hard Disk Controller IDE Virtual Disk Image 8 Virtual Disk Image Configuration Windows XP_1 E Windows XP 1 512 MB ICH AC97 PCnet FAST III Am79C973 PIIX4 PIIX4 Users ahall VirtualBox VMs Windows XP Users ahall VirtualBox VMs Windows XP Restore Defaults GoBack gt Done 7 Starting with version 4 0 VirtualBox creates file type associations for OVF and OVA files on your host operating system 31 1 First steps This presents the virtual machines described in the OVF file and allows you to change the vir tual machine settings by double clicking on the description items Once you click on Import VirtualBox will copy the disk images and create local virtual machines with the settings described in the dialog These will then show up in the Manager s list of virtual machines Note that since disk images tend to be big and VMDK images that come with virtual appliances are typically shipped in a special compressed format that is unsuitable for being used by virtual machines directly the images will need to be unpacked and copied first which can take a few minutes For how to import an image at the command line please see chapter 8 10 VBoxManage import page 130 Conversely to export virtual machines that you already have in Virt
543. rtual machine will encounter as well If for example Internet connectivity is lost due to external issues virtual machines will be affected just as much as physical ones If a true VirtualBox problem is encountered it helps to categorize and isolate the problem first Here are some of the questions that should be answered before reporting a problem 1 Is the problem specific to a certain guest OS Specific release of a guest OS Especially with Linux guest related problems the issue may be specific to a certain distribution and version of Linux 2 Is the problem specific to a certain host OS Problems are usually not host OS specific because most of the VirtualBox code base is shared across all supported platforms but especially in the areas of networking and USB support there are significant differences between host platforms Some GUI related issues are also host specific 3 Is the problem specific to certain host hardware This category of issues is typically related to the host CPU Because of significant differences between VI x and AMD V problems may be specific to one or the other technology The exact CPU model may also make a difference even for software virtualization because different CPUs support different features which may affect certain aspects of guest CPU operation 4 Is the problem specific to a certain virtualization mode Some problems may only occur in software virtualization mode others may be specific to hard
544. rtualBox installation The wizard shows you the following window Create New Virtual Machine Virtual Hard Disk Select a virtual hard disk to be used as the boot hard disk of the virtual machine You can either create a new hard disk or select an existing one from the drop down list or by pressing corresponding button to invoke file open window If you need a more complicated hard disk setup you can also skip this step and attach hard disks later using the VM Settings dialog The recommended size of the boot hard disk is 10 00 GB M Boot Hard Disk Create new hard disk Use existing hard disk Ubuntu vdi Normal 8 00 GB Go Back Continue 19 1 First steps Here you have the following options e To create a new empty virtual hard disk press the New button e You can pick an existing disk image file The drop down list presented in the window contains all disk images which are cur rently remembered by VirtualBox probably because they are currently attached to a virtual machine or have been in the past Alternatively you can click on the small folder button next to the drop down list to bring up a standard file dialog which allows you to pick any disk image file on your host disk Most probably if you are using VirtualBox for the first time you will want to create a new disk image Hence press the New button This brings up another window the Create New Virtual Disk Wizard whi
545. rtualBox our main GUI provides VBoxSDL is currently primarily used internally for debugging VirtualBox and therefore not officially supported Still you may find it useful for environments where the virtual machines are not necessarily controlled by the same person that uses the virtual machine Note VBoxSDL is not available on the Mac OS X host platform As you can see in the following screenshot VBoxSDL does indeed only provide a simple win dow that contains only the pure virtual machine without menus or other controls to click upon and no additional indicators of virtual machine activity wl Sun xVM VirtualBox Windows Vista III J O Lx To start a virtual machine with VBoxSDL instead of the VirtualBox GUI enter the following on a command line VBoxSDL startvm lt vm gt where lt vm gt is as usual with VirtualBox command line parameters the name or UUID of an existing virtual machine 9 1 2 Secure labeling with VBoxSDL When running guest operating systems in full screen mode the guest operating system usually has control over the whole screen This could present a security risk as the guest operating 154 9 Advanced topics system might fool the user into thinking that it is either a different system which might have a higher security level or it might present messages on the screen that appear to stem from the host operating system In order to protect the user against the above mentio
546. rtualBox omits all the following checks 212 12 Troubleshooting 2 VirtualBox tests if dev cdrom works 3 In addition VirtualBox checks if any CD DVD drives are currently mounted by checking etc mtab 4 In addition VirtualBox checks if any of the entries in etc fstab point to CD DVD devices In other words you can try to set VBOX_CDROM to contain a list of your CD DVD devices separated by colons for example as follows export VBOX_CDROM dev cdrom0 dev cdroml On modern Linux distributions VirtualBox uses the hardware abstraction layer hal to locate CD and DVD hardware 12 7 4 Linux host floppy not found The previous instructions for CD and DVD drives apply accordingly to floppy disks except that on older distributions VirtualBox tests for dev fdx devices by default and this can be overridden with the VBOX_ FLOPPY environment variable 12 7 5 Strange guest IDE error messages when writing to CD DVD If the experimental CD DVD writer support is enabled with an incorrect VirtualBox host or guest configuration it is possible that any attempt to access the CD DVD writer fails and simply results in guest kernel error messages for Linux guests or application error messages for Windows guests VirtualBox performs the usual consistency checks when a VM is powered up in partic ular it aborts with an error message if the device for the CD DVD writer is not writable by the user starting the VM but it cannot dete
547. ry and of the other library facilities is otherwise permitted and provided that you do these two things a Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library uncom bined with any other library facilities This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above b Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library and explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work 8 You may not copy modify sublicense link with or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense link with or distribute the Library is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 9 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Library or any work based on the Library you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Library or works based on it 10 Each time you
548. s do sudo etc init d vboxdrv setup This will start a second attempt to build the module If a suitable kernel module was found in the package or the module was successfully built the installation script will attempt to load that module If this fails please see chapter 12 7 1 Linux kernel module refuses to load page 212 for further information Once VirtualBox has been successfully installed and configured you can start it by selecting VirtualBox in your start menu or from the command line see chapter 2 3 5 Starting VirtualBox on Linux page 41 2 3 3 2 Using the alternative installer VirtualBox run The alternative installer performs the following steps It unpacks the application files to the target directory opt VirtualBox which cannot be changed It builds the VirtualBox kernel modules vboxdrv vboxnetflt and vboxnetadp and in stalls them It creates etc init d vboxdrv an init script to start the VirtualBox kernel module It creates a new system group called vboxusers It creates symbolic links in usr bin to the a shell script opt VirtualBox VBox which does some sanity checks and dispatches to the actual executables VirtualBox VBoxSDL VBoxVRDP VBoxHeadless and VBoxManage It creates etc udev rules d 60 vboxdrv rules a description file for udev if that is present which makes the USB devices accessible to all users in the vboxusers group It writes the installation directory to etc vbox
549. s lt pattern gt is specified it acts as a filter to only list properties that match the given pattern The pattern can contain the following wildcard characters x asterisk represents any number of characters for example VirtualBox would match all properties beginning with VirtualBox question mark represents a single arbitrary character for example fo would match both foo and for pipe symbol can be used to specify multiple alternative patterns for example 669 sx tx would match anything starting with either s or t e get lt vm gt This retrieves the value of a single property only If the property cannot be found e g because the guest is not running this will print 143 8 VBoxManage No value set e set lt vm gt lt property gt lt value gt flags lt flags gt This allows you to set a guest property by specifying the key and value If lt value gt is omitted the property is deleted With flags you can optionally specify additional behavior you can combine several by separating them with commas TRANSIENT the value will not be stored with the VM data when the VM exits TRANSRESET the value will be deleted as soon as the VM restarts and or exits RDONLYGUEST the value can only be changed by the host but the guest can only read it RDONLYHOST reversely the value can only be changed by the guest but
550. s see chapter 3 5 Display settings page 50 USB tablet keyboard emulation for improved user experience if no Guest Additions are available see chapter 3 4 1 Motherboard tab page 48 LsiLogic SAS controller emulation see chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI SAS page 79 267 15 Change log VRDP video acceleration see chapter 7 1 9 VRDP video redirection page 109 NAT engine configuration via API and VBoxManage Use of host I O cache is now configurable see chapter 5 7 Host I O caching page 88 Guest Additions added support for executing guest applications from the host system replaces the automatic system preparation feature see chapter 4 7 Guest control page 76 OVF enhanced OVF support with custom namespace to preserve settings that are not part of the base OVF standard In addition the following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed Windows 2000 guest crash when configured with a large amount of RAM bug 5800 Linux Solaris guests PAM module for automatic logons added GUI guess the OS type from the OS name when creating a new VM GUI added VM setting for passing the time in UTC instead of passing the local host time to the guest bug 1310 GUI fixed seamless mode on secondary monitors bugs 1322 and 1669 GUI offer to download the user manual in the OSE version bug 6442 GUI allow to set an empty host key to disallow any host key combination bug 684 GUI allow
551. s can be solved by adding the following parameter to your GRUB configuration uppermem 524288 12 8 Solaris hosts 12 8 1 Cannot start VM not enough contiguous memory The ZFS file system is known to use nearly all available RAM as cache if the default system settings are not changed This may lead to a heavy fragmentation of the host memory preventing VirtualBox VMs from being started We recommend to limit the ZFS cache by adding a line set zfs zfs_arc_max Xxxxx to etc system where xxxx bytes is the amount of memory usable for the ZFS cache 12 8 2 VM aborts with out of memory errors on Solaris 10 hosts 32 bit Solaris 10 hosts bug 1225025 require swap space equal to or greater than the host s physical memory size For example 8 GB physical memory would require at least 8 GB swap This can be configured during a Solaris 10 install by choosing a custom install and changing the default partitions Note This restriction applies only to 32 bit Solaris hosts 64 bit hosts are not affected For existing Solaris 10 installs an additional swap image needs to be mounted and used as swap Hence if you have 1 GB swap and 8 GB of physical memory you require to add 7 GB more swap This can be done as follows For ZFS as root user zfs create V 8gb _ lt ZFS volume gt _ swap swap a dev zvol dsk _ lt ZFS volume gt _ swap To mount if after reboot add the following line to etc vfstab dev zvol dsk _ lt ZFS vo
552. s covered under the following notice Copyright c 2002 The Regents of the University of California Produced at the Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory For details contact Randall Frank rjfrank llnl gov UCRL CODE 2002 058 All rights reserved This file is part of Chromium For details see accompanying documentation Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the disclaimer below Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of condi tions and the disclaimer as noted below in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the UC LLNL nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFOR NIA THE U S DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUD ING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PRO
553. s empty now because you haven t created any virtual machines yet E In order to create a new virtual machine press q y the New button in the main tool bar located at gt Yi the top of the window 7 You can press the 9 key to get instant help A or visit www virtualbox org for the latest A information and news This window is called the VirtualBox Manager On the left you can see a pane that will later list all your virtual machines Since you have not created any the list is empty A row of buttons above it allows you to create new VMs and work on existing VMs once you have some The pane on the right displays the properties of the virtual machine currently selected if any Again since you don t have any machines yet the pane displays a welcome message To give you an idea what VirtualBox might look like later after you have created many ma chines here s another example 17 eBusiness i Windows 8 Enterprise RTM E Running a Oracle Linux 6 U3 Running Wi Windows XP_1 sb co Running 2 Mobile Platforms A Anatole setty bean Powered Off a Chrome OS Powered Off Windows 1 First steps El General Name Windows 8 Enterprise RTM Operating System Windows 8 64 bit Groups eBusiness a system Base Memory 2048 MB Boot Order Floppy CD DVD ROM Hard Disk Acceleration VT x AMD V Nested Paging El General Name Oracle Linux 6 U3 Operating System Oracle 64 bit
554. s hot remove events and ejects the CPU Also after a CPU is added to the VM it is not automatically used by Linux The Linux Guest Additions service will take care of that if installed If not a CPU can be started with the following command echo 1 gt sys devices system cpu cpu lt id gt online 9 6 PCI passthrough When running on Linux hosts with a recent enough kernel at least version 2 6 31 experimen tal host PCI devices passthrough is available Note The PCI passthrough module is shipped as a VirtualBox extension package which must be installed separately See chapter 1 5 Installing VirtualBox and exten sion packs page 16 for more information Essentially this feature allows to directly use physical PCI devices on the host by the guest even if host doesn t have drivers for this particular device Both regular PCI and some PCI Express cards are supported AGP and certain PCI Express cards are not supported at the moment if they rely on GART Graphics Address Remapping Table unit programming for texture manage ment as it does rather nontrivial operations with pages remapping interfering with IOMMU This limitation may be lifted in future releases To be fully functional PCI passthrough support in VirtualBox depends upon an IOMMU hard ware unit which is not yet too widely available If the device uses bus mastering i e it performs DMA to the OS memory on its own then an IOMMU is required otherwise such DMA tran
555. s in etc default virtualbox The first one is VBOXAUTOSTART_DB which contains an absolute path to the autostart database di rectory The directory should have write access for every user who should be able to start virtual machines automatically Furthermore the directory should have the sticky bit set The second variable is VBOXAUTOSTART_CONFIG which points the service to the autostart configuration file which is used during boot to determine whether to allow individual users to start a VM auto matically and configure startup delays The configuration file can be placed in etc vbox and contains several options One is default_policy which controls whether the autostart service allows or denies to start a VM for users which are not in the exception list The exception list starts with exception_list and contains a comma separated list with usernames Furthermore a separate startup delay can be configured for every user to avoid overloading the host A sample configuration is given below Default policy is to deny starting a VM the other option is allow default_policy deny Bob is allowed to start virtual machines but starting them will be delayed for 10 seconds bob allow true startup_delay 10 187 9 Advanced topics Alice is not allowed to start virtual machines useful to exclude certain users if the default policy is set to allow alice allow false Every user who wants to enable autostart for indiv
556. s on slow host DS Sy sk ke a a ee ee ee ee wa 12 2 2 Responding to guest IDE SATA flush requests 12 2 3 Poor performance caused by host power management 12 2 4 GUI 2D Video Acceleration option is grayed out Windows guests s ss s do Pe ee ee Eee AA 12 3 1 Windows bluescreens after changing VM configuration 12 3 2 Windows 0x101 bluescreens with SMP enabled IPI timeout 12 3 3 Windows 2000 installation failures 12 3 4 How to record bluescreen information from Windows guests 12 3 5 No networking in Windows Vista guests 12 3 6 Windows guests may cause a high CPU load 12 3 7 Long delays when accessing shared folders 12 3 8 USB tablet coordinates wrong in Windows 98 guests 12 3 9 Windows guests are removed from an Active Directory domain after restoring a SMapshot o ee eee eee ee ene 12 3 10 Restoring d3d8 dll and d3d9 dll o o o Linux and X11 guests wae AREA na a 12 4 1 Linux guests may cause a high CPU load 1242 AMD Barcelona CPUs lt o o o cena anaa dd a aaa 12 4 3 Buggy Linux 2 6 kernel versions sasaaa 12 4 4 Shared clipboard auto resizing and seamless desktop in X11 guests Solaris puei 2 e e A A A A OA 12 5 1 Older Solaris 10 releases hang in 64 bitmode Windows HOR lt a A A a da 12 6 1 VBoxSVC out of process CO
557. s the same effect 12 2 2 Responding to guest IDE SATA flush requests If desired the virtual disk images can be flushed when the guest issues the IDE FLUSH CACHE command Normally these requests are ignored for improved performance The parameters below are only accepted for disk drives They must not be set for DVD drives To enable flushing for IDE disks issue the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 LUN x Config IgnoreFlush 0 The value x that selects the disk is O for the master device on the first channel 1 for the slave device on the first channel 2 for the master device on the second channel or 3 for the master device on the second channel To enable flushing for SATA disks issue the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 LUN x Config IgnoreFlush 0 The value x that selects the disk can be a value between 0 and 29 Note that this doesn t affect the flushes performed according to the configuration described in chapter 12 2 1 Guest shows IDE SATA errors for file based images on slow host file system page 204 Restoring the default of ignoring flush commands is possible by setting the value to 1 or by removing the key 12 2 3 Poor performance caused by host power management On some hardware platforms and operating systems virtualization performance is negatively affected by host CPU power management The symptoms may be choppy
558. s the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the library Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted and output from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library s complete source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 312 16 Third party materials and licenses 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Library and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a The modified work must itself be a software library b You must cause the files modifie
559. s use the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 LUN x Config FlushInterval b The value x that selects the disk for IDE is O for the master device on the first channel 1 for the slave device on the first channel 2 for the master device on the second channel or 3 for the master device on the second channel For SATA use values between O and 29 Only disks support this configuration option it must not be set for CD DVD drives The unit of the interval b is the number of bytes written since the last flush The value for it must be selected so that the occasional long write delays do not occur Since the proper flush in terval depends on the performance of the host and the host filesystem finding the optimal value that makes the problem disappear requires some experimentation Values between 1000000 and 10000000 1 to 10 megabytes are a good starting point Decreasing the interval both decreases the probability of the problem and the write performance of the guest Setting the value unnec essarily low will cost performance without providing any benefits An interval of 1 will cause a 204 12 Troubleshooting flush for each write operation and should solve the problem in any case but has a severe write performance penalty Providing a value of O for b is treated as an infinite flush interval effectively disabling this workaround Removing the extra data key by specifying no value for b ha
560. s without external tools and tricks Shared Folders several fixes and performance enhancements for Solaris guests bugs 4154 and 6512 Solaris Installer added support for remote installations Guest Properties API correctly support enumerating the properties of a running VM with an empty patterns field bug 7171 Guest properties properly delete transient properties on shutdown VRDP video redirection performance improvements and stability fixes Settings silently fix host audio driver when reading machine XML settings files or OVF written by VirtualBox on a different host OS for example convert DirectSound to PulseAu dio bug 7209 Settings properly store the NAT network setting in XML settings file version 1 10 and later bug 6176 VBoxManage handle differencing images with parent UUID correctly in subcommand openmedium disk bug 6751 Web service enabled HTTP keepalive for much better performance Web service added timestamps to logging output Web service treat 8 bit strings as UTF 8 not ASCII X11 Additions fix for Xorg 6 8 guests e g RHEL4 15 33 Version 3 2 6 2010 06 25 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed host crash when running 64 bit guests on 32 bit hosts with certain Intel CPUs VT x only bug 6166 VMM allow 64 bit SMP guests on 32 bit hosts VI x and AMD V only does not apply to Mac OS X which already supports it VMM fixed Guru medi
561. sac tions may write to the wrong physical memory address as the device DMA engine is programmed using a device specific protocol to perform memory transactions The IOMMU functions as trans lation unit mapping physical memory access requests from the device using knowledge of the guest physical address to host physical addresses translation rules Intel s solution for IOMMU is marketed as Intel Virtualization Technology for Directed I O VT d and AMD s one is called AMD Vi So please check if your motherboard datasheet has appropriate technology Even if your hardware doesn t have a IOMMU certain PCI cards may work such as serial PCI adapters but the guest will show a warning on boot and the VM execution will terminate if the guest driver will attempt to enable card bus mastering It is very common that the BIOS or the host OS disables the IOMMU by default So before any attempt to use it please make sure that 1 Your motherboard has an IOMMU unit 2 Your CPU supports the IOMMU 3 The IOMMU is enabled in the BIOS 4 The VM must run with VT x AMD V and nested paging enabled 5 Your Linux kernel was compiled with IOMMU support including DMA remapping see CONFIG_DMAR kernel compilation option The PCI stub driver CONFIG_PCI_STUB is re quired as well 2Experimental support for PCI passthrough was introduced with VirtualBox 4 1 163 9 Advanced topics 6 Your Linux kernel recognizes and uses the IOMMU unit int
562. sages especially for early failures before the VM execution is started In normal situations VBoxManage startvm is preferred since it runs the VM directly as a background process which has to be done explicitly when directly starting VBoxHeadless e The other alternative is to start VBoxHeadless from the VirtualBox Manager GUI by hold ing the Shift key when starting a virtual machine Note that when you use VBoxHeadless to start a VM since the headless server has no other means of output the VRDP server will always be enabled regardless of whether you had enabled the VRDP server in the VM s settings If this is undesirable for example because you want to access the VM via ssh only start the VM like this VBoxHeadless startvm lt uuid name gt vrde off To have the VRDP server enabled depending on the VM configuration as the other front ends would use this VBoxHeadless startvm lt uuid name gt vrde config If you start the VM with VBoxManage startvm then the configuration settings of the VM are always used 7 1 3 Step by step creating a virtual machine on a headless server The following instructions may give you an idea how to create a virtual machine on a headless server over a network connection We will create a virtual machine establish an RDP connection and install a guest operating system all without having to touch the headless server All you need is the following 1 VirtualBox on a server machine w
563. se memory This sets the amount of RAM that is allocated and given to the VM when it is running The specified amount of memory will be requested from the host operating sys tem so it must be available or made available as free memory on the host when attempting to start the VM and will not be available to the host while the VM is running This is the same setting that was specified in the New Virtual Machine wizard as described with guidelines under chapter 1 7 Creating your first virtual machine page 18 above Generally it is possible to change the memory size after installing the guest operating system provided you do not reduce the memory to an amount where the operating system would no longer boot Boot order This setting determines the order in which the guest operating system will attempt to boot from the various virtual boot devices Analogous to a real PC s BIOS setting VirtualBox can tell a guest OS to start from the virtual floppy the virtual CD DVD drive the virtual hard drive each of these as defined by the other VM settings the network or none of these If you select Network the VM will attempt to boot from a network via the PXE mecha nism This needs to be configured in detail on the command line please see chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 123 Chipset Here you can select which chipset will be presented to the virtual machine Before VirtualBox 4 0 PIIX3 was the only available option here For modern
564. se the follow ing command to increase or decrease the size of the memory balloon within a running virtual machine that has Guest Additions installed VBoxManage controlvm VM name guestmemoryballoon lt n gt where VM name is the name or UUID of the virtual machine in question and lt n gt is the amount of memory to allocate from the guest in megabytes See chapter 8 13 VBoxManage controlvm page 132 for more information You can also set a default balloon that will automatically be requested from the VM every time after it has started up with the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name guestmemoryballoon lt n gt By default no balloon memory is allocated This is a VM setting like other modifyvm settings and therefore can only be set while the machine is shut down see chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 123 4 8 2 Page Fusion Whereas memory ballooning simply reduces the amount of RAM that is available to a VM Page Fusion works differently it avoids memory duplication between several similar running VMs In a server environment running several similar VMs e g with identical operating systems on the same host lots of memory pages are identical VirtualBox s Page Fusion technology introduced with VirtualBox 3 2 is a novel technique to efficiently identify these identical memory pages and share them between multiple VMs Note VirtualBox supports Page Fusion only on 64 bit hosts and it is not supported on
565. se the virtio network adapter is preferable over Intel PRO 1000 emulated adapters which are preferred over PCNet family of adapters Both virtio and Intel PRO 1000 adapters enjoy the benefit of segmentation and checksum offloading Segmentation offloading is essential for high performance as it allows for less context switches dramatically increasing the sizes of packets that cross VM host boundary Note Neither virtio nor Intel PRO 1000 drivers for Windows XP support segmentation offloading Therefore Windows XP guests never reach the same transmission rates as other guest types Refer to MS Knowledge base article 842264 for additional informa tion Three attachment types internal bridged and host only have nearly identical performance the internal type being a little bit faster and using less CPU cycles as the packets never reach the host s network stack The NAT attachment is the slowest and safest of all attachment types as it provides network address translation The generic driver attachment is special and cannot be considered as an alternative to other attachment types The number of CPUs assigned to VM does not improve network performance and in some cases may hurt it due to increased concurrency in the guest Here is the short summary of things to check in order to improve network performance 1 Whenever possible use virtio network adapter otherwise use one of Intel PRO 1000 adapters 2 Use bridged attachment in
566. served Name Windows XP Guest OS Other Unknown UUID 1bf3464d 57c6 4d49 92a9 a5cc3816b7e7 Config file home username config VirtualBox Machines Windows XP Windows XP xml Memory size 512MB VRAM size 12MB Number of CPUs 2 Synthetic Cpu off Boot menu mode message and menu Boot Device 1 DVD Boot Device 2 HardDisk Boot Device 3 Not Assigned Boot Device 4 Not Assigned ACPI on IOAPIC on PAE on Time offset 0 ms Hardw virt ext on Nested Paging on VT x VPID off State powered off since 2009 10 20T14 52 19 000000000 Monitor count 1 3D Acceleration off 2D Video Acceleration off 121 8 VBoxManage Teleporter Enabled off Teleporter Port 0 Teleporter Address Teleporter Password Storage Controller 0 IDE Controller Storage Controller Type 0 PIIX4 Storage Controller 1 Floppy Controller 1 Storage Controller Type 1 182078 IDE Controller 0 0 home user windows vdi UUID 46f6e53a 4557 460a 9b95 68b0f17d744b IDE Controller 0 1 home user openbsd cd46 iso UUID 4335e162 59d3 4512 91d5 b63e94eebe0b Floppy Controller 1 0 0 home user floppy img UUID 62ac6ccb df36 42f2 972e 22f836368137 NIC 1 disabled NIC 2 disabled NIC 3 disabled NIC 4 disabled NIC 5 disabled NIC 6 disabled NIC 7 disabled NIC 8 disabled UART 1 disabled UART 2 disabled Audio disabled Driver Unknown Clipboard Mode Bidirectional VRDE disabled USB disabled
567. several interfaces at once for example you can start a VM simply by clicking on a button in the VirtualBox graphical 14 1 First steps user interface and then control that machine from the command line or even remotely See chapter 1 16 Alternative front ends page 32 for details Due to its modular architecture VirtualBox can also expose its full functionality and con figurability through a comprehensive software development kit SDK which allows for integrating every aspect of VirtualBox with other software systems Please see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 199 for details Remote machine display The VirtualBox Remote Desktop Extension VRDE allows for high performance remote access to any running virtual machine This extension supports the Remote Desktop Protocol RDP originally built into Microsoft Windows with special additions for full client USB support The VRDE does not rely on the RDP server that is built into Microsoft Windows instead it is plugged directly into the virtualization layer As a result it works with guest operating systems other than Windows even in text mode and does not require application support in the virtual machine either The VRDE is described in detail in chapter 7 1 Remote display VRDP support page 102 On top of this special capacity VirtualBox offers you more unique features Extensible RDP authentication VirtualBox already supports Winlogon on Windows and
568. shall be taken into account in determining the amount or value of any payment or license 8 4 In the event of termination under Sections 8 1 or 8 2 above all end user license agree ments excluding distributors and resellers which have been validly granted by You or any distributor hereunder prior to termination shall survive termination 9 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY WHETHER TORT INCLUD ING NEGLIGENCE CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE SHALL YOU THE INITIAL DEVELOPER ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF COVERED CODE OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDEN TAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITA TION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL WORK STOPPAGE COMPUTER FAILURE OR MAL FUNCTION OR ANY AND ALL OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES THIS LIMI TATION OF LIABILITY SHALL NOT APPLY TO LIABILITY FOR DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY RE SULTING FROM SUCH PARTY S NEGLIGENCE TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE LAW PROHIBITS SUCH LIMITATION SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THIS EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU 10 U S GOVERNMENT END USERS 11 MISCELLANEOUS 12 RESPONSIBILITY FOR CLAIMS As between Initial Developer and the Contributors each party is responsible for
569. side of the virtual machine This default setup is good for probably 95 of VirtualBox users However VirtualBox is ex tremely flexible in how it can virtualize networking It supports many virtual network cards per virtual machine the first four of which can be configured in detail in the Manager window Additional network cards can be configured on the command line with VBoxManage Because of the vast array of options available we have dedicated an entire chapter of this manual to discussing networking configuration please see chapter 6 Virtual networking page 91 3 9 Serial ports VirtualBox fully supports virtual serial ports in a virtual machine in an easy to use manner Ever since the original IBM PC personal computers have been equipped with one or two serial ports also called COM ports by DOS and Windows Serial ports were commonly used with modems and some computer mice used to be connected to serial ports before USB became commonplace While serial ports are no longer as ubiquitous as they used to be there are still some important uses left for them For example serial ports can be used to set up a primitive network over a null modem cable in case Ethernet is not available Also serial ports are indispensable for system programmers needing to do kernel debugging since kernel debugging software usually interacts with developers over a serial port With virtual serial ports system programmers can do kernel debugging on a
570. sily and transparently over existing network infrastructure VDE Virtual Distributed Ethernet networking This option can be used to connect to a Virtual Distributed Ethernet switch on a Linux or a FreeBSD host At the moment this needs compiling VirtualBox from sources as the Oracle packages do not include it Thttp www Linux kvm org page WindowsGuestDrivers 92 6 Virtual networking The following sections describe the available network modes in more detail 6 3 Network Address Translation NAT Network Address Translation NAT is the simplest way of accessing an external network from a virtual machine Usually it does not require any configuration on the host network and guest system For this reason it is the default networking mode in VirtualBox A virtual machine with NAT enabled acts much like a real computer that connects to the Internet through a router The router in this case is the VirtualBox networking engine which maps traffic from and to the virtual machine transparently In VirtualBox this router is placed between each virtual machine and the host This separation maximizes security since by default virtual machines cannot talk to each other The disadvantage of NAT mode is that much like a private network behind a router the virtual machine is invisible and unreachable from the outside internet you cannot run a server this way unless you set up port forwarding described below The network frames sen
571. sing a USB device it will appear as unavailable on the host Note 1 Be careful with USB devices that are currently in use on the host For example if you allow your guest to connect to your USB hard disk that is currently mounted on the host when the guest is activated it will be disconnected from the host without a proper shutdown This may cause data loss 2 Solaris hosts have a few known limitations regarding USB support please see chapter 14 Known limitations page 220 55 3 Configuring virtual machines In addition to allowing a guest access to your local USB devices VirtualBox even allows your guests to connect to remote USB devices by use of the VirtualBox Remote Desktop Extension VRDE For details about this see chapter 7 1 4 Remote USB page 106 In the Settings dialog you can first configure whether USB is available in the guest at all and in addition also optionally enable the USB 2 0 EHCD controller for the guest If so you can determine in detail which devices are available For this you must create so called filters by specifying certain properties of the USB device Note The EHCI controller is shipped as a VirtualBox extension package which must be installed separately See chapter 1 5 Installing VirtualBox and extension packs page 16 for more information Clicking on the button to the right of the USB Device Filters window creates a new filter You can give
572. sions of VirtualBox the createvdi command is also supported and mapped internally to the createhd command 8 23 VBoxManage modifyhd With the modifyhd command you can change the characteristics of a disk image after it has been created VBoxManage modifyhd lt uuid filename gt type normal writethrough immutable shareable readonly multiattach autoreset on off compact resize lt megabytes gt resizebyte lt bytes gt Note Despite the hd in the subcommand name the command works with all disk images not only hard disks For compatibility with earlier versions of VirtualBox the modifyvdi command is also supported and mapped internally to the modifyhd com mand The disk image to modify must be specified either by its UUID if the medium is registered or by its filename Registered images can be listed by VBoxManage list hdds see chapter 8 4 VBoxManage list page 120 for more information A filename must be specified as valid path either as an absolute path or as a relative path starting from the current directory The following options are available e With the type argument you can change the type of an existing image between the normal immutable write through and other modes see chapter 5 4 Special image write modes page 84 for details e For immutable differencing hard disks only the autoreset on off option determines whether the disk is automati
573. sk gt lowerip lt lower_ip gt upperip lt upper_ip gt 119 8 VBoxManage enable disable dhcpserver remove netname lt network_name gt extpack install replace lt tarball gt uninstall force lt name gt cleanup Each time VBoxManage is invoked only one command can be executed However a command might support several subcommands which then can be invoked in one single call The following sections provide detailed reference information on the different commands 8 3 General options e version show the version of this tool and exit e nologo suppress the output of the logo information useful for scripts e settingspw specifiy a settings password e settingspwfile specify a file containing the settings password The settings password is used for certain settings which need to be stored encrypted for secu rity reasons At the moment the only encrypted setting is the iSCSI initiator secret see chapter 8 18 VBoxManage storageattach page 135 for details As long as no settings password is speci fied this information is stored in plain text After using the settingspw settingspwfile option once it must be always used otherwise the encrypted setting cannot be unencrypted 8 4 VBoxManage list The list command gives relevant information about your system and information about VirtualBox s current settings The following subcommands are available with VBoxManage list e vms lists
574. sk without affecting the physical size much This currently works only for VDI and VHD formats and only for the dynamically allocated variants and can only be used to expand not shrink the capacity For example if you originally created a 10G disk which is now full you can use the resize 15360 command to change the capacity to 15G 15 360MB without having to create a new image and copy all data from within a virtual machine Note however that this only changes the drive capacity you will typically next need to use a partition management tool inside the guest to adjust the main partition to fill the drive The resizebyte x option does almost the same thing except that x is expressed in bytes instead of megabytes 8 24 VBoxManage clonehd This command duplicates a registered virtual hard disk image to a new image file with a new unique identifier UUID The new image can be transferred to another host system or imported into VirtualBox again using the Virtual Media Manager see chapter 5 3 The Virtual Media Man ager page 82 and chapter 5 6 Cloning disk images page 87 The syntax is as follows VBoxManage clonehd lt uuid inutfile gt lt uuid outputfile gt format VDI VMDK VHD RAW lt other gt variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX existing The disk image to clone as well as the target image must be described either by its UUIDs if the mediums are registered or by its filename Registered images can be listed
575. staller at this time please refer to the readme txt file in that directory which describes how to install the OS 2 Guest Additions manually 4 3 Shared folders With the shared folders feature of VirtualBox you can access files of your host system from within the guest system This is similar how you would use network shares in Windows networks except that shared folders do not need require networking only the Guest Additions Shared Folders are supported with Windows 2000 or newer Linux and Solaris guests Shared folders must physically reside on the host and are then shared with the guest which uses a special file system driver in the Guest Addition to talk to the host For Windows guests shared folders are implemented as a pseudo network redirector for Linux and Solaris guests the Guest Additions provide a virtual file system To share a host folder with a virtual machine in VirtualBox you must specify the path of that folder and choose for it a share name that the guest can use to access it Hence first create the shared folder on the host then within the guest connect to it There are several ways in which shared folders can be set up for a particular virtual machine e In the window of a running VM you can select Shared folders from the Devices menu or click on the folder icon on the status bar in the bottom right corner 69 4 Guest Additions e Ifa VM is not currently running you can config
576. starting the autostart service via init 9 23 2 Solaris starting the autostart service via SMF 9 23 3 Mac OS X starting the autostart service via launchd VirtualBox expert storage management o Contents 10 Technical background 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 Where VirtualBox stores its files o ee ee 10 1 1 Machines created by VirtualBox version 4 0 or later 10 1 2 Machines created by VirtualBox versions before 4 0 10 1 3 Global configuration data o o oo e eee 10 1 4 Summary of 4 0 configuration changes o o 10 1 5 VirtualBox XML files 0c we a ee asa a E S VirtualBox executables and components 2 0000 eee eee Hardware vs software virtualization Details about software virtualization Details about hardware virtualization Nested paging and VPIDS we ee eR 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces 12 Troubleshooting 12 1 12 2 12 3 12 4 12 5 12 6 127 Procedures and fogls gt 244460808 2 bbe ee AA 12 1 1 Categorizing and isolating problems 4 12 1 2 Collecting debugging information o o 12 1 3 The built in VM debugger o o IZA VUE lt e ec e eds a a e CONE nk eee a a a 12 2 1 Guest shows IDE SATA errors for file based image
577. startup or in documentation online or textual provided with the package Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of con ditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the fol lowing acknowledgement This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com The word cryptographic can be left out if the routines from the library being used are not cryptographic related 4 If you include any Windows specific code or a derivative thereof from the apps direc tory application code you must include an acknowledgement This product includes software written by Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MER CHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDEN TAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
578. stead of NAT 3 Make sure segmentation offloading is enabled in the guest OS Usually it will be enabled by default You can check and modify offloading settings using ethtool command in Linux guests 101 7 Remote virtual machines 7 1 Remote display VRDP support VirtualBox can display virtual machines remotely meaning that a virtual machine can execute on one computer even though the machine will be displayed on a second computer and the machine will be controlled from there as well as if the virtual machine was running on that second computer For maximum flexibility starting with VirtualBox 4 0 VirtualBox implements remote machine display through a generic extension interface the VirtualBox Remote Desktop Extension VRDE The base open source VirtualBox package only provides this interface while implementations can be supplied by third parties with VirtualBox extension packages which must be installed separately from the base package See chapter 1 5 Installing VirtualBox and extension packs page 16 for more information Oracle provides support for the VirtualBox Remote Display Protocol VRDP in such a VirtualBox extension package When this package is installed VirtualBox versions 4 0 and later support VRDP the same way as binary non open source versions of VirtualBox before 4 0 did VRDP is a backwards compatible extension to Microsoft s Remote Desktop Protocol RDP As a result you can use any standard RDP client to
579. sts Linux Additions prevent SELinux warnings concerning text relocations in VBoxOGL so bug 5690 X11 guests fixed mouse support for some Xorg 1 4 guests openSUSE 11 0 X11 guests fixed xorg conf modification for some older Xorg releases openSUSE 11 1 Windows guests fixed some VBoxService shutdown issues Windows guests fixed VBoxVideo spinlock issues on NT4 Windows Guest Additions fixed uninstallation issues of NT4 Shared Folders fixed resolving of symlink target bug 5631 2D Video acceleration delay loading of OpenGL dlls for Windows hosts to avoid GUI crashes on misconfigured systems 2D Video acceleration fixed issues with video picture not displayed on playback 15 41 Version 3 1 0 2009 11 30 This version is a major update The following major new features were added Teleportation aka live migration migrate a live VM session from one host to another see chapter 7 2 Teleporting page 110 VM states can now be restored from arbitrary snapshots instead of only the last one and new snapshots can be taken from other snapshots as well branched snapshots see chap ter 1 10 Snapshots page 26 2D video acceleration for Windows guests use the host video hardware for overlay stretch ing and color conversion see chapter 4 4 2 Hardware 2D video acceleration for Windows guests page 73 More flexible storage attachments CD DVD drives can be attached to arbitrary storage controllers and there can be mor
580. such image files to version 2 format using tools provided by Parallels Irrespective of the disk capacity and format as briefly mentioned in chapter 1 7 Creating your first virtual machine page 18 there are two options of how to create a disk image fixed size or dynamically allocated e If you create a fixed size image an image file will be created on your host system which has roughly the same size as the virtual disk s capacity So for a 10G disk you will have a 10G file Note that the creation of a fixed size image can take a long time depending on the size of the image and the write performance of your hard disk e For more flexible storage management use a dynamically allocated image This will ini tially be very small and not occupy any space for unused virtual disk sectors but will grow every time a disk sector is written to for the first time until the drive reaches the maximum capacity chosen when the drive was created While this format takes less space initially the fact that VirtualBox needs to expand the image file consumes additional computing re sources so until the disk file size has stabilized write operations may be slower than with fixed size disks However after a time the rate of growth will slow and the average penalty for write operations will be negligible 5 3 The Virtual Media Manager VirtualBox keeps track of all the hard disk CD DVD ROM and floppy disk images which are in use by virtual machines These
581. t ware development community for the electronic transfer of data 1 5 Executable means Covered Code in any form other than Source Code 1 6 Initial Developer means the individual or entity identified as the Initial Developer in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A 316 16 Third party materials and licenses 1 7 Larger Work means a work which combines Covered Code or portions thereof with code not governed by the terms of this License 1 8 License means this document 1 8 1 Licensable means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant or subsequently acquired any and all of the rights conveyed herein 1 9 Modifications means any addition to or deletion from the substance or structure of either the Original Code or any previous Modifications When Covered Code is released as a series of files a Modification is A Any addition to or deletion from the contents of a file containing Original Code or previous Modifications B Any new file that contains any part of the Original Code or previous Modifications 1 10 Original Code means Source Code of computer software code which is described in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A as Original Code and which at the time of its release under this License is not already Covered Code governed by this License 1 10 1 Patent Claims means any patent claim s now owned or here
582. t The permissions for usbfs can therefore only be changed by editing the etc fstab file For example most Linux distributions have a user group called usb or similar of which the current user must be a member To give all users of that group access to usbfs make sure the following line is present 85 is the USB group none proc bus usb usbfs devgid 85 devmode 664 0 0 Replace 85 with the group ID that matches your system search etc group for usb or similar Alternatively if you don t mind the security hole give all users access to USB by changing 664 to 666 The various distributions are very creative from which script the usbfs filesystem is mounted Sometimes the command is hidden in unexpected places For SuSE 10 0 the mount command is part of the udev configuration file etc udev rules d 50 udev rules As this distribution has no user group called usb you may e g use the vboxusers group which was created by the VirtualBox installer Since group numbers are allocated dynamically the following example uses 85 as a placeholder Modify the line containing a linebreak has been inserted to improve readability DEVPATH module usbcore ACTION add RUN bin mount t usbfs usbfs proc bus usb and add the necessary options make sure that everything is in a single line DEVPATH module usbcore ACTION add RUN bin mount t usbfs usbfs proc bus usb o devgid 85 devmode 664 Debian Etch has th
583. t before they reach the physical network Linux hosts only bug 7792 3D support allow use of CR_SYSTEM_GL_PATH again bug 6864 3D support fixed various clipping visibility issues bugs 5659 5794 5848 6018 6187 6570 257 15 Change log 3D support guest application stack corruption when using glGetVertexAttrib ifd v bug 7395 3D support fixed OpenGL support for libMesa 7 9 3D support fixed Unity Compiz crashes on natty 2D Video acceleration multimonitor support VRDP fixed rare crash in multimonitor configuration VRDP support for upstream audio Display fixed occasional guest resize crash NAT port forwarding rules can be applied at runtime SATA allow to attach CD DVD ROM drives including passthrough bug 7058 Floppy support readonly image files taking this as the criteria for making the medium readonly bug 5651 Audio fixed memory corruption during playback under rare circumstances Audio the DirectSound backend now allows VMs to be audible when another DirectSound application is active including another VM bug 5578 EFI support for SATA disks and CDROMs BIOS reduce the stack usage of the VESA BIOS function 4F01 Quake fix OVF OVA fixed export of VMs with iSCSI disks Storage Apple DMG image support for the virtual CD DVD bug 6760 Linux host USB support introduced a less invasive way of accessing raw USB devices bugs 1093 5345 7759 Linux hosts support rece
584. t com VirtualBox may contain NSPR and XPCOM which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 3 Mozilla Public License MPL page 316 and Copyright C The Authors VirtualBox contains Slirp which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 8 Slirp license page 323 and was written by Danny Gasparovski Copyright C 1995 1996 All Rights Reserved 304 16 Third party materials and licenses VirtualBox contains liblzf which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 9 liblzf license page 324 and Copyright C 2000 2005 Marc Alexander Lehmann lt schmorp schmorp de gt VirtualBox may ship with a modified copy of rdesktop which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL page 307 and Copyright C Matthew Chapman and others VirtualBox may ship with a copy of kchmviewer which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL page 307 and Copyright C George Yunaev and others VirtualBox may contain Etherboot which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL page 307 with the exception that aggregating Etherboot with another work does not require the other work to be released under the same license see http etherboot sourceforge net clinks html Etherboot is Copyright C Etherboot team VirtualBox may contain iPXE which is governed by the license in chapter 16 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL page 307 and Copyright
585. t file system for the VBoxGuestAdditions iso file e On a Windows host you can find this file in the VirtualBox installation directory usually under C Program files Oracle VirtualBox e On Mac OS X hosts you can find this file in the application bundle of VirtualBox Right click on the VirtualBox icon in Finder and choose Show Package Contents There it is located in the Contents MacoS folder e On a Linux host you can find this file in the additions folder under where you installed VirtualBox normally opt VirtualBox e On Solaris hosts you can find this file in the additions folder under where you installed VirtualBox normally opt VirtualBox 4 Back in the Virtual Media Manager select that ISO file and press the Select button This will mount the ISO file and present it to your Windows guest as a CD ROM 61 4 Guest Additions Unless you have the Autostart feature disabled in your Windows guest Windows will now autostart the VirtualBox Guest Additions installation program from the Additions ISO If the Autostart feature has been turned off choose VBoxWindowsAdditions exe from the CD DVD drive inside the guest to start the installer The installer will add several device drivers to the Windows driver database and then invoke the hardware detection wizard Depending on your configuration it might display warnings that the drivers are not digitally signed You must confirm these in order to continue the installa
586. t for OpenSolaris Boomer architecture with OSS audio backend Shared Folders VBOXSVR is visible in Network folder Windows guests bug 4842 Shared Folders performance improvements Windows guests bug 1728 Windows Linux and Solaris Additions added balloon tip notifier if VirtualBox host version was updated and Additions are out of date Solaris guests fixed keyboard emulation bug 1589 Solaris Additions fixed as_pagelock failed errors affecting guest properties bug 5337 Windows Additions added automatic logon support for Windows Vista and Windows 7 Windows Additions improved file version lookup for guest OS information Windows Additions fixed runtime OS detection on Windows 7 for session information Windows Additions fixed crash in seamless mode contributed by Huihong Luo Linux Additions added support for uninstalling the Linux Guest Additions bug 4039 Linux guest shared folders allow mounting a shared folder if a file of the same name as the folder exists in the current directory bug 928 SDK added object oriented web service bindings for PHP5 15 42 Version 3 0 12 2009 11 10 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM reduced IO APIC overhead for 32 bits Windows NT 2000 XP 2003 guests requires 64 bits support VT x only bug 4392 VMM fixed double timer interrupt delivery on old Linux kernels using IO APIC caused guest time to run at double speed bug 3135 V
587. t freely subject to the following restrictions 1 The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original software If you use this software in a product an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required 2 Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original software 3 This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution Jean loup Gailly Mark Adler jloup gzip org madler alumni caltech edu 16 2 7 OpenSSL license This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com The imple mentation was written so as to conform with Netscape s SSL 322 16 Third party materials and licenses This library is free for commercial and non commercial use as long as the following conditions are adhered to The following conditions apply to all code found in this distribution be it the RC4 RSA lhash DES etc code not just the SSL code The SSL documentation included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com Copyright remains Eric Young s and as such any Copyright notices in the code are not to be removed If this package is used in a product Eric Young should be given attribution as the author of the parts of the library used This can be in the form of a textual message at program
588. t off and the same warnings apply 1 9 Using VM groups VM groups enable the user to create ad hoc groups of VMs and to manage and perform functions on them collectively as well as individually There are a number of features relating to groups 1 Create a group using GUI option 1 Drag one VM on top of another VM Create a group using GUI option 2 Select multiple VMs and select Group on the right click menu as follows 25 1 First steps eoo Oracle VM VirtualBox Manager New Settings Start Discard Lan Ee amp General a PRIOR us Name Windows 7 x64 Operating System Windows 7 64 bi A Chrome OS Powered Off System Bl androVM_vbox86t_4 1 1_ Base Memory 768 MB zz Processors ET Windows 7 x64 eetas ae eyias E Saved settin ss 1d Disk D V Nested Elf Windows 7 AE NX TA Powered Off Remove R El Preview Android Jelly bean Powered Off Start lows 7 m gt p lows 7 64 dsi Powered Off pa Ubuntu Windows 7 Discard saved state ey Powered Off Prove igs fedora 17 2 td Disk 3 Saved de ID V Nested Windows 8 Enterpris Show in Finder 183 3 Saved A amp Preview Windows XP_1 Sort lows 8 TA Powered Off Sy Enterprise RTM Operating System Windows 8 64 2 Command line option 1 Create group and assign VM VBoxManage modifyvm Fred groups TestGroup Command line option 2 Detach VM from group and delete group if empty V
589. t out by the guest operating system are received by VirtualBox s NAT engine which extracts the TCP IP data and resends it using the host operating system To an application on the host or to another computer on the same network as the host it looks like the data was sent by the VirtualBox application on the host using an IP address belonging to the host VirtualBox listens for replies to the packages sent and repacks and resends them to the guest machine on its private network The virtual machine receives its network address and configuration on the private network from a DHCP server integrated into VirtualBox The IP address thus assigned to the virtual machine is usually on a completely different network than the host As more than one card of a virtual machine can be set up to use NAT the first card is connected to the private network 10 0 2 0 the second card to the network 10 0 3 0 and so on If you need to change the guest assigned IP range for some reason please refer to chapter 9 11 Fine tuning the VirtualBox NAT engine page 170 6 3 1 Configuring port forwarding with NAT As the virtual machine is connected to a private network internal to VirtualBox and invisible to the host network services on the guest are not accessible to the host machine or to other computers on the same network However like a physical router VirtualBox can make selected services available to the world outside the guest through port forwarding This means t
590. t the graphical user interface gives you access to but it supports a lot more than that It exposes really all the features of the virtualization engine even those that cannot yet be accessed from the GUI You will need to use the command line if you want to e use a different user interface than the main GUI for example VBoxSDL or the VBoxHead less server e control some of the more advanced and experimental configuration settings for a VM There are two main things to keep in mind when using VBoxManage First VBoxManage must always be used with a specific subcommand such as list or createvm or startvm All the subcommands that VBoxManage supports are described in detail in chapter 8 VBoxManage page 112 Second most of these subcommands require that you specify a particular virtual machine after the subcommand There are two ways you can do this e You can specify the VM name as it is shown in the VirtualBox GUI Note that if that name contains spaces then you must enclose the entire name in double quotes as it is always required with command line arguments that contain spaces For example VBoxManage startvm Windows XP e You can specify the UUID which is the internal unique identifier that VirtualBox uses to refer to the virtual machine Assuming that the aforementioned VM called Windows XP has the UUID shown below the following command has the same effect as the previous VBoxManage s
591. t uses the library The former contains code derived from the library whereas the latter must be combined with the library in order to run GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRI BUTION AND MODIFICATION O This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser General Public License also called this License Each licensee is addressed as you A library means a collection of software functions and or data prepared so as to be conve niently linked with application programs which use some of those functions and data to form executables The Library below refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under these terms A work based on the Library means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Library or a portion of it ei ther verbatim or with modifications and or translated straightforwardly into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For a library complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plu
592. tain Lion Preview 3 bug 10267 Linux hosts Linux 3 4 compile fixes Linux hosts fixed wrong help path in some rpm based packages bug 10418 Guest Additions fixed handling of custom environment variables during VBoxManage guestcontrol execute bug 10581 Windows Additions fixed guest driver crash of VBoxSF in certain cases 4 1 10 regression bug 10408 Windows Additions don t load the WDDM driver if 3D support is not available for Windows 8 guests to keep the guest maintainable in that case still better to miss some features than providing a blank screen Solaris Additions added support for X org Server 1 11 and 1 12 15 14 Version 4 1 14 2012 04 13 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added Network fixed the problem with packets larger than MTU 4 when PCnet or PRO 1000 was bridged to certain types of adapters on OS X hosts bug 3783 NAT fixed a segfault under rare circumstances 3D Support fixed Windows WDDM video driver crash for SMP guests bugs 10200 10331 Windows Additions VRDP fixed occasional corruption of vertical text 15 15 Version 4 1 12 2012 04 03 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED and VERR_RAW_MODE_INVALID_SMP guru medita tion due to an invalid reschedule to raw mode bug 10370 VMM fixed PDMCritSectLeave guru meditation under rare circumstances with SMP guests VMM proper Math Fa
593. tain conditions bug 8593 Windows hosts fixed occasional hangs during VM shutdown because sometimes COM was not properly uninitialized Mac OS X hosts prevent the mouse from leaving the VM window while captured Mac OS X hosts keep aspect ratio while resizing in scale mode shift for old behaviour part of bug 7822 X11 hosts fixed Yen key support bug 8438 X11 hosts fixed a regression which caused Host F1 to pop up help instead of sending Ctrl Alt F1 Linux hosts Linux Additions mangle IPRT symbols to allow installing VirtualBox inside a VM while the Guest Additions are active bug 5686 252 15 Change log Linux hosts Linux guests workaround for a bug in GLIBC older than version 1 11 lead ing to crashes under certain conditions signed unsigned problem with memchr on 64 bit machines Solaris hosts fixed a deadlock in event semaphores that could lead to unkillable VM pro cesses Windows Additions fixed Sysprep parameter handling Windows Additions fixed spontaneous guest reboots under certain circumstances 4 0 2 regression bugs 8406 8429 Windows Additions added auto logon support for locked workstations on legacy Windows versions Windows Additions fixed driver bugcheck error when handling PnP messages 4 0 regres sion bug 8367 Windows Additions fixed memory leak in VBoxVideo X11 Additions added support for X Org Server 1 10 final Linux Additions Linux kernel 2 6 39 rcl1 fixes Linux Ad
594. taneously Main fixed incorrect handling of the medium location for media which are not file based e g iSCSI which resulted in confusing location values in many places e JAX WS client bindings fixed resource leak Sources fixed USB 2 0 support using extension packs for non official builds Mac OS X hosts fixed non VT x mode on Lion hosts Windows hosts fixed copyn paste in the GUI and for the VM window bug 4491 Windows hosts 64 bit only enabled removing of all mediums when removing a VM Windows hosts 64 bit only enabled live snapshot deletion Windows hosts use native controls in the installer bug 5520 Solaris hosts fixed preemption issue with Solaris 11 hosts builds 166 and above Solaris hosts better control of USB device access on Solaris 11 hosts Guest Additions improved driver installation on Windows guests Guest Additions fixed high CPU usage while executing guest programs from the host Solaris Additions fixed automounting of shared folders bug 8014 15 22 Version 4 0 14 2011 10 13 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added e VMM fixed 64bit guests on AMD Fusion CPUs bug 8824 e VMM fixed handling of the sysenter sysexit machine instructions in 64 bit guests on Intel hosts e GUI fixed the inclusion of additional information license vendor on OVF export e GUI when taking a snapshot from the VM selector don t do a live snapshot 247
595. tartvm 670e746d abea 4ba6 ad02 2a3b043810a5 You can type VBoxManage list vms to have all currently registered VMs listed with all their settings including their respective names and UUIDs Some typical examples of how to control VirtualBox from the command line are listed below e To create a new virtual machine from the command line and immediately register it with VirtualBox use VBoxManage createvm with the register option like this VBoxManage createvm name SUSE 10 2 register VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version 4 3 0 C 2005 2013 Oracle Corporation All rights reserved Virtual machine SUSE 10 2 is created UUID c89fc351 8ec6 4f02 a048 57f4d25288e5 Settings file home username config VirtualBox Machines SUSE 10 2 SUSE 10 2 xml For details see chapter 8 7 VBoxManage createvm page 123 112 8 VBoxManage As can be seen from the above output a new virtual machine has been created with a new UUID and a new XML settings file e To show the configuration of a particular VM use VBoxManage showvminfo see chapter 8 5 VBoxManage showvminfo page 121 for details and an example e To change settings while a VM is powered off use VBoxManage modifyvn e g as follows VBoxManage modifyvm Windows XP memory 512MB For details see chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 123 e To change the storage configuration e g to add a storage controller and then a virtual disk use VBoxMan
596. tected a completely wrong CPU frequency bug 2227 VMM fixed hanging and unkillable VM processes bug 4040 VMM fixed random infrequent guest crashes due XMM state corruption Win64 hosts only VMM performance improvements for network I O VI x AMD V only 285 15 Change log GUI added mini toolbar for full screen and seamless mode Thanks to Huihong Luo GUI redesigned settings dialogs GUI allow to create remove more than one host only network adapters non Windows hosts GUI display estimated time for long running operations e g OVF import export GUI fixed rare hangs when open the OVF import export wizards bug 4157 3D support fixed VM crashes for client applications using incorrect OpenGL states 3D support fixed memory corruption when querying for supported texture compression formats 3D support fixed incorrect rendering of glDrawRangeElements 3D support fixed memory leak when using VBOs 3D support fixed glew library detection 3D support fixed random textures corruption VRDP support Windows 7 RDP client Networking fixed another problem with TX checksum offloading with Linux kernels up to version 2 6 18 NAT fixed open ports on virtual router 10 0 2 2 513 514 forum NAT allow to configure socket and internal parameters NAT allow to bind sockets to specific interface PXE boot significant performance increase VT x AMD V only VHD properly write empty sectors when cloning of VHD imag
597. ted will disappear files that were deleted will be restored changes to files will be reverted Strictly speaking this is only true for virtual hard disks in normal mode As mentioned above you can configure disks to behave differently with snapshots see chapter 5 4 Special image write modes page 84 Even more formally and technically correct it is not the virtual disk itself that is restored when a snapshot is restored Instead when a snapshot is taken VirtualBox creates differencing images which contain only the changes since the snapshot 28 1 First steps were taken and when the snapshot is restored VirtualBox throws away that differencing image thus going back to the previous state This is both faster and uses less disk space For the details which can be complex please see chapter 5 5 Differencing images page 85 Creating the differencing image as such does not occupy much space on the host disk initially since the differencing image will initially be empty and grow dynamically later with each write operation to the disk The longer you use the machine after having created the snapshot however the more the differencing image will grow in size Finally if you took a snapshot while the machine was running the memory state of the machine is also saved in the snapshot the same way the memory can be saved when you close the VM window When you restore such a snapshot execution resumes at exactly the point when
598. terfaces for certain advanced setups since you can connect a VM to any host interface which could also be a TAP interface To enable bridged networking all you need to do is to open the Settings dialog of a virtual machine go to the Network page and select Bridged network in the drop down list for the Attached to field Finally select desired host interface from the list at the bottom of the page which contains the physical network interfaces of your systems On a typical MacBook for example this will allow you to select between en1 AirPort which is the wireless interface and enO Ethernet which represents the interface with a network cable Note Bridging to a wireless interface is done differently from bridging to a wired in terface because most wireless adapters do not support promiscuous mode All traffic has to use the MAC address of the host s wireless adapter and therefore VirtualBox needs to replace the source MAC address in the Ethernet header of an outgoing packet to make sure the reply will be sent to the host interface When VirtualBox sees an in coming packet with a destination IP address that belongs to one of the virtual machine adapters it replaces the destination MAC address in the Ethernet header with the VM adapter s MAC address and passes it on VirtualBox examines ARP and DHCP packets in order to learn the IP addresses of virtual machines Depending on your host
599. tfrontend default lt name lt uuid vmname gt snapshot lt uuid gt lt name gt mode machine machineandchildren all options lLink keepallmacs keepnatmacs keepdisknames name lt name gt groups lt group gt basefolder lt basefolder gt uuid lt uuid gt 115 import export startvm controlvm 8 VBoxManage register lt ovfname ovaname gt dry run n options keepallmacs keepnatmacs more options run with n to have options displayed for a particular OVF lt machines gt output o lt name gt lt ovf ova gt legacy09 ovf09 ovf10 ovf20 manifest iso vsys lt number of virtual system gt product lt product name gt producturl lt product url gt vendor lt vendor name gt vendorurl lt vendor url gt version lt version info gt description lt description info gt eula lt license text gt eulafile lt filename gt lt uuid vmname gt type gui sdl headless lt uuid vmname gt pause resume reset poweroff savestate acpipowerbutton acpisleepbutton keyboardputscancode lt hex gt lt hex gt setlinkstate lt 1 N gt onJoff nic lt 1 N gt null nat bridged intnet generic natnetwork lt devicename gt nictrace lt
600. th any changes 342 Glossary A ACPI Advanced Configuration and Power Interface an industry specification for BIOS and hard ware extensions to configure PC hardware and perform power management Windows 2000 and higher as well as Linux 2 4 and higher support ACPI Windows can only enable or disable ACPI support at installation time AHCI Advanced Host Controller Interface the interface that supports SATA devices such as hard disks See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI SAS page 79 AMD V The hardware virtualization features built into modern AMD processors See chapter 10 3 Hardware vs software virtualization page 193 API Application Programming Interface APIC Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller a newer version of the original PC PIC programmable interrupt controller Most modern CPUs contain an on chip APIC lo cal APIC Many systems also contain an I O APIC input output APIC as a separate chip which provides more than 16 IRQs Windows 2000 and higher use a different kernel if they detect an I O APIC during installation Therefore an I O APIC must not be removed after installation ATA Advanced Technology Attachment an industry standard for hard disk interfaces synony mous with IDE See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCD SCSI SAS page 79 B BIOS Basic Input Output System the firmware built into most personal computers which is responsible of initializi
601. th the Intel 386 and its 32 bit architecture Whereas the 386 did have limited vir tualization support for real mode operation V86 mode as used by the DOS Box of Windows 3 x and OS 2 2 x no support was provided for virtualizing the entire architecture 194 10 Technical background In theory software virtualization is not overly complex In addition to the four privilege levels rings provided by the hardware of which typically only two are used ring O for kernel mode and ring 3 for user mode one needs to differentiate between host context and guest context In host context everything is as if no hypervisor was active This might be the active mode if another application on your host has been scheduled CPU time in that case there is a host ring 3 mode and a host ring O mode The hypervisor is not involved In guest context however a virtual machine is active So long as the guest code is running in ring 3 this is not much of a problem since a hypervisor can set up the page tables properly and run that code natively on the processor The problems mostly lie in how to intercept what the guest s kernel does There are several possible solutions to these problems One approach is full software emu lation usually involving recompilation That is all code to be run by the guest is analyzed transformed into a form which will not allow the guest to either modify or see the true state of the CPU and onl
602. the Secure Attention Sequence Also the user name given is only compared to the true user name not the user friendly name This means that when you rename a user you still have to supply the original user name internally Windows never renames user accounts 3 Auto logon handling of the built in Windows Remote Desktop Service formerly known as Terminal Services is disabled by default To enable it create the registry key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE Oracle VirtualBox Guest Additions AutoLogon with a DWORD value of 1 The following command forces VirtualBox to keep the credentials after they were read by the guest and on VM reset VBoxManage setextradata Windows XP VBoxInternal Devices VMMDev 0 Config KeepCredentials 1 Note that this is a potential security risk as a malicious application running on the guest could request this information using the proper interface 9 2 2 Automated Linux Unix guest logons Starting with version 3 2 VirtualBox provides a custom PAM module Pluggable Authentication Module which can be used to perform automated guest logons on platforms which support this framework Virtually all modern Linux Unix distributions rely on PAM For automated logons on Ubuntu or Ubuntu derived distributions using LightDM as the dis play manager please see chapter 9 2 2 1 VirtualBox Greeter for Ubuntu LightDM page 159 The pam_vbox so module itself does not do an actual verification of the credentials passed to
603. the VM window To restore the default behavior use VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedStatusBarIndicators 180 9 Advanced topics 9 19 6 Configure VM window visual modes You can disable i e black list certain VM visual modes VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedVisualStates OPTION OPTION where OPTION is one of the following keywords Fullscreen Don t allow to switch the VM into fullscreen mode Seamless Don t allow to switch the VM into seamless mode Scale Don t allow to switch the VM into scale mode This is a per VM setting Any combination of the above is allowed To restore the default behavior use VBoxManage setextradata VM name GUI RestrictedVisualStates 9 19 7 Host Key customization To disable all host key combinations open the preferences and change the host key to None This might be useful when using VirtualBox in a kiosk mode To redefine or disable certain host key actions use the following command VBoxManage setextradata global GUI Input MachineShortcuts FullscreenMode F The following list shows the possible host key actions together with their default host key shortcut Setting an action to None will disable that host key action Action Default Key Action TakeSnapshot T take a snapshot TakeScreenshot E take a screenshot MouseIntegration I toggle mouse integration TypeCAD
604. the file directory is created If not specified the platform specific temp directory is used mode lt mode gt Sets the permission mode of the specified directory Only octal modes e g 0755 are supported right now verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose list which lists various guest control information such as open guest sessions guest processes and guest files VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt list lt all sessions processes files gt verbose where the parameters mean 147 8 VBoxManage uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory all sessions processes files Whether to list guest sessions guest processes guest files or all information available Mandatory verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose process kill which terminates specific guest processes of a guest session based on ei ther the session s ID or the session s name VBoxManage guestcontrol lt uuid vmname gt process kill session id lt ID gt session name lt name or pattern gt verbose lt PID gt lt PID n gt where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM name Mandatory session id Specifies the guest session to use by its ID session name Specifies the guest session to use by its name Multiple sessions can be closed when specifying or wildcards verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose lt PID gt lt PID n gt List of process identifiers PIDs to terminat
605. the filter a name for referencing it later and specify the filter criteria The more criteria you specify the more precisely devices will be selected For instance if you specify only a vendor ID of 046d all devices produced by Logitech will be available to the guest If you fill in all fields on the other hand the filter will only apply to a particular device model from a particular vendor and not even to other devices of the same type with a different revision and serial number In detail the following criteria are available 1 Vendor and product ID With USB each vendor of USB products carries an identification number that is unique world wide the vendor ID Similarly each line of products is assigned a product ID number Both numbers are commonly written in hexadecimal that is they are composed of the numbers 0 9 and the letters A F and a colon separates the vendor from the product ID For example 046d c016 stands for Logitech as a vendor and the M UV69a Optical Wheel Mouse product Alternatively you can also specify Manufacturer and Product by name To list all the USB devices that are connected to your host machine with their respective vendor and product IDs you can use the following command see chapter 8 VBoxManage page 112 VBoxManage list usbhost On Windows you can also see all USB devices that are attached to your system in the Device Manager On Linux you can use the 1susb comma
606. the following situations require special handling 195 10 Technical background 1 Running ring O code in ring 1 causes a lot of additional instruction faults as ring 1 is not allowed to execute any privileged instructions of which guest s ring 0 contains plenty With each of these faults the VMM must step in and emulate the code to achieve the desired behavior While this works emulating thousands of these faults is very expensive and severely hurts the performance of the virtualized guest 2 There are certain flaws in the implementation of ring 1 in the x86 architecture that were never fixed Certain instructions that should trap in ring 1 don t This affect for example the LGDT SGDT LIDT SIDT or POPF PUSHF instruction pairs Whereas the load operation is privileged and can therefore be trapped the store instruction always succeed If the guest is allowed to execute these it will see the true state of the CPU not the virtualized state The CPUID instruction also has the same problem 3 A hypervisor typically needs to reserve some portion of the guest s address space both linear address space and selectors for its own use This is not entirely transparent to the guest OS and may cause clashes 4 The SYSENTER instruction used for system calls executed by an application running in a guest OS always transitions to ring 0 But that is where the hypervisor runs not the guest OS In this case the hypervisor must t
607. the guest OS instead it relies on other modules such as pam_unix so or pam_unix2 so down in the PAM stack to do the actual validation using the credentials retrieved by pam_vbox so Therefore pam_vbox so has to be on top of the authentication PAM service list Note The pam_vbox so only supports the auth primitive Other primitives such as account session or password are not supported The pam_vbox so module is shipped as part of the Guest Additions but it is not installed and or activated on the guest OS by default In order to install it it has to be copied from opt VBoxGuestAdditions lt version gt lib VBoxGuestAdditions to the security modules directory usually lib security on 32 bit guest Linuxes or lib64 security on 64 bit ones Please refer to your guest OS documentation for the correct PAM module directory For example to use pam_vbox so with a Ubuntu Linux guest OS and GDM the GNOME Desktop Manager to logon users automatically with the credentials passed by the host the guest OS has to be configured like the following 157 1 9 Advanced topics The pam_vbox so module has to be copied to the security modules directory in this case it is lib security Edit the PAM configuration file for GDM found at etc pam d gdm adding the line auth requisite pam_vbox so at the top Additionaly in most Linux distributions there is a file called etc pam d common auth This file is included in many other services
608. the notices in the Source Code files of the Original code You should use the text of this Exhibit A rather than the text found in the Original Code Source Code for Your Modifications EXHIBIT B Part of the software embedded in this product is gSOAP software Portions created by gSOAP are Copyright C 2001 2004 Robert A van Engelen Genivia inc All Rights Reserved THE SOFTWARE IN THIS PRODUCT WAS IN PART PROVIDED BY GENIVIA INC AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCURE MENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSI NESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARIS ING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBIL ITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 16 2 15 Chromium licenses 16 2 15 1 Main license Copyright c 2002 Stanford University All rights reserved Some portions of Chromium are copyrighted by individiual organizations Please see the files COPYRIGHT LLNL and COPYRIGHT REDHAT for more information Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided
609. the size and count of the attached disk images Also keep in mind that every snapshot has differencing disk images attached which need to be cloned as well The Clone menu item is disabled while a machine is running For how to clone a VM at the command line please see chapter 8 9 VBoxManage clonevm page 130 1 14 Importing and exporting virtual machines VirtualBox can import and export virtual machines in the industry standard Open Virtualization Format OVF SOVF support was originally introduced with VirtualBox 2 2 and has seen major improvements with every version since 30 1 First steps OVF is a cross platform standard supported by many virtualization products which allows for creating ready made virtual machines that can then be imported into a virtualizer such as VirtualBox VirtualBox makes OVF import and export easy to access and supports it from the Manager window as well as its command line interface This allows for packaging so called virtual appliances disk images together with configuration settings that can be distributed easily This way one can offer complete ready to use software packages operating systems with applications that need no configuration or installation except for importing into VirtualBox Known limitations page 220 Note The OVF standard is complex and support in VirtualBox is an ongoing process In particular no guarantee is made that VirtualBox supports all appliances creat
610. the snapshot was taken The memory state file can be as large as the memory size of the virtual machine and will therefore occupy quite some disk space as well 1 11 Virtual machine configuration When you select a virtual machine from the list in the Manager window you will see a summary of that machine s settings on the right Clicking on the Settings button in the toolbar at the top brings up a detailed window where you can configure many of the properties of the selected VM But be careful even though it is possible to change all VM settings after installing a guest operating system certain changes might prevent a guest operating system from functioning correctly if done after installation Note The Settings button is disabled while a VM is either in the running or saved state This is simply because the settings dialog allows you to change fundamental characteristics of the virtual computer that is created for your guest operating system and this operating system may not take it well when for example half of its memory is taken away from under its feet As a result if the Settings button is disabled shut down the current VM first VirtualBox provides a plethora of parameters that can be changed for a virtual machine The various settings that can be changed in the Settings window are described in detail in chapter 3 Configuring virtual machines page 44 Even more parameters are availab
611. ting system remotely in the RDP viewer 105 7 Remote virtual machines 7 1 4 Remote USB As a special feature on top of the VRDP support VirtualBox supports remote USB devices over the wire as well That is the VirtualBox guest that runs on one computer can access the USB devices of the remote computer on which the VRDP data is being displayed the same way as USB devices that are connected to the actual host This allows for running virtual machines on a VirtualBox host that acts as a server where a client can connect from elsewhere that needs only a network adapter and a display capable of running an RDP viewer When USB devices are plugged into the client the remote VirtualBox server can access them For these remote USB devices the same filter rules apply as for other USB devices as described with chapter 3 10 1 USB settings page 55 All you have to do is specify Remote or Any when setting up these rules Accessing remote USB devices is only possible if the RDP client supports this extension On Linux and Solaris hosts the VirtualBox installation provides a suitable VRDP client called rdesktop vrdp Recent versions of uttsc a client tailored for the use with Sun Ray thin clients also support accessing remote USB devices RDP clients for other platforms will be provided in future VirtualBox versions To make a remote USB device available to a VM rdesktop vrdp should be started as follows rdesktop vrdp r usb a 16
612. tion about a virtual hard disk image notably its size its size on disk its type and the virtual machines which use it Note For compatibility with earlier versions of VirtualBox the showvdiinfo com mand is also supported and mapped internally to the showhdinfo command The disk image must be specified either by its UUID if the medium is registered or by its filename Registered images can be listed by VBoxManage list hdds see chapter 8 4 VBox Manage list page 120 for more information A filename must be specified as valid path either as an absolute path or as a relative path starting from the current directory 138 8 VBoxManage 8 22 VBoxManage createhd This command creates a new virtual hard disk image The syntax is as follows VBoxManage createhd filename lt filename gt size lt megabytes gt format VDI VMDK VHD default VDI variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX where the parameters mean filename Allows to choose a file name Mandatory size Allows to define the image capacity in 1 MiB units Mandatory format Allows to choose a file format for the output file different from the file format of the input file variant Allows to choose a file format variant for the output file It is a comma separated list of variant flags Not all combinations are supported and specifying inconsistent flags will result in an error message Note For compatibility with earlier ver
613. tion and properly install the Additions After installation reboot your guest operating system to activate the Additions 4 2 1 2 Updating the Windows Guest Additions Windows Guest Additions can be updated by running the installation program again as previ ously described This will then replace the previous Additions drivers with updated versions Alternatively you may also open the Windows Device Manager and select Update driver for two devices 1 the VirtualBox Graphics Adapter and 2 the VirtualBox System Device For each choose to provide your own driver and use Have Disk to point the wizard to the CD ROM drive with the Guest Additions 4 2 1 3 Unattended Installation As a prerequiste for performing an unattended installation of the VirtualBox Guest Additions on a Windows guest there need to be Oracle CA Certificate Authority certificates installed in order to prevent user intervention popus which will undermine a silent installation Note On some Windows versions like Windows 2000 and Windows XP the user in tervention popups mentioned above always will be displayed even after importing the Oracle certificates Since VirtualBox 4 2 installing those CA certificates on a Windows guest can be done in an automated fashion using the VBoxCertUtil exe utility found on the Guest Additions installation CD in the cert folder e Log in as Administrator on the guest e Mount the VirtualBox Guest Addit
614. tion is upgrading to at least Solaris 10 5 08 S10U5 Alternative solutions include forcing Solaris to always boot the 32 bit kernel or applying a patch for bug 6574102 while Solaris is using the 32 bit kernel 12 6 Windows hosts 12 6 1 VBoxSVC out of process COM server issues VirtualBox makes use of the Microsoft Component Object Model COM for inter and intra process communication This allows VirtualBox to share a common configuration among dif ferent virtual machine processes and provide several user interface options based on a com mon architecture All global status information and configuration is maintained by the process VBoxSVC exe which is an out of process COM server Whenever a VirtualBox process is started it requests access to the COM server and Windows automatically starts the process Note that it should never be started by the end user When the last process disconnects from the COM server it will terminate itself after some seconds The VirtualBox configuration XML files is maintained and owned by the COM server and the files are locked whenever the server runs In some cases such as when a virtual machine is terminated unexpectedly the COM server will not notice that the client is disconnected and stay active for a longer period 10 minutes or so keeping the configuration files locked In other rare cases the COM server might experience an internal error and subsequently other processes fail to initialize
615. tions in four separate chapters for Windows Mac OS X Linux and Solaris respec tively 2 1 Installing on Windows hosts 2 1 1 Prerequisites For the various versions of Windows that we support as host operating systems please refer to chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 15 In addition Windows Installer 1 1 or higher must be present on your system This should be the case if you have all recent Windows updates installed 2 1 2 Performing the installation The VirtualBox installation can be started e either by double clicking on its executable file contains both 32 and 64 bit architectures e or by entering VirtualBox exe extract on the command line This will extract both installers into a temporary directory in which you ll then find the usual MSI files Then you can do a msiexec i VirtualBox lt version gt MultiArch_ lt x86 amd64 gt msi to perform the installation In either case this will display the installation welcome dialog and allow you to choose where to install VirtualBox to and which components to install In addition to the VirtualBox applica tion the following components are available USB support This package contains special drivers for your Windows host that VirtualBox re quires to fully support USB devices inside your virtual machines Networking This package contains extra networking drivers for your Windows host that VirtualBox needs to support Bridged Networking to make your
616. tly without the extra overhead that is required for virtu alizing hard disks in container files For details see chapter 5 10 iSCSI servers page 90 PXE Network boot The integrated virtual network cards of VirtualBox fully support remote booting via the Preboot Execution Environment PXE Multigeneration branched snapshots VirtualBox can save arbitrary snapshots of the state of the virtual machine You can go back in time and revert the virtual machine to any such snapshot and start an alternative VM configuration from there effectively creating a whole snapshot tree For details see chapter 1 10 Snapshots page 26 You can create and delete snapshots while the virtual machine is running VM groups VirtualBox provides a groups feature that enables the user to organize virtual machines collectively as well as individually In addition to basic groups it is also possible for any VM to be in more than one group and for groups to be nested in a hierarchy i e groups of groups In general the operations that can be performed on groups are the same as those that can be applied to individual VMs i e Start Pause Reset Close Save state Send Shutdown Poweroff Discard Saved State Show in fileSystem Sort Clean architecture unprecedented modularity VirtualBox has an extremely modular design with well defined internal programming interfaces and a clean separation of client and server code This makes it easy to control it from
617. to 256 host cores except Windows hosts bug 8489 VMM fixed guru meditation for PAE guests running on hosts without PAE bug 8006 VMM fixed slow Linux guests with raw mode and recent guest kernels bug 8726 GUI support host key combinations bug 979 GUI fixed progress indicator bug 7814 GUI show the mouse pointer while the VM is paused if the USB tablet mouse emulation is used bug 6799 GUI adapt the snapshot folder as well when renaming a VM bug 8469 GUI persistently remember the last folders of the disk DVD floppy selectors GUI never allow to start a VM with USB 2 0 activated if the proper extension pack is missing bug 8182 GUI fixed hang crash when opening a file dialog in an non existing folder bug 8673 Snapshots fixed a bug which could lose entries in the media registry when restoring a snapshot bug 8363 Snapshots allow snapshots to be stored in the VM directory 3D support fixed a crash if a VM was forced to terminate Windows hosts only bug 7133 Storage fixed memory leak 4 0 regression bug 7966 Storage fixed access to iSCSI targets over internal network 251 15 Change log Storage fixed reading from disks with more than one snapshot for VHD and VMDK images with disabled host cache bug 8408 Storage fixed a possible hang during VM suspend after an I O error occurred Storage fixed a possible hang during VM suspend reset bug 8276 8294 Storage automatically create a
618. to set them all up you can install the Guest Additions using the following command sh VBoxLinuxAdditions run no_setup After this you will need to at least compile the kernel modules by running the command usr lib VBoxGuestAdditions vboxadd setup as root you will need to replace lib by lib64 on some 64bit guests and on older guests without the udev service you will need to add the vboxadd service to the default runlevel to ensure that the modules get loaded To setup the time synchronization service run the command usr lib VBoxGuestAdditions vboxadd service setup and add the service vboxadd service to the default runlevel To set up the X11 and OpenGL part of the Guest Additions run the command usr lib VBoxGuestAdditions vboxadd x11 setup you do not need to enable any services for this To recompile the guest kernel modules use this command usr lib VBoxGuestAdditions vboxadd setup After compilation you should reboot your guest to ensure that the new modules are actually used 9 4 2 Guest graphics and mouse driver setup in depth This section assumes that you are familiar with configuring the X Org server using xorg conf and optionally the newer mechanisms using hal or udev and xorg conf d If not you can learn about them by studying the documentation which comes with X Org The VirtualBox Guest Additions come with drivers for X Org versions e X11R6 8 X11R6 9 and XFree86 version 4 3 vboxvideo_drv_68 0 and vboxm
619. to start setting the time instead of trying to smoothly adjust it The default is 20 minutes timesync set start Set the time when starting the time sync service timesync set on restore 0 1 Set the time after the VM was restored from a saved state when passing 1 as parameter default Disable by passing O In the latter case the time will be adjusted smoothly which can take a long time All these parameters can be specified as command line parameters to VBoxService as well 9 14 4 Disabling the Guest Additions time synchronization Once installed and started the VirtualBox Guest Additions will try to synchronize the guest time with the host time This can be prevented by forbidding the guest service from reading the host clock VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices VMMDev 0 Config GetHostTimeDisabled 1 9 15 Installing the alternate bridged networking driver on Solaris 11 hosts Starting with VirtualBox 4 1 VirtualBox ships a new network filter driver that utilizes Solaris 11 s Crossbow functionality By default this new driver is installed for Solaris 11 hosts builds 159 and above that has support for it To force installation of the older STREAMS based network filter driver execute as root the following command before installing the VirtualBox package touch etc vboxinst_vboxflt To force installation of the Crossbow based network filter driver execute as root the following command before installing t
620. troduction te networking modes lt s sos 5264444 bee oa eee eH 6 3 Network Address Translation NAT 6 3 1 Configuring port forwarding with NAT 6 3 2 PXE booting with NAT o e e Br NACIDAS 20222085 se O 4 6 4 Network Address Translation Service experimental GS Bridged networking ea ee ee a a e e a GG Internal networking 6 660555 e see ida be ee ees 6 7 Hostonly networking es cscs se seraa RR a a ee 6 8 UDP Tunnel networking 2 020406 666 8 oO See ee eee was 4 GO VDE networking eo oroso riot 444 ea8 do OH YD eee eee Baas 6 10 Limiting bandwidth for network VO lt e o noo ee ceso ooo ee eee 6 11 Improving network performance o o o Remote virtual machines 7 1 Remote display VRDP SUpport ccc es ee eee aR cam e di i ea 7 1 1 Common third party RDP viewers o 7 1 2 VBoxHeadless the remote desktop server o 7 1 3 Step by step creating a virtual machine on a headless server FAA Remote USB ioe eel a a E a e 7 8 RDP authentication s ss scce cs ve 4 ee eee ews we eRe hes LLO RDPencoyption sssr 2 ee ko aaa OEE Eee aa ae 7 1 7 Multiple connections to the VRDP server 0 71 8 Multiple remote moniter iveco tara aa 719 VROP video redirechon e oc oc coc nb ee ee Re ee ee 71 10 VRDP GUETONUZA ION e e ooo ee aa Pewee REE Es Fo TSlEPOTAS co sr ra cd E G VBoxManage
621. ts of the virtual machine s virtual hard disks can be quickly reset by simply dropping the pre existing differencing files The take operation takes a snapshot of the current state of the virtual machine You must supply a name for the snapshot and can optionally supply a description The new snapshot is inserted into the snapshots tree as a child of the current snapshot and then becomes the new current snapshot The description parameter allows to describe the snapshot If live is specified the VM will not be stopped during the snapshot creation live smapshotting The delete operation deletes a snapshot specified by name or by UUID This can take a while to finish since the differencing images associated with the snapshot might need to be merged with their child differencing images The restore operation will restore the given snapshot specified by name or by UUID by resetting the virtual machine s settings and current state to that of the snapshot The previous current state of the machine will be lost After this the given snapshot becomes the new current snapshot so that subsequent snapshots are inserted under the snapshot from which was restored The restorecurrent operation is a shortcut to restore the current snapshot i e the snapshot from which the current state is derived This subcommand is equivalent to using the restore subcommand with the name or UUID of the current snapshot except that it avoids the extra step
622. ttings virtualbox virtualbox module compilation allowed boolean true virtualbox virtualbox delete old modules boolean true The first line allows compilation of the vboxdrv kernel module if no module was found for the current kernel The second line allows the package to delete any old vboxdrv kernel modules compiled by previous installations These default settings can be applied with debconf set selections vboxconf prior to the installation of the VirtualBox Debian package In addition there are some common configuration options that can be set prior to the installa tion described in chapter 2 3 3 7 Automatic installation options page 41 40 2 Installation details 2 3 3 6 Automatic installation of rpm packages The rpm format does not provide a configuration system comparable to the debconf system See chapter 2 3 3 7 Automatic installation options page 41 for how to set some common installation options provided by VirtualBox 2 3 3 7 Automatic installation options To configure the installation process of our deb and rpm packages you can create a response file named etc default virtualbox The automatic generation of the udev rule can be pre vented by the following setting INSTALL_NO_UDEV 1 The creation of the group vboxusers can be prevented by INSTALL_NO_GROUP 1 If the line INSTALL_NO_VBOXDRV 1 is specified the package installer will not try to build the vboxdrv kernel module if no module fitting th
623. twork modify t nat int network p delete ssh It s possible to bind NAT service to specified interface VBoxManage setextradata global NAT win nat test 0 SourceIp4 192 168 1 185 To see the list of registered NAT networks use VBoxManage list natnetworks 95 6 Virtual networking 6 5 Bridged networking With bridged networking VirtualBox uses a device driver on your host system that filters data from your physical network adapter This driver is therefore called a net filter driver This allows VirtualBox to intercept data from the physical network and inject data into it effectively creating a new network interface in software When a guest is using such a new software inter face it looks to the host system as though the guest were physically connected to the interface using a network cable the host can send data to the guest through that interface and receive data from it This means that you can set up routing or bridging between the guest and the rest of your network For this to work VirtualBox needs a device driver on your host system The way bridged net working works has been completely rewritten with VirtualBox 2 0 and 2 1 depending on the host operating system From the user perspective the main difference is that complex configuration is no longer necessary on any of the supported host operating systems Note Even though TAP is no longer necessary on Linux with bridged networking you can still use TAP in
624. u must include a prominent statement that the Modification is derived directly or indirectly from Original Code provided by the Initial Developer and including the name of the Initial Developer in a the Source Code and b in any notice in an Executable version or related documentation in which You describe the origin or ownership of the Covered Code 3 4 Intellectual Property Matters a Third Party Claims If Contributor has knowledge that a license under a third party s in tellectual property rights is required to exercise the rights granted by such Contributor under Sections 2 1 or 2 2 Contributor must include a text file with the Source Code distribution titled LEGAL which describes the claim and the party making the claim in sufficient detail that a re cipient will know whom to contact If Contributor obtains such knowledge after the Modification is made available as described in Section 3 2 Contributor shall promptly modify the LEGAL file in all copies Contributor makes available thereafter and shall take other steps such as notifying appropriate mailing lists or newsgroups reasonably calculated to inform those who received the Covered Code that new knowledge has been obtained b Contributor APIs If Contributor s Modifications include an application programming in terface and Contributor has knowledge of patent licenses which are reasonably necessary to implement that API Contributor must also include this information in the
625. ualBox Note This feature must not be absent since it contains the minimum set of files to have working VirtualBox installation VBoxUSB USB support VBoxNetwork All networking support includes the VBoxNetworkFlt and VBoxNetworkAdp fea tures see below VBoxNetworkFlt Bridged networking support VBoxNetworkAdp Host only networking support VBoxPython Python support For example to only install USB support along with the main binaries do a VirtualBox exe msiparams ADDLOCAL VBoxApplication VBoxUSB or msiexec i VirtualBox lt version gt MultiArch_ lt x86 amd64 gt msi ADDLOCAL VBoxApplication VBoxUSB 2 1 3 Uninstallation As VirtualBox uses the standard Microsoft Windows installer VirtualBox can be safely uninstalled at any time by choosing the program entry in the Add Remove Programs applet in the Windows Control Panel 2 1 4 Unattended installation Unattended installations can be performed using the standard MSI support 35 2 Installation details 2 2 Installing on Mac OS X hosts 2 2 1 Performing the installation For Mac OS X hosts VirtualBox ships in a disk image dmg file Perform the following steps 1 Double click on that file to have its contents mounted 2 A window will open telling you to double click on the VirtualBox mpkg installer file displayed in that window 3 This will start the installer which will allow you to select where to install VirtualBox to After installatio
626. ualBox select File gt Export appliance A different dialog window shows up that allows you to combine several virtual machines into an OVF appliance Then select the target location where the target files should be stored and the conversion process begins This can again take a while For how to export an image at the command line please see chapter 8 11 VBoxManage export page 131 Note OVF cannot describe snapshots that were taken for a virtual machine As a result when you export a virtual machine that has snapshots only the current state of the machine will be exported and the disk images in the export will have a flattened state identical to the current state of the virtual machine 1 15 Global Settings The global settings dialog can be reached through the File menu selecting the Preferences item It offers a selection of settings which apply to all virtual machines of the current user or in the case of Extensions to the entire system 1 General Enables the user to specify the default folder directory for VM files and the VRDP Authentication Library 2 Input Enables the user to specify the Host Key It identifies the key that toggles whether the cursor is in the focus of the VM or the Host operating system windows see chapter 1 8 2 Capturing and releasing keyboard and mouse page 22 and which is also used to trigger certain VM actions see chapter 1 8 3 Typing special characters page 23
627. ualBox this type of access is called raw hard disk access it allows a guest oper ating system to access its virtual hard disk without going through the host OS file system The actual performance difference for image files vs raw disk varies greatly depending on the over head of the host file system whether dynamically growing images are used and on host OS caching strategies The caching indirectly also affects other aspects such as failure behavior i e whether the virtual disk contains all data written before a host OS crash Consult your host OS documentation for details on this 166 9 Advanced topics Warning Raw hard disk access is for expert users only Incorrect use or use of an outdated configuration can lead to total loss of data on the physical disk Most impor tantly do not attempt to boot the partition with the currently running host operating system in a guest This will lead to severe data corruption Raw hard disk access both for entire disks and individual partitions is implemented as part of the VMDK image format support As a result you will need to create a special VMDK image file which defines where the data will be stored After creating such a special VMDK image you can use it like a regular virtual disk image For example you can use the VirtualBox Manager chapter 5 3 The Virtual Media Manager page 82 or VBoxManage to assign the image to a virtual machine 9 9 1 1 Access to entire
628. ualBox will be used if it exists for com patibility with earlier versions on Windows and on Linux and Solaris with VirtualBox 4 2 and earlier this is in HOME VirtualBox on a Mac it resides in HOME Library VirtualBox VirtualBox creates this configuration directory automatically if necessary Optionally you can supply an alternate configuration directory by setting the VBOX_USER_HOME environment vari able or additionally on Linux or Solaris by using the standard XDG_CONFIG_HOME variable Since the global VirtualBox xml settings file points to all other configuration files this allows for switching between several VirtualBox configurations entirely Most importantly in this directory VirtualBox stores its global settings file another XML file called VirtualBox xml This includes global configuration options and the list of registered virtual machines with pointers to their XML settings files Neither the location of this file nor its directory has changed with VirtualBox 4 0 Before VirtualBox 4 0 all virtual media disk image files were also contained in a global registry in this settings file For compatibility this media registry still exists if you upgrade VirtualBox and there are media from machines which were created with a version before 4 0 If you have no such machines then there will be no global media registry with VirtualBox 4 0 each machine XML file has its own media registry Also before VirtualBox 4 0 the default
629. ub fields The registers names are case insensitive When requesting a CPU register the register set can be omitted it will be selected using the value of the cpu option defaulting to 0 The setregisters command is used to change CPU and device registers The command takes a list of register assignments each having one of the following forms register set register name sub field value register set register name value Cpu register name sub field value cpu register name value 150 8 VBoxManage The value format should be in the same style as what getregisters displays with the ex ception that both octal and decimal can be used instead of hexadecimal The register nam ing and the default CPU register set are handled the same way as with the getregisters command e The statistics command can be used to display VMM statistics on the command line The reset option will reset statistics The affected statistics can be filtered with the pattern option which accepts DOS NT style wildcards and 8 33 VBoxManage metrics This command supports monitoring the usage of system resources Resources are represented by various metrics associated with the host system or a particular VM For example the host system has a CPU Load User metric that shows the percentage of time CPUs spend executing in user mode over a specific sampling period Metric data is collected and retained internally it may be retrieved at any time
630. uble backslashes in the second example are only required on Unix hosts Note For certain commands a user name of an existing user account on the guest must be specified anonymous executions are not supported for security reasons A user account password however is optional and depends on the guest s OS security policy or rules If no password is specified for a given user name an empty password will be used On certain OSes like Windows the security policy may needs to be adjusted in order to allow user accounts with an empty password set Also global domain rules might apply and therefore cannot be changed 145 8 VBoxManage Starting at VirtualBox 4 1 2 guest process execution by default is limited to serve up to 5 guest processes at a time If a new guest process gets started which would exceed this limit the oldest not running guest process will be discarded in order to be able to run that new process Also retrieving output from this old guest process will not be possible anymore then If all 5 guest processes are still active and running starting a new guest process will result in an appropriate error message To raise or lower the guest process execution limit either the guest property VirtualBox GuestAdd VBoxService control procs max kept or VBoxService command line by specifying control procs max kept needs to be modified A restart of the guest OS is required afterwards To serve unlimited guest processes
631. uest related fix for V86 flags bug 2342 fixed guru meditation when booting an AsteriskNow Linux VM bug 2342 fixed PGMPOOLKIND FREE guru meditation bugs 3356 3431 fixed Windows XP boot hang guest PAE nested paging only allow mixing of VI x AMD V and software virtualization fixed extremely slow safe mode booting in e g Windows 2008 VT x AMD V only significant speedup of certain GRUB boot loaders e g Solaris VI x AMD V only real mode IOPL fix for DOS guests VT x only 290 15 Change log VMM fixed VT x detection with certain BIOSes that enable VT x but don t set the lock bit in MSR_JA32_ FEATURE CONTROL VMM fixed hibernation issues on Windows XP hosts VT x only bug 1794 VMM properly emulate RDMSR from the TSC MSR should fix some NetBSD guests VMM emulate RDPMC fixes Windows guests crashes when using the Kaspersky virus scan ner bug 1778 NAT fixed truncated downloads FTP bug 3257 NAT blocked UDP packets caused a crash bug 3426 NAT allow to configure the next server and the boot file via VBoxManage bug 2759 IDE fixed hard disk upgrade from XML 1 2 settings bug 1518 Hard disk support more VMDK file variants including fixed size ESX server images Hard disks refuse to start the VM if a disk image is not writable USB further reduced host CPU utilization for OHCI and EHCI the VBoxInternal Devices usb ohci 0 Config FrameRate CFG key is no longer necessary and no longer su
632. ug 11899 Mac OS X hosts after removing VirtualBox with VirtualBox_Uninstall tool remove it from the pkgutil pkgs list as well 226 15 Change log 15 4 Version 4 2 14 2013 06 21 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM another TLB invalidation fix for non present pages VMM fixed a performance regression 4 2 8 regression bug 11674 GUI fixed a crash on shutdown GUI prevent stuck keys under certain conditions on Windows hosts bugs 2613 6171 VRDP fixed a rare crash on the guest screen resize VRDP allow to change VRDP parameters including enabling disabling the server if the VM is paused USB fixed passing through devices on Mac OS X host to a VM with 2 or more virtual CPUs bug 7462 USB fixed hang during isochronous transfer with certain devices 4 1 regression Windows hosts only bug 11839 USB properly handle orphaned URBs bug 11207 BIOS fixed function for returning the PCI interrupt routing table fixes NetWare 6 x guests BIOS don t use the ENTER LEAVE instructions in the BIOS as these don t work in the real mode as set up by certain guests e g Plan 9 and QNX 4 DMI allow to configure DmiChassisType bug 11832 Storage fixed lost writes if iSCSI is used with snapshots and asynchronous I O bug 11479 Storage fixed accessing certain VHDX images created by Windows 8 bug 11502 Storage fixed hang when creating a snapshot using Parallels
633. ule can be active at any time The following command switches to the VNC VRDE module in VNC VBoxManage setproperty vrdeextpack VNC Configuring the remote access works very similarly to VRDP see chapter 7 1 Remote display VRDP support page 102 with some limitations VNC does not support specifying several port numbers and the authentication is done differently VNC can only deal with password authentication and there is no option to use password hashes This leaves no other choice than having a clear text password in the VM configuration which can be set with the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdeproperty VNCPassword secret The user is responsible for keeping this password secret and it should be removed when a VM configuration is passed to another person for whatever purpose Some VNC servers claim to have encrypted passwords in the configuration This is not true encryption it is only concealing the passwords which is exactly as secure as clear text passwords The following command switches back to VRDP if installed VBoxManage setproperty vrdeextpack Oracle VM VirtualBox Extension Pack 9 23 Starting virtual machines during system boot Starting with VirtualBox 4 2 0 it is possible to start VMs automatically during system boot on Linux Solaris and Mac OS X for all users 9 23 1 Linux starting the autostart service via init On Linux the autostart service is activated by setting two variable
634. ult handling with certain legacy guests bug 9042 NAT fixed a socket leak under certain conditions Storage better sanity check against reading beyond end of file Audio fixed a crash in the NUL audio backend bug 10374 4 1 10 regression HGCM fixed a crash during savestate under rare circumstances 238 15 Change log Metrics fixed an occasional crash during VM shutdown if host RAM VMM metrics are enabled VBoxSVC several locking fixes VBoxManage return the correct error code if controlvm savestate failed bug 10134 Guest Additions VBoxService should not crash on exit bug 10326 4 1 10 regression Windows Additions set the correct time stamp when a file is closed bug 6473 Windows Additions better help if the DirectX backups are not properly installed Linux Additions Linux 3 4 rc1 compile fixes 15 16 Version 4 1 10 2012 03 13 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added GUI if 3D support on the host is not available for some reason do not only disable this VM setting but also uncheck the checkbox VMM fixed a potential problem causing to schedule interrupts during SYSEXIT right after STI VMM fixed a potential guest memory corruption issue with page fusion VMM adjusted the module matching algorithm for page fusion a little generally resulting in slightly more shared pages Main host interfaces no longer have defaults for IP address and network mask attributes Main don
635. ultiple host only network interfaces on Solaris hosts Configuring the VirtualBox CoreDumper on Solaris hosts Locking down the VirtualBox manager GUI ooo 9 19 1 Customizing the VM manager o sos o o 9 19 2 VM selector customization o e e 9 19 3 Configure VM selector menu entries o o 9 19 4 Configure VM window menu entries o o 9 19 5 Configure VM window status bar entries 9 19 6 Configure VM window visual modes o 9 19 7 Host Key customization e ici e oscar a ace 9 19 8 Action when terminating the VM 2 000 Starting the VirtualBox web service automatically 9 20 1 Linux starting the webservice Via init 9 20 2 Solaris starting the web service via SMF 9 20 3 Mac OS X starting the webservice via launchd VirtualBox Watchdog ooo ou ee ee ee ee ee eee 9 21 1 Memory ballooning control 0 ca caw a e a a ee ee 9 21 2 Host isolation detection 5 60 60 a recevi ee ea ee tnai 9 21 3 More information lt scs eac 204440408644 084444944044 9 21 4 Linux starting the watchdog service via init 9 21 5 Solaris starting the watchdog service via SMF Other extension parks eo es es hae ee pa ee Re eee ee eo Starting virtual machines during system boot 00 9 23 1 Linux
636. ur Windows guest open Windows Ex plorer and look for it under My Networking Places gt Entire Network gt VirtualBox Shared Folders By right clicking on a shared folder and selecting Map network drive from the menu that pops up you can assign a drive letter to that shared folder Alternatively on the Windows command line use the following net use x vboxsvr sharename While vboxsvr is a fixed name note that vboxsrv would also work replace x with the drive letter that you want to use for the share and sharename with the share name specified with VBoxManage In a Linux guest use the following command mount t vboxsf o OPTIONS sharename mountpoint To mount a shared folder during boot add the following entry to etc fstab sharename mountpoint vboxsf defaults 0 0 In a Solaris guest use the following command mount F vboxfs o OPTIONS sharename mountpoint Replace sharename use lowercase with the share name specified with VBoxManage or the GUI and mountpoint with the path where you want the share to be mounted on the guest e g mnt share The usual mount rules apply that is create this directory first if it does not exist yet Here is an example of mounting the shared folder for the user jack on Solaris 70 4 Guest Additions id uid 5000 jack gid 1 other mkdir export home jack mount pfexec mount F vboxfs o uid 5000 gid 1 jackshare export home jack m
637. ure shared folders in each virtual machine s Settings dialog e From the command line you can create shared folders using VBoxManage as follows VBoxManage sharedfolder add VM name name sharename hostpath C test See chapter 8 29 VBoxManage sharedfolder add remove page 143 for details There are two types of shares 1 VM shares which are only available to the VM for which they have been defined 2 transient VM shares which can be added and removed at runtime and do not persist after a VM has stopped for these add the transient option to the above command line Shared folders have read write access to the files at the host path by default To restrict the guest to have read only access create a read only shared folder This can either be achieved using the GUI or by appending the parameter readonly when creating the shared folder with VBoxManage Starting with version 4 0 VirtualBox shared folders also support symbolic links symlinks under the following conditions 1 The host operating system must support symlinks i e a Mac Linux or Solaris host is required 2 Currently only Linux and Solaris Guest Additions support symlinks 4 3 1 Manual mounting You can mount the shared folder from inside a VM the same way as you would mount an ordinary network share e In a Windows guest shared folders are browseable and therefore visible in Windows Ex plorer So to attach the host s shared folder to yo
638. use integration for OpenSolaris 2009 06 bug 4365 Windows hosts fixed high CPU usage after resuming the host bug 2978 Fixed a settings file conversion bug which sometimes caused hardware acceleration to be enabled for virtual machines that had no explicit configuration in the XML 15 48 Version 3 0 0 2009 06 30 This version is a major update The following major new features were added Guest SMP with up to 32 virtual CPUs VT x and AMD V only see chapter 3 4 2 Processor tab page 50 Windows guests ability to use Direct3D 8 9 applications games experimental see chap ter 4 4 1 Hardware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 page 72 Support for OpenGL 2 0 for Windows Linux and Solaris guests In addition the following items were fixed and or added Solaris hosts allow suspend resume on the host when a VM is running bug 3826 Solaris hosts loosen the restriction for contiguous physical memory under certain condi tions Mac OS X hosts fixed guest PAE Linux hosts kernel module compile fixes for 2 6 31 bug 4264 VMM fixed occasional guru meditation when loading a saved state VT x only VMM eliminated IO APIC overhead with 32 bits guests VT x only some Intel CPUs don t support this feature most do bug 638 VMM fixed 64 bits CentOS guest hangs during early boot AMD V only bug 3927 VMM performance improvements for certain PAE guests e g Linux 2 6 29 kernels VMM some Windows guests de
639. ustom video mode can be set using the video mode hint feature 9 8 2 Configuring the maximum resolution of guests when using the graphical frontend When guest systems with the Guest Additions installed are started using the graphical frontend the normal VirtualBox application they will not be allowed to use screen resolutions greater than the host s screen size unless the user manually resizes them by dragging the window switch ing to full screen or seamless mode or sending a video mode hint using VBoxManage This be havior is what most users will want but if you have different needs it is possible to change it by issuing one of the following commands from the command line VBoxManage setextradata global GUI MaxGuestResolution any will remove all limits on guest resolutions VBoxManage setextradata global GUI MaxGuestResolution gt width height lt manually specifies a maximum resolution VBoxManage setextradata global GUI MaxGuestResolution auto restores the default settings Note that these settings apply globally to all guest systems not just to a single machine 9 9 Advanced storage configuration 9 9 1 Using a raw host hard disk from a guest Starting with version 1 4 as an alternative to using virtual disk images as described in detail in chapter 5 Virtual storage page 79 VirtualBox can also present either entire physical hard disks or selected partitions thereof as virtual disks to virtual machines With Virt
640. utomatically requires Python and Win32 Extensions installed USB Support for high speed isochronous endpoints has been added In addition read ahead buffering is performed for input endpoints currently Linux hosts only This should allow additional devices to work notably webcams bug 242 USB fixed error handling for some USB dongles Web service fixed inability to handle NULL pointers for object arguments which are valid values for a lot of APIs in both the raw and the object oriented web service Web service object oriented bindings for JAX WS did not exhibit interface inheritance correctly fixed Web service added support for Display and IGuest interfaces which were previously unavailable Registration dialog uses Sun Online accounts now 15 49 Version 2 2 4 2009 05 29 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added Windows Installer fixed a potential hang during installation Windows Installer fixed several problems bug 3892 Solaris hosts make it work with Solaris build 114 or later bug 3981 Solaris hosts fixed a bug serial port character handling found during loopback bug 3120 Linux hosts adapted vboxdrv sh to the latest changes in VBoxManage list runningvms bug 4034 Windows hosts fixed a crash caused by host only bridged networking Mac OS X hosts fixed access to host DVD with passthrough disabled bug 4077 Guest Additions fixed problems with KDE 4 not recogni
641. ven on older hardware where these features are not present The technical details are explained in chapter 10 3 Hardware vs software virtualization page 193 Guest Additions shared folders seamless windows 3D virtualization The VirtualBox Guest Additions are software packages which can be installed inside of supported guest systems to improve their performance and to provide additional integration and communi cation with the host system After installing the Guest Additions a virtual machine will sup port automatic adjustment of video resolutions seamless windows accelerated 3D graphics and more The Guest Additions are described in detail in chapter 4 Guest Additions page 59 13 1 First steps In particular Guest Additions provide for shared folders which let you access files from the host system from within a guest machine Shared folders are described in chapter 4 3 Shared folders page 69 Great hardware support Among others VirtualBox supports Guest multiprocessing SMP VirtualBox can present up to 32 virtual CPUs to each virtual machine irrespective of how many CPU cores are physically present on your host USB device support VirtualBox implements a virtual USB controller and allows you to connect arbitrary USB devices to your virtual machines without having to install device specific drivers on the host USB support is not limited to certain device cate gories For details see chapter 3 10 1 US
642. vents The log file is called VBox log and resides in the VM log file folder Typically this will be a directory like this HOME VirtualBox VMs machinename Logs When starting a VM the configuration file of the last run will be renamed to 1 up to 3 Sometimes when there is a problem it is useful to have a look at the logs Also when requesting support for VirtualBox supplying the corresponding log file is mandatory For convenience for each virtual machine the VirtualBox main window can show these logs in a window To access it select a virtual machine from the list on the left and select Show logs from the Machine window The release log file VBox log contains a wealth of diagnostic information such as Host OS type and version VirtualBox version and build 32 bit or 64 bit a complete dump of the guest s configuration CFGM detailed information about the host CPU type and supported features whether hardware virtualization is enabled information about VI x AMD V setup state tran sitions creating running paused stopping etc guest BIOS messages Guest Additions mes sages device specific log entries and at the end of execution final guest state and condensed statistics In case of crashes it is very important to collect crash dumps This is true for both host and guest crashes For information about enabling core dumps on Linux Solaris and OS X systems refer to the core dump article on the VirtualBox
643. vertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from him 16 2 14 gSOAP Public License Version 1 3a The gSOAP public license is derived from the Mozilla Public License MPL1 1 The sections that were deleted from the original MPL1 1 text are 1 0 1 2 1 c d 2 2 c d 8 2 b 10 and 11 Section 3 8 was added The modified sections are 2 1 b 2 2 b 3 2 simplified 3 5 deleted the last sentence and 3 6 simplified 1 DEFINITIONS 1 1 Contributor means each entity that creates or contributes to the creation of Modifica tions 1 2 Contributor Version means the combination of the Original Code prior Modifications used by a Contributor and the Modifications made by that particular Contributor 1 3 Covered Code means the Original Code or Modifications or the combination of the Original Code and Modifications in each case including portions thereof 1 4 Electronic Distribution Mechanism means a mechanism generally accepted in the soft ware development community for the electronic transfer of data 1 5 Executable means Covered Code in any form other than Source Code 1 6 Initial Developer means the individual or entity identified as the Initial Developer in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A 1 7 Larger Work means a work which combines Covered Code or portions thereof with code not governed by the t
644. vileges Choose restrictive permissions when creating configuration files for instance when creating etc default virtualbox see chapter 2 3 3 7 Automatic installation options page 41 Mode 0600 would be preferred Monitor System Activity System security builds on three pillars good security protocols proper system configuration and system monitoring Auditing and reviewing audit records address the third requirement Each component within a system has some degree of moni toring capability Follow audit advice in this document and regularly monitor audit records Keep Up To Date on Latest Security Information Oracle continually improves its software and documentation Check this note note yearly for revisions 13 2 Secure Installation and Configuration 13 2 1 Installation Overview The VirtualBox base package should be downloaded only from a trusted source for instance the official website http www virtualbox org The integrity of the package should be verified with the provided SHA256 checksum which can be found on the official website General VirtualBox installation instructions for the supported hosts can be found in chapter 2 Installation details page 34 On Windows hosts the installer allows for disabling USB support support for bridged net working support for host only networking and the Python language bindings see chapter 2 1 Installing on Windows hosts page 34 All these features are enabled by default but disabling
645. virtual machine instead of needing a real computer to connect to If a virtual serial port is enabled the guest operating system sees a standard 16550A com patible UART device Both receiving and transmitting data is supported How this virtual serial port is then connected to the host is configurable and the details depend on your host operating system You can use either the graphical user interface or the command line VBoxManage tool to set up virtual serial ports For the latter please refer to chapter 8 8 VBoxManage modifyvm page 123 in that section look for the uart and uartmode options In either case you can configure up to two virtual serial ports per virtual machine For each such device you will need to determine 1 what kind of serial port the virtual machine should see by selecting an I O base address and interrupt IRQ For these we recommend to use the traditional values which are a COM1 I O base 0x3F8 IRQ 4 b COM2 I O base 0x2F8 IRQ 3 c COM3 I O base 0x3E8 IRQ 4 d COM4 I O base 0x2E8 IRQ 3 2 Then you will need to determine what this virtual port should be connected to For each virtual serial port you have the following options e You can elect to have the virtual serial port disconnected which means that the guest will see the device but it will behave as if no cable had been connected to it e You can connect the virtual serial port to a physical serial port on your host On a Windows
646. ware virtualization 5 Is the problem specific to guest SMP That is is it related to the number of virtual CPUs VCPUs in the guest Using more than one CPU usually significantly affects the internal operation of a guest OS 6 Is the problem specific to the Guest Additions In some cases this is a given e g a shared folders problem in other cases it may be less obvious for example display problems And if the problem is Guest Additions specific is it also specific to a certain version of the Additions 7 Is the problem specific to a certain environment Some problems are related to a particular environment external to the VM this usually involves network setup Certain configura tions of external servers such as DHCP or PXE may expose problems which do not occur with other similar servers 8 Is the problem a regression Knowing that an issue is a regression usually makes it signifi cantly easier to find the solution In this case it is crucial to know which version is affected and which is not 200 12 Troubleshooting 12 1 2 Collecting debugging information For problem determination it is often important to collect debugging information which can be analyzed by VirtualBox support This section contains information about what kind of informa tion can be obtained Every time VirtualBox starts up a VM a so called release log file is created containing lots of information about the VM configuration and runtime e
647. website You can also use VBoxManage debugvm to create a dump of a complete virtual machine see chapter 8 32 VBoxManage debugvm page 150 For network related problems it is often helpful to capture a trace of network traffic If the traffic is routed through an adapter on the host it is possible to use Wireshark or a similar tool to capture the traffic there However this often also includes a lot of traffic unrelated to the VM VirtualBox provides an ability to capture network traffic only on a specific VM s network adapter Refer to the network tracing article on the VirtualBox website for information on enabling this capture The trace files created by VirtualBox are in pcap format and can be easily analyzed with Wireshark 12 1 3 The built in VM debugger VirtualBox includes a built in VM debugger which advanced users may find useful This debug ger allows for examining and to some extent controlling the VM state Warning Use the VM debugger at your own risk There is no support for it and the following documentation is only made available for advanced users with a very high level of familiarity with the x86 AMD64 machine instruction set as well as detailed knowledge of the PC architecture A degree of familiarity with the internals of the guest OS in question may also be very helpful The VM debugger is available in all regular production versions of VirtualBox but it is disabled by default because the average use
648. with the replacement DLLs installed by VirtualBox and keep restoring the original Windows system DLLs Note This does not apply to the experimental WDDM Direct3D video driver available for Vista and Windows 7 guests shipped with VirtualBox 4 1 Guest control On Windows guests a process lauched via the guest control execute support will not be able to display a graphical user interface unless the user account under which it is running is currently logged in and has a desktop session Also to use accounts without or with an empty password the guest s group policy must be changed To do so open the group policy editor on the command line by typ ing gpedit msc open the key Computer Configuration Windows Settings Security Set tings Local Policies Security Options and change the value of Accounts Limit local account use of blank passwords to console logon only to Disabled Compacting virtual disk images is limited to VDI files The VBoxManage modifyhd compact command is currently only implemented for VDI files At the moment the only way to optimize the size of a virtual disk images in other formats VMDK VHD is to clone the image and then use the cloned image in the VM configuration OVF import export OVF localization multiple languages in one OVF file is not yet supported Some OVF sections like StartupSection DeploymentOptionSection and InstallSection are ignored OVF environment documents including th
649. ws Additions fixed display glitch with the Start button in seamless mode for some themes Windows Additions Seamless mode and auto resize fixes Windows Additions fixed trying to to retrieve new auto logon credentials if current ones were not processed yet Windows Additions installer added the with_wddm switch to select the experimental WDDM driver by default Linux Additions fixed setting own timed out and aborted texts in information label of the lightdm greeter Linux Additions fixed compilation against Linux 3 2 0 Ubuntu kernels 4 2 12 regression as a side effect of the Debian kernel build fix bug 11709 X11 Additions reduced the CPU load of VBoxClient in drag and drop mode OS 2 Additions made the mouse wheel work bug 6793 Guest Additions fixed problems copying and pasting between two guests on an X11 host bug 11792 Guest Additions fixed guest process timeout kill handling 15 5 Version 4 2 12 2013 04 12 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed a Guru Meditation on putting Linux guest CPU online if nested paging is dis abled VMM invalidate TLB entries even for non present pages GUI Multi screen support fixed a crash on visual mode change GUI Multi screen support disabled guest screens should now remain disabled on visual mode change GUI Multi screen support handle host guest screen plugging unplugging in different visual modes GUI Multi sc
650. wvminfo bug 698 Guest properties added information about guest network interfaces Windows guests only Shared Folders fixed regression that caused Windows guest crashes API fixed number of installed CPUs Solaris hosts only VRDP allow a client to reconnect to an existing session on the VRDP server by dropping the existing connection configurable and disabled by default only relevant when multi connection mode is disabled VRDP fixed an image repaint problem Linux hosts fixed bug in vboxdrv ko that could corrupt kernel memory and panic the kernel bug 2078 Linux hosts compile fixes for kernel module on Linux 2 6 27 Mac OS X hosts added Python support Additions fixed a possible hang in HGCM communication after a VM reboot Windows Additions added support for Windows XP 64 bits bug 2117 Linux Additions deactivate dynamic resizing on Linux guests with buggy X servers Linux Additions support Ubuntu 8 10 guests and Fedora 9 guests dynamic resizing dis abled for the latter Linux Additions added installer check for the system architecture Linux Additions fixed Xorg modules path for some Linux distributions bug 2128 VMDK be more liberal with ambiguous parts of the format specification and accept more format variants bug 2062 VHD fixed a bug in the VHD backend which resulted in reading the wrong data bug 2085 Solaris hosts fixed kernel panic on certain machines when starting VMs with host interfac
651. x and Mac OS X hosts bug 4672 VRDP Remote USB Protocol version 3 SATA fixed hangs and BSODs introduced with 3 0 4 bugs 4695 4739 4710 SATA fixed a bug which prevented Windows 7 from detecting more than one hard disk SATA SCSI fixed rare random guest crashes and hangs SCSI fixed problem with Fedora 11 refusing to boot after kernel update 281 15 Change log iSCSI fix logging out when the target has dropped the connection fix negotiation of pa rameters fix command resend when the connection was dropped fix processing SCSI sta tus for targets which do not use phase collapse BIOS fixed a bug that caused the OS 2 boot manager to fail 2 1 0 regression bug 3911 PulseAudio don t hang during VM termination if the connection to the server was unex pectedly terminated bug 3100 Mouse fixed weird mouse behaviour with SMP Solaris guests bug 4538 HostOnly Network fixed failure in CreateHostOnlyNetworkinterfaceQ on Linux no GUID HostOnly Network fixed wrong DHCP server startup while hostonly interface bringup on Linux HostOnly Network fixed incorrect factory and default MAC address on Solaris HostOnly Network fixed the problem with listing host only interfaces on Mac OS X when all physical interfaces are down bugs 4698 4790 DHCP fixed a bug in the DHCP server where it allocated one IP address less than the configured range E1000 fixed receiving of multicast packets E1000 fixed up down lin
652. xManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal TM TSCTiedToExecution Note that if you use the special TSC handling mode with a guest operating system which is very strict about the consistency of time sources you may get a warning or error message about the timing inconsistency It may also cause clocks to become unreliable with some guest operating systems depending on how they use the TSC 9 14 2 Accelerate or slow down the guest clock For certain purposes it can be useful to accelerate or to slow down the virtual guest clock This can be achieved as follows VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal TM WarpDrivePercentage 200 The above example will double the speed of the guest clock while VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal TM WarpDrivePercentage 50 will halve the speed of the guest clock Note that changing the rate of the virtual clock can confuse the guest and can even lead to abnormal guest behavior For instance a higher clock rate means shorter timeouts for virtual devices with the result that a slightly increased response time of a virtual device due to an increased host load can cause guest failures Note further that any time synchronization mechanism will frequently try to resynchronize the guest clock with the reference clock which is the host clock if the VirtualBox Guest Additions are active Therefore any time synchronization should be disabled if the rate of the guest clock is changed as described abov
653. xed and or added GUI fixed validation warning on global settings proxy page 4 2 2 regression bug 11089 GUI fixed crash with multiple guest screens on certain conditions OS X hosts only VBoxBalloonCtrl fixed command line argument handling of ballooning module VRDP fixed occasional crash during a video playback in the guest bug 11082 BIOS fixed broken DMI information 4 2 regression BIOS workaround for booting from Windows 2000 floppy disks EFI fixed video mode selection loss on VM reboot 10983 Parallel fixed parallel port printing failure paper queue empty error Windows hosts only NAT fixed crash on alias less DNS responses when host resolver is used Storage fixed hang under rare circumstances 15 10 Version 4 2 2 2012 10 18 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM adapted to changes in Mac OS X 10 8 2 bug 10965 GUI restored VM item tool tip functionality 4 2 regression GUI added group item tool tip functionality GUI fixed handling of the ova ovf file name association 4 2 regression 233 15 Change log GUI it was not possible to change any setting before the first VM was created bug 10928 GUI disable grouping action if all the selected items are full children list of the same group already GUI added menu for runtime drag and drop option change GUI cleanup shared clipboard menu on visual mode change GUI make sure VM receives keyboard fo
654. xed in later releases e The following Guest SMP multiprocessor limitations exist Poor performance with 32 bit guests on AMD CPUs This affects mainly Windows and Solaris guests but possibly also some Linux kernel revisions Partially solved in 3 0 6 for 32 bits Windows NT 2000 XP and 2003 guests Requires 3 0 6 or higher Guest Additions to be installed Poor performance with 32 bit guests on certain Intel CPU models that do not include virtual APIC hardware optimization support This affects mainly Windows and Solaris guests but possibly also some Linux kernel revisions Partially solved in 3 0 12 for 32 bits Windows NT 2000 XP and 2003 guests Requires 3 0 12 or higher Guest Additions to be installed e 64 bit guests on some 32 bit host systems with VT x can cause instabilities to your system If you experience this do not attempt to execute 64 bit guests Refer to the VirtualBox user forum for additional information e NX no execute data execution prevention only works for guests running on 64 bit hosts or guests running on 32 bit hosts with PAE enabled and requires that hardware vir tualization be enabled 220 14 Known limitations For basic Direct3D support in Windows guests to work the Guest Additions must be installed in Windows safe mode Press F8 when the Windows guest is booting and select Safe mode then install the Guest Additions Otherwise Windows file protection mech anism will interfere
655. y as described in chapter 2 3 2 The VirtualBox kernel module page 37 except that this step must now be performed in your Linux guest instead of on a Linux host system as described there Again as with Linux hosts we recommend using DKMS if it is available for the guest system If it is not installed use this command for Ubuntu Debian systems sudo apt get install dkms or for Fedora systems 64 4 Guest Additions yum install dkms Be sure to install DKMS before installing the Linux Guest Additions If DKMS is not available or not installed the guest kernel modules will need to be recreated manually whenever the guest kernel is updated using the command etc init d vboxadd setup as root 2 Insert the VBoxGuestAdditions iso CD file into your Linux guest s virtual CD ROM drive exactly the same way as described for a Windows guest in chapter 4 2 1 1 Installation page 61 3 Change to the directory where your CD ROM drive is mounted and execute as root sh VBoxLinuxAdditions run For your convenience we provide the following step by step instructions for freshly installed copies of recent versions of the most popular Linux distributions After these preparational steps you can execute the VirtualBox Guest Additions installer as described above Ubuntu 1 In order to fully update your guest system open a terminal and run apt get update as root followed by apt get upgrade 2 Install DKMS using apt get install
656. y as prescribed by standard VBoxShell interactive Python shell extended to be fully functional TUI for VirtualBox Linux Additions support Fedora 13 bug 6370 VBoxManage fixed overly strict checks when creating a raw partition VMDK bugs 688 4438 15 37 Version 3 1 8 2010 05 10 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed crash with the OpenSUSE 11 3 milestone kernel during early boot software virtualization only VMM fixed invalid state during teleportation VMM fixed OS 2 guest crash with nested paging enabled VMM fixed massive display performance loss AMD V with nested paging only GUI fixed off by one bug when passing absolute mouse coordinates to the guest 3 1 6 regression GUI show the real version of the Guest Additions not the interface version GUI when adding a DVD or floppy slot in the VM mass storage settings dialog don t attach a random medium but just leave the slot empty GUI added seamless and fullscreen command line switches bug 4220 GUI fixed a SEGFAULT under rare circumstances 2D Video acceleration fixed display issues when working with non 32 bit modes bugs 6094 amp 6208 LsiLogic fixed detection of hard disks attached to port O when using the drivers from LSI ATA fixed sporadic crash with Linux guests when having a hard disk and DVD drive on the same channel bug 6079 Network allow to start a VM even if not all network ada
657. y default in this static configura tion the gateway will be assigned the address 192 168 15 1 the address following the interface address though this is subject to change To attach a DHCP server to the internal network we modify the example as follows VBoxManage natnetwork add t nat int network n 192 168 15 0 24 e h on or to add a DHCP server to the network after creation VBoxManage natnetwork modify t nat int network h on To disable it again use VBoxManage natnetwork modify t nat int network h off DHCP server provides list of registered nameservers but doesn t map servers from 127 8 network To start the NAT service use the following command VBoxManage natnetwork start t nat int network If the network has a DHCP server attached then it will start together with the NAT network service VBoxManage natnetwork stop t nat int network stops the NAT network service together with DHCP server if any To delete the NAT network service use VBoxManage natnetwork remove t nat int network This command does not remove the DHCP server if one is enabled on the internal network Port forwarding is supported using the p switch for IPv4 and P for IPv6 VBoxManage natnetwork modify t nat int network p ssh tcp 10022 192 168 15 15 22 This adds a port forwarding rule from the host s TCP 10022 port to the port 22 on the guest with IP address 192 168 15 15 To delete the rule use VBoxManage natne
658. y installing the right packages normally these will be the GNU compiler GCC GNU Make make and packages containing header files for your kernel and making sure that all system updates are installed and that the system is running the most up to date kernel included in the distribution The version numbers of the header file packages must be the same as that of the kernel you are using e With Debian and Ubuntu releases you must install the right version of the linux headers and if it exists the linux kbuild package Current Ubuntu releases should have the right packages installed by default In even older Debian and Ubuntu releases you must install the right version of the kernel headers package e On Fedora and Redhat systems the package is kernel devel e On SUSE and openSUSE Linux you must install the right versions of the kernel source and kernel syms packages e If you have built your own kernel you will need to make sure that you also installed all the required header and other files for building external modules to the right loca tions The details of how to do this will depend on how you built your kernel and if you are unsure you should consult the documentation which you followed to do so 2 The kernel of your Linux host was updated and DKMS is not installed In that case the kernel module will need to be reinstalled by executing as root etc init d vboxdrv setup 2See http en wikipedia org wiki Dyna
659. y other folder for each VM Shared clipboard You can select here whether the clipboard of the guest operating system should be shared with that of your host If you select Bidirectional then VirtualBox will always make sure that both clipboards contain the same data If you select Host to guest or Guest to host then VirtualBox will only ever copy clipboard data in one direction Clipboard sharing requires that the VirtualBox Guest Additions be installed As a result this setting has no effect otherwise see chapter 4 Guest Additions page 59 for details The shared clipboard is disabled by default See chapter 13 3 2 3 Clipboard page 218 for an explanation This setting can be changed at any time using the Shared Clipboard menu item in the Devices menu of the virtual machine Drag n Drop This setting allows to enable Drag and Drop Select a file on the desktop click the left mouse button move the mouse to the VM window and release the mouse button The file is copied from the host to the guest This feature is currently only implemented for Linux guests and only for copying files from the host to the guest Removable media remember runtime changes If this is checked VirtualBox will save the state of what media has been mounted between several runs of a virtual machine Mini toolbar In full screen or seamless mode VirtualBox can display a small toolbar that con tains some of the items that are normally
660. y then executed This process is obviously highly complex and costly in terms of performance VirtualBox contains a recompiler based on QEMU which can be used for pure software emulation but the recompiler is only activated in special situations described below Another possible solution is paravirtualization in which only specially modified guest OSes are allowed to run This way most of the hardware access is abstracted and any functions which would normally access the hardware or privileged CPU state are passed on to the hypervisor instead Paravirtualization can achieve good functionality and performance on standard x86 CPUs but it can only work if the guest OS can actually be modified which is obviously not always the case VirtualBox chooses a different approach When starting a virtual machine through its ring 0 support kernel driver VirtualBox has set up the host system so that it can run most of the guest code natively but it has inserted itself at the bottom of the picture It can then assume control when needed if a privileged instruction is executed the guest traps in particular because an I O register was accessed and a device needs to be virtualized or external interrupts occur VirtualBox may then handle this and either route a request to a virtual device or possibly delegate handling such things to the guest or host OS In guest context VirtualBox can therefore be in one of three states e Guest ring 3 code is run un
661. ype disk network limit lt megabytes per second gt k m g K M G set lt name gt limit lt megabytes per second gt k m g K M G remove lt name gt list machinereadable 137 8 VBoxManage The following subcommands are available e add creates a new bandwidth group of given type e set modifies the limit for an existing bandwidth group e remove destroys a bandwidth group e list shows all bandwidth groups defined for the given VM The parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM Name Mandatory name Name of the bandwidth group Mandatory type Type of the bandwidth group Mandatory Two types are supported disk and network See chapter 5 8 Limiting bandwidth for disk images page 88 or chapter 6 10 Limiting bandwidth for network I O page 100 for a description of a particular type limit Specifies the limit for the given group Can be changed while the VM is running The default unit is megabytes per second The unit can be changed by specifying one of the following suffixes k for kilobits s m for megabits s g for gigabits s K for kilobytes s M for megabytes s G for gigabytes s Note The network bandwidth limits apply only to the traffic being sent by virtual machines The traffic being received by VMs is unlimited Note To remove a bandwidth group it must not be referenced by any disks or adapters in running VM 8 21 VBoxManage showhdinfo This command shows informa
662. ypically represented by disk images e g in VDI format Where all these files are stored depends on which version of VirtualBox created the machine 10 1 1 Machines created by VirtualBox version 4 0 or later Starting with version 4 0 by default each virtual machine has one directory on your host com puter where all the files of that machine are stored the XML settings file with a vbox file extension and its disk images By default this machine folder is placed in a common folder called VirtualBox VMs which VirtualBox creates in the current system user s home directory The location of this home direc tory depends on the conventions of the host operating system e On Windows this is HOMEDRIVES sHOMEPATH typically something like C Documents and Settings Username e On Mac OS X this is Users username e On Linux and Solaris this is home username For simplicity we will abbreviate this as HOME below Using that convention the common folder for all virtual machines is HOME VirtualBox VMs As an example when you create a virtual machine called Example VM you will find that VirtualBox creates 1 the folder HOME VirtualBox VMs Example VM and in that folder 2 the settings file Example VM vbox and 3 the virtual disk image Example WM vdi This is the default layout if you use the Create new virtual machine wizard as described in chapter 1 7 Creating your first virtual machine page 18 O
663. zing mouse clicks Windows Additions fixed incorrect 8 bit guest color depth in Windows 7 guests GUI warn if VI x AMD V could not be enabled for guests that require this setting bug 4055 287 15 Change log VMM fixed occasional crash due to insufficient memory VMM fixed hanging 64 bits Solaris guests VMM restore from a saved state occasionally failed bugs 3984 and 2742 Clipboard fixed a deadlock while shutting down the shared clipboard on X11 hosts bug 4020 OVF fixed potential hang during import OVF fixed potential crashes during import export on Win64 hosts VBoxManage modifyhd compact fixed bug which could lead to crashes and image corruption bug 3864 VBoxManage metrics collect now flushes the output stream VHD made VBoxManage internalcommands sethduuid work for vhd files bug 3443 VHD some vhd files could not be cloned bug 4080 NAT improvement of TCP connection establishment bug 2987 NAT fixed order of DNS servers in DHCP lease bug 4091 NAT fixed DHCP lease for multiple name servers bug 3692 NAT fixed a potential segfault if the host lost its connectivity bug 3964 Shared Folders deny access to parent directories on Windows hosts bug 4090 Shared Folders make rm rmdir work with Solaris guests on Windows hosts Networking fixed the problem with blocked receiving thread when a broadcast packet arrives too early to be handled by uninitialized e1000 adapter Networking fixed t
Download Pdf Manuals
Related Search
Related Contents
LG VS880 Quick Start Guide (Spanish) Panasonic TH-42LF20U BAR-638 - Solid Signal Samsung P42H-2 Käyttöopas Link electronic HDE-3000/2 User's Manual Owners Manual User Manual US Letter - Wingware Python IDE Losacero Sección 4 y Sección 36/15 Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file